Welding

A Multi-Physics CFD Study to Investigate the Impact of Laser Beam Shaping on Metal Mixing and Molten Pool Dynamics During Laser Welding of Copper to Steel for Battery Terminal-to-Casing Connections

배터리 단자-케이싱 연결을 위한 구리-강 레이저 용접 시 레이저 빔 형상의 금속 혼합 및 용융 풀 동역학에 미치는 영향에 대한 다중 물리 CFD 연구


연구 배경

  • 문제 정의: 전기차(EV) 배터리 팩의 신뢰성 있는 전력 공급을 위해 전극 간 전기적 연결의 품질이 매우 중요함.
  • 목표: 레이저 빔 형상이 용융 풀 및 금속 혼합 과정에 미치는 영향을 평가하여 최적의 용접 조건을 도출.
  • 접근법: 실험과 CFD(Computational Fluid Dynamics) 시뮬레이션을 활용하여 300µm 구리와 300µm 니켈 도금 강의 레이저 용접 특성을 분석.

연구 방법

  1. 실험 설계
    • 용접 재료: SE-Cu58 구리 및 Hilumin TATA STEEL 니켈 도금 강.
    • 레이저 빔 형상 실험: 4가지 빔 형상(LBS#1~LBS#4) 테스트.
    • 장비: Lumentum CORELIGHT 레이저 사용.
    • 분석 방법: 실험 후 용접 단면을 절단 및 연마하여 형상 및 화학 성분 분석.
  2. CFD 모델링
    • FLOW-3D WELD를 사용하여 용융 풀 및 금속 혼합 시뮬레이션.
    • 주요 물리 모델링 요소:
      • 유동 해석 (Navier-Stokes 방정식)
      • 에너지 전달 및 응고
      • 표면 장력 및 Marangoni 효과
      • 기포 형성 및 용접 키홀(Keyhole) 형성 동역학.
  3. 레이저 빔 형상 분석
    • 4가지 레이저 빔 형상을 실험 및 CFD 모델에서 비교 분석:
      • LBS#1: 단일 가우시안 빔.
      • LBS#2: 코어-링 빔(코어 90µm, 링 350µm).
      • LBS#3: 넓은 링 빔(코어 90µm, 링 500µm).
      • LBS#4: 듀얼 빔(90µm 코어, 150µm 보조 빔).

주요 결과

  1. 키홀(Keyhole) 동역학 분석
    • 키홀 붕괴가 기공(porosity) 및 금속 혼합에 영향을 미침.
    • LBS#3(넓은 링 빔)은 키홀을 안정화하여 붕괴 빈도를 줄임.
    • 듀얼 빔(LBS#4)은 키홀 안정성에 큰 영향을 주지 않음.
  2. 금속 혼합 특성
    • 유체 역학(Fluids Dynamics) 요소:
      • Marangoni 효과, 부력(Buoyancy), 반동 압력(Recoil Pressure)이 주요한 금속 혼합 기작.
    • 강-구리 혼합률:
      • 더 넓은 링 빔(LBS#3)은 강이 구리로 유입되는 비율 증가.
      • 좁은 빔(LBS#1, LBS#2)은 상대적으로 혼합이 적음.
  3. 열 전달 및 응고 거동
    • LBS#3는 높은 열 구배(Thermal Gradient)를 형성하여 더 높은 혼합을 유도.
    • 반면, LBS#2는 비교적 낮은 열 구배를 형성하여 혼합을 최소화.

결론 및 향후 연구

  • LBS#3(넓은 링 빔, 350µm 코어, 30% 링 파워)가 키홀 안정성과 금속 혼합을 최적으로 조절.
  • 레이저 빔 형상이 용접 품질과 금속 혼합에 중요한 역할을 하며, 적절한 코어-링 직경 비율 설정이 필요.
  • 향후 연구에서는 더 다양한 빔 형상과 용접 속도 조건을 고려하여 최적 설계 도출.

연구의 의의

이 연구는 CFD 기반 다중 물리 모델링을 활용하여 레이저 빔 형상의 금속 혼합 및 용접 품질에 미치는 영향을 체계적으로 분석하였으며, EV 배터리 제조에서 신뢰성 높은 용접 기술 개발을 위한 기초 데이터를 제공한다.

Reference

  1. Brand, M.J., Schmidt, P.A., Zaeh, M.F., Jossen, A., 2015. Welding techniques for battery cells and resulting electrical contact resistances. J. Energy Storage 1, 7–14.
  2. Chen, Y.Z., Liu, F., Yang, G.C., Xu, X.Q., Zhou, Y.H., 2007. Rapid solidification of bulk undercooled hypoperitectic Fe–Cu alloy. J. Alloy. Compd. 427 (1–2), L1–L5.
  3. Chianese, G., Franciosa, P., Sun, T., Ceglarek, D., Patalano, S., 2022. Using photodiodes and supervised machine learning for automatic classification of weld defects in laser welding of thin foils copper-to-steel battery tabs. J. Laser Appl. 34, 042007.
  4. Chianese, G., Jabar, S., Franciosa, P., Ceglarek, D., Patalano, S., 2022. A multi-physics CFD study on the part-to-part gap during remote laser welding of copper-to-steel battery tab connectors with beam wobbling. Procedia CIRP 111, 484–489.
  5. Daligault, J., Dal, M., Gorny, C., Coste, F., Fabbro, R., 2022. Combination of Eulerian and ray-tracing approaches for copper laser welding simulation. J. Laser Appl. 34, 042042.
  6. Das, A., Li, D., Williams, D., Greenwood, D., 2018. Joining Technologies for Automotive Battery Systems Manufacturing. World Electr. Veh. J. 9 (2), 22.
  7. Drobniak, P., Otto, A., Vázquez, R.G., Arias, R.M., Arias, J.L., 2020. Simulation of keyhole laser welding of stainless steel plates with a gap. Procedia CIRP 94, 731–736.
  8. Hao, Y., Chen, N., Wang, H., Carlson, B.E., Lu, F., 2021. Effect of zinc vapor forces on spattering in partial penetration laser welding of zinc-coated steels. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 298, 117282.
  9. Huang, W., Wang, H., Rinker, T., Tan, W., 2020. Investigation of metal mixing in laser keyhole welding of dissimilar metals. Mater. Des. 195, 109056.
  10. Huang, W., Cai, W., Rinker, T.J., Bracey, J., Tan, W., 2023. Effects of laser oscillation on metal mixing, microstructure, and mechanical property of Aluminum–Copper welds. Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 188, 104020.
  11. Hummel, M., Schöler, C., Häusler, A., Gillner, A., Poprawe, R., 2020. New approaches on laser micro welding of copper by using a laser beam source with a wavelength of 450 nm. J. Adv. Join. Process. 1, 100012.
  12. IEA, 2022: Global EV Outlook 2022 – Securing supplies for an electric future.
  13. Jabar, S., Barenji, A.B., Franciosa, P., Kotadia, H.R., Ceglarek, D., 2023. Effects of the adjustable ring-mode laser on intermetallic formation and mechanical properties of steel to aluminium laser welded lap joints. Mater. Des. 227, 111774.
  14. Jeong, Y.B., Jo, H.R., Park, H.J., Kato, H., Kim, K.B., 2020. Mechanical properties and microstructural change in (Cu–Fe) immiscible metal matrix composite: Effect of Mg on secondary phase separation. J. Mater. Res. Technol. 9 (6), 15989–15995.
  15. Kogel-Hollacher, M., 2020. The full potential of Photonics in e-mobility: an overview. Laser Use 97, 22–23.
  16. Kogel-Hollacher, M., Nicolay, T., Reiser, J., 2022. Going Green – Laser Welding and Advanced Sensor Technology for Electric Vehicles.
  17. Kumar, N., Masters, I., Das, A., 2021. In-depth evaluation of laser-welded similar and dissimilar material tab-to-busbar electrical interconnects for electric vehicle battery pack. J. Manuf. Process. 70, 78–96.
  18. Li, J., Cai, Y., Yan, F., Wang, C., Zhu, Z., Hu, C., 2019. Porosity and liquation cracking of dissimilar Nd:YAG laser welding of SUS304 stainless steel to T2 copper. Opt. Laser Technol. 122, 105881.
  19. Lin, R., Wang, H., Lu, F., Solomon, J., Carlson, B.E., 2017. Numerical study of keyhole dynamics and keyhole-induced porosity formation in remote laser welding of Al alloys. Int. J. Heat. Mass Transf. 108 (A), 244–256.
  20. Liu, Z., Wang, X., Hang, K., 2019. Enhancement of trapping efficiency by utilizing a hollow sinh-Gaussian beam. Sci. Rep. 9, 10187.
  21. Lu, F., Li, X., Li, Z., Tang, X., Cui, H., 2015. Formation and influence mechanism of keyhole-induced porosity in deep-penetration laser welding based on 3D transient modeling. Int. J. Heat. Mass Transf. 90, 1143–1152.
  22. Perez Zapico, E., Ascari, A., Dimatteo, V., Fortunato, A., 2021. Laser dissimilar welding of copper and steel thin sheets for battery production. J. Laser Appl. 33 (1), 012016.
  23. Prieto, C., Vaamonde, E., Diego-Vallejo, D., Jimenez, J., Urbach, B., Vidne, Y., Shekel, E., 2020. Dynamic laser beam shaping for laser aluminium welding in e-mobility applications. Procedia CIRP 94, 596–600.
  24. Rinne, J., Nothdurft, S., Hermsdorf, J., Kaierle, S., Overmeyer, L., 2020. Advantages of adjustable intensity profiles for laser beam welding of steel copper dissimilar joints. Procedia CIRP 94, 661–665.
  25. Rinne, J., Nothdurft, S., Hermsdorf, J., Kaierle, S., Overmeyer, L., 2022. Multivariate parametric study on laser beam welding of copper lap joints using adjustable intensity profiles. Procedia CIRP 111, 415–419.
  26. Sadeghian, A., Iqbal, N., 2022. A review on dissimilar laser welding of steel-copper, steel-aluminum, aluminum-copper, and steel-nickel for electric vehicle battery manufacturing. Opt. Laser Technol. 146, 107595.
  27. Shi, R.P., Wang, C.P., Wheeler, D., Liu, X.J., Wang, Y., 2013. Formation mechanisms of self-organized core/shell and core/shell/corona microstructures in liquid droplets of immiscible alloys. Acta Mater. 61 (4), 1229–1243.
  28. Sokolov, M., Franciosa, P., Sun, T., Ceglarek, D., Dimatteo, V., 2021. Applying optical coherence tomography for weld depth monitoring in remote laser welding of automotive battery tab connectors. J. Laser Appl. 33 (1), 012028.
  29. Wagner, J., Heider, A., Ramsayer, R., Weber, R., Faure, F., Leis, A., Armon, N., Susid, R., Tsiony, O., Shekel, E., Graf, T., 2022. Influence of dynamic beam shaping on the geometry of the keyhole during laser beam welding. Procedia CIRP 111, 448–452.
  30. Zwicker, M.F.R., Moghadam, M., Zhang, W., Nielsen, C.V., 2020. Automotive battery pack manufacturing – a review of battery to tab. J. Adv. Join. Process. 1, 100017.
Piston

A Fixed-Mesh Method for General Moving Objects in Fluid Flow

일반적인 유동 내 이동 객체를 위한 고정 메쉬 기법


연구 배경

  • 문제 정의: 기존 CFD(Computational Fluid Dynamics) 기법에서 이동 객체를 처리하는 방법은 주로 변형 가능 또는 이동형 메쉬 기법을 사용하지만, 이는 객체 간의 거리 제한과 메쉬 왜곡 문제로 인해 한계가 있다.
  • 목표: 새로운 고정 메쉬(Fixed-Mesh) 기반 방법을 개발하여 유체 내 이동 객체를 보다 효율적으로 시뮬레이션.
  • FLOW-3D 적용: 본 연구에서는 상용 CFD 소프트웨어인 FLOW-3D에 새로운 고정 메쉬 기법을 적용하여 객체의 이동과 유체 흐름을 효과적으로 연계.

연구 방법

  1. 고정 메쉬 기법(Fixed-Mesh Method)
    • FAVOR(Fractional Area-Volume Obstacle Representation) 기법을 이용하여 이동 객체를 고정된 직사각형 메쉬 상에서 처리.
    • 시간에 따라 변하는 객체의 위치 및 방향을 면적 및 부피 분율(AF, VF)로 표현.
    • 6자유도(6-DOF) 운동을 포함한 모든 유형의 이동 가능.
  2. 수학적 모델링
    • 강체의 운동을 질량 중심 기준으로 병진 운동 및 회전 운동으로 분리.
    • Navier-Stokes 연속 방정식과 FAVOR 기반 유체 흐름 방정식 적용.
    • 운동 방정식:
      • d(mVG)dt=FG\frac{d(mV_G)}{dt} = F_Gdtd(mVG​)​=FG​ (병진 운동)
      • d(Jω)dt=TG+ω×(Jω)\frac{d(J \omega)}{dt} = T_G + \omega \times (J \omega)dtd(Jω)​=TG​+ω×(Jω) (회전 운동)
    • 유체 흐름 연속 방정식 및 운동량 방정식을 FAVOR 기법을 사용하여 수정.
  3. 구현 및 적용 사례
    • 고정 메쉬 기법을 FLOW-3D에 구현하고 밸브 개폐 실험과 비교.
    • 밸브 개폐 실험
      • 유량 증가에 따른 밸브 피스톤의 위치 변화 예측.
      • 유량이 50~550 gal/min까지 증가하면서 실험 데이터와 비교 분석.
      • 300 gal/min 이하에서는 실험과 예측이 잘 일치, 350~500 gal/min 구간에서 약간의 오차 발생 (버블 생성이 원인으로 추정됨).

결과 및 결론

  • 고정 메쉬 기법의 장점:
    • 이동 및 변형형 메쉬 기법보다 효율적이며, 이동 객체 간의 거리 제한이 없음.
    • 충돌 처리 가능.
    • 유체와 객체의 상호작용을 보다 정밀하게 반영 가능.
  • 실험 결과와 비교:
    • 밸브 개폐 시뮬레이션에서 실험 결과와 높은 일치도를 보임.
    • 고유량(>300 gal/min)에서 약간의 차이가 존재하지만, 이는 실험 조건(버블 발생 등)으로 설명 가능.

향후 연구 방향

  • 다양한 공학적 응용(자동차, 항공, 유압 시스템 등)에 적용하여 성능 검증.
  • 더욱 복잡한 이동 객체 및 다중 상호작용 모델 확장.

이 논문은 기존의 이동형 메쉬 기법의 한계를 극복하고, 복잡한 유체-구조 상호작용을 효율적으로 모델링할 수 있는 새로운 CFD 기법을 제안한다는 점에서 큰 의미가 있다.

Reference

  1. C. W. Hirt and J. M. Sicilian, “A porosity technique for the definition of obstacles in
    rectangular Cell Meshes”, Proc. Fourth International Conf. Ship Hydro., National Academic of
    Science, Washington, DC, Sept. 1985.
  2. G. Wei, “A general moving object model”, Technical Report, Flow Science Inc., 2005.
  3. H. Goldstein, P. Charles and J. Safko, Classical Mechanics (Addison Wesley, Washington,
    2002).

Wave

Three-Dimensional Simulations of Subaerial Landslide-Generated Waves: Comparing OpenFOAM and FLOW-3D HYDRO Models

지표 산사태로 발생한 파랑의 3차원 시뮬레이션: OpenFOAM과 FLOW-3D HYDRO 모델 비교

Ramtin Sabeti, Mohammad Heidarzadeh, Alessandro Romano, Gabriel Barajas Ojeda & Javier L. Lara

Abstract


The recent destructive landslide tsunamis, such as the 2018 Anak Krakatau event, were fresh reminders for developing validated three-dimensional numerical tools to accurately model landslide tsunamis and to predict their hazards. In this study, we perform Three-dimensional physical modelling of waves generated by subaerial solid-block landslides, and use the data to validate two numerical models: the commercial software FLOW-3D HYDRO and the open-source OpenFOAM package. These models are key representatives of the primary types of modelling tools—commercial and open-source—utilized by scientists and engineers in the field. This research is among a few studies on 3D physical and numerical models for landslide-generated waves, and it is the first time that the aforementioned two models are systematically compared. We show that the two models accurately reproduce the physical experiments and give similar performances in modelling landslide-generated waves. However, they apply different approaches, mechanisms and calibrations to deliver the tasks. It is found that the results of the two models are deviated by approximately 10% from one another. This guide helps engineers and scientists implement, calibrate, and validate these models for landslide-generated waves. The validity of this research is confined to solid-block subaerial landslides and their impact in the near-field zone.

1 Introduction and Literature Review


Subaerial landslide-generated waves represent major threats to coastal areas and have resulted in destruction and casualties in several locations worldwide (Heller et al., 2016; Paris et al., 2021). Interest in landslide-generated tsunamis has risen in the last decade due to a number of devastating events, especially after the December 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami which left a death toll of more than 450 people (Grilli et al., 2021; Heidarzadeh et al., 2020a). Another significant subaerial landslide tsunami occurred on 16 October 1963 in Vajont dam reservoir (Northern Italy), when an impulsive landslide-generated wave overtopped the dam, killing more than 2000 people (Heller & Spinneken, 2013; Panizzo et al., 2005). The largest tsunami run-up (524 m) was recorded in Lituya Bay landslide tsunami event in 1958 where it killed five people (Fritz et al., 2009).

To achieve a better understanding of subaerial landslide tsunamis, laboratory experiments have been performed using two- and three-dimensional (2D, 3D) set-ups (Bellotti & Romano, 2017; Di Risio et al., 2009; Fritz et al., 2004; Romano et al., 2013; Sabeti & Heidarzadeh, 2022a). Results of physical models are essential to shed light on the nonlinear physical phenomena involved. Furthermore, they can be used to validate numerical models (Fritz et al., 2009; Grilli & Watts, 2005; Liu et al., 2005; Takabatake et al., 2022). However, the complementary development of numerical tools for modelling of landslide-generated waves is inevitable, as these models could be employed to accelerate understanding the nature of the processes involved and predict the detailed outcomes in specific areas (Cremonesi et al. 2011). Due to the high flexibility of numerical models and their low costs in comparison to physical models, validated numerical models can be used to replicate actual events at a fair cost and time (e.g., Cecioni et al., 2011; Grilli et al., 2017; Heidarzadeh et al., 2020b, 2022; Horrillo et al., 2013; Liu et al., 2005; Løvholt et al., 2005; Lynett & Liu, 2005).

Table 1 lists some of the existing numerical models for landslide tsunamis although the list is not exhaustive. Traditionally, Boussinesq-type models, and Shallow water equations have been used to simulate landslide tsunamis, among which are TWO-LAYER (Imamura and Imteaz,1995), LS3D (Ataie-Ashtiani & Najafi Jilani, 2007), GLOBOUSS (Løvholt et al., 2017), and BOUSSCLAW (Kim et al., 2017). Numerical models that solve Navier–Stokes equations showed good capability and reliability to simulate subaerial landslide-generated waves (Biscarini, 2010). Considering the high computational cost of solving the full version of Navier–Stokes equations, a set of methods such as RANS (Reynolds-averaged Navier–Stokes equations) are employed by some existing numerical models (Table 1), which provide an approximate averaged solution to the Navier–Stokes equations in combination with turbulent models (e.g., k–ε, k–ω). Multiphase flow models were used to simulate the complex dynamics of landslide-generated waves, including scenarios where the landslide mass is treated as granular material, as in the work by Lee and Huang (2021), or as a solid block (Abadie et al., 2010). Among the models listed in Table 1, FLOW-3D HYDRO and OpenFOAM solve Navier–Stokes equations with different approaches (e.g., solving the RANS by IHFOAM) (Paris et al., 2021; Rauter et al., 2022). They both offer a wide range of turbulent models (e.g., Large Eddy Simulation—LES, k–ε, k–ω model with Renormalization Group—RNG), and they both use the VOF (Volume of Fluid) method to track the water surface elevation. These similarities are one of the motivations of this study to compare the performance of these two models. Details of governing equations and numerical schemes are discussed in the following.

Numerical modelsApproachDeveloper
FLOW-3D HYDROThis CFD package solves Navier–Stokes equations using finite-difference and finite volume approximations, along with Volume of Fluid (VOF) method for tracking the free surfaceFlow Science, Inc. (https://www.flow3d.com/)
MIKE 21This model is based on the numerical solution of 2D and 3D incompressible RANS equations subject to the assumptions of Boussinesq and hydrostatic pressureDanish Hydraulic Institute (DHI) (https://www.mikepoweredbydhi.com/products/mike-21-3)
OpenFOAM (IHFOAM solver)IHFOAM is a newly developed 3D numerical two-phase flow solver. Its core is based on OpenFOAM®. IHFOAM can also solve two-phase flow within porous media using RANS/VARANS equationsIHCantabria research institute (https://ihfoam.ihcantabria.com/)
NHWAVENHWAVE is a 3D shock-capturing non-Hydrostatic model which solves the incompressible Navier–Stokes equations in terrain and surface-following sigma coordinatesKirby et al. (2022) (https://sites.google.com/site/gangfma/nhwave, https://github.com/JimKirby/NHWAVE)
GLOBOUSSGloBouss is a depth-averaged model based on the standard Boussinesq equations including higher order dispersion terms, Coriolis terms, and numerical hydrostatic correction termsLøvholt et al. (2022) (https://www.duo.uio.no/handle/10852/10184)
BOUSSCLAWBoussClaw is a new hybrid Boussinesq type model which is an extension of the GeoClaw model. It employs a hybrid of finite volume and finite difference methods to solve Boussinesq equationsClawpack Development Team (http://www.clawpack.org/)Kim et al. (2017)
THETIS-MUITHETIS is a multi-fluid Navier–Stokes solver which can be considered a one-fluid model as only one velocity is defined at each point of the mesh and there is no mixing between the three considered fluids (water, air, and slide). It applies VOF methodTREFLE department of the I2M Laboratory at Bordeaux, France (https://www.i2m.u-bordeaux.fr/en)
LS3DA 2D depth-integrated numerical model which applies a fourth-order Boussinesq approximation for an arbitrary time-variable bottom boundaryAtaie-Ashtiani and Najafi Jilani (2007)
LYNETT- Mild-Slope Equation (MSE)MSE is a depth-integrated version of the Laplace equation operating under the assumption of inviscid flow and mildly varying bottom slopesLynett and Martinez (2012)
Tsunami 3DA simplified 3D Navier–Stokes model for two fluids (water and landslide material) using VOF for tracking of water surfaceHorrillo et al. (2013)Kim et al. (2020)
(Cornell Multi-grid Coupled Tsunami Mode (COMCOT)COMCOT adopts explicit staggered leap-frog finite difference schemes to solve Shallow Water Equations in both Spherical and Cartesian CoordinatesLiu et al. (1998); Wang and Liu (2006)
TWO-LAYERA mathematical model for a two-layer flow along a non-horizontal bottom. Conservation of mass and momentum equations are depth integrated in each layer, and nonlinear kinematic and dynamic conditions are specified at the free surface and at the interface between fluidsImamura and Imteaz (1995)
Table 1 Some of the existing numerical models for simulating landslide-generated waves

In this work, we apply two Computational Fluid Dynamic (CFD) frameworks, FLOW-3D HYDRO, and OpenFOAM to simulate waves generated by solid-block subaerial landslides in a 3D set-up. We calibrate and validate both numerical models using our physical experiments in a 3D wave tank and compare the performances of these models systematically. These two numerical models are selected among the existing CFD solvers because they have been reported to provide valuable insights into landslide-generated waves (Kim et al., 2020; Romano et al., 2020a, b ; Sabeti & Heidarzadeh, 2022a). As there is no study to compare the performances of these two models (FLOW-3D HYDRO and OpenFOAM) with each other in reproducing landslide-generated waves, this study is conducted to offer such a comparison, which can be helpful for model selection in future research studies or industrial projects. In the realm of tsunami generation by subaerial landslides, the solid-block approach serves as an effective representative for scenarios where the landslide mass is more cohesive and rigid, rather than granular. This methodology is particularly relevant in cases such as the 2018 Anak Krakatau or 1963 Vajont landslides, where the landslide’s nature aligns closely with the characteristics simulated by a solid-block model (Zaniboni & Tinti, 2014; Heidarzadeh et al., 2020a, 2020b).

The objectives of this research are: (i) To provide a detailed implementation and calibration for simulating solid-block subaerial landslide-generated waves using FLOW-3D HYDRO and OpenFOAM, and (ii) To compare the performance of these two numerical models based on three criteria: free surface elevation of the landslide-generated waves, capabilities of the models in simulating 3D features of the waves in the near-field, velocity fields, and velocity variations at different locations. The innovations of this study are twofold: firstly, it is a 3D study involving physical and numerical modelling and thus the data can be useful for other studies, and secondly, it compares the performance of two popular CFD models in modelling landslide-generated waves for the first time. The validated models such as those reported in this study and comparison of their performances can be useful for engineers and scientists addressing landslide tsunami hazards worldwide.

2 Data and Methods


2.1 Physical Modelling

To validate our numerical models, a series of three-dimensional physical experiments were carried out at the Hydraulic Laboratory of the Brunel University London (UK) in a 3D wave tank 2.40 m long, 2.60 m wide, and 0.60 m high (Figs. 1 and 2). To mitigate experimental errors and enhance the reliability of our results, each physical experiment was conducted three times. The reported data in the manuscript reflects the average of these three trials, assuming no anomalous outliers, thus ensuring an accurate reflection of the experimental tests. One experiment was used for validation of our numerical models. The slope angle (α) and water depth (h) were 45° and 0.246 m, respectively for this experiment. The movement of the sliding mass was recorded by a digital camera with a sampling frequency of 120 frames per second, which was used to calculate the slide impact velocity (vs). The travel distance (D), defined as the distance from the toe of the sliding mass to the water surface, was D=0.045 m. The material of the solid block used in our study was concrete with a density of 2600 kg/m3. Table 2 provides detailed information on the dimensions and kinematics of this solid block used in our physical experiments.

Figure 1. The geometrical and kinematic parameters of a subaerial landslide tsunami. Parameters are: h, water depth; aM, maximum wave amplitude; α, slope angle;vs, slide velocity; ls, length of landslide; bs, width of landslide; s, thickness of landslide; SWL, still water level; D, travel distance (the distance from the toe of the sliding mass to the water surface); L, length of the wave tank; and W, width of the wave tank and H, is the hight of the wave tank

Figure 2. a Wave tank setup of the physical experiments of this study. b Numerical simulation setup for the FLOW-3D HYDRO Model. c The numerical set-up for the OpenFOAM model. The location of the physical wave gauge (represented by numerical gauge WG-3 in the numerical simulations) is at X = 1.03 m, Y = 1.21 m, and Z = 0.046 m. d Top view showing the locations of numerical wave gauges (WG-1, WG-2, WG-3, WG-4, WG-5)
Parameter, unitValue/type
Slide width (bs), m0.26
Slide length (ls), m0.20
Slide thickness (s), m0.10
Slide volume (V), m32.60 × 10–3
Specific gravity, (γs)2.60
Slide weight (ms), kg6.86
Slide impact velocity (vs), m/s1.84
Slide Froude number (Fr)1.18
MaterialConcrete
Table 2 Geometrical and kinematic information of the sliding mass used for physical experiments in this study

We took scale effects into account during physical experiments by considering the study by Heller et al. (2008) who proposed a criterion for avoiding scale effects. Heller et al. (2008) stated that the scale effects can be negligible as long as the Weber number (W=ρgh2/σ; where σ is surface tension coefficient) is greater than 5.0 × 103 and the Reynolds number (R=g0.5h1.5/ν; where ν is kinematic viscosity) is greater than 3.0 × 105 or water depth (h) is approximately above 0.20 m. Considering the water temperature of approximately 20 °C during our experiments, the kinematic viscosity (ν) and surface tension coefficient (σ) of water become 1.01 × 10–6 m2/s and 0.073 N/m, respectively. Therefore, the Reynolds and Weber numbers were as R= 3.8 × 105 and W= 8.1 × 105, indicating that the scale effect can be insignificant in our experiments. To record the waves, we used a twin wire wave gauge provided by HR Wallingford (https://equipit.hrwallingford.com). This wave gauge was placed at X = 1.03 m, Y = 1.21 m based on the coordinate system shown in Fig. 2a.

2.2 Numerical Simulations

The numerical simulations in this work were performed employing two CFD packages FLOW-3D HYDRO, and OpenFOAM which have been widely used in industry and academia (e.g., Bayon et al., 2016; Jasak, 2009; Rauter et al., 2021; Romano et al., 2020a, b; Yin et al., 2015).

2.2.1 Governing Equations and Turbulent Models

2.2.1.1 FLOW-3D HYDRO

The FLOW-3D HYDRO solver is based on the fundamental law of mass, momentum and energy conservation. To estimate the influence of turbulent fluctuations on the flow quantities, it is expressed by adding the diffusion terms in the following mass continuity and momentum transport equations:

quation (1) is the general mass continuity equation, where u is fluid velocity in the Cartesian coordinate directions (x), Ax is the fractional area open to flow in the x direction, VF is the fractional volume open to flow, ρ is the fluid density, R and ξ are coefficients that depend on the choice of the coordinate system. When Cartesian coordinates are used, R is set to unity and ξ is set to zero. RDIF and RSOR are the turbulent diffusion and density source terms, respectively. Uρ=Scμ∗/ρ, in which Sc is the turbulent Schmidt number, μ∗ is the dynamic viscosity, and ρ is fluid density. RSOR is applied to model mass injection through porous obstacle surfaces.

The 3D equations of motion are solved with the following Navier–Stokes equations with some additional terms:

where t is time, Gx is accelerations due to gravity, fx is viscous accelerations, and bx is the flow losses in porous media.

According to Flow Science (2022), FLOW-3D HYDRO’s turbulence models differ slightly from other formulations by generalizing the turbulence production with buoyancy forces at non-inertial accelerations and by including the influence of fractional areas/volumes of the FAVOR method (Fractional Area-Volume Obstacle Representation) method. Here we use k–ω model for turbulence modelling. The k–ω model demonstrates enhanced performance over the k-ε and Renormalization-Group (RNG) methods in simulating flows near wall boundaries. Also, for scenarios involving pressure changes that align with the flow direction, the k–ω model provides more accurate simulations, effectively capturing the effects of these pressure variations on the flow (Flow Science, 2022). The equations for turbulence kinetic energy are formulated as below based on Wilcox’s k–ω model (Flow Science, 2022):

where kT is turbulent kinetic energy, PT is the turbulent kinetic energy production, DiffKT is diffusion of turbulent kinetic energy, GT is buoyancy production, β∗=0.09 is closure coefficient, and ω is turbulent frequency.

2.2.1.2 OpenFOAM

For the simulations conducted in this study, OpenFOAM utilizes the Volume-Averaged RANS equations (VARANS) to enable the representation of flow within porous material, treated as a continuous medium. The momentum equation incorporates supplementary terms to accommodate frictional forces from the porous media. The mass and momentum conservation equations are linked to the VOF equation (Jesus et al., 2012) and are expressed as follows:

where the gravitational acceleration components are denoted bygj. The term u¯i=1Vf∫Vf0ujdV represents the volume averaged ensemble averaged velocity (or Darcy velocity) component, Vf is the fluid volume contained in the average volumeV,τ is the surface tension constant (assumed to be 1 for the water phase and 0 for the air phase), and fσi is surface tension, defined as fσi=σκ∂α∂xi, where σ (N/m) is the surface tension constant and κ (1/m) is the curvature (Brackbill et al., 1992). μeff is the effective dynamic viscosity that is defined as μeff=μ+ρνt and takes into account the dynamic molecular (μ) and the turbulent viscosity effects (ρνt). νt is eddy viscosity, which is provided by the turbulence closure model. n is the porosity, defined as the volume of voids over total volume, and P∗=1Vf∫∂Vf0P∗dS is the ensemble averaged pressure in excess of hydrostatic pressure. The coefficient A accounts for the frictional force induced by laminar Darcy-type flow, B considers the frictional force under turbulent flow conditions, and c accounts for the added mass. These coefficients (A,B, and c) are defined based on the work of Engelund (1953) and later modified by Van Gent (1995) as given below:

where D50 is the mean nominal diameter of the porous material, KC is the Keulegan–Carpenter number, a and b are empirical nondimensional coefficients (see Lara et al., 2011; Losada et al., 2016) and γ = 0.34 is a nondimensional parameter as proposed by Van Gent (1995). The k-ω Shear Stress Transport (SST) turbulence is employed to capture the effect of turbulent flow conditions (Zhang & Zhang, 2023) with the enhancement proposed by Larsen and Fuhrman (2018) for the over-production of turbulence beneath surface waves. Boundary layers are modelled with wall functions. The reader is referred to Larsen and Fuhrman (2018) for descriptions, validations, and discussions of the stabilized turbulence models.

2.2.2 FLOW-3D HYDRO Simulation Procedure

In our specific case in this study, FLOW-3D HYDRO utilizes the finite-volume method to numerically solve the equations described in the previous Sect. 2.2.1.1, ensuring a high level of accuracy in the computational modelling. The use of structured rectangular grids in FLOW-3D HYDRO offers the advantages of easier development of numerical methods, greater transparency in their relation to physical problems, and enhanced accuracy and stability of numerical solutions. (Flow Science, 2022). Curved obstacles, wall boundaries, or other geometric features are embedded in the mesh by defining the fractional face areas and fractional volumes of the cells that are open to flow (the FAVOR method). The VOF method is employed in FLOW-3D HYDRO for accurate capturing of the free-surface dynamics (Hirt and Nichols 1981). This approach then is upgraded to method of the TruVOF which is a split Lagrangian method that typically produces lower cumulative volume error than the alternative methods (Flow Science, 2022).

For numerical simulation using FLOW-3D HYDRO, the entire flow domain was 2.60 m wide, 0.60 m deep and 2.50 m long (Fig. 2b). The specific gravity (γs) for solid blocks was set to 2.60 in our model, aligning closely with the density of the actual sliding mass, which was approximately determined in our physical experiments. The fluid medium was modelled as water with a density of 1000 kg/m3 at 20 °C. A uniform grid comprising of one single mesh plane was applied with a grid size of 0.005 m. The top, front and back of the mesh areas were defined as symmetry, and the other surfaces were of wall type with no-slip conditions around the walls.

To simulate turbulent flows, k-ω model was used because of its accuracy in modelling turbulent flows (Menter 1992). Landslide movement was replicated in simulations using coupled motion objects, which implies that the movement of landslides is based on gravity and the friction between surfaces rather than a specified motion in which the model should be provided by force and torques. The time intervals of the numerical model outputs were set to 0.02 s to be consistent with the actual sampling rates of our wave gauges in the laboratory. In order to calibrate the FLOW-3D HYDRO model, the friction coefficient is set to 0.45, which is consistent with the Coulombic friction measurements in the laboratory. The Courant Number (C=UΔtΔx) is considered as the criterion for the stability of numerical simulations which gives the maximum time step (Δt) for a prespecified mesh size (Δx) and flow speed (U). The Courant number was always kept below one.

2.2.3 OpenFOAM Simulation Procedure

OpenFOAM is an open-source platform containing several C++ libraries which solves both 3D Reynolds-Averaged Navier–Stokes equations (RANS) and Volume-Averaged RANS equations (VARANS) for two-phase flows (https://www.openfoam.com/documentation/user-guide). Its implementation is based on a tensorial approach using object-oriented programming techniques and the Finite Volume Method (McDonald 1971). In order to simulate the subaerial landslide-generated waves, the IHFOAM solver based on interFoam (Higuera et al., 2013a, 2013b), and the overset mesh framework method are employed. The implementation of the overset mesh method for porous mediums in OpenFOAM is described in Romano et al. (2020a, b) for submerged rigid and impermeable landslides.

The overset mesh technique, as outlined by Romano et al. (2020a, b), uses two distinct domains: a moving domain that captures the dynamics of the rigid landslide and a static background domain to characterize the numerical wave tank. The overlapping of these domains results in a composite mesh that accurately depicts complex geometrical transformations while preserving mesh quality. A porous media with a very low permeability (n = 0.001) was used to simulate the impermeable sliding surfaces. RANS equations were solved within the porous media. The Multidimensional Universal Limiter with Explicit Solution (MULES) algorithm is employed for solving the (VOF) equation, ensuring precision in tracking fluid interfaces. Simultaneously, the PIMPLE algorithm is employed for the effective resolution of velocity–pressure coupling in the Eqs. 7 and 8. A background domain was created to reproduce the subaerial landslide waves with dimensions 2.50 m (x-direction) × 2.60 m (y-direction) × 0.6 m (z-direction) (Fig. 2c). The grid size is set to 0.005 m for the background mesh. A moving domain was applied in an area of 0.35 m (x-direction) × 0.46 m (y-direction) × 0.32 m (z-direction) with a grid spacing of 0.005 m and applying a body-fitted mesh approach, which contains the rigid and impermeable wedges. Wall condition with No-slip is defined as the boundary for the four side walls (left, right, front and back, in Fig. 1). Also, a non-slip boundary condition is specified to the bottom, whereas the top boundary is defined as open. The experimental slide movement time series is used to model the landslide motion in OpenFOAM. The applied equation is based on the analytical solution by Pelinovsky and Poplavsky (1996) which was later elaborated by Watts (1998). The motion of a sliding rigid body is governed by the following equation:

where, m represents the mass of the landslide, s is the displacement of the landslide down the slope, t is time elapsed, g stands for the acceleration due to gravity, θ is the slope angle, Cf is the Coulomb friction coefficient, Cm is the added mass coefficient, m0 denotes the mass of the water displaced by the moving landslide, A is the cross-sectional area of the landslide perpendicular to the direction of motion, ρ is the water density, and Cd is the drag coefficient.

2.2.4 Mesh Sensitivity Analysis

In order to find the most efficient mesh size, mesh sensitivity analyses were conducted for both numerical models (Fig. 3). We considered the influence of mesh density on simulated waveforms by considering three mesh sizes (Δx) of 0.0025 m, 0.005 m and 0.010 m. The results of FLOW-3D HYDRO revealed that the largest mesh deviates 9% (Fig. 3a, Δx = 0.0100 m) from two other finer meshes. Since the simulations by FLOW-3D HYDRO for the finest mesh (Δx = 0.0025 m) do not show any improvements in comparison with the 0.005 m mesh, therefore the mesh with the size of Δx = 0.0050 m is used for simulations (Fig. 3a). A similar approach was followed for mesh sensitivity of OpenFOAM mesh grids. The mesh with the grid spacing of Δx = 0.0050 m was selected for further simulations since a satisfactory independence was observed in comparison with the half size mesh (Δx = 0.0025 m). However, results showed that the mesh size with the double size of the selected mesh (Δx = 0.0100 m) was not sufficiently fine to minimize the errors (Fig. 3b).

Figure 3. ab Sensitivity of numerical simulations to the sizes of the mesh (Δx) for FLOW-3D HYDRO, and OpenFOAM, respectively. The location of the wave gauge 3 (WG-3) is at X = 1.03 m, Y = 1.21 m, and Z = -0.55 m (see Fig. 2d)

In terms of computational cost, the time required for 2 s simulations by FLOW-3D HYDRO is approximately 4.0 h on a PC Intel® Core™ i7-8700 CPU with a frequency of 3.20 GHz equipped with a 32 GB RAM. OpenFOAM requires 20 h to run 2 s of numerical simulation on 2 processors on a PC Intel® Core™ i9-9900KF CPU with a frequency of 3.60 GHz equipped with a 364 GB RAM. Differences in computational time for simulations run with FLOW-3D HYDRO and OpenFOAM reflect the distinct characteristics of each numerical methods, and the specific hardware setups.

2.2.5 Validation

We validated both numerical models based on our laboratory experimental data (Fig. 4). The following criterion was used to assess the level of agreement between numerical simulations and laboratory observations:

where ε is the mismatch error, Obsi is the laboratory observation values, Simi is the simulation values, and the mathematical expression |X| represents the absolute value of X. The slope angle (α), water depth (h) and travel distance (D) were: α = 45°, h = 0.246 m and D = 0.045 m in both numerical models, consistent with the physical model. We find the percentage error between each simulated data point and its corresponding observed value, and subsequently average these errors to assess the overall accuracy of the simulation against the observed time series. Our results revealed that the mismatch errors between physical experiments and numerical models for the FLOW-3D HYDRO and OpenFOAM are 8% and 18%, respectively, indicating that our models reproduce the measured waveforms satisfactorily (Fig. 4). The simulated waveform by OpenFOAM shows a minor mismatch at t = 0.76 s which resulted from a droplet immediately after the slide hits the water surface in the splash zone. In term of the maximum negative amplitude, the simulated waves by OpenFOAM indicates a relatively better performance than FLOW-3D HYDRO, whereas the maximum positive amplitude (aM) simulated by FLOW-3D HYDRO is closer to the experimental value. The recorded maximum positive amplitude in physical experiment is 0.022 m, whereas it is 0.020 m for FLOW-3D HYDRO and 0.017 m for OpenFOAM simulations. In acknowledging the deviations observed, it is pertinent to highlight that while numerical models offer robust insights, the difference in meshing techniques and the distinct computational methods to resolve the governing equations in FLOW-3D HYDRO and OpenFOAM have contributed to the variance. Moreover, the intrinsic uncertainties associated with the physical experimentation process, including the precision of wave gauges and laboratory conditions, are non-negligible factors influencing the results.

Figure 4. Validation of the simulated waves (brown line for FLOW-3D HYDRO and green line for OpenFOAM) using the laboratory-measured waves (black solid diamonds). This physical experiment was conducted for wave gauge 3 (WG-3) located at X = 1.03 m, Y = 1.21 m, and Z = -0.55 m (see Fig. 2d). Here, 
ε shows the errors between simulations and actual physical measurements using Eq. (13)

3 Results


Following the validations of the two numerical models (FLOW-3D HYDRO and OpenFOAM), a series of simulations were performed to compare the performances of these two CFD solvers. The generation process of landslide waves, waveforms, and velocity fields are considered as the basis for comparing the performance of the two models (Figs. 5, 6, 7 and 8).

Figure 5.Comparison between the simulated waveforms by FLOW-3D HYDRO (black) and OpenFOAM (red) at four different locations in the near-field zone (WG-1,2,4 and 5). WG is the abbreviation for wave gauge. The mismatch (Δ) between the two models at each wave gauge is calculated using Eq. (14)
Figure 6. Comparison of water surface elevations produced by solid-block subaerial landslides for the two numerical models FLOW-3D-HYDRO (ac) and OpenFOAM (e–g) at different times
Figure 7. Snapshots of the simulations at different times for FLOW-3D HYDRO (ac) and OpenFOAM (eg) showing velocity fields (colour maps and arrows). The colormaps indicate water particle velocity in m/s, and the lines indicate the velocities of water particles
Figure 8. Comparison of velocity variations at (WG-3) for FLOW-3D HYDRO (light blue) and OpenFOAM (brown)

3.1 Comparison of Waveforms

Five numerical wave gauges were placed in our numerical models to measure water surface oscillations in the near-field zone (Fig. 5). These gauges offer an azimuthal coverage of 60° (Fig. 2d). Figure 5 reveals that the simulated waveforms from two models (FLOW-3D HYDRO and OpenFOAM) are similar. The highest wave amplitude (aM) is recorded at WG-3 for both models, whereas the lowest amplitude is recorded at WG-5 and WG-1 which can be attributed to the longer distances of these gauges from the source region as well as their lateral offsets, resulting in higher wave energy dissipation at these gauges. The sharp peaks observed in the simulated waveforms, such as the red peak between 0.8–1.0 s in Fig. 5a from OpenFOAM, the red peak between 0.6–0.8 s in Fig. 5b also from OpenFOAM, and the black peak between 1.4–1.6 s in Fig. 5d from FLOW-3D HYDRO, are due to the models’ spatial and temporal discretization. They reflect the sensitivity of the models to capturing transient phenomena, where the chosen mesh and time-stepping intervals are key factors in the models’ ability to track rapid changes in the flow field. To quantify the deviations of the two models from one another, we apply the following equation for mismatch calculation:

where Δ is the mismatch error, Sim1 is the simulation values from FLOW-3D HYDRO, Sim2 is the simulation values from OpenFOAM, and the mathematical expression |X| implies the absolute value of X. We calculate the percentage difference for each corresponding pair of simulation results, then take the mean of these percentage differences to determine the average deviation between the two simulation time series. Using Eq. (14), we found a deviation range from 9 to 11% between the two models at various numerical gauges (Fig. 5), further confirming that the two models give similar simulation results.

3.2 Three-Dimensional Vision of Landslide Generation Process by Numerical Models

A sequence of four water surface elevation snapshots at different times is shown in Fig. 6 for both numerical modes. In both simulations, the sliding mass travels a constant distance of 0.045 m before hitting the water surface at t = 0.270 s which induces an initial change in water surface elevation (Figs. 6a and e). At t = 0.420 s, the mass is fully immersed for both simulations and an initial dipole wave is generated (Figs. 6b and f). Based on both numerical models, the maximum positive amplitude (0.020 m for FLOW-3D HYDRO, and 0.017 m for OpenFOAM) is observed at this stage (Fig. 6). The maximum propagation of landslide-simulated waves along with more droplets in the splash zone could be seen at t = 0.670 s for both models (Fig. 6c and g). The observed distinctions in water surface elevation simulations as illustrated in Fig. 6 are rooted in the unique computational methodologies intrinsic to each model. In the OpenFOAM simulations, a more diffused water surface elevation profile is evident. Such diffusion is an outcome of the simulation’s intrinsic treatment of turbulent kinetic energy dissipation, aligning with the solver’s numerical dissipation characteristics. These traits are influenced by the selected turbulence models and the numerical advection schemes, which prioritize computational stability, possibly at the expense of interface sharpness. The diffusion in the wave pattern as rendered by OpenFOAM reflects the application of a turbulence model with higher dissipative qualities, which serves to moderate the energy retained during wave propagation. This approach can provide insights into the potential overestimation of energy loss under specific simulation conditions. In contrast, the simulations from FLOW-3D HYDRO depict a more localized wave pattern, indicative of a different approach to turbulent dissipation. This coherence in wave fronts is a function of the model’s specific handling of the air–water interface and its targeted representation of the energy dynamics resulting from the landslide’s interaction with the water body. They each have specific attributes that cater to different aspects of wave simulation fidelity, thereby contributing to a more comprehensive understanding of the phenomena under study.

3.3 Wave Velocity Analysis

We show four velocity fields at different times during landslide motion in Fig. 7 and one time series of velocity (Fig. 8) for both numerical models. The velocity varies in the range of 0–1.9 m/s for both models, and the spatial distribution of water particle velocity appears to be similar in both. The models successfully reproduce the complex wavefield around the landslide generation area, which is responsible for splashing water and mixing with air around the source zone (Fig. 7). The first snapshot at t = 0.270 s (Fig. 7a and e) shows the initial contact of the sliding mass with water surface for both numerical models which generates a small elevation wave in front of the mass exhibiting a water velocity of approximately 1.2 m/s. The slide fully immerses for the first time at t = 0.420 s producing a water velocity of approximately 1.5 m/s at this time (Fig. 7b and f). The last snapshot (t = 0.670 s) shows 1.20 s after the slide hits the bottom of the wave tank. Both models show similar patterns for the propagation of the waves towards the right side of the wave tank. The differences in water surface profiles close to the slope and solid block at t = 0.67 s, observed in the FLOW-3D HYDRO and OpenFOAM simulations (Figs. 6 and 7), are due to the distinct turbulence models employed by each (RNG and k-ω SST, respectively) which handle the complex interactions of the landslide-induced waves with the structures differently. Additionally, the methods of simulating landslide movement further contribute to this discrepancy, with FLOW-3D HYDRO’s coupled motion objects possibly affecting the waves’ initiation and propagation unlike OpenFOAM’s prescribed motion from experimental data. In addition to the turbulence models, the variations in VOF methodologies between the two models also contribute to the observed discrepancies.

For the simulated time series of velocity, both models give similar patterns and close maximum velocities (Fig. 8). For both models the WG-3 located at X = 1.03 m, Y = 1.21 m, and Z = − 0.55 m (Fig. 2d) were used to record the time series. WG-3 is positioned 5 mm above the wave tank bottom, ensuring that the measurements taken reflect velocities very close to the bottom of the wave tank. The maximum velocity calculated by FLOW-3D HYDRO is 0.162 m/s while it is 0.132 m/s for OpenFOAM, implying a deviation of approximately 19% from one another. Some oscillations in velocity records are observed for both models, but these oscillations are clearer and sharper for OpenFOAM. Although it is hard to see velocity oscillations in the FLOW-3D HYDRO record, a close look may reveal some small oscillations (around t = 0.55 s and 0.9 s in Fig. 8). In fact, velocity oscillations are expected due to the variations in velocity of the sliding mass during the travel as well as due to the interferences of the initial waves with the reflected wave from the beach. In general, it appears that the velocity time series of the two models show similar patterns and similar maximum values although they have some differences in the amplitudes of the velocity oscillations. The differences between the two curves are attributed to factors such as difference in meshing between the two models, turbulence models, as well as the way that two models record the outputs.

4 Discussions


An important step for CFD modelling in academic or industrial projects is the selection of an appropriate numerical model that can deliver the task with satisfactory performance and at a reasonable computational cost. Obviously, the major drivers when choosing a CFD model are cost, capability, flexibility, and accessibility. In this sense, the existing options are of two types as follows:

  • Commercial models, such as FLOW-3D HYDRO, which are optimised to solve free-surface flow problems, with customer support and an intuitive Graphical User Interface (GUI) that significantly facilitates meshing, setup, simulation monitoring, visualization, and post-processing. They usually offer high-quality customer support. Although these models show high capabilities and flexibilities for numerical modelling, they are costly, and thus less accessible.
  • Open-source models, such as OpenFOAM, which come without a GUI but with coded tools for meshing, setup, parallel running, monitoring, post-processing, and visualization. Although these models offer no customer support, they have a big community support and online resources. Open-source models are free and widely accessible, but they may not be necessarily always flexible and capable.

OpenFOAM provides freedom for experimenting and diving through the code and formulating the problem for a user whereas FLOW-3D HYDRO comes with high-level customer supports, tutorial videos and access to an extensive set of example simulations (https://www.flow3d.com/). While FLOW-3D-HYDRO applies a semi-automatic meshing process where users only need to input the 3D model of the structure, OpenFOAM provides meshing options for simple cases, and in many advanced cases, users need to create the mesh in other software (e.g., ANSYS) (Ariza et al., 2018) and then convert it to OpenFOAM format. Auspiciously, there are numerous online resources (https://www.openfoam.com/trainings/about-trainings), and published examples for OpenFOAM (Rauter et al., 2021; Romano et al., 2020a, b; Zhang & Zhang, 2023).

The capabilities of both FLOW-3D HYDRO and OpenFOAM to simulate actual, complex landslide-generated wave events have been showcased in significant case studies. The study by Ersoy et al. (2022) applied FLOW-3D HYDRO to simulate impulse waves originating from landslides near an active fault at the Çetin Dam Reservoir, highlighting the model’s capacity for detailed, site-specific modelling. Concurrently, the work by Alexandre Paris (2021) applied OpenFOAM to model the 2017 Karrat Fjord landslide tsunami events, providing a robust validation of OpenFOAM’s utility in capturing the dynamics of real-world geophysical phenomena. Both instances exemplify the sophisticated computational approaches of these models in aiding the prediction and analysis of natural hazards from landslides.

As for limitations of this study, we acknowledge that our numerical models are validated by one real-world measured wave time series. However, it is believed that this one actual measurement was sufficient for validation of this study because it was out of the scope of this research to fully validate the FLOW-3D HYDRO and OpenFOAM models. These two models have been fully validated by more actual measurements by other researchers in the past (e.g., Sabeti & Heidarzadeh, 2022b). It is also noted that some of the comparisons made in this research were qualitative, such as the 3D wave propagation snapshots, as it was challenging to develop quantitative comparisons for snapshots. Another limitation of this study concerns the number of tests conducted here. We fixed properties such as water depth, slope angle, and travel distance throughout this study because it was out of the scope of this research to perform sensitivity analyses.

5 Conclusions


We configured, calibrated, validated and compared two numerical models, FLOW-3D HYDRO, and OpenFOAM, using physical experiments in a 3D wave tank. These validated models were used to simulate subaerial solid-block landslides in the near-field zone. Our results showed that both models are fully compatible with investigating waves generated by subaerial landslides, although they use different approaches to simulate the phenomenon. The properties of solid-block, water depth, slope angle, and travel distance were kept constant in this study as we focused on comparing the performance of the two models rather than conducting a full sensitivity analysis. The findings are as follows:

  • Different settings were used in the two models for modelling landslide-generated waves. In terms of turbulent flow modelling, we used the Renormalization Group (RNG) turbulence model in FLOW-3D HYDRO, and k-ω (SST) turbulence model in OpenFOAM. Regarding meshing techniques, the overset mesh method was used in OpenFOAM, whereas the structured cartesian mesh was applied in FLOW-3D HYDRO. As for simulation of landslide movement, the coupled motion objects method was used in FLOW-3D HYDRO, and the experimental slide movement time series were prescribed in OpenFOAM.
  • Our modelling revealed that both models successfully reproduced the physical experiments. The two models deviated 8% (FLOW-3D HYDRO) and 18% (OpenFOAM) from the physical experiments, indicating satisfactory performances. The maximum water particle velocity was approximately 1.9 m/s for both numerical models. When the simulated waveforms from the two numerical models are compared with each other, a deviation of 10% was achieved indicating that the two models perform approximately equally. Comparing the 3D snapshots of the two models showed that there are some minor differences in reproducing the details of the water splash in the near field.
  • Regarding computational costs, FLOW-3D HYDRO was able to complete the same simulations in 4 h as compared to nearly 20 h by OpenFOAM. However, the hardware that were used for modelling were not the same; the computer used for the OpenFOAM model was stronger than the one used for running FLOW-3D HYDRO. Therefore, it is challenging to provide a fair comparison for computational time costs.
  • Overall, we conclude that the two models give approximately similar performances, and they are both capable of accurately modelling landslide-generated waves. The choice of a model for research or industrial projects may depend on several factors such as availability of local knowledge of the models, computational costs, accessibility and flexibilities of the model, and the affordability of the cost of a license (either a commercial or an open-source model).

Reference


  1. Abadie, S., Morichon, D., Grilli, S., & Glockner, S. (2010). Numerical simulation of waves generated by landslides using a multiple-fluid Navier–Stokes model. Coastal Engineering, 57(9), 779–794. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2010.04.002
  2. Ariza, C., Casado, C., Wang, R.-Q., Adams, E., & Marugán, J. (2018). Comparative evaluation of OpenFOAM® and ANSYS® Fluent for the modeling of annular reactors. Chemical Engineering & Technology, 41(7), 1473–1483. https://doi.org/10.1002/ceat.201700455
  3. Ataie-Ashtiani, B., & Najafi Jilani, A. (2007). A higher-order Boussinesq-type model with moving bottom boundary: Applications to submarine landslide tsunami waves. Pure and Applied Geophysics, 164(6), 1019–1048. https://doi.org/10.1002/fld.1354
  4. Bayon, A., Valero, D., García-Bartual, R., & López-Jiménez, P. A. (2016). Performance assessment of OpenFOAM and FLOW-3D in the numerical modeling of a low Reynolds number hydraulic jump. Environmental Modelling & Software, 80, 322–335. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsoft.2016.02.018
  5. Bellotti, G., & Romano, A. (2017). Wavenumber-frequency analysis of landslide-generated tsunamis at a conical island. Part II: EOF and modal analysis. Coastal Engineering, 128, 84–91. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2017.07.008
  6. Biscarini, C. (2010). Computational fluid dynamics modelling of landslide generated water waves. Landslides, 7(2), 117–124. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10346-009-0194-z
  7. Brackbill, J. U., Kothe, D. B., & Zemach, C. (1992). A continuum method for modeling surface tension. Journal of computational physics, 100(2), 335–354.
  8. Cecioni, C., Romano, A., Bellotti, G., Di Risio, M., & De Girolamo, P. (2011). Real-time inversion of tsunamis generated by landslides. Natural Hazards & Earth System Sciences, 11(9), 2511–2520. https://doi.org/10.5194/nhess-11-2511-2011
  9. Cremonesi, M., Frangi, A., & Perego, U. (2011). A Lagrangian finite element approaches the simulation of water-waves induced by landslides. Computers & Structures, 89(11–12), 1086–1093.
  10. Del Jesus, M., Lara, J. L., & Losada, I. J. (2012). Three-dimensional interaction of waves and porous coastal structures: Part I: Numerical model formulation. Coastal Engineering, 64, 57–72. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.COASTALENG.2012.01.008
  11. Di Risio, M., De Girolamo, P., Bellotti, G., Panizzo, A., Aristodemo, F., Molfetta, M. G., & Petrillo, A. F. (2009). Landslide-generated tsunamis runup at the coast of a conical island: New physical model experiments. Journal of Geophysical Research: Oceans. https://doi.org/10.1029/2008JC004858
  12. Engelund, F., & Munch-Petersen, J. (1953). Steady flow in contracted and expanded rectangular channels. La Houille Blanche, (4), 464–481.
  13. Ersoy, H., Oğuz Sünnetci, M., Karahan, M., & Perinçek, D. (2022). Three-dimensional simulations of impulse waves originating from concurrent landslides near an active fault using FLOW-3D software: A case study of Çetin Dam Reservoir (Southeast Turkey). Bulletin of Engineering Geology and the Environment, 81(7), 267. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10064-022-02675-8
  14. Flow Science. (2022). FLOW-3D HYDRO version 12.0 user’s manual. Santa Fe, NM, USA. Retrieved from https://www.flow3d.com/. 6 Aug 2023.
  15. Fritz, H. M., Hager, W. H., & Minor, H. E. (2004). Near field characteristics of landslide generated impulse waves. Journal of waterway, port, coastal, and ocean engineering, 130(6), 287–302.
  16. Fritz, H. M., Mohammed, F., & Yoo, J. (2009). Lituya bay landslide impact generated mega-tsunami 50th anniversary. In: Tsunami science four years after the 2004 Indian Ocean Tsunami (pp. 153–175). Birkhäuser Basel, Switzerland.
  17. Grilli, S. T., Shelby, M., Kimmoun, O., Dupont, G., Nicolsky, D., Ma, G., Kirby, J. T., & Shi, F. (2017). Modelling coastal tsunami hazard from submarine mass failures: Effect of slide rheology, experimental validation, and case studies off the US East Coast. Natural Hazards, 86(1), 353–391. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11069-016-2692-3
  18. Grilli, S. T., & Watts, P. (2005). Tsunami generation by submarine mass failure. I: Modelling, experimental validation, and sensitivity analyses. Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal, and Ocean Engineering, 131(6), 283–297. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-950X
  19. Grilli, S. T., Zhang, C., Kirby, J. T., Grilli, A. R., Tappin, D. R., Watt, S. F. L., et al. (2021). Modeling of the Dec. 22nd, 2018, Anak Krakatau volcano lateral collapse and tsunami based on recent field surveys: Comparison with observed tsunami impact. Marine Geology. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.margeo.2021.106566
  20. Heidarzadeh, M., Gusman, A., Ishibe, T., Sabeti, R., & Šepić, J. (2022). Estimating the eruption-induced water displacement source of the 15 January 2022 Tonga volcanic tsunami from tsunami spectra and numerical modelling. Ocean Engineering, 261, 112165. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2022.112165
  21. Heidarzadeh, M., Ishibe, T., Sandanbata, O., Muhari, A., & Wijanarto, A. B. (2020a). Numerical modeling of the subaerial landslide source of the 22 December 2018 Anak Krakatoa volcanic tsunami, Indonesia. Ocean Engineering, 195, 106733. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2019.106733
  22. Heidarzadeh, M., Putra, P. S., Nugroho, H. S., & Rashid, D. B. Z. (2020b). Field survey of tsunami heights and runups following the 22 December 2018 Anak Krakatau volcano tsunami, Indonesia. Pure and Applied Geophysics, 177, 4577–4595. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00024-020-02587-w
  23. Heller, V., Bruggemann, M., Spinneken, J., & Rogers, B. D. (2016). Composite modelling of subaerial landslide–tsunamis in different water body geometries and novel insight into slide and wave kinematics. Coastal Engineering, 109, 20–41. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2015.12.004
  24. Heller, V., Hager, W. H., & Minor, H. E. (2008). Scale effects in subaerial landslide generated impulse waves. Experiments in Fluids, 44(5), 691–703. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00348-007-0427-7
  25. Heller, V., & Spinneken, J. (2013). Improved landslide-tsunami prediction: Effects of block model parameters and slide model. Journal of Geophysical Research: Oceans, 118(3), 1489–1507. https://doi.org/10.1002/jgrc.20099
  26. Higuera, P., Lara, J. L., & Losada, I. J. (2013a). Realistic wave generation and active wave absorption for Navier–Stokes models: Application to OpenFOAM®. Coastal Engineering, 71, 102–118. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2012.07.002
  27. Higuera, P., Lara, J. L., & Losada, I. J. (2013b). Simulating coastal engineering processes with OpenFOAM®. Coastal Engineering, 71, 119–134. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2012.06.002
  28. Hirt, C.W. and Nichols, B.D., 1981. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. Journal of computational physics, 39(1), 201–225.
  29. Horrillo, J., Wood, A., Kim, G.-B., & Parambath, A. (2013). A simplified 3-D Navier–Stokes numerical model for landslide-tsunami: Application to the Gulf of Mexico. Journal of Geophysical Research, 118(12), 6934–6950. https://doi.org/10.1002/2012JC008689
  30. Imamura, F., & Imteaz, M. A. (1995). Long waves in two-layers: Governing equations and numerical model. Science of Tsunami Hazards, 13(1), 3–24.
  31. Jasak, H. (2009). OpenFOAM: Open source CFD in research and industry. International Journal of Naval Architecture and Ocean Engineering, 1(2), 89–94. https://doi.org/10.2478/IJNAOE-2013-0011
  32. Kim, G. B., Cheng, W., Sunny, R. C., Horrillo, J. J., McFall, B. C., Mohammed, F., Fritz, H. M., Beget, J., & Kowalik, Z. (2020). Three-dimensional landslide generated tsunamis: Numerical and physical model comparisons. Landslides, 17(5), 1145–1161. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10346-019-01308-2
  33. Kim, J., Pedersen, G. K., Løvholt, F., & LeVeque, R. J. (2017). A Boussinesq type extension of the GeoClaw model-a study of wave breaking phenomena applying dispersive long wave models. Coastal Engineering, 122, 75–86. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2017.01.005
  34. Kirby, J. T., Grilli, S. T., Horrillo, J., Liu, P. L. F., Nicolsky, D., Abadie, S., Ataie-Ashtiani, B., Castro, M. J., Clous, L., Escalante, C., Fine, I., et al. (2022). Validation and inter-comparison of models for landslide tsunami generation. Ocean Modelling, 170, 101943. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocemod.2021.101943
  35. Lara, J. L., Ruju, A., & Losada, I. J. (2011). Reynolds averaged Navier–Stokes modelling of long waves induced by a transient wave group on a beach. Proceedings of the Royal Society A: Mathematical, Physical and Engineering Sciences, 467(2129), 1215–1242.
  36. Larsen, B. E., & Fuhrman, D. R. (2018). On the over-production of turbulence beneath surface waves in Reynolds-averaged Navier–Stokes models. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 853, 419–460.
  37. Lee, C. H., & Huang, Z. (2021). Multi-phase flow simulation of impulsive waves generated by a sub-aerial granular landslide on an erodible slope. Landslides, 18(3), 881–895. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10346-020-01560-z
  38. Liu, P. L. F., Woo, S. B., & Cho, Y. S. (1998). Computer programs for tsunami propagation and inundation. Technical Report. Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.
  39. Liu, F., Wu, T.-R., Raichlen, F., Synolakis, C. E., & Borrero, J. C. (2005). Runup and rundown generated by three-dimensional sliding masses. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 536(1), 107–144. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0022112005004799
  40. Losada, I. J., Lara, J. L., & del Jesus, M. (2016). Modeling the interaction of water waves with porous coastal structures. Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal, and Ocean Engineering, 142(6), 03116003
  41. Løvholt, F., Harbitz, C. B., & Haugen, K. (2005). A parametric study of tsunamis generated by submarine slides in the Ormen Lange/Storegga area off western Norway. In: Ormen Lange—An integrated study for safe field development in the Storegga submarine area (pp. 219–231). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-044694-3.50023-8
  42. Løvholt, F., Bondevik, S., Laberg, J. S., Kim, J., & Boylan, N. (2017). Some giant submarine landslides do not produce large tsunamis. Geophysical Research Letters, 44(16), 8463–8472
  43. Løvholt, F. J. M. R., Griffin, J., & Salgado-Gálvez, M. A. (2022). Tsunami hazard and risk assessment on the global scale. Complexity in Tsunamis, Volcanoes, and their Hazards, 213–246
  44. Lynett, P., & Liu, P. L. F. (2005). A numerical study of the run-up generated by three-dimensional landslides. Journal of Geophysical Research: Oceans. https://doi.org/10.1029/2004JC002443
  45. Lynett, P. J., & Martinez, A. J. (2012). A probabilistic approach for the waves generated by a submarine landslide. Coastal Engineering Proceedings, 33, 15–15. https://doi.org/10.9753/icce.v33.currents.15
  46. McDonald, P. W. (1971). The computation of transonic flow through two-dimensional gas turbine cascades (Vol. 79825, p. V001T01A089). American Society of Mechanical Engineers
  47. Menter, F. R. (1992). Improved two-equation k-omega turbulence models for aerodynamic flows (No. A-92183). https://ntrs.nasa.gov/citations/19930013620
  48. Panizzo, A., De Girolamo, P., Di Risio, M., Maistri, A., & Petaccia, A. (2005). Great landslide events in Italian artificial reservoirs. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 5(5), 733–740. https://doi.org/10.5194/nhess-5-733-2005
  49. Paris, A. (2021). Comparison of landslide tsunami models and exploration of fields of application. Doctoral dissertation, Université de Pau et des Pays de l’Adour.
  50. Paris, A., Heinrich, P., & Abadie, S. (2021). Landslide tsunamis: Comparison between depth-averaged and Navier–Stokes models. Coastal Engineering, 170, 104022. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2021.104022
  51. Pelinovsky, E., & Poplavsky, A. (1996). Simplified model of tsunami generation by submarine landslides. Physics and Chemistry of the Earth, 21(1–2), 13–17. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0079-1946(97)00003-7
  52. Rauter, M., Hoße, L., Mulligan, R. P., Take, W. A., & Løvholt, F. (2021). Numerical simulation of impulse wave generation by idealized landslides with OpenFOAM. Coastal Engineering, 165, 103815. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2020.103815
  53. Rauter, M., Viroulet, S., Gylfadóttir, S. S., Fellin, W., & Løvholt, F. (2022). Granular porous landslide tsunami modelling–the 2014 Lake Askja flank collapse. Nature Communications, 13(1), 678. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-022-28356-2
  54. Romano, A., Bellotti, G., & Di Risio, M. (2013). Wavenumber–frequency analysis of the landslide-generated tsunamis at a conical island. Coastal Engineering, 81, 32–43. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2013.06.007
  55. Romano, A., Lara, J., Barajas, G., Di Paolo, B., Bellotti, G., Di Risio, M., Losada, I., & De Girolamo, P. (2020a). Tsunamis generated by submerged landslides: Numerical analysis of the near-field wave characteristics. Journal of Geophysical Research: Oceans, 125(7), e2020JC016157. https://doi.org/10.1029/2020JC016157
  56. Romano, M., Ruggiero, A., Squeglia, F., Maga, G., & Berisio, R. (2020b). A structural view of SARS-CoV-2 RNA replication machinery: RNA synthesis, proofreading and final capping. Cells, 9(5), 1267.
  57. Sabeti, R., & Heidarzadeh, M. (2022a). Numerical simulations of water waves generated by subaerial granular and solid-block landslides: Validation, comparison, and predictive equations. Ocean Engineering, 266, 112853. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2022.112853
  58. Sabeti, R., & Heidarzadeh, M. (2022b). Numerical simulations of tsunami wave generation by submarine landslides: Validation and sensitivity analysis to landslide parameters. Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal, and Ocean Engineering, 148(2), 05021016. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)WW.1943-5460.0000694
  59. Takabatake, T., Han, D. C., Valdez, J. J., Inagaki, N., Mäll, M., Esteban, M., & Shibayama, T. (2022). Three-dimensional physical modeling of tsunamis generated by partially submerged landslides. Journal of Geophysical Research: Oceans, 127(1), e2021JC017826. https://doi.org/10.1029/2021JC017826
  60. Van Gent, M. R. A. (1995). Porous flows through rubble-mound material. Journal of waterway, port, coastal, and ocean engineering, 121(3), 176–181.
  61. Wang, X., & Liu, P. L. F. (2006). An analysis of 2004 Sumatra earthquake fault plane mechanisms and Indian Ocean tsunami. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 44, 147–154. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2006.9521671
  62. Watts, P. (1998). Wavemaker curves for tsunamis generated by underwater landslides. Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal, and Ocean Engineering, 124(3), 127–137. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-950X(1998)124:3(127)
  63. Yin, Y., Zhang, C., Imamura, F., Harris, J. C., & Li, Z. (2015). Numerical analysis on wave generated by the Qianjiangping landslide in Three Gorges Reservoir. China. Landslides, 12(2), 355–364. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10346-015-0564-7
  64. Zaniboni, F., & Tinti, S. (2014). Numerical simulations of the 1963 Vajont landslide, Italy: application of 1D Lagrangian modelling. Natural hazards, 70, 567–592.
  65. Zhang, C., & Zhang, M. (2023). Numerical investigation of solitary wave attenuation and mitigation caused by vegetation using OpenFOAM. Coastal Engineering Journal, 65(2), 198–216. https://doi.org/10.1080/21664250.2022.2163844
Weir

Discharge Formula and Hydraulics of Rectangular Side Weirs in the Small Channel and Field Inlet

소규모 수로 및 유입구에서의 직사각형 측면 위어의 유량 공식 및 수리학

Yingying Wang, Mouchao Lv, Wen’e Wang, Ming Meng

Abstract


In this study, experimental investigations were conducted on rectangular side weirs with different widths and heights. Corresponding simulations were also performed to analyze hydraulic characteristics including the water surface profile, flow velocity, and pressure. The relationship between the discharge coefficient and the Froude number, as well as the ratios of the side weir height and width to upstream water depth, was determined. A discharge formula was derived based on a dimensional analysis. The results demonstrated good agreement between simulated and experimental data, indicating the reliability of numerical simulations using FLOW-3D software (version 11.1). Notably, significant fluctuations in water surface profiles near the side weir were observed compared to those along the center line or away from the side weir in the main channel, suggesting that the entrance effect of the side weir did not propagate towards the center line of the main channel. The proposed discharge formula exhibited relative errors within 10%, thereby satisfying the flow measurement requirements for small channels and field inlets.

1. Introduction


Sharp crested weirs are used to obtain discharge in open channels by solely measuring the water head upstream of the water. Side weirs, as a kind of sharp-crested weir, are extensively used for flow measurement, flow diversion, and flow regulation in open channels. Side weirs can be placed directly in the channel direction or field inlet, without changing the original structure of the channel. Thus, side weirs have certain advantages in the promotion and application of flow measurement facilities in small channels and field inlets. The rectangular sharp-crested weir is the most commonly available, and many scholars have conducted research on it.
Research on side weirs started in 1934. De Marchi studied the side weir in the rectangular channel and derived the theoretical formula based on the assumption that the specific energy of the main flow section of the rectangular channel in the side weir section was constant [1]. Ackers discussed the existing formulas for the prediction of the side weir discharge coefficient [2]. Chen concluded that the momentum theorem was more suitable for the analytical calculation of the side weir based on the experimental data [3]. Based on previous theoretical research, more and more scholars began to carry out experimental research on side weirs. Uyumaz and Muslu conducted experiments under subcritical and supercritical flow regimes and derived expressions for the side weir discharge and water surface profiles for these regimes by comparing them with experimental results [4]. Borghei et al. developed a discharge coefficient equation for rectangular side weirs in subcritical flow [5]. Ghodsian [6] and Durga and Pillai [7] developed a discharge coefficient equation of rectangular side weirs in supercritical flow. Mohamed proposed a new approach based on the video monitoring concept to measure the free surface of flow over rectangular side weirs [8]. Durga conducted experiments on rectangular side weirs of different lengths and sill heights and discussed the application of momentum and energy principles to the analysis of spatially varied flow under supercritical conditions. The results showed that the momentum principle was fitting better [7]. Omer et al. obtained sharp-crested rectangular side weirs discharge coefficients in the straight channel by using an artificial neural network model for a total of 843 experiments [9]. Emiroglu et al. studied water surface profile and surface velocity streamlines, and developed a discharge coefficient formula of the upstream Froude number, the ratios of weir length to channel width, weir length to flow depth, and weir height to flow depth [10]. Other investigators [11,12,13,14] have conducted experiments to study flow over rectangular side weirs in different flow conditions.
Numerous studies have been conducted in laboratories to this day. Compared to experimental methods, the numerical simulation method has many attractive advantages. We can easily obtain a wide range of hydraulic parameters of side weirs using numerical simulation methods, without investing a lot of manpower and resources. In addition, we can conduct small changes in inlet condition, outlet condition, and geometric parameters, and study their impact on the flow characteristics of side weirs. Therefore, with the development and improvement of computational fluid dynamics, the numerical simulation method has begun to be widely applied on side weirs. Salimi et al. studied the free surface changes and the velocity field along a side weir located on a circular channel in the supercritical regime by numerical simulation [15]. Samadi et al. conducted a three-dimensional simulation on rectangular sharp-crested weirs with side contraction and without side contraction and verified the accuracy of numerical simulation compared with the experimental results [16]. Aydin investigated the effect of the sill on rectangular side weir flow by using a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics model [17]. Azimi et al. studied the discharge coefficient of rectangular side weirs on circular channels in a supercritical flow regime using numerical simulation and experiments [18]. The discharge coefficient over the two compound side weirs (Rectangular and Semi-Circle) was modeled by using the FLOW-3D software to describe the flow characteristics in subcritical flow conditions [19]. Safarzadeh and Noroozi compared the hydraulics and 3D flow features of the ordinary rectangular and trapezoidal plan view piano key weirs (PKWs) using two-phase RANS numerical simulations [20]. Tarek et al. investigated the discharge performance, flow characteristics, and energy dissipation over PK and TL weirs under free-flow conditions using the FLOW-3D software [21].
As evident from the aforementioned, the majority of studies have primarily focused on determining the discharge coefficient, while comparatively less attention has been devoted to investigating the hydraulic characteristics of rectangular side weirs. Numerical simulations were conducted on different types of side weirs, including compound side weirs and piano key weirs, in different cross-section channels under different flow regimes. It is imperative to derive the discharge formula and investigate other crucial flow parameters such as depth, velocity, and pressure near side weirs for their effective implementation in water measurement. In this study, a combination of experimental and numerical simulation methods was employed to examine the relationship between the discharge coefficient and its influencing factors; furthermore, a dimensionless analysis was utilized to derive the discharge formula. Additionally, water surface profiles near side weirs and pressure distribution at the bottom of the side channel were analyzed to assess safety operation issues associated with installing side weirs.

2. Principle of Flow Measurement


Flow discharge over side weirs is a function of different dominant physical and geometrical quantities, which is defined as

where Q is flow discharge over the side weir, b is the side weir width, B is the channel width, P is the side weir height, v is the mean velocity, h1 is water depth upstream the side weir in the main channel, g is the gravitational acceleration, μ is the dynamic viscosity of fluid, ρ is fluid density, and i is the channel slope (Figure 1).

Figure 1. Definition sketch of parameters of rectangular side weir under subcritical flow. Note: h1 and h2 represent water depth upstream and downstream of the side weir in the main channel, respectively; y1 and y2 represent weir head upstream and downstream of the side weir in the main channel, respectively.

In experiments when the upstream weir head was over 30 mm, the effects of surface tension on discharge were found to be minor [22]. The viscosity effect was far less than the gravity effect in a turbulent flow. Hence μ and σ were excluded from the analysis [23,24]. In addition, the channel width, the channel slope, and the fluid density were all constant, so the discharge formula can be simplified as:

According to the Buckingham π theorem, the following relationship among the dimensionless parameters is established:

Selected h1 and g as basic fundamental quantities, and the remaining physical quantities were represented in terms of these fundamental quantities as follows:

In which

Based on dimensional analysis, the following equations were derived.

Namely

So the discharge formula can be simplified as:

In a sharp-crested weir, discharge over the weir is proportional to 𝐻1.51H11.5 (H1 is the upstream total head above the crest, namely H1 = y1 + v2/2 g), so Equation (6) can be transformed as follows:

Consequently, the discharge formula over rectangular side weirs is defined as follows, in which 𝑚=𝑓(𝑏ℎ1m=f(bh1,𝑃ℎ1,𝐹𝑟1)Ph1,Fr1). Parameter m represents the dimensionless discharge coefficient. Parameter Fr1 represents the Froude number at the upstream end of the side weir in the main channel.

3. Experiment Setup


The experimental setup contained a storage reservoir, a pumping station, an electromagnetic flow meter, a control valve, a stabilization pond, rectangular channels, a side weir, and a sluice gate. The layout of the experimental setup is shown in Figure 2. Water was supplied from the storage reservoir using a pump. The flow discharge was measured with an electromagnetic flow meter with precision of ±3‰. Water depth was measured with a point gauge with an accuracy of ±0.1 mm. The flow velocity was measured with a 3D Acoustic Doppler Velocimeter (Nortek Vectrino, manufactured by Nortek AS in Rud, Norway). In order to eliminate accidental and human error, multiple measurements of the water depth and flow velocity at the same point were performed and the average values were used as the actual water depth and flow velocity of the point. The main and side channels were both rectangular open channels measuring 47 cm in width and 60 cm in height. The geometrical parameters of rectangular side weirs are shown in Table 1.

Figure 2. Layout of the test system.
Table 1. The geometrical parameters of rectangular side weirs.

When water passes through a side weir, its quality point is affected not only by gravity but also by centrifugal inertia force, leading to an inclined water surface within that particular cross-section before reaching the weir. In order to examine water profiles adjacent to side weirs, cross-sectional measurements were conducted at regular intervals of 12 cm both upstream and downstream of each side weir, denoted as sections ① to ⑩, respectively. Measuring points were positioned near the side weir (referred to as “Side I”), along the center line of the main channel (referred to as “Side II”), and far away from the side weir (referred to as “Side III”) for each cross-section. The schematic diagram illustrating these measuring points is presented in Figure 3.

Figure 3. Schematic diagram of measurement points.

4. Numerical Simulation Settings

4.1. Mathematical Model

4.1.1. Governing Equations

Establishing the controlling equations is a prerequisite for solving any problem. For the flow analysis problem of water flowing over a side weir in a rectangular channel, assuming that no heat exchange occurs, the continuity equation (Equation (9)) and momentum equation (Equation (10)) can be used as the controlling equations as follows:

The continuity equation:

Momentum equation:

where: ρ is the fluid density, kg/m3t is time, s; uiuj are average flow velocities, u1u2u3 represent average flow velocity components in Cartesian coordinates x, y, and z, respectively, m/s; μ is dynamic viscosity of fluid, N·s/m2p is the pressure, pa; Si is the body force, S1 = 0, S2 = 0, S3 = −ρg, N [24].

4.1.2. RNG k-ε Model

The water flow in the main channel is subcritical flow. When the water flows through the side weir, the flow line deviates sharply, the cross section suddenly decreases, and due to the blocking effect of the side weir, the water reflects and diffracts, resulting in strong changes in the water surface and obvious three-dimensional characteristics of the water flow [25]. Therefore the RNG kε model is selected. The model can better handle flows with greater streamline curvature, and its corresponding k and ε equation is, respectively, as follows:

where: k is the turbulent kinetic energy, m2/s2μeff is the effective hydrodynamic viscous coefficient; Gk is the generation item of turbulent kinetic energy k due to gradient of the average flow velocity; C∗1εC1ε*, C are empirical constants of 1.42 and 1.68, respectively; ε is turbulence dissipation rate, kg·m2/s2.

4.1.3. TruVOF Model

Because the shape of the free surface is very complex and the overall position is constantly changing, the fluid flow phenomenon with a free surface is a typical flow phenomenon that is difficult to simulate. The current methods used to simulate free surfaces mainly include elevation function method, the MAC method [26] and the VOF (Volume of Fluid) method [27]. The VOF method is a method proposed by Hirt and Nichols to deal with the complex motion of the free surface of a fluid, which can describe all the complexities of the free surface with only one function. The basic idea of the method is to define functions αw and αa, which represent the volume percentage of the calculation area occupied by water and air, respectively. In each unit cell, the sum of the volume fractions of water and air is equal to 1, i.e.,

The TruVOF calculation method can accurately track the change of free liquid level and accurately simulate the flow problems with free interface. Its equation is:

where: u_¯m is the average velocity of the mixture; t is the time; F is the volume fraction of the required fluid.

4.2. Parameter Setting and Boundary Conditions

To streamline the iterative calculation and minimize simulation time, we selected a main channel measuring 7.5 m in length and a side channel measuring 2.5 m in length for simulation. Three-dimensional geometrical models were developed using the software AutoCAD (version 2016-Simplified Chinese). The spatial domain was meshed using a constructed rectangular hexahedral mesh and each cell size was 2 cm. A volume flow rate was set in the channel inlet with an auto-adjusted fluid height. An outflow–outlet condition was positioned at the end of the side channel. A symmetry boundary condition was set in the air inlet at the top of the model, which represented that no fluid flows through the boundary. The lower Z (Zmin) and both of the side boundaries were treated as a rigid wall (W). No-slip conditions were applied at the wall boundaries. Figure 4 illustrates these boundary conditions.

Figure 4. Diagram of boundary conditions.

5. Results

5.1. Water Surface Profiles

Water surface profiles were crucial parameters for selecting water-measuring devices. Upon analyzing the consistent patterns observed in different conditions, one specific condition was chosen for further analysis. To validate the reliability of numerical simulation, measured and simulated water depths of rectangular side weirs with different widths and heights at a discharge rate of 25 L/s were extracted for comparison (Table 2 and Figure 5). The results in Table 2 and Figure 5 indicate a maximum absolute relative error value of 9.97% and all absolute relative error values within 10%, demonstrating satisfactory agreement between experimental and simulated results.

Figure 5. Comparison between measured and simulated flow depth.
P/cmSection Positionb = 20 cmb = 30 cmb = 40 cmb = 47 cm
hm/cmhs/cmR/%hm/cmhs/cmR/%hm/cmhs/cmR/%hm/cmhs/cmR/%
721.4919.49.7317.7416.94.7416.0714.519.7113.7912.509.35
④′20.4819.056.9817.7816.149.2215.6914.318.80
20.7119.028.1617.8216.318.4715.9214.538.7315.2313.809.39
⑧′22.0020.228.0918.2716.748.3716.5914.969.83
22.3720.179.8317.7316.805.2516.2715.087.3115.3614.366.51
1024.1522.66.4219.9618.845.6119.0318.582.3616.8315.855.82
④′24.2122.058.9219.4918.196.6718.7518.352.13
24.0121.789.2919.6518.346.6718.9518.631.6917.5216.098.16
⑧′24.8822.49.9720.6519.216.9720.1219.294.13
24.0322.964.4521.1619.348.6019.7119.431.4218.3917.365.60
1528.8527.564.4725.8624.096.8424.0521.898.9822.7320.808.49
④′28.4926.975.3425.1923.845.3623.4221.468.37
28.8526.986.4825.7223.996.7323.2321.826.0723.1021.058.87
⑧′28.9627.305.7326.3824.198.3024.1822.277.90
29.1827.964.1826.5724.547.6424.5722.339.1223.2021.109.05
2033.2932.342.8530.6329.025.2628.4926.875.6926.9925.814.37
④′33.1431.953.5929.7528.623.8028.1126.794.70
33.3231.794.5930.0428.455.2928.9926.867.3527.4226.722.55
⑧′34.0232.394.7930.6928.955.6729.5927.257.91
34.6232.845.1431.4429.296.8429.5127.317.4628.2127.004.29
Table 2. Comparison of measured and simulated water depths on Side I of each side weir at a discharge of 25 L/s

Due to the diversion caused by the side weir, there was a rapid variation in flow near the side weir in the main channel. In order to investigate the impact of the side weir on water flow in the main channel, water surface profiles on Side I, Side II, and Side III were plotted with a side weir width and height both set at 20 cm at a discharge rate of 25 L/s (Figure 6). As depicted in Figure 6, within a certain range of the upstream end of the main channel, water depths on Side I, Side II, and Side III were nearly equal with almost horizontal profiles. As the distance between the location of water flow and the upstream end of the weir crest decreased gradually, there was a gradual decrease in water depth on Side I along with an inclined trend in its corresponding profile; however, both Side II and Side III still maintained almost horizontal profiles. When approaching closer to the side weir area with flowing water, there was an evident reduction in water depth on Side I accompanied by a significant downward trend visible across an expanded decline range. The minimum point occurred near the upstream end of the weir crest before gradually increasing again towards downstream sections. At the crest section of the side weir, there is an upward trend observed in the water surface. The water surface tended to stabilize downstream of the main channel within a certain range from the downstream end of the weir crest. There was no significant change in the water surface profiles of Side Ⅱ and Side Ⅲ in the crest section. It can be inferred that the side weir entrance effect occurred only between Side Ⅰ and Side Ⅱ. M. Emin reported the same pattern [10].

Figure 6. Water surface profiles on Side I, Side II, and Side III with a side weir width of 20 cm and height of 15 cm at a discharge of 25 L/s.

For a more accurate study on the entrance effect of the side weir on the Water Surface Profile (WSP) for Side I; a comparative analysis conducted using different widths but the same height (15 cm) at a discharge rate of 25 L/s is presented through Figure 7, Figure 8, Figure 9 and Figure 10.

Figure 7. Water surface profile on Side Ⅰ with a side weir width of 20 cm and height of 15 cm at a discharge of 25 L/s.
Figure 8. Water surface profile on Side Ⅰ with a side weir width of 30 cm and height of 15 cm at a discharge of 25 L/s.
Figure 9. Water surface profile on Side Ⅰ with a side weir width of 40 cm and height of 15 cm at a discharge of 25 L/s.
Figure 10. Water surface profile on Side Ⅰ with a side weir width of 47 cm and height of 15 cm at a discharge of 25 L/s.

According to Figure 7, Figure 8, Figure 9 and Figure 10, the water depth upstream of the main channel started to decrease as it approached the upstream end of the weir crest and then gradually increased at the weir crest section. In other words, the water surface profile exhibited a backwater curve along the length of the weir crest. The water depth remained relatively stable downstream of the main channel within a certain range from the downstream end of the weir crest. Additionally, there was a higher water depth downstream of the main channel compared to that upstream of the main channel. Furthermore, an increase in the width of the side weir led to a gradual reduction in fluctuations on its water surface.

5.2. Velocity Distribution

The law of flow velocity distribution near the side weir is the focus of research and analysis, so the simulated and measured values of flow velocity near the side weir were compared and analyzed. Take the discharge of 25 L/s, the height of 15 cm, and the width of 30 cm of the side weir as an example to illustrate. Figure 11 shows the measured and simulated velocity distribution in the x-direction of cross-section ④. As can be seen from Figure 11, the diagrams of the measured and simulated velocity distribution were relatively consistent, and the maximum absolute relative error between the measured and simulated values at the same measurement point was 9.37%, and the average absolute relative error was 3.97%, which indicated a satisfactory agreement between the experimental and simulated results.

Figure 11. Velocity distribution in the x-direction of section ④: when the discharge is 25 L/s, the height of the side weir is 15 cm and the width of the side weir is 30 cm. (a) Measured velocity distribution; (b) Simulated velocity distribution.

From Figure 11, it can be seen that the flow velocity gradually increased from the bottom of the channel towards the water surface in the Z-direction, and the flow velocity gradually increased from Side Ⅲ to Side Ⅰ in the Y-direction. The maximum flow velocity occurred near the weir crest.

Figure 12 shows the distribution of flow velocity at different depths (z/P = 0.3, z/P = 0.8, z/P = 1.6) with a side weir width of 30 cm and height of 15 cm at a discharge of 25 L/s. The water flow line began to bend at a certain point upstream of the main channel, and the closer it was to the upstream end of the weir crest, the greater the curvature. The maximum curvature occurred at the downstream end of the weir crest. The flow patterns at the bottom, near the side weir crest, and above the side weir crest were significantly different. There was a reverse flow at the bottom of the main channel, where the forward and reverse flows intersect, resulting in a detention zone. The maximum flow velocity at the bottom layer occurred at the upstream end of the side weir crest. When the location of water flow approached the weir crest, the maximum flow velocity occurred at the upstream end of the weir crest. The maximum flow velocity on the water surface occurred at the downstream end of the weir crest. As the water depth decreased, the position of the maximum flow velocity gradually moved from the upstream end of the side weir to the downstream end of the side weir.

Figure 12. Distribution of flow velocity at different depths with a side weir width of 30 cm and height of 15 cm at a discharge of 25 L/s. (a) z/P = 0.3; (b) z/P = 0.8; (c) z/P = 1.6.

5.3. Side Channel Pressure Distribution

When water flowed through the side weir, an upstream water level was formed, resulting in a pressure zone at the junction with the side channel. This pressure zone led to increased water pressure on the floor of the side channel, which affected its stability and durability. In small channels or fields where erosion resistance is weak, excessive pressure can cause scour holes. Therefore, analyzing the pressure distribution in the side channel is necessary to select an appropriate height and width for the side weir that effectively reduces its impact on the bottom plate.

To investigate the impact of side weir width on hydraulic characteristics, pressure data was collected at a discharge rate of 25 L/s for side weirs with heights of 20 cm and widths ranging from 20 cm to 47 cm. The pressure distribution map was drawn, as shown in Figure 13.

Figure 13. Comparison of pressure distribution on the bottom plate of the side channel with different widths of side weirs when the discharge is 25 L/s and the height of side weirs is 20 cm. (aP = 20 cm, b = 20 cm; (bP = 20 cm, b = 30 cm; (cP = 20 cm, b = 40 cm; (dP = 20 cm, b = 47 cm.

As can be seen from Figure 13, the pressure at the bottom of the side channel decreased as the width of the side weir increased. This uneven distribution of water flow on the weir was caused by the sharp bending of water flow lines and the influence of centrifugal inertia force over a short period. After passing through the side weir, the water flow became symmetrically distributed with respect to the axis of the side channel, leaning towards the right bank at a certain distance. As we increased the width of the side weir, we noticed that its position gradually approached the side weir and maximum pressure decreased at this location where the water tongue formed due to flowing through it (Figure 13). For a constant height (20 cm) but varying widths (20 cm, 30 cm, 40 cm, and 47 cm), we measured maximum pressures at these positions as follows: 103,713 Pa, 103,558 Pa, 103,324 Pa, and 103,280 Pa, respectively. Consequently, increasing width reduced the impact on the side channel from water flowing through it while changing pressure distribution from concentration to dispersion in a vertical direction. In the practical application of side weirs, appropriate height should be selected based on the bottom plate’s capacity to withstand the pressure exerted by flowing water within channels.

To investigate how height affects the hydraulic characteristics of rectangular side weirs further (Figure 14), we extracted pressures on bottom plates when discharge was fixed at 25 L/s while varying heights were set as follows: 7 cm, 10 cm, 15 cm, and 20 cm, respectively.

Figure 14. Comparison of pressure distribution on the bottom plate of the side channel with different heights of side weirs when discharge is 25 L/s and the width of side weirs is 20 cm. (aP = 7 cm, b = 20 cm; (bP = 10 cm, b = 20 cm; (cP = 15 cm, b = 20 cm; (dP = 20 cm, b = 20 cm.

As shown in Figure 14, when the width of the side weir was constant, the pressure at the bottom of the side channel increased with the height of the side weir. As the height of the side weir increased, the water tongue formed by flow through the side weir gradually moved away from it in a downstream direction. In terms of vertical water flow, as the height of the side weir increased, the position of maximum pressure at which the water tongue falls shifted closer to the axis of the side channel from its right bank. Moreover, an increase in height resulted in higher maximum pressure at this falling point. For a constant width (20 cm) and varying heights (7 cm, 10 cm, 15 cm, and 20 cm), corresponding maximum pressures at this landing point were measured as 102,422 Pa, 102,700 Pa, 103,375 Pa, and 103,766 Pa, respectively. Consequently, increasing width led to a greater impact on both flow through and pressure distribution within the side channel; transforming it from scattered to concentrated along its lengthwise direction. Therefore, when applying such weirs practically one should select an appropriate width based on what pressure can be sustained by their respective channel bottom plates.

5.4. Discharge Coefficient

Based on dimensionless analysis, the influencing parameters of the discharge coefficient were obtained. To study the effect of parameters Fr1b/h1, and P/h1, discharge coefficient values were plotted against Fr1b/h1, and P/h1, shown in Figure 15, Figure 16 and Figure 17. The discharge coefficient decreased as parameters Fr1 and b/h1 increased. The discharge coefficient increased as parameter P/h1 increased. As Uyumaz and Muslu reported in a previous study, the variation of the discharge coefficient with respect to the Froude number showed a second-degree curve for a subcritical regime [4].

Figure 15. Variation of discharge coefficient values against Froude number.
Figure 16. Variation of discharge coefficient values against the percentage of the side weir width to the upstream flow depth over the side weir.
Figure 17. Variation of discharge coefficient values against the percentage of the side weir height to the upstream flow depth over the side weir.

Quantitative analysis between discharge coefficient values and parameters Fr1b/h1, and P/h1 was conducted using data analysis software (IBM SPSS Statistics 19). The various coefficients obtained are shown in Table 3.

ModelUnstandardized CoefficientsStandardized CoefficientstSig
BStd. ErrorBeta (β)
Constant−1.2940.155−8.3690.000
Fr13.4300.2863.40112.0130.000
b/h1−0.0040.004−0.045−0.9440.348
P/h12.4010.1674.06414.3940.000
Table 3. Coefficient.

The value of t and Sig are the significance results of the independent variable, and the value of Sig corresponding to the value of t is less than 0.05, indicating that the independent variable has a significant impact on the dependent variable. Therefore, the values of Sig corresponding to the parameters Fr1 and P/h1 were less than 0.05, indicating that the parameters Fr1 and P/h1 have a significant impact on the discharge coefficient. On the contrary, the parameter b/h1 has less impact on the discharge coefficient. Therefore, quantitative analysis between discharge coefficient values and parameters Fr1, and P/h1 was conducted using data analysis software by removing factor b/h1. The model summary, ANOVA, and coefficient obtained are shown respectively in Table 4, Table 5 and Table 6. R and adjusted R square in Table 4 were approaching 1, which indicated the goodness of fit of the regression model was high. The value of Sig corresponding to the value of F in Table 5 was less than 0.05, which indicated that the regression equation was useful. The values of Sig corresponding to the parameters Fr1 and P/h1 in Table 6 were less than 0.05, indicating that the parameters Fr1 and P/h1 have a significant impact on the discharge coefficient.

ModelRR SquareAdjusted R SquareStd. Error of the Estimate
10.913 a0.8330.8290.03232
Table 4. Model Summary b. Note: a. Predictors:(Constant), Fr1P/h1b. Discharge coefficient.
ModelSum of SquaresdfMean SquareFSig
1Regression0.40220.201192.5450.000 a
Residual0.080770.001
Total0.48379
Table 5. ANOVA b. Note: a. Predictors:(Constant), Fr1P/h1b. Discharge coefficient.
ModelUnstandardized CoefficientsStandardized CoefficientstSig
BStd. ErrorBeta (β)
Constant−1.3260.151−8.7960.000
Fr13.4790.2813.44912.3960.000
P/h12.4270.1644.10814.7650.000
Table 6. Coefficient a. Note: a. Predictors:(Constant), Fr1P/h1.

Based on the above analysis, the flow coefficient formula has been obtained, shown as follows:

Discharge formula were obtained by substituting Equation (15) into Equation (12), as shown in Equation (16).

where Q ∈ [0.006, 0.030], m3/s; b ∈ [0.20, 0.47], m; P ∈ [0.07, 0.20], m.

Figure 18 showed the measured discharge coefficient values with those calculated from discharge formulas in Table 3. The scatter of the data with respect to perfect line was limited to ±10%.

Figure 18. Comparison of the measured discharge coefficient values with those calculated from discharge formulas in Table 3.

6. Discussions

Determining water surface profile near the side weir in the main channel is one of the tasks of hydraulic calculation for side weirs. As the water flows through the side weir, discharge in the main channel is gradually decreasing, namely dQ/ds<0. According to the Equation (17) derived from Qimo Chen [3], it can be inferred that the value of 𝑑ℎ/𝑑𝑠 is greater than zero in subcritical flow (Fr < 1), that is, the water surface profile near the side weir in the main channel is a backwater curve. Due to the side weir entrance effect at the upstream end, water surface profiles drop slightly at the upstream end of the side weir crest, as EI-Khashab [28] and Emiroglu et al. [29] reported in previous experimental studies.

In this study, the water surface profile exhibited a backwater curve along the length of the weir crest. Therefore, during side weir application, it is crucial to ensure that downstream water levels do not exceed the highest water level of the channel.

The head on the weir is one of the important factors that flow over side weirs depends on. At the same time, the head depends on the water surface profile near the side weir in the main channel. Therefore, further research on the quantitative analysis of water surface profile needs to be conducted. Mohamed Khorchani proposed a new approach based on the video monitoring concept to measure the free surface of flow over side weirs. It points out a new direction for future research [8].

The maximum flow velocity, a key parameter in assessing the efficiency of a weir, occurs at the upstream end of the weir crest, typically near the crest. This is attributed to the convergence of the flow as it approaches the crest, resulting in a significant increase in velocity. It was found that in this study the minimum flow velocity occurred at the bottom of the main channel away from the side weir. Under such conditions, the accumulation of sediments could lead to siltation, which in turn can affect the accuracy of flow measurement through side weirs. This is because the presence of sediments can alter the flow patterns and cause errors in the measurement. Therefore, it becomes crucial to explore methods to optimize the selection of side weirs in order to minimize or eliminate the effects of sedimentation on flow measurement.

Pressure distribution plays a crucial role in ensuring structural safety for side weirs since small channels and field inlets have relatively limited pressure-bearing capacities. Therefore, it is important to select an appropriate geometrical parameter of rectangular side weirs based on their ability to withstand the pressure exerted on their bottom combined with pressure distribution data at the bottom of the side channel we have obtained in this study.

The discharge coefficient formula (Equation (15)), which incorporates Fr1 and P/h1, was derived based on dimensional analysis. However, it is worth noting that previous research has contradicted this formula by suggesting that the discharge coefficient solely depends on the Froude number. This conclusion can be observed in this study such as in Equations (18)–(23) in Table 7 of the manuscript [30,31,32,33,34,35], which clearly demonstrate the dependency of the discharge coefficient on the Froude number. In contrast, our derived discharge coefficient formula (Equation (15)) offers a more streamlined and simplified approach compared to Equation (25) [36] and Equation (29) [10]—making it easier to comprehend and apply—an advantageous feature particularly valuable in fluid dynamics where intricate calculations can be time-consuming. Furthermore, our derived discharge coefficient formula (Equation (15)) exhibits a broader application scope than that of Equation (24) [37] as shown in Table 8. Equation (26) [38] and Equation (27) [5] are specifically applicable under high flow discharge conditions. Conversely, our derived discharge coefficient formula (Equation (15)) is better suited for low-flow discharge conditions.

Table 7. Discharge coefficient formulas of rectangular side weirs presented in previous studies.
Discharge/(L·s−1)Width of Side Weir/cmHeight of Side Weir/cmNumber of Formula
10~1410~206~12(24)
35–10020~751~19(26), (27)
6~3020~477~20(15)
Table 8. Application scope of discharge coefficient formulas.

In addition to the factors studied in the paper, factors such as the sediment content in the flow, the bottom slope, and the cross-section shape of the channel also have a certain impact on the hydraulic characteristics of the side weir. Further numerical simulation methods can be used to study the hydraulic characteristics and the influencing factors of the side weir. Water measurement facilities generally require high accuracy of water measurement, the flow of sharp-crested side weirs is complex, and the water surface fluctuates greatly. While conducting numerical simulations, experimental research on prototype channels is necessary to ensure the reliability of the results and provide reference for the body design and optimization of side weirs in small channels and field inlets.

7. Conclusions

This paper presents a comprehensive study that encompasses both experimental and numerical simulation research on rectangular side weirs of varying heights and widths within rectangular channels. A thorough analysis of the experimental and numerical simulation results has been conducted, leading to the derivation of several notable conclusions:

  1. A comparative analysis was conducted on the measured and simulated values of water depth and flow velocity. Both of the maximum absolute relative errors were within 10%, which indicated that the numerical simulation of the side weir was feasible and effective.
  2. The water surface profile exhibited a backwater curve along the length of the weir crest. The side weir entrance effect occurred only between Side Ⅰ and Side Ⅱ. This indicates that flow patterns and associated hydraulic forces at the weir entrance play a crucial role in determining water level distribution along the weir crest.
  3. The maximum flow velocity of the cross-section at the upstream end of the weir crest occurred near the weir crest, while the minimum flow velocity occurred at the bottom of the main channel away from the side weir. As the water depth decreased, the position of the maximum flow velocity gradually moved from the upstream end of the side weir to the downstream end of the side weir.
  4. When the height of the side weir remains constant, an increase in the width of the side weir leads to a decrease in pressure at the bottom of the side channel. Conversely, when the width of the side weir is kept constant, an increase in its height results in an increase in pressure at the bottom of the side channel. Therefore, during practical applications involving side weirs, it is crucial to select an appropriate weir width based on the maximum pressure that can be sustained by the channel’s bottom plate.
  5. The discharge coefficient was found to depend on the upstream Froude number Fr1 and the percentage of the side weir height to the upstream flow depth over the side weir P/h1. The relationship between the discharge coefficient and parameters Fr1 and P/h1 was obtained using multiple regression analysis, which was of linear form and provided an easy means to estimate the discharge coefficient. The discharge formula is of high accuracy with relative errors within 10%, which met the water measurement accuracy requirements of small channels in irrigation areas.

Reference

  1. De Marchi, G. Essay on the performance of lateral weirs. L’Energ Electr. 1934, 11, 849.
  2. Ackers, P. A theoretical consideration of side weirs as storm water overflows. Proc. Inst. Civ. Eng. 1957, 6, 250–269.
  3. Chen, Q.M.; Xie, P.Z.; Chen, Q.R. Experiment on hydraulic characteristics of side weir. J. Fuzhou Univ. 1979, 19, 26–29.
  4. Uyumaz, A.; Muslu, Y. Flow over side weir in circular channels. ASCE J. Hydraul. Eng. 1985, 111, 144–160.
  5. Borghei, M.; Jalili, M.R.; Ghodsian, M. Discharge coefficient for sharp-crested side weir in subcritical flow. ASCE J. Hydraul. Eng. 1999, 125, 1051–1056.
  6. Ghodsian, M. Supercritical flow over rectangular side weir. Can. J. Civ. Eng. 2003, 30, 596–600.
  7. Durga Rao, K.H.V.; Pillai, C.R.S. Study of Flow Over Side Weirs Under Supercritical Conditions. Water Resour Manag. 2008, 22, 131–143.
  8. Khorchani, M.; Blanpain, O. Free surface measurement of flow over side weirs using the video monitoring concept. Flow Meas. Instrum. 2004, 15, 111–117.
  9. Bilhan, O.; Emiroglu, M.E.; Kisi, O. Application of two different neural network techniques to lateral outflow over rectangular side weirs located on a straight channel. Adv. Eng. Softw. 2010, 41, 831–837.
  10. Emiroglu, M.E.; Agaccioglu, H.; Kaya, N. Discharging capacity of rectangular side weirs in straight open channels. Flow Meas. Instrum. 2011, 22, 319–330.
  11. Azza, N.; Al-Talib, A.N. Flow over oblique side weir. J. Damascus Univ. 2012, 28, 15–22.
  12. Bagheri, S.; Kabiri-Samani, A.R.; Heidarpour, M. Discharge coefficient of rectangular sharp-crested side weirs part i: Traditional weir equation, Flow Measure. Instrumentation 2014, 35, 109–115.
  13. Shariq, A.; Hussain, A.; Ansari, M.A. Lateral flow through the sharp crested side rectangular weirs in open channels. Flow Measure. Instrumentation 2018, 59, 8–17.
  14. Li, G.D.; Shen, G.Y.; Li, S.S.; Lu, Q.N. Prediction Model of Side Weir Discharge Capacity Based on LS-SVM. J. Basic Sci. Eng. 2023, 4, 843–851.
  15. Shabanlou, S.; Salimi, M.S. Free surface and velocity field in a circular channel along the side weir in supercritical flow conditions. Flow Meas. Instrum. 2014, 38, 108–115.
  16. Samadi, A.; Arvanaghi, H.; Abbaspour, A. Three-Dimensional Simulation of Free Surface Flow over Rectangular Sharp crested Weirs. Int. J. Agric. Biosci. 2015, 4, 83–86.
  17. Aydin, M.C. Investigation of a Sill Effect on Rectangular Side-Weir Flow by Using CFD. J. Irrig. Drain. Eng. 2016, 142.
  18. Azimi, H.; Shabanlou, S.; Ebtehaj, I.; Bonakdari, H. Discharge Coefficient of Rectangular Side Weirs on Circular Channels. Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul. 2016, 17, 391–399.
  19. Khassaf, S.I.; Attiyah, A.N.; Al-Yousify, H.A. Experimental investigation of compound side weir with modeling using computational fluid dynamic. Energy Environ. 2018, 7, 169–178.
  20. Safarzadeh, A.; Noroozi, B. 3D Hydrodynamics of Trapezoidal Piano Key Spillways. Int. J. Civ. Eng. 2017, 15, 89–101.
  21. Selim, T.; Hamed, A.K.; Elkiki, M.; Eltarabily, M.G. Numerical investigation of flow characteristics and energy dissipation over piano key and trapezoidal labyrinth weirs under free-flow conditions. Model. Earth Syst. Environ. 2023, 10, 1253–1272.
  22. Novak, P.; Cabelka, J. Models in Hydraulic Engineering; Pitman: London, UK, 1981.
  23. Henderson, F.M. Open Channel Flow; Prentice-Hall: Englewood Cliffs, NJ, USA, 1966.
  24. Wang, F.J. Computational Fluid Dynamics Analysis-Theory and Application of CFD; Tsinghua University Press: Beijing, China, 2004.
  25. Zhu, Y.L.; Ma, X.Y.; Zhan, G.L.; Lv, J.W. Numerical simulation of flow in flat V-weir. Yellow River 2010, 32, 99–100.
  26. Harlow, F.H.; Welch, J.E. Numberical calculation of time-dependent viscous incompressible flow of fluid with free surface. Phys. Fluids 1965, 8, 2182–2189.
  27. Hirt, C.W.; Nichols, B.D. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for dynamics of free boundaries. Phys. Fluids 1981, 39, 201–221.
  28. El-Khashab, A.M.M. Hydraulics of Flow over Side Weirs. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Southampton, Southampton, UK, 1975.
  29. Emiroglu, M.E.; Kaya, N.; Agaccioglu, H. Discharge capacity of labyrinth side-weir located on a straight channel. ASCE J. Irrig. Drain. Eng. 2010, 136, 37–46.
  30. Subramanya, K.; Awasthy, S.C. Spatially varied flow over side weirs. ASCE J. Hydraul. Div. 1972, 98, 1–10.
  31. Nandesamoorthy, T.; Thomson, A. Discussion of spatially varied flow over side weir. ASCE J. Hydraul. Eng. 1972, 98, 2234–2235.
  32. Yu-Tech, L. Discussion of spatially varied flow over side weir. ASCE J. Hydraul. Div. 1972, 98, 2046–2048.
  33. Ranga Raju, K.G.; Prasad, B.; Grupta, S.K. Side weir in rectangular channel. ASCE J. Hydraul. Div. 1979, 105, 547–554.
  34. Hager, W.H. Lateral outflow over side weirs. ASCE J. Hydraul. Eng. 1987, 113, 491–504.
  35. Cheong, H.F. Discharge coefficient oflateral diversion from trapezoidal channel. ASCE J. Irrig. Drain. Eng. 1991, 117, 321–333.
  36. Swamee, P.K.; Santosh, K.P.; Masoud, S.A. Side weir analysis using elementary discharge coefficient. ASCE J. Irrig. Drain. Eng. 1994, 120, 742–755.
  37. Singh, R.; Manivannan, D.; Satyanarayana, T. Discharge coefficient of rectangular side weirs. ASCE J. Irrig. Drain. Eng. 1994, 120, 814–819.
  38. Jalili, M.R.; Borghei, S.M. Discussion of Discharge coefficient of rectangular side weir. ASCE J. Irrig. Drain. Eng. 1996, 122, 132.

Three-dimensional flow structure in a confluence-bifurcation unit

합류 분기 유닛의 3차원 유동 구조

Di Wang, Xiaoyong Cheng, Zhixuan Cao, Jinyun Deng

Abstract


Enhanced understanding of flow structure in braided rivers is essential for river regulation, flood control, and infrastructure safety across the river. It has been revealed that the basic morphological element of braided rivers is confluence-bifurcation units. However, flow structure in these units has so far remained poorly understood with previous studies having focused mainly on single confluences/bifurcations. Here, the flow structure in a laboratory-scale confluence-bifurcation unit is numerically investigated based on the FLOW3D® software platform. Two discharges are considered, with the central bars submerged or exposed respectively when the discharge is high or low. The results show that flow convergence and divergence in the confluence-bifurcation unit are relatively weak when the central bars are submerged. Based on comparisons with a single confluence/bifurcation, it is found that the effects of the upstream central bar on the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit reign over those of the downstream central bar. Concurrently, the high-velocity zone in the confluence-bifurcation unit is less concentrated than that in a single confluence while being more concentrated than that observed in a single bifurcation. The present work unravels the flow structure in a confluence-bifurcation unit and provides a unique basis for further investigating morphodynamics in braided rivers.

1 Introduction


Confluences and bifurcations commonly exist in alluvial rivers and usually are important nodes of riverbed planform (Szupiany et al., 2012; Hackney et al., 2018). Flow convergence and divergence in these junctions result in highly three-dimensional (3D) flow characteristics, which greatly influence sediment transport, and hence riverbed evolution and channel formation (Le et al., 2019; Xie et al., 2020). Braided rivers, characterized by unstable networks of channels separated by central bars (Ashmore, 2013), have confluence-bifurcation units as their basic morphological elements (Ashmore, 1982; 1991; 2013; Federici & Paola, 2003; Jang & Shimizu, 2005). In particular, confluence-bifurcation units exhibit a distinct morphology from single confluences/bifurcations and bifurcation-confluence regions because two adjacent central bars are included. Within a confluence-bifurcation unit, two tributaries converge at the upstream bar tail and soon diverge to two anabranches again at the downstream bar head. Therefore, the flow structure in the unit may be significantly influenced by both the two central bars, and thus considerably different from that in single confluences, single bifurcations, and bifurcation-confluence regions, where the flow is affected by only one central bar. Enhanced understanding of flow structure in confluence-bifurcation units is urgently needed, which is essential for water resources management, river regulation, flood control, protection of river ecosystems and the safety of infrastructures across the rivers such as bridges, oil pipelines and communication cables (Redolfi et al., 2019; Ragno et al., 2021).

The flow dynamics, turbulent coherent structures, and turbulent characteristics in single confluences have been widely studied since the 1980s (Yuan et al., 2022). Flow dynamics at river channel confluences have been systematically and completely analyzed, which can be characterized by six major regions of flow stagnation, flow deflection, flow separation, maximum velocity, flow recovery and distinct shear layers (Best, 1987). For example, the field observation of Roy et al. (1988) and Roy and Bergeron (1990) highlighted the flow separation zones and recirculation at downstream natural confluence corners. Ashmore et al. (1992) measured the flow field in a natural confluence and found flow accelerates suddenly at the confluence junction with two separated high-velocity cores merging into one single core at the channel centre. De Serres et al. (1999) investigated the three-dimensional flow structure at a river confluence and identified the existence of the mixing layer, stagnation zones, separation zones and recovery zones. Sharifipour et al. (2015) numerically studied the flow structure in a 90° single confluence and found that the size of the separation zone decreases with the width ratio between the tributary and the main channel. Recently, three main classes of large-scale turbulent coherent structures (Duguay et al., 2022) have been presented, i.e. vertical-orientated vortices or Kelvin-Helmholtz instabilities (Rhoads & Sukhodolov, 2001; Constantinescu et al., 2011; 2016; Biron et al., 2019), channel-scale ‘back-to-back’ helical cells, (Mosley, 1976; Ashmore, 1982; Ashmore et al., 1992; Ashworth, 1996; Best, 1987; Rhoads & Kenworthy, 1995; Bradbrook et al., 1998; Lane et al., 2000), and smaller, strongly coherent streamwise-orientated vortices (Constantinescu et al., 2011; Sukhodolov & Sukhodolova, 2019; Duguay et al., 2022). However, no consensus on a universal turbulent coherent structure mode has been reached so far (Duguay et al., 2022). In addition, some studies (Ashworth, 1996; Constantinescu et al., 2011; Sukhodolov et al., 2017; Le et al., 2019; Yuan et al., 2023) have focused on turbulent characteristics, e.g. turbulent kinetic energy, turbulent dissipation rate and Reynolds stress, which can be critical parameters to further explaining the diversity of these turbulent coherent structure modes.

Investigations on the flow structure in single bifurcations have mainly focused on hydrodynamics in anabranches (Hua et al., 2009; van der Mark & Mosselman, 2013; Iwantoro et al., 2022) and around bifurcation bars (McLelland et al., 1999; Bertoldi & Tubino, 2005; 2007; Marra et al., 2014), whereas few studies have considered the effects of bifurcations on the upstream flow structure. Thomas et al. (2011) found that the velocity core upstream of the bifurcation is located near the water surface and towards the channel center in experimental investigations of a Y-shaped bifurcation. Miori et al. (2012) simulated flow in a Y-shaped bifurcation and found two circulation cells upstream of the bifurcation with flow converging at the water surface and diverging near the bed. Szupiany et al. (2012) reported velocity decreasing and back-to-back circulation cells upstream of the bifurcation junction in the field observation of a bifurcation of the Rio Parana River. These investigations provide insight into how bifurcations affect the flow patterns upstream, yet there is a need for further research on the dynamics of flow occurring immediately before the bifurcation junction.

Generally, the findings of studies on bifurcation-confluence regions are similar to those concerning single confluences and bifurcations. Hackney et al. (2018) measured the hydrodynamic characteristics in a bifurcation-confluence of the Mekong River and found the velocity cores located at the channel centre and strong secondary current occurring under low discharges. Le et al. (2019) reported a high-turbulent-kinetic-energy (high-TKE) zone located near the bed in their numerical simulation of flow in a natural bifurcation-confluence region. Moreover, a stagnation zone was found upstream of the confluence and back-to-back secondary current cells were detected at the confluence according to Xie et al. (2020) and Xu et al. (2022). Overall, these studies have further unraveled the flow patterns in river confluences and bifurcations.

Unfortunately, limited attention has been paid to the flow structure in confluence-bifurcation units. Parsons et al. (2007) investigated a large confluence-bifurcation unit in Rio Parana, Argentina, and no classical back-to-back secondary current cells were observed under a discharge of 12000 m3·s−1. To date, the differences in flow structure between confluence-bifurcation units and single confluences/bifurcations have remained far from clear. In addition, although the effects of discharge on flow structure have been investigated in several studies on single confluences/bifurcations, (Hua et al., 2009; Le et al., 2019; Luz et al., 2020; Xie et al., 2020; Xu et al., 2022), cases with fully submerged central bars were not considered, which is typical in braided rivers during floods. In-depth studies concerning these issues are urgently needed to gain better insight into the flow structure in confluence-bifurcation units of braided rivers.

This paper aims to (1) reveal the 3D flow structure in a confluence-bifurcation unit under different discharges and (2) elucidate the differences in the flow structure between confluence-bifurcation units and single confluence/bifurcation cases. Using the commercial computational fluid dynamics software FLOW-3D® (Version 11.2; https://www.flow3d.com; Flow Science, Inc.), fixed-bed simulations of a laboratory-scale confluence-bifurcation unit are conducted, and cases of a single confluence/bifurcation are also included for comparison. Two discharges are considered, with the central bars fully submerged or exposed respectively when the discharge is high or low. Based on the computational results, the 3D flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit conditions is analyzed from various aspects including free surface elevation, time-averaged flow velocity distribution, recirculation vortex structure, secondary current, and turbulent kinetic energy and dissipation rate. In particular, the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit is compared with that in the single confluence/bifurcation cases to unravel the differences.h

2. Conceptual flume and computational cases


2.1. Conceptual flume

In this paper, a laboratory-scale conceptual flume is designed and used in numerical simulations. Figure 1(a–d) shows the morphological characteristics of the flume. To ensure that the conceptual flume reflects morphology features of natural braided channels, key parameters governing the flume morphology, e.g. unit length, width, and channel width-depth ratio, are determined according to studies on morphological characteristics of natural confluence-bifurcation units (Hundey & Ashmore, 2009; Ashworth, 1996; Orfeo et al., 2006; Parsons et al., 2007; Sambrook Smith et al., 2005; Kelly, 2006; Ashmore, 2013; Egozi & Ashmore, 2009; Redolfi et al., 2016; Ettema & Armstrong, 2019).

Figure 1. The sketch of the conceptual flume: (a) the original flume, (b) the central bar: (c) the sketch of cross-section C-C, (d) the sketch of cross-section D-D, (e) the modified part for the single confluence, (f) the modified part for the single bifurcation, (g) the position of different cross-sections. The red dashed boxes denote the regions of primary concern.

Figure 1. The sketch of the conceptual flume: (a) the original flume, (b) the central bar: (c) the sketch of cross-section C-C, (d) the sketch of cross-section D-D, (e) the modified part for the single confluence, (f) the modified part for the single bifurcation, (g) the position of different cross-sections. The red dashed boxes denote the regions of primary concern.

2.1.1. Length and width scales of the confluence-bifurcation unit

The length and width scales of the flume are first determined. The inner relation among the length LCB and average width B of a confluence-bifurcation unit and the average width Bi of a single branch was statistically studied by Hundey and Ashmore (2009), which indicates the following relations:
𝐿CB =(4∼5)⁢𝐵 (1)
𝐵 =1.41⁢𝐵𝑖 (2)
In addition, Ashworth (1996) gave B = 2Bi in his experimental research on mid-bar formation downstream of a confluence, while the confluence-bifurcation unit of Rio Parana, Argentina has a relation of B≈1.71Bi (Orfeo et al., 2006; Parsons et al., 2007). Accordingly, the following relations are used in the present paper:
𝐿CB =4⁢𝐵 (3)
𝐵 =1.88⁢𝐵𝑖 (4)
where LCB = 6 m, B = 1.5 m and Bi = 0.8 m.

2.1.2. Central bar morphology

The idealized plane pattern of central bars in braided rivers is a slightly fusiform leaf shape with a short upstream side and a long downstream side (Ashworth, 1996; Sambrook Smith et al., 2005; Kelly, 2006; Ashmore, 2013). To simplify the design, the bar is approximated as a combination of two different semi-ellipses (Figure 1(b)). The major axis Lb is two to ten times longer than the minor axis Bb according to the statistical data in Kelly’s study, and the regression equation is given as (Kelly, 2006):
𝐿𝑏=4.62⁢𝐵0.96𝑏 (5)
In this study, the bar width Bb is set as 0.8 m, whilst the lengths of downstream (LT1) and upstream sides (LT2) are 2 and 1.5 m, respectively (Figure 1(b)). Thus, the relation of Lb and Bb is given as:
𝐿𝑏=(𝐿𝑇⁢1+𝐿𝑇⁢2)=4.375⁢𝐵𝑏 (6)
The lengths of the inlet and outlet parts are determined as Lin = Lout = 8 m, which ensures negligible effects of boundary conditions without exceptional computational cost.

2.1.3. Width-depth ratio

Channel flow capacity can be significantly affected by cross-section shapes. For natural rivers, cross-section shapes can be generalized into three sorts based on the following width-depth curve (Redolfi et al., 2016):
𝐵=𝜓⁢𝐻𝜑(7)
Braided rivers usually have ψ = 5∼50 and φ>1, which indicates a rather wide and shallow cross-section. The central bar form should also be taken into account, so a parabolic cross-section shape is used here with ψ = 8 and φ>1 (Figure 1(c,d)).

2.1.4. Bed slope

In addition, natural braided rivers are usually located in mountainous areas and thus have a relatively large bed slope. According to flume experiments and field observations, the bed slope Sb is mostly in the range of 0.01∼0.02, and a few are below 0.01 (Ashworth, 1996; Egozi & Ashmore, 2009; Ashmore, 2013; Redolfi et al., 2016; Ettema & Armstrong, 2019). In this study, Sb takes 0.005.

2.1.5. Complete sketch of the conceptual flume

In summary, the flume is 29 m long, 2.4 m wide, and 0.6 m high. The plane coordinates (x-direction and y-direction) used in the calculation process are shown in Figure 1
(a). Note that the inlet corresponds to x = 0 m, and the centreline of the flume is located at y = 1.3 m. Besides, the thalweg elevation of the outlet is set as z = 0 m.

2.2. Computational cases

As stated before, the first aim of this paper is to reveal the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit under different discharges. Therefore, two basic cases are set first: (1) case 1a under a low discharge (0.05 m3·s−1) with exposed central bars and (2) case 2a under a high discharge (0.30 m3·s−1) with fully submerged central bars. A total of 22 cross-sections are identified to examine the results (Figure 1(g)).

Further, cases of a single confluence/bifurcation are generated by splitting the original confluence-bifurcation unit into two parts. Part 1 only includes the upstream central bar and focuses on the flow convergence downstream of CS04 (Figure 1(e)), while Part 2 only includes the downstream central bar and focuses on the flow divergence upstream of CS19 (Figure 1(f)). Notably, the numbers of corresponding cross-sections in the original flume are reserved to facilitate comparison. The outlet section of the single confluence as well as the inlet section of the single bifurcation is extended to make the total length equivalent to the original flume (29 m). Also, two discharge conditions (0.05 and 0.30 m3·s−1), which correspond to exposed and fully submerged central bars, are considered for the single confluence/bifurcation. In total, six computational cases are conducted, as listed in Table 1. As the conceptual flume is designed to be symmetrical about the centreline, the momentum flux ratio (Mr) of the two branches should be 1 in all six cases. This is confirmed by further examining the computational results.

CaseConfigurationQin (m3·s−1)Zout (m)MrCondition of bars
1aCBU0.050.151Exposed
1bSC0.050.151Exposed
1cSB0.050.151Exposed
2aCBU0.300.341Submerged
2bSC0.300.341Submerged
2cSB0.300.341Submerged
Table 1. Computational cases with inlet and outlet boundary conditions.

3. Numerical method

In this section, the 3D Large Eddy Simulation (LES) model integrated in the FLOW-3D® (Version 11.2; https://www.flow3d.com; Flow Science, Inc.) software platform is introduced, including governing equations and boundary conditions. Information on computational meshes with mesh independence test can be found in the Supplementary material.

3.1. Governing equations

The LES model was applied in the present paper to simulate flow in the laboratory-scale confluence-bifurcation unit. The LES model has been proven to be effective in simulating turbulent flow in river confluences and bifurcations (Constantinescu et al., 2011; Le et al., 2019). The basic idea of the LES model is that one should directly compute all turbulent flow structures that can be resolved by the computational meshes and only approximate those features that are too small to be resolved (Smagorinsky, 1963). Therefore, a filtering operation is applied to the original Navier-Stokes (NS) equations for incompressible fluids to distinguish the large-scale eddies and small-scale eddies (Liu et al., 2018). The filtered NS equations are then generated, which can be expressed in the form of a Cartesian tensor as (Liu, 2012):

(10) where ¯𝑢𝑖 is the resolved velocity component in the i – direction (i goes from 1 to 3, denoting the x-, y – and z-directions, respectively); t is the flow time; ρ is the density of the fluid; ¯𝑝 is the pressure; ν is the kinematic viscosity; τij is the sub-grid scale (SGS) stress; ¯𝐺𝑖 is the body acceleration. In FLOW3D®, the full NS equations are discretized and solved using the finite-volume/finite-difference method (Bombardelli et al., 2011; Lu et al., 2023).

Due to the filtering process, the velocity can be divided into a resolved part (¯𝑢⁡(𝑥,𝑡)) and an approximate part (𝑢′⁡(𝑥,𝑡)) which is also known as the SGS part (Liu, 2012). To achieve model closure, the standard Smagorinsky SGS stress model is introduced here (Smagorinsky, 1963):
𝜏ij−13⁢𝜏kk⁢𝛿ij=−2⁢𝜈SGS⁢¯𝑆ij(11)
 where νSGS is the SGS turbulent viscosity, and ¯𝑆ij is the resolved rate-of-strain tensor for the resolved scale defined by (Smagorinsky, 1963):
¯𝑆ij=12⁢(∂¯𝑢𝑖∂𝑥𝑗+∂¯𝑢𝑗∂𝑥𝑖)(12) 
In the standard Smagorinsky SGS stress model, the eddy viscosity is modelled by (Smagorinsky, 1963):
𝜈SGS=(𝐶𝑠⁢¯𝛥)2⁢∣¯𝑆∣,∣¯𝑆∣=√2⁢¯𝑆ij⁢¯𝑆ij(13)
¯𝛥=(ΔxΔyΔz⁢)1/3(14) 
where Cs is the Smagorinsky constant, ΔxΔy, and Δz are mesh scales. In FLOW3D®Cs is between 0.1 to 0.2 (Smagorinsky, 1963).
One of the key problems in simulating 3D open channel flow is the calculation of free surface. FLOW3D® uses the Volume of Fluid (VOF) method (Hirt & Nichols, 1981) to track the change of free surface. The VOF method introduces a fluid phase fraction function f to characterize the proportion of a certain fluid in each mesh cell. In that case, the surface position can be precisely located if the mesh cell is fine enough. To monitor the change of f with time and space, the following convection equation is added:

For open channel flow, only two kinds of fluids are involved: water and air. If f is the fraction of water, the state of the fluid in each mesh cell can be defined as:

In FLOW3D®, the interface between water and air is assumed to be shear-free, which means that the drag force on the water from the air is negligible. Moreover, in most cases, the details of the gas motion are not crucial for the heavier water motion so the computational processes will be more efficient.

3.2. Boundary conditions

Six boundary conditions need to be preset in the 3D numerical simulation process. Discharge boundary conditions are used for the inlet of the flume, where the free surface elevation is automatically calculated based on the free surface elevation boundary conditions set for the outlet. The specific information on the inlet and outlet boundary conditions for all computational cases is shown in Table 1. Moreover, because the free surface moves temporally, the free surface boundary conditions are just set as no shear stress and having a normal pressure, and the position of the free surface will be automatically adjusted over time by the VOF method in FLOW3D®. Furthermore, the bed and two side walls are all set to be no-slip for fixed bed conditions, and a standard wall function is employed at the wall boundaries for wall treatment.

The inlet turbulent boundary conditions also need to be considered. They are set by default here. The turbulent velocity fluctuations V are assumed to be 10% of the mean flow velocity with the turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) (per unit mass) equaling 0.5V’2. The maximum turbulent mixing length is assumed to be 7% of the minimum computational domain scale, and the turbulent dissipation rate is evaluated automatically from the TKE.

4. Results and discussion


4.1. Flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit

4.1.1. Free surface elevation

Figure 2 shows the free surface elevation at five different longitudinal profiles (i.e. α = 0.2, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.8) for cases 1a and 2a. The parameter α was defined as follows:𝛼=𝑠𝐵(17) where s is the transverse distance between a certain profile and the left boundary of the flume. In general, the longitudinal change of free surface in the two cases is very similar despite different discharge levels. The free surface elevation decreases as the channel narrows from the upstream bifurcation to the front of the confluence-bifurcation unit. On the contrary, when the flow diverges again at the end of the confluence-bifurcation unit, the free surface elevation increases with channel widening. However, whether the fall or rise of free surface elevation in case 1a is much sharper than that in case 2a, especially at profiles with α = 0.2 and 0.8 (Figure 2(a)), which indicates there may be distinct flow states between the two cases. To further illustrate this finding, the Froude number Fr at different cross-sections (CS08∼CS15) is examined. In case 2a, the flow remains subcritical within the confluence-bifurcation unit. By contrast, in case 1a, a local supercritical flow is observed near the side banks of CS09 (i.e. α = 0.2 and 0.8), with Fr being about 1.2. This local supercritical flow can lead to a hydraulic drop followed by a hydraulic jump, which accounts for the sharp change of the free surface. The foregoing reveals that when central bars are exposed under relatively low discharge, supercritical flow is more likely to occur near the side banks of the confluence junction due to flow convergence.

Figure 2. Five time-averaged free surface elevation profiles in the confluence-bifurcation unit, in which α denotes the lateral position of the certain profile. Note that the black dashed line denotes the position of CS09, where Fr is about 1.2 near the side banks (α = 0.2 and 0.8) in case 1a. Z’ = z/h2X’ = x/Bh2 is the maximum flow depth at the outlet boundary of cases 2a, 2b and 2c, h2 = 0.34 m.

Moreover, in both cases 1a and 2a, the free surface is higher at the channel centre than near the side banks, whether at the front or the end of the confluence-bifurcation unit. Thus, lateral free surface slopes from the centre to the side banks are generated. For example, the lateral free surface slopes at CS09 are 0.022 and 0.016 respectively for cases 1a and 2a. These lateral slopes can lead to lateral pressure gradient force whose direction is from the channel centreline to the side banks. Notably, the lateral surface slope in case 1a is steeper than that in case 2a, which may also result from the effect of the supercritical flow.

4.1.2. Time-averaged streamwise flow velocity

Figure 3. Time-averaged flow velocity distribution at three different slices over z-direction in the confluence-bifurcation unit: (a)∼(c) case 1a, (d)∼(f) case 2a. The flow direction is from the left to the right. StZ = Stagnation Zones, MiL = Mixing Layer. X’ = x/B, Y’ = y/B, Ui’ = Ui/Uti, Ui denotes the time-averaged streamwise flow velocity in case series i (i = 1,2), Uti denotes the cross-section-averaged streamwise flow velocity in case series i, Ut1 = 0.385 m/s, for case 2a Ut2 = 0.714 m/s.
Figure 4. Time-averaged flow velocity contours at eight different cross-sections in the confluence-bifurcation unit: (a) case 1a, (b) case 2a.

Besides the shared features described above, some differences between the two cases are also identified. First, flow stagnation zones at the upstream bar tail are found exclusively in case 1a as the central bars are exposed (Figure 3
(a–c)). Second, in case 1a the mixing layer is obvious in both the lower or upper flows (Figure 3
(a–c)), while in case 2a the mixing layer can be inconspicuous in the upper flow (Figure 3
(f)). Third, in case 1a, two high-velocity cores gradually transform into one single core downstream of the confluence [Figure 4
(a), CS08∼CS11] and are divided into two cores again at the downstream bar head [Figure 4
(a), CS15]. By contrast, in case 2a, the two cores merge much more rapidly [Figure 4
(a), CS08∼CS09], and no obvious reseparation of the merged core is found at the downstream bar head (Figure 3
(d–f)). The latter two differences between cases 1a and 2a indicate that the flow convergence and divergence are relatively weak when the central bars are fully submerged. It is noticed that when the central bars are exposed, the flow in branches needs to steer around the central bar, which can cause a large angle between the two flow directions at the confluence, and thus relatively strong flow convergence and divergence may occur. By contrast, when the central bars are fully submerged, the flow behavior resembles that of a straight channel, with flow predominantly moving straight along the main axis of the central bars. Therefore, a small angle between two tributary flow forms, and thus flow convergence and divergence are relatively mild.

4.1.3. Recirculation vortex

A recirculation vortex with a vertical axis is a typical structure usually found where flow steers sharply, and is generated from flow separation (Lu et al., 2023). This vortex structure is found in the confluence-bifurcation unit in the present study, marking several significant flow separation zones. Figure 5 shows the recirculation vortex structure at the bifurcation junction of the confluence-bifurcation unit. In both cases 1a and 2a, two recirculation vortices BV1 and BV2 are found at the bifurcation junction corner. Moreover, BV1 and BV2 seem well-established near the bed but tend to transform into premature ones in the upper flow, and there is also a tendency for the cores of BV1 and BV2 to shift downstream as they transition from the lower to the upper flow (Figure 5(a–c,d–f)). This finding indicates that flow separation zones exist at the bifurcation junction corner, and the vortex structure is similar in the separation zones under low and high discharges. These flow separation zones are generated due to the inertia effect as flow suddenly diverges and steers towards the curved side banks of the channel (Xie et al., 2020). Notably, two additional vortices BV3 and BV4 are found at both sides of the downstream bar in case 1a (Figure 5(a–c)), but no such vortices exist in case 2a. This difference shows that flow separation zones at both sides of the downstream bar are hard to form when the bars are completely submerged under the high discharge.

Figure 5. Recirculation vortices at the bifurcation junction (streamline view at three different slices over z-direction): (a)∼(c) case 1a, (d)∼(f) case 2a. The red solid line marked out the position of these vortices (BV1∼BV4).

Similarly, Figure 6 shows the recirculation vortex structure at the confluence junction of the confluence-bifurcation unit. No noteworthy similarities but a key difference between the two cases are observed at this site. Two vortices CV1 and CV2 are found downstream of the confluence junction corner in case 1a (Figure 6(c)), which mark two separation zones. Conversely, no such separation zones are found in case 2a. In fact, separation zones were reported at similar sites under relatively low discharges in some previous studies (Ashmore et al., 1992, Luz et al., 2020, Sukhodolov & Sukhodolova, 2019; Xie et al., 2020). Nevertheless, the flow separation zones at the confluence corner are very restricted in the present study (Figure 6(c)). Ashmore et al. (1992) also reported that no, or very restricted flow separation zones occur downstream of natural river confluence corners, primarily because of the relatively slow change in bank orientation compared with the sharp corners of laboratory confluences where separation is pronounced (Best & Reid, 1984; Best, 1988). In the present study, the bank orientation also changes slowly, which may explain why flow separation zones are inconspicuous at the confluence corner.

Figure 6. Recirculation vortices at the confluence junction (streamline view at three different slices over z-direction): (a)∼(c) case 1a, (d)∼(f) case 2a. The red solid line marked out the position of these vortices (CV1 & CV2).

The differences in the distribution of recirculation vortices discussed above may be mainly attributed to the difference in the angle between the tributary flows under different discharges. Some previous studies have reported that the confluence/bifurcation angle can significantly influence the flow structure at confluences/bifurcations (Best & Roy, 1991; Ashmore et al., 1992; Miori et al., 2012). Although the confluence/bifurcation angle is fixed due to the determined central bar shape in the present study, the angle between two tributary flows is affected by the varying discharge. When the central bars are exposed under the low discharge, the flow is characterized by a more pronounced curvature of the streamlines, and a large angle between the two tributary flows is noted (Figure 6(b)), causing strong flow convergence and divergence. By contrast, a small angle forms as the central bars are submerged, thereby leading to relatively weak flow convergence/divergence (Figure 6(e)). Overall, the differences mentioned above can be attributed to the differences in the intensity of flow convergence and divergence under different discharges.

It should be noted that some previous studies (Constantinescu et al., 2011; Sukhodolov & Sukhodolova, 2019) presented that there is a wake mode in the mixing layer of two streams at the confluence junction. The wake mode means that in the mixing layer, multiple streamwise coherent vortices moving downstream will form, which is similar to the flow structure around a bluffing body (Constantinescu et al., 2011). However, no such structure has been found within the confluence-bifurcation unit in this study. According to the numerical simulations of Constantinescu et al. (2011), a wake mode was found at a river confluence with a concordant bed and a momentum flux ratio of about 1. The confluence has a much larger angle (∼60°) between the two streams when compared to the confluence junction of the confluence-bifurcation unit in the present study where the angle is about 25°. As flow mechanics at river confluences may include several dominant mechanisms depending on confluence morphology, momentum ratio, the angle between the tributaries and the main channel, and other factors (Constantinescu et al., 2011), the relatively small confluence angle in the present study may explain why the wake mode is absent. The possible effects of the confluence/bifurcation angle are reserved for future study. Additionally, flow separation can lead to reduced local sediment transport capacity, thus causing considerable sediment deposition under natural conditions. Hence, the bank may migrate towards the inner side of the channel at the positions of CV1, CV2, BV1, and BV2, while the bar may expand laterally at the positions of BV3 and BV4.

4.1.4. Secondary current

Secondary current is the flow perpendicular to the mainstream axis (Thorne et al., 1985) and can be categorized into two primary types based on its origin: (1) Secondary current generated by the interaction between centrifugal force and pressure gradient force; (2) Secondary current resulting from turbulence heterogeneity and anisotropy (Lane et al., 2000). There are some widely recognized definitions of secondary current strength (SCS) (Lane et al., 2000). In this paper, the secondary current cells are identified by visible vortex with a streamwise axis, and the definition of SCS proposed by Shukry (1950) is used:

where uxuy, and uz are flow velocities in xy, and z directions and ux represents the mainstream flow velocity.

Figure 7 presents contour plots of SCS and the secondary current structure at key cross-sections of the study area. When the central bars are exposed, at the upstream bar tail (CS08), intense transverse flow occurs with flow converging to the centreline, but no secondary current cell is formed (Figure 7(a)). This is consistent with the findings of Hackney et al. (2018). At the confluence junction (CS09), transverse flow still plays a major role in the secondary current structure, with flow converging to the centreline at the surface and diverging to side banks near the bed (Figure 7(b)). Moreover, ‘back-to-back’ helical cells, which are two vortices rotating reversely, tend to generate at CS09 with their cores located near the side banks (Figure 7(b)) (Mosley, 1976; Ashmore, 1982; Ashmore et al., 1992), yet their forms are rather premature. As the flow goes downstream, the cores of the helical cells gradually rise to the upper flow and approach towards the centreline, and the helical cells become well-established (Figure 7(c–e)). When the flow diverges again at the downstream bar head (CS15), the helical cells attenuate rapidly, and the secondary current structure is once again characterized predominantly by transverse flow (Figure 7(f)).

Figure 7. Distribution of secondary current strength and secondary current cells at six different cross-sections: (a)∼(f) case 1a, (g)∼(l) case 2a. The secondary current cells are identified by visible lateral vortices (streamline view). The zero distance of each cross-section is located on the right bank.

When the central bars are fully submerged under the high discharge, the secondary current structure at the upstream bar tail and the confluence junction exhibits a resemblance to that under the low discharge (Figure 7(g,h)). However, at CS09, two pairs of cells with different scales tend to form under the high discharge (Figure 7(h)). The large and premature helical cells are similar to those under the low discharge, whereas the small helical cells are located near side banks possibly due to wall effects. As the flow moves downstream, the large helical cells tend to diminish rapidly and merge with the small ones near both side walls (Figure 7(i–k)). Moreover, the secondary current structure is once again characterized predominantly by transverse flow at CS14 under the high discharge, which occurs earlier than that under the low discharge (Figure 7(k)). At the downstream bar head, transverse flow still takes a dominant place, while the helical cells seem to become premature with increased scale (Figure 7(l)).

In general, in both cases 1a and 2a, the lateral distribution of SCS at all cross-sections is symmetrical about the channel centreline, where SCS is relatively small. A relatively high SCS is detected at both the upstream bar tail and the downstream bar head due to the effects of centrifugal force caused by flow steering. SCS decreases rapidly from the upstream bar tail (CS08) to the entrance of the downstream bifurcation junction (CS14), followed by a sudden increase at the downstream bar head (CS15) (Figure 7
(a–e, g–k)). However, the distribution of high-SCS zones is different between the two discharges. Under the low discharge, high-SCS zones appear along the bottom near the centerline and at the free surface on both sides of the centreline. Although similar high-SCS zones are found along the bottom near the centerline under the high discharge, the high-SCS zones are not found at the free surface. Furthermore, it is noticed that more obvious high-SCS zones appear under the low discharge compared with the high discharge, especially at CS09. This may be attributed to the differences in the intensity of flow convergence and divergence under different submerging conditions of the central bars. When the central bars are exposed, flow convergence and divergence are strong and sharp flow steering occurs, thereby causing large SCS. By contrast, when the central bars are fully submerged, flow convergence and divergence are relatively weak, and thus small SCS is observed.

4.1.5. Turbulent characteristics

Turbulent characteristics reflect the performance of energy and momentum transfer activities in flow (Sukhodolov et al., 2017). Comprehensive analysis of turbulent characteristics is crucial as they greatly impact the incipient motion, settling behavior, diffusion pattern, and transport process of sediment. Here, the TKE and turbulent dissipation rate (TDR) of flow in the confluence-bifurcation unit are analyzed.

Figure 8 shows the distribution of TKE on various cross-sections in cases 1a and 2a. In the same way, Figure 10 shows the distribution of TDR. The values of TKE and TDR are nondimensionalized with mid-values of TKE = 0.005 m2·s−2 and TDR = 0.007 m3·s−2. In both cases 1a and 2a, the distributions of TKE and TDR show symmetrical patterns concerning the channel centreline. High-TKE and high-TDR zones exhibit a belt distribution near the channel bottom (McLelland et al., 1999; Ashworth, 1996; Constantinescu et al., 2011), indicating that turbulence primarily originates at the channel bottom due to the influence of bed shear stress. A sudden increase of TKE (Weber et al., 2001) and TDR occurs near the channel bottom at the confluence junction [Figure 8 and 9, CS08∼CS09] and from the entrance of the bifurcation junction (CS14) to the downstream bar head (CS15) (Figures 8 and 9).

Figure 8. Turbulent kinetic energy contours at eight different cross-sections in the confluence-bifurcation unit: (a) case 1a, (b) case 2a. TKE = turbulent kinetic energy. TKE’ =  dimensionless value of TKE, with regard to a mid-value of TKE = 0.005 m2·s−2.
Figure 9. Turbulent dissipation rate contours at eight different cross-sections in the confluence-bifurcation unit: (a) case 1a, (b) case 2a. TDR = turbulent dissipation rate. TDR’ =  dimensionless value of TDR, with regard to a mid-value of TDR = 0.007 m3·s−2.
Figure 10. Comparison of the distribution of time-averaged streamwise flow velocity along the flow depth at different cross-sections between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence. (a)∼(f) 1a vs. 1b, (g)∼(l) 2a vs. 2b.

Despite the common turbulent characteristics between cases 1a and 2a, additional high-TKE zones are found in the upper flow at the upstream bar tail (CS08), the confluence junction (CS09) and the downstream bar head (CS15) (Figure 8) when the central bars are fully submerged. The formation mechanism of these high-TKE zones near the water surface is more complicated, which may result from interactions of velocity gradient, secondary current structure and wall shear stress (Engel & Rhoads, 2017; Lu et al., 2023).

4.2. Comparison with single confluence/bifurcation cases

In this section, the results of a single confluence (cases 1b and 2b) and a single bifurcation (cases 1c and 2c) are compared with those of the confluence-bifurcation unit (cases 1a and 2a) under two discharges. Flow structure at CS08∼CS15 is mainly concerned below.

4.2.1. Comparison with single confluence cases

First, the patterns of time-averaged streamwise velocity, TKE and TDR within the single confluence (presented by contour plots in the supplementary materials) are assessed and then compared with those within the confluence-bifurcation unit (Figures 4, 8, and 9). It is found that distributions of these parameters are similar in the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence from the upstream bar tail (CS08) to the entrance of the bifurcation junction (CS14), despite varying discharges. As the existence of the downstream central bar is the main difference between the single confluence and the confluence-bifurcation unit, this finding indicates that the downstream bar may have limited influence on the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit. In other words, the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit appears to be mainly shaped by the presence of the upstream bar, with its impact potentially reaching as far as the entrance of the bifurcation (CS14). Moreover, under the low discharge, the two high-velocity cores seem to merge later (at CS11) in the single confluence than in the confluence-bifurcation unit (at CS10), which indicates the convergence of two tributary flows may achieve a steady state faster in the confluence-bifurcation unit. To further elucidate the differences, results on the distribution of time-averaged streamwise velocity and TKE along the flow depth are discussed below.

4.2.1.1. Time-averaged streamwise velocity

Figure 10 shows the distribution of time-averaged streamwise flow velocity along the flow depth at different cross-sections. Note that α = 0.5 denotes the channel centreline and α = 0.7 denotes a position near the side banks. As only marginal differences are found at α = 0.3 and 0.7, only profiles at α = 0.7 are displayed for clarity.

Under the low discharge, no obvious difference in the distribution of time-averaged streamwise flow velocity is observed at the upstream bar tail (Figure 10(a)). At the confluence junction (Figure 10(b)), the velocities near the side banks (α = 0.7) are larger than those at the centre (α = 0.5) in both the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence, which suggests that the two tributary flows have not sufficiently merged. The two tributary flows achieve convergence at CS11 in both the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence (Figure 10(c)), with the velocity at the centre (α = 0.5) is larger than that near the side banks. Nevertheless, the velocities at the centre (α = 0.5) and near the side banks (α = 0.7) are closer to each other in the confluence-bifurcation unit than those in the single confluence, which represents less sufficient flow convergence in the confluence-bifurcation unit than in the single confluence. Therefore, it can be inferred that the convergence of two tributary flows may achieve a steady state faster in the confluence-bifurcation unit. After reaching the steady state, the velocity near the side banks (α = 0.7) is smaller in the single confluence than in the confluence-bifurcation unit despite close values at the centre (α = 0.5) (Figure 10(d,e)). This leads to a more pronounced disparity between velocities at the centre and near the side banks in the single confluence than that observed in the confluence-bifurcation unit. In other words, the high-velocity zone is more concentrated on the channel centreline in the single confluence, while the lateral distribution of flow velocity tends to be more uniform in the confluence-bifurcation unit. This may be attributed to the influence of the downstream central bar, which is further proved by comparing the velocity profiles at CS15 (Figure 10(e)).

As for the high discharge condition, from CS08 to CS14, the quantitative differences in velocity distribution between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence seem small. This indicates that the effect of morphology appears to be subdued when the central bars are fully submerged under the high discharge. It should be also noted that under both the low and high discharge, velocity profiles at the corresponding location exhibit the same shapes in the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence, which indicates that the upstream confluence may dominate the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit.

4.2.1.2. Secondary current

Figure 11 shows contour plots of SCS and the secondary current structure for single confluence cases. Compared with Figure 7, under both low and high discharge conditions, the distribution of SCS and the structure of helical cells in the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence are very similar from CS08 to CS12 (Figure 7(a–d, g–j) and Figure 11(a–d, g–j)]. This indicates that the secondary current structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit exhibits certain consistent features when compared to those in the single confluence, thus proving that the effects of the upstream central bar may dominate the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit. However, the secondary current structure at CS14 and CS15 is different between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence (Figure 7 and 11(e, f, k,l)). Under the low discharge, transverse flow is from the side banks to the centre and relatively high SCS is found near the side banks at CS14 in the single confluence, while the transverse flow is always from the centre to the side banks and SCS is relatively low at the corresponding sites in the confluence-bifurcation unit (Figure 11(e)). Under the high discharge, the helical cells near the side walls almost diminish in the single confluence, while they still exist in the confluence-bifurcation unit at CS14 (Figure 11(k)). Under both low and high discharges, the secondary current pattern at CS15 is similar to that at CS14 in the single confluence, while they are different in the confluence-bifurcation unit due to the existence of the downstream central bar. This comparison indicates that the existence of the downstream central bar can influence the upstream secondary current structure, nevertheless, the effects are fairly limited.

Figure 11. Secondary current at different cross-sections in the single confluence condition: (a)∼(f) case 1b, (g)∼(l) case 2b. The zero distance of each cross-section is located on the right bank.
4.2.1.3. Turbulent kinetic energy

Figure 12 shows TKE distribution along the flow depth at different cross-sections. Under the low discharge, in general, the maximum TKE tends to appear near the channel bottom in both the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence. No obvious difference is observed at the upstream bar tail (CS08) (Figure 12(a)). Downstream this site (at CS09), the maximum TKE near the side banks (α = 0.7) is larger than that at the channel centre in the single confluence, while they are close to each other in the confluence-bifurcation unit (Figure 12(b)). This can also be attributed to the insufficient convergence of the two tributary flows. At CS11, flow convergence achieves a steady state in the confluence-bifurcation unit, while it remains insufficient in the single confluence. As flow convergence reaches a steady state at CS12, the maximum TKE in the single confluence exhibits a more concentrated distribution on the channel centre than that in the confluence-bifurcation unit (Figure 12(d)). This effect becomes more obvious downstream at CS14 (Figure 12(e)). The less-concentrated distribution of the maximum TKE in the confluence-bifurcation unit can be owing to the effects of the downstream central bar as well, which appears analogous to that mentioned in 4.2.1.1.

Figure 12. Comparison of the distribution of TKE along the flow depth at different cross-sections between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence. (a)∼(f) 1a vs. 1b, (g)∼(l) 2a vs. 2b.

Under the high discharge condition, two peaks of TKE appear in both the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence (Figure 12(g–l)). Moreover, in both the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence, from the upstream bar tail to the downstream bar head, the peak of TKE in the upper flow is larger at the channel centre (α = 0.5), while the peak of TKE in the lower flow is larger near the side banks (α = 0.7). However, the disparity between the TKE near the side banks and at the channel centre seems to be larger in the single confluence, while the TKE in the confluence-bifurcation unit takes a more uniform distribution. Even though, TKE profiles at the corresponding location exhibit highly similar shapes in the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence, suggesting that the effects of channel morphology seem to be inhibited when the central bars are submerged under the high discharge.

4.2.2. Comparison with single bifurcation cases

Distributions of time-averaged streamwise velocity, TKE and TDR at corresponding cross-sections are also compared between the single bifurcation (see the Supplementary material) and the confluence-bifurcation unit (Figures 4, 8 and 9). Unlike the high similarity in flow characteristics exhibited between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence, significant differences are found between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single bifurcation, especially at CS08∼CS14. On the one hand, the high-velocity zones are broader and asymmetrical concerning the channel centreline in the single bifurcation, with a belt-like and an approximately elliptic-like distribution respectively under the low and high discharges. By contrast, the high-velocity zone is a core that concentrates on the channel centre in the confluence-bifurcation unit. Moreover, the maximum velocity seems smaller in the single bifurcation than that in the confluence-bifurcation unit. On the other hand, the high-TKE belt near the channel bottom appears to be narrower in the single bifurcation than in the confluence-bifurcation unit, especially at CS08∼CS14 under the low discharge. Furthermore, additional high-TKE zones are found near the side walls at CS08∼CS11 in the single bifurcation, of which the scale is obviously smaller than those in the confluence-bifurcation unit. In addition, TKE at the channel centre is smaller near the free surface in the single bifurcation than that in the confluence-bifurcation unit. Nevertheless, the distributions of velocity, TKE and TDR seem to be similar in the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single bifurcation at CS15. As the existence of the upstream central bar is the main difference between the single confluence and the confluence-bifurcation unit, all the above findings indicate that the upstream central bar greatly influences the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit. On the other hand, the downstream central bar may have a restricted influence on the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit, whose impact may be limited to a range between the entrance of the bifurcation (CS14) and the downstream bar head (CS15). To further elucidate the differences, results on the distribution of time-averaged streamwise velocity and TKE along the flow depth are discussed below.

4.2.2.1. Time-averaged streamwise velocity

Figure 13 shows the distribution of time-averaged streamwise velocity along the flow depth at different cross-sections. Under the low discharge, distinct distribution patterns of flow velocity between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single bifurcation are found at CS08, CS09 and CS11, which can be attributed to the effects of upstream flow convergence (Figure 13(a–c)). However, when the flow convergence reaches a steady state in the confluence-bifurcation unit (Figure 13(d–f)), the high-velocity zone is more concentrated in the confluence-bifurcation unit than in the single bifurcation due to to the significant influence of the upstream central bar on the flow structure. The velocity profiles at the downstream bar head can be a shred of evidence as well, with the maximum velocity larger at the channel centre but smaller near the side banks in the confluence-bifurcation unit than in the single bifurcation.

Figure 13. Comparison of the distribution of time-averaged streamwise flow velocity along the flow depth at different cross-sections between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single bifurcation. (a)∼(f) 1a vs. 1c, (g)∼(l) 2a vs. 2c.

Under the high discharge, the distribution of velocity seems to exhibit limited differences between the two kinds of morphology, which indicates that the effects of channel morphology may be less noticeable when the central bars are fully submerged under the high discharge. Nevertheless, the velocity in the lower flow (below a relative depth of 0.45) shows a uniform lateral distribution in the single bifurcation, as the velocity profile at the channel centreline (α = 0.5) is in line with that near the side banks (α = 0.7) (Figure 13(g–l)). However, in the confluence-bifurcation unit, different velocity distributions in the lower flow can be observed at the channel centreline (α = 0.5) and near the side banks (α = 0.7). The foregoing results indicate that when the central bars are fully submerged, the high-velocity zones are more concentrated on the channel centreline in the confluence-bifurcation unit, while the lateral distribution of flow velocity within the single bifurcation tends to be more uniform, especially near the bifurcation junction (Figure 13(j,k)). This can also be attributed to the dominant influence of the upstream central bar over the downstream central bar.

It is also noted that the flow velocity distribution along the flow depth in the confluence-bifurcation unit is of a similar pattern despite varying discharges. As a critical point, the maximum velocity appears in the upper flow. The distribution above the critical point is approximately linear whereas it appears logarithmic below. By contrast, despite the similarity observed under the low discharge, the flow velocity distribution along the flow depth within the single bifurcation exhibits a distinct pattern under the high discharge, especially near the side banks (Figure 13(e–h)). On the one hand, the critical point in the upper flow no longer corresponds to the maximum velocity. On the other hand, the velocity distribution deviates from logarithmic below the critical point, with the maximum velocity appearing at a relative depth of 0.45. Succinctly, the distribution of streamwise velocity along the flow depth may retain the same pattern regardless of discharge levels in the confluence-bifurcation unit, while it may exhibit distinct patterns under different discharge levels in the single bifurcation.

4.2.2.2. Secondary current

Figure 14 shows contour plots of SCS and the distribution of secondary current for single bifurcation cases. In general, the value of SCS near the side banks at CS08∼CS14 (Figure 14(a–d, g–j)) in the single bifurcation seems smaller than that in the confluence-bifurcation unit (Figure 7(a–d, g–j)), especially under the low discharge. SCS distribution at CS14 is similar in the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single bifurcation under both low and high discharges. This difference in SCS distribution between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single bifurcation indicates that the downstream bifurcation may have a restricted influence on the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit. This influence is limited to a range between the entrance of the bifurcation (CS14) and the downstream bar head (CS15).

Figure 14. Secondary current at different cross-sections in the single bifurcation condition: (a)∼(f) case 1c, (g)∼(l) case 2c. The zero distance of each cross-section is located on the right bank.

In addition, the secondary current structure may also present different patterns in response to varying channel morphologies and discharge conditions. Under the low discharge condition, multiple unstable helical cells with asymmetrical distribution are formed from CS08 to CS12 in the single bifurcation (Figure 14(a–d)), while no obvious helical cells are found at CS14 and CS15 (Figure 14(d,e)). These findings are quite different from the stable and symmetrical helical cells at all cross-sections shown in the confluence-bifurcation unit (Figure 7). This difference may be attributed to the significant influence of the upstream central bar and the limited influence of the downstream central bar. Under the high discharge condition, only one pair of premature helical cells are found from CS08 to CS12 in the single bifurcation with their cores located near the side banks (Figure 14(e,f)). As the flow moves downstream, the helical cells gradually develop and become well-established (Figure 14(g,h)). These helical cells in the single bifurcation show symmetric cross-sectional distribution and a similar longitudinal development as in the confluence-bifurcation unit. However, in the confluence-bifurcation unit, two pairs of helical cells appear upstream of CS12 and CS14 and gradually fuse to one pair under the high discharge. As the ‘two-pairs’ structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit origins from the upstream confluence, the differences in the secondary current structure between the single bifurcation and the confluence-bifurcation unit under the high discharge can also be owing to the effects of the upstream central bar in excess of those of the downstream central bar.

4.2.2.3. Turbulent kinetic energy

Figure 15 shows the TKE distribution along the flow depth at different cross-sections. Under the low discharge, when the two tributary flows have not achieved sufficient convergence in the confluence-bifurcation unit, the maximum TKE is more concentrated in the single bifurcation (Figure 15(a–c)). As flow convergence achieves a steady state, more concentrated high-TKE zones appear at the channel centre within the confluence-bifurcation unit, confirming the finding that the effects of the upstream central bar reign over those of the downstream central bar in the confluence-bifurcation unit. However, things can be very complicated under the high discharge. For TKE distribution at the channel centreline, two peaks appear in the confluence-bifurcation unit with one close to the free surface and the other near the bed (Figure 15(g–l)). By contrast, only one peak near the bed is present in the single bifurcation. Therefore, a larger TKE can be found in the upper flow of the channel centreline in the confluence-bifurcation unit. For TKE distribution near the side banks, two peaks appear in both the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single bifurcation at CS09∼CS14 (Figure 15(h–l)). The upper peak is larger but the lower peak is smaller within the single bifurcation than those within the confluence-bifurcation unit. These significant discordances in TKE distribution under the high discharge further prove that the effects of the upstream bar on the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit are more prominent than those of the downstream central bar.

Figure 15. Comparison of the distribution of TKE along the flow depth at different cross-sections between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single bifurcation. (a)∼(f) 1a vs. 1c, (g)∼(l) 2a vs. 2c.

4.2.3. Further discussion of the comparisons

The above subsections have revealed significant differences in flow structure within the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence and bifurcation, which directly result from the distinct channel morphologies and vary with the discharge conditions as well. These differences are summarized and further discussed below.

The distinctive morphology of a confluence-bifurcation unit plays a pivotal role in governing streamwise flow velocity distribution, secondary current structure, and turbulent kinetic energy distribution within the channel. Generally, from the upstream bar tail (CS08) to the entrance of the bifurcation (CS14), the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit is highly similar to that in the single confluence, while it exhibits great differences (as shown in 4.2.2) between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single bifurcation. This indicates that the upstream central bar greatly influences the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit, with the effects spreading to the entrance of the bifurcation. At the downstream bar head (CS15), the flow structure (e.g. the transverse flow patterns) in the confluence-bifurcation unit exhibits high similarity to that in the single bifurcation. However, these similarities do not spread to upstream cross-sections, suggesting that the influence of the downstream central bar is limited at the bifurcation junction. In a word, the effects of the upstream central bar on the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit are in excess of those of the downstream central bar.

However, despite the influence of channel morphology, discharge may also have some important effects on the streamwise flow velocity distribution. On the one hand, when the central bars are exposed under the low discharge, the high-velocity zone is less concentrated in the confluence-bifurcation unit than in the single confluence, while it is more concentrated in the confluence-bifurcation unit than in the single bifurcation. On the other hand, it is noticed that when the central bars are fully submerged under the high discharge, reduced differences in flow structure between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence/bifurcation are witnessed, and thus the morphology effect seems to be subdued.

4.3. Implications

The present work unravels the flow structure in a laboratory-scale confluence-bifurcation unit and takes the first step to further investigating morphodynamics in such channel morphology. Based on the comparison with a single confluence/bifurcation, the findings provide insight into the complex 3D interactions between water flow and channel morphology. The distinct flow structure in the laboratory-scale confluence-bifurcation unit may appreciably alter sediment transport and morphological evolution, of which research is underway. As the basic morphological element of braided river planform is confluence-bifurcation units, the present work should have direct implications for flow structure in natural braided rivers. This is pivotal for the sustainable management of braided rivers which deals with water and land resources planning, eco-hydrological well-being, and infrastructure safety such as cross-river bridges and oil pipelines (Redolfi et al., 2019; Ragno et al., 2021).

Notably, braided rivers worldwide (e.g. in the Himalayas, North America, and New Zealand) have undergone increased pressures and will continue to evolve due to forces of global climate change and intensified anthropogenic activities (Caruso et al., 2017; Hicks et al., 2021; Lu et al., 2022). In particular, channel aggradation caused by increased sediment supply as well as exploitation of braidplain compromise space for flood conveyance, making the rivers prone to flooding. In this sense, an enhanced understanding of the flow structure under high discharge when central bars are fully submerged is essential for mitigating flooding hazards.

5. Conclusions


This study has numerically investigated the 3D flow structure in a laboratory-scale confluence-bifurcation unit based on the LES model integrated in the FLOW3D® software platform. Two different discharges are considered with the central bars fully submerged or exposed respectively when the discharge is high or low. Cases of a single confluence/bifurcation are included for comparison. The key findings of this paper are as follows:

  1. Several differences are highlighted in the comparison of the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit between the two discharges. When the central bars are fully submerged under the high discharge, the mixing layer of two tributary flows is less obvious, and two high-velocity cores merge more rapidly as compared with those under the low discharge. Besides, flow separation zones are found neither at the confluence corner nor on both sides of the downstream bar when the central bars are fully submerged. Moreover, SCS seems to be smaller near the side banks under the high discharge than under the low discharge. Therefore, it is suggested that flow convergence/divergence is relatively weak in the confluence-bifurcation unit when central bars are fully submerged under the high discharge.
  2. From the upstream bar tail to the entrance of the bifurcation, the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit is highly similar to that in the single confluence, while it exhibits great differences from that in the single bifurcation. Only at the downstream bar head does the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit exhibit high similarity to that in the single bifurcation. Consequently, the effects of the upstream central bar on the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit reign over those of the downstream central bar.
  3. Despite the influence of channel morphology, discharge may also have significant effects on the distribution of streamwise flow velocity. On the one hand, when the central bars are exposed under the low discharge, the high-velocity zone is less concentrated in the confluence-bifurcation unit than in the single confluence, while it is more concentrated in the confluence-bifurcation unit than in the single bifurcation. On the other hand, when the central bars are fully submerged under the high discharge, reduced differences in flow structure between the confluence-bifurcation unit and the single confluence/bifurcation are witnessed, and thus the morphology effect seems to be subdued.

It is noticed that the effects of other factors (e.g. confluence and bifurcation angles, bed discordance) on the flow structure in the confluence-bifurcation unit are not discussed here. Studies on these issues are warranted and reserved for future work.

Reference


  1. Ashmore, P. E. (1982). Laboratory modelling of gravel braided stream morphology. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 7(3), 201–225. https://doi.org/10.1002/esp.3290070301
  2. Ashmore, P. E. (1991). How do gravel-bed rivers braid? Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, 28(3), 326–341. https://doi.org/10.1139/e91-030
  3. Ashmore, P. E. (2013). Morphology and dynamics of braided rivers. In J. Shroder, & (Editor in Chief) E. Wohl (Eds.), Treatise on geomorphology (Vol. 9, pp. 289–312). https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-374739-6.00242-6
  4. Ashmore, P. E., Ferguson, R. I., Prestegaard, K. L., Ashworth, P. J., & Paola, C. (1992). Secondary flow in anabranch confluences of a braided, gravel-bed stream. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 17(3), 299–311. https://doi.org/10.1002/esp.3290170308
  5. Ashworth, P. J. (1996). Mid channel bar growth and its relationship to local flow strength and direction. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 21(2), 103–123.
  6. Bertoldi, W., & Tubino, M. (2005). Bed and bank evolution of bifurcating channels. Water Resources Research, 41(7), W07001. https://doi.org/10.1029/2004WR003333
  7. Bertoldi, W., & Tubino, M. (2007). River bifurcations: Experimental observations on equilibrium configurations. Water Resources Research, 43(10), W10437. https://doi.org/10.1029/2007WR005907
  8. Best, J. L. (1987). Flow dynamics at river channel confluences: Implications for sediment transport and bed morphology. In F. G. Ethridge, R. M. Flores, & M. D. Harvey (Eds.), Recent developments in fluvial sedimentology (pp. 27–35).
  9. Best, J. L. (1988). Sediment transport and bed morphology at river channel confluences. Sedimentology, 35(3), 481–498. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-3091.1988.tb00999.x
  10. Best, J. L., & Reid, I. (1984). Separation zone at open-channel junctions. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 110(11), 1588–1594. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1984)110:11(1588)
  11. Best, J. L., & Roy, A. G. (1991). Mixing-layer distortion at the confluence of channels of different depth. Nature, 350(6317), 411–413. https://doi.org/10.1038/350411a0
  12. Biron, P. M., Buffin-Bélanger, T., & Martel, N. (2019). Three-dimensional turbulent structures at a medium-sized confluence with and without an ice cover. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 44(15), 3042–3056. https://doi.org/10.1002/esp.4718
  13. Bombardelli, F. A., Meireles, I., & Matos, J. (2011). Laboratory measurements and multi-block numerical simulations of the mean flow and turbulence in the nonaerated skimming flow region of steep stepped spillways. Environmental Fluid Mechanics, 11(3), 263–288. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10652-010-9188-6
  14. Bradbrook, K. F., Biron, P. M., Lane, S. N., Richards, K. S., & Roy, A. G. (1998). Investigation of controls on secondary circulation in a simple confluence geometry using a three-dimensional numerical model. Hydrological Processes, 12(8), 1371–1396. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1099-1085(19980630)12:8<1371::AID-HYP620>3.0.CO;2-C
  15. Caruso, B., Newton, S., King, R., & Zammit, C. (2017). Modelling climate change impacts on hydropower lake inflows and braided rivers in a mountain basin. Hydrological Sciences Journal, 62(6), 928–946. https://doi.org/10.1080/02626667.2016.1267860
  16. Constantinescu, G., Miyawaki, S., Rhoads, B., & Sukhodolov, A. (2016). Influence of planform geometry and momentum ratio on thermal mixing at a stream confluence with a concordant bed. Environmental Fluid Mechanics, 16(4), 845–873. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10652-016-9457-0
  17. Constantinescu, G., Miyawaki, S., Rhoads, B., Sukhodolov, A., & Kirkil, G. (2011). Structure of turbulent flow at a river confluence with momentum and velocity ratios close to 1: Insight provided by an eddy-resolving numerical simulation. Water Resources Research, 47(5), W05507. https://doi.org/10.1029/2010WR010018
  18. De Serres, B., Roy, A. G., Biron, M. P., & Best, J. L. (1999). Three-dimensional structure of flow at a confluence of river channels with discordant beds. Geomorphology, 26(4), 313–335. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0169-555X(98)00064-6
  19. Duguay, J., Biron, P., & Buffin-Bélanger, T. (2022). Large-scale turbulent mixing at a mesoscale confluence assessed through drone imagery and eddy-resolved modelling. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 47(1), 345–363. https://doi.org/10.1002/esp.5251
  20. Egozi, R., & Ashmore, P. E. (2009). Experimental analysis of braided channel pattern response to increased discharge. Journal of Geophysical Research: Earth Surface, 114, F02012. https://doi.org/10.1029/2008JF001099
  21. Engel, F. L., & Rhoads, B. L. (2017). Velocity profiles and the structure of turbulence at the outer bank of a compound meander bend. Geomorphology, 295, 191–201. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geomorph.2017.06.018
  22. Ettema, R., & Armstrong, D. L. (2019). Bedload and channel morphology along a braided, sand-bed channel: Insights from a large flume. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 57(6), 822–835. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2018.1555557
  23. Federici, B., & Paola, C. (2003). Dynamics of channel bifurcations in noncohesive sediments. Water Resources Research, 39(6), 1162. https://doi.org/10.1029/2002WR001434
  24. Hackney, C. R., Darby, S. E., Parsons, D. R., Leyland, J., Aalto, R., Nicholas, A. P., & Best, J. L. (2018). The influence of flow discharge variations on the morphodynamics of a diffluence-confluence unit on a large river. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 43(2), 349–362. https://doi.org/10.1002/esp.4204
  25. Hicks, D. M., Baynes, E. R. C., Measures, R., Stecca, G., Tunnicliffe, J., & Fredrich, H. (2021). Morphodynamic research challenges for braided river environments: Lessons from the iconic case of New Zealand. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 46(1), 188–204. https://doi.org/10.1002/esp.5014
  26. Hirt, C. W., & Nichols, B. D. (1981). Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. Journal of Computational Physics, 39(1), 201–225. https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5
  27. Hua, Z. L., Gu, L., & Chu, K. J. (2009). Experiments of three-dimensional flow structure in braided rivers. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 21(2), 228–237. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1001-6058(08)60140-7
  28. Hundey, E. J., & Ashmore, P. E. (2009). Length scale of braided river morphology. Water Resources Research, 45(8), W08409. https://doi.org/10.1029/2008WR007521
  29. Iwantoro, A. P., van der Vegt, M., & Kleinhans, M. G. (2022). Stability and asymmetry of tide-influenced river bifurcations. Journal of Geophysical Research: Earth Surface, 127(6), e2021JF006282. https://doi.org/10.1029/2021JF006282
  30. Jang, C. L., & Shimizu, Y. (2005). Numerical simulation of relatively wide, shallow channels with erodible banks. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 131, 565–575.
  31. Kelly, S. (2006). Scaling and hierarchy in braided rivers and their deposits: Examples and implications for reservoir modelling. In G. H. Smith, J. L. Best, C. S. Bristow, & G. E. Petts (Eds.), Braided rivers: Process, deposits, ecology and management (pp. 75–106).
  32. Lane, S. N., Bradbrook, K. F., Richards, K. S., Biron, P. M., & Roy, A. G. (2000). Secondary circulation cells in river channel confluences: Measurement artefacts or coherent flow structures? Hydrological Processes, 14(11-12), 2047–2071. https://doi.org/10.1002/1099-1085(20000815/30)14:11/12<2047::AID-HYP54>3.0.CO;2-4
  33. Le, T. B., Khosronejad, A., Sotiropoulos, F., Bartelt, N., Woldeamlak, S., & Dewall, P. (2019). Large-eddy simulation of the Mississippi River under base-flow condition: Hydrodynamics of a natural diffluence-confluence region. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 57(6), 836–851. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2018.1534282
  34. Liu, C. B., Li, J., Bu, W. Y., Ma, W. X., Shen, G., & Yuan, Z. (2018). Large eddy simulation for improvement of performance estimation and turbulent flow analysis in a hydrodynamic torque converter. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 12(1), 635–651. https://doi.org/10.1080/19942060.2018.1489896
  35. Liu, Z. (2012). Investigation of flow characteristics around square cylinder with inflow turbulence. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 6(3), 426–446. https://doi.org/10.1080/19942060.2012.11015433
  36. Lu, G. W., Liu, J. X., Cao, Z. X., Li, Y. W., Lei, X. T., & Li, Y. (2023). A computational study of 3D flow structure in two consecutive bends subject to the influence of tributary inflow in the middle Yangtze River. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 17(1), 2183901. https://doi.org/10.1080/19942060.2023.2183901
  37. Lu, H. Y., Li, Z. W., Hu, X. Y., Chen, B., & You, Y. C. (2022). Morphodynamic processes in a large gravel–bed braided channel in response to runof change: A case study in the Source Region of Yangtze River. Arabian Journal of Geosciences, 15(5), 377. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12517-022-09641-y
  38. Luz, L. D., Szupiany, R. N., Parolin, M., Silva, A., & Stevaux, J. C. (2020). Obtuse-angle vs. confluent sharp meander bends: Insights from the Paraguay-Cuiabá confluence in the tropical Pantanal wetlands, Brazil. Geomorphology, 348, 106907. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geomorph.2019.106907
  39. Marra, W. A., Parsons, D. R., Kleinhans, M. G., Keevil, G. M., & Thomas, R. E. (2014). Near-bed and surface flow division patterns in experimental river bifurcations. Water Resources Research, 50(2), 1506–1530. https://doi.org/10.1002/2013WR014215
  40. McLelland, S. J., Ashworth, P. J., Best, J. L., Roden, J., & Klaassen, G. J. (1999). Flow structure and transport of sand-grade suspended sediment around an evolving braid bar, Jamuna River, Bangladesh. Fluvial Sedimentology VI, 28, 43–57. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781444304213.ch4
  41. Miori, S., Hardy, R. J., & Lane, S. N. (2012). Topographic forcing of flow partition and flow structures at river bifurcations. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 37(6), 666–679. https://doi.org/10.1002/esp.3204
  42. Mosley, M. P. (1976). An experimental study of channel confluences. The Journal of Geology, 84(5), 535–562. https://doi.org/10.1086/628230
  43. Orfeo, O., Parsons, D. R., Best, J. L., Lane, S. N., Hardy, R. J., Kostaschuk, R., Szupiany, R. N., & Amsler, M. L. (2006). Morphology and flow structures in a large confluence-diffluence: Rio Parana, Argentina. In R. M. L. Ferreira, C. T. L. Alves, G. A. B. Leal, & A. H. Cardoso (Eds.), River Flow 2006 (pp. 1277–1282).
  44. Parsons, D. R., Best, J. L., Lane, S. N., Orfeo, O., Hardy, R. J., & Kostaschuk, R. (2007). Form roughness and the absence of secondary flow in a large confluence–diffluence, Rio Paraná, Argentina. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 32(1), 155–162. https://doi.org/10.1002/esp.1457
  45. Ragno, N., Redolfi, M., & Tubino, M. (2021). Coupled morphodynamics of river bifurcations and confluences. Water Resources Research, 57(1), e2020WR028515. https://doi.org/10.1029/2020WR028515
  46. Redolfi, M., Tubino, M., Bertoldi, W., & Brasington, J. (2016). Analysis of reach-scale elevation distribution in braided rivers: Definition of a new morphologic indicator and estimation of mean quantities. Water Resources Research, 52(8), 5951–5970. https://doi.org/10.1002/2015WR017918
  47. Redolfi, M., Zolezzi, G., & Tubino, M. (2019). Free and forced morphodynamics of river bifurcations. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 44(4), 973–987. https://doi.org/10.1002/esp.4561
  48. Rhoads, B. L., & Kenworthy, S. T. (1995). Flow structure at an asymmetrical stream confluence. Geomorphology, 11(4), 273–293. https://doi.org/10.1016/0169-555X(94)00069-4
  49. Rhoads, B. L., & Sukhodolov, A. N. (2001). Field investigation of three-dimensional flow structure at stream confluences: 1. Thermal mixing and time-averaged velocities. Water Resources Research, 37(9), 2393–2410. https://doi.org/10.1029/2001WR000316
  50. Roy, A. G., & Bergeron, N. (1990). Flow and particle paths at a natural river confluence with coarse bed material. Geomorphology, 3(2), 99–112. https://doi.org/10.1016/0169-555X(90)90039-S
  51. Roy, A. G., Roy, R., & Bergeron, N. (1988). Hydraulic geometry and changes in flow velocity at a river confluence with coarse bed material. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 13(7), 583–598. https://doi.org/10.1002/esp.3290130704
  52. Sambrook Smith, G. H., Ashworth, P. J., Best, J. L., Woodward, J., & Simpson, C. J. (2005). The morphology and facies of sandy braided rivers: Some considerations of scale invariance. In M. D. Blum, S. B. Marriott, & S. F. Leclair (Eds.), Fluvial sedimentology VII. International association of sedimentologists. Special Publication No. 35 (pp. 145–158). Blackwell.
  53. Sharifipour, M., Bonakdari, H., Zaji, A. H., & Shamshirband, S. (2015). Numerical investigation of flow field and flowmeter accuracy in open-channel junctions. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 9(1), 280–290. https://doi.org/10.1080/19942060.2015.1008963
  54. Shukry, A. (1950). Flow around bends in an open flume. Transactions of the American Society of Civil Engineers, 115(1), 751–778. https://doi.org/10.1061/TACEAT.0006426
  55. Smagorinsky, J. (1963). General circulation experiments with the primitive equations. Monthly Weather Review, 91(3), 99–164. https://doi.org/10.1175/1520-0493(1963)091<0099:GCEWTP>2.3.CO;2
  56. Sukhodolov, A. N., Krick, J., Sukhodolova, T. A., Cheng, Z. Y., Rhoads, B. L., & Constantinescu, G. S. (2017). Turbulent flow structure at a discordant river confluence: Asymmetric jet dynamics with implications for channel morphology. Journal of Geophysical Research: Earth Surface, 122(6), 1278–1293. https://doi.org/10.1002/2016JF004126
  57. Sukhodolov, A. N., & Sukhodolova, T. A. (2019). Dynamics of flow at concordant gravel bed river confluences: Effects of junction angle and momentum flux ratio. Journal of Geophysical Research: Earth Surface, 124(2), 588–615. https://doi.org/10.1029/2018JF004648
  58. Szupiany, R. N., Amsler, M. L., Hernandez, J., Parsons, D. R., Best, J. L., Fornari, E., & Trento, A. (2012). Flow fields, bed shear stresses, and suspended bed sediment dynamics in bifurcations of a large river. Water Resources Research, 48(11), W11515. https://doi.org/10.1029/2011WR011677.
  59. Thomas, R. E., Parsons, D. R., Sandbach, S. D., Keevil, G. M., Marra, W. A., Hardy, R. J., Best, J. L., Lane, S. N., & Ross, J. A. (2011). An experimental study of discharge partitioning and flow structure at symmetrical bifurcations. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 36(15), 2069–2082. https://doi.org/10.1002/esp.2231
  60. Thorne, C. R., Zevenbergen, L. W., Pitlick, J. C., Rais, S., Bradley, J. B., & Julien, P. Y. (1985). Direct measurements of secondary currents in a meandering sand-bed river. Nature, 315, 746–747. https://doi.org/10.1038/315746a0.
  61. van der Mark, C. F., & Mosselman, E. (2013). Effects of helical flow in one-dimensional modelling of sediment distribution at river bifurcations. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, 38(5), 502–511. https://doi.org/10.1002/esp.3335
  62. Wang, X. G., Yan, Z. M., & Guo, W. D. (2007). Three-dimensional simulation for effects of bed discordance on flow dynamics at Y-shaped open channel confluences. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 19(5), 587–593. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1001-6058(07)60157-7
  63. Weber, L. J., Schumate, E. D., & Mawer, N. (2001). Experiments on flow at a 90° open-channel junction. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 127(5), 340–350. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2001)127:5(340)
  64. Xie, Q. C., Yang, J., & Lundström, T. S. (2020). Flow and sediment behaviours and morpho-dynamics of a diffluence−Confluence unit. River Research and Applications, 36(8), 1515–1528. https://doi.org/10.1002/rra.3697
  65. Xu, L., Yuan, S. Y., Tang, H. W., Qiu, J. J., Whittaker, C., & Gualtieri, C. (2022). Mixing dynamics at the large confluence between the Yangtze River and Poyang Lake. Water Resources Research, 58(11), e2022WR032195. https://doi.org/10.1029/2022WR032195
  66. Yuan, S. Y., Xu, L., Tang, H. W., Xiao, Y., & Gualtieri, C. (2022). The dynamics of river confluences and their effects on the ecology of aquatic environment: A review. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 34(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-022-0001-z
  67. Yuan, S. Y., Yan, G. H., Tang, H. W., Xiao, Y., Rahimi, H., Aye, M. N., & Gualtieri, C. (2023). Effects of tributary floodplain on confluence hydrodynamics. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 61(4), 552–572. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2023.2231413

Consumer Products | 소비자 제품의 설계 및 제조

자유 표면 흐름은 가정과 사무실 환경 모두에서 사용되는 소비자 제품의 설계 및 제조에서 일반적입니다. 예를 들어, 병 채우기는 매일 대규모로 이루어지는 프로세스입니다. 생산 속도를 극대화하면서 낭비를 최소화하도록 이러한 프로세스를 설계하면 시간이 지남에 따라 상당한 비용 절감으로 이어질 수 있습니다. FLOW-3D는 또한 스프레이 노즐을 설계하고 다공성 재료 및 기타 소비재 구성 요소의 흡수 기능을 모델링하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다. FLOW-3D 의 공기 유입, 다공성 매체 및 표면 장력을 포함한 고급 다중 물리 모델을 사용하면 소비자 제품 설계를 정확하게 시뮬레이션하고 최적화하는 것이 쉽습니다.

충전재

유입된 공기는 생산 라인에서 용기를 채울 때 액체의 부피를 늘릴 수 있습니다. 아래 왼쪽 이미지는 높이가 약 20cm인 병을 1.2초 동안 채우는 것을 보여줍니다. 색상 음영은 액체에 있는 공기의 부피 분율을 나타냅니다. 병에서 혼합 시간이 짧고 혼합 정도가 높기 때문에 공기가 표면으로 올라가 빠져나갈 시간이 없었습니다. 그러나 오른쪽 이미지에서 볼 수 있듯이 약 1.7초의 추가 시간이 지나면 공기가 표면으로 올라가면서 발생하는 액체 부피 감소가 명확하게 보입니다.  FLOW-3D 의 드리프트 플럭스 모델을 사용하면 액체에 있는 기포와 같은 구성 요소를 분리하여 분리할 수 있습니다.

Tide® 병 충전의 빠른 평가

이 기사에서는  FLOW-3D를  사용하여 새로운 타이드 병 디자인의 충전을 모델링하는 방법을 설명하며,  Procter and Gamble Company의 기술 섹션 책임자인 John McKibben이 기고했습니다 .

지금 오전 9시인데 긴급 이메일을 받았다고 상상해보세요.

 방금 새로운 Tide® 병 디자인 중 하나가 손잡이에 채워지고 충전 장비에 문제가 생길 수 있다는 것을 깨달았습니다. 우리는 프로토타입 병이 없으며 몇 주 동안 없을 것입니다. 디자이너와 소비자는 디자인의 모습을 좋아하지만, 채우는 방식이 생산 시설에 쇼스토퍼가 될 수 있습니다.

이런 상황이 제게 주어졌을 때, 저는 3D 지오메트리(그림 1)의 스테레오 리소그래피(.stl) 파일을 요청하여 응답을 시작했고, 제가 무엇을 할 수 있는지 알아보고자 했습니다. 저는  FLOW-3D가  .stl 파일을 사용하여 지오메트리를 입력하고 충전을 위한 자유 표면 문제를 해결할 수 있을 것이라는 것을 알고 있었습니다. 저는 이것이 잠재적인 문제에 대한 좋은 정성적 이해를 제공할 것으로 기대했지만, 이 애플리케이션에 얼마나 정확할지에 대해 약간 불확실했습니다.

병의 기하학

시뮬레이션 설정 및 실행

오후 1시경에 저는 지오메트리 파일, 유량, 유체 특성을 받았습니다. 몇 시간 이내에 시뮬레이션이 실행되어 예비 결과가 나왔습니다. 저는 제 고객을 초대하여 결과를 잠깐 살펴보게 했고 그는 “사장의 상사”를 데려와서 살펴보게 했습니다. 그래서 저녁 5시경에 예비 결과를 살펴보고 원래 우려했던 것이 문제가 아니라는 것을 확인했습니다.

하지만 결과는 몇 가지 다른 의문을 제기했습니다. 손잡이에 채우면 유입 유체 제트가 많이 깨졌습니다. 이렇게 하면 유입 공기와 거품의 양이 늘어날 것이라는 걸 알았습니다(결국 세탁 세제를 채우고 있으니까요).  FLOW-3D  공기 유입 모델을 테스트하기로 했습니다. 이 모델은 원래 난류 제트용으로 개발되었고, 이 층류 문제를 살펴보면 얼마나 잘 수행될지 확신할 수 없었습니다.

병 채우기 시뮬레이션
그림 2: 채워진 결과
병 채우기 시뮬레이션 및 검증
그림 3: 실험 비교

그림 2는 공기 유입 모델이 있는 경우와 없는 경우 병 충전 모델의 결과를 보여줍니다. 유입 공기가 포함되면 충전 레벨이 상당히 증가한다는 점에 유의하십시오. 유입 공기가 병 상단에서 유체를 강제로 밀어내지는 않지만 공기 유입 정확도를 확인해야 할 만큼 충분히 가깝습니다. 그림 3은 공기 유입 레벨을 몇 주 후에 실행한 실험 이미지와 비교합니다(시제품 병이 출시된 후). 제트 분리 및 충전 레벨의 질적 일치는 우수하며 시뮬레이션이 병 설계를 선별하기에 충분히 정확하다는 것을 확인했습니다.

홍조

변기가 어떻게 작동하는지 궁금한 적이 있나요? 사실 꽤 복잡합니다. 손잡이를 밀면 물이 변기 그릇을 채우기 시작합니다. 변기 그릇의 유체 수위가 트랩 상단(변기 그릇 뒤) 위로 올라가면 웨어 유형의 흐름이 시작됩니다. 흐름이 ​​충분히 빠르면 변기 그릇에 거품이 형성되어 사이펀이 생성됩니다. 그 지점에서 사이펀이 변기 그릇에서 물을 끌어내고 변기가 물을 흘립니다. 많은 지역에서 물 절약은 중요한 문제이며, 저유량 변기는 가정과 상업용 모두에 필요합니다. 하지만 변기가 첫 번째 시도에서 제 역할을 하지 못하면 물 절약 목표는 달성되지 않습니다.  FLOW-3D를  사용하면 다양한 설계를 모델링하여 최적의 결과를 얻을 수 있습니다.

식품 가공

식품 가공 산업은 복잡한 유체, 일반적으로 비뉴턴 유체, 슬러리, 고체와 유체의 혼합물을 관리하여 분배 장비를 최적으로 설계하고 제조하기 위한 다양한 요구 사항이 있습니다. 이는 상업용 장비의 일관성과 내구성 및 품질에 필수적입니다. 또한 포장 디자인의 혁신을 통해 한 제품을 다른 제품과 명확히 구별할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 꿀, 케첩 또는 크리머를 깨끗하고 정확하게 분배하는 것은 소비자가 매장에서 내리는 선택일 수 있습니다. 운송 및 보관 요구 사항에는 더 나은 모양 엔지니어링과 더 많은 용기 재료 선택이 필요합니다. 1.5리터 물병이나 세탁 세제를 움직이거나 떨어뜨리는 동안의 유체 하중은 상류 설계의 중요한 부분이 될 수 있습니다.

꿀, 옥수수 시럽, 치약과 같은 점성 유체는 일반적으로 고체 표면에 닿으면 코일을 형성하는 경향이 있습니다. 이 효과는 관찰하기에 흥미롭고 재미있지만, 공기가 제품에 끌려들어 포장이 어려워질 수 있는 포장 공정에서는 환영받지 못할 수 있습니다. 코일링이 발생하는 조건은 유체의 점도, 유체가 떨어지는 거리, 유체의 속도에 따라 달라집니다.  FLOW-3D는  다양한 물리적 공정 매개변수를 연구하여 효율적인 공정을 설계하는 데 도움이 되는 정확한 도구를 제공합니다.

혼입

지난 수십 년 동안 컴퓨터화된 측정 및 시뮬레이션 기술의 발전으로 인해 혼합에 대한 이해가 크게 진전되었습니다. 유동 모델링 기술의 지속적인 발전 덕분에 혼합 장비의 유동 의존적 프로세스에 대한 자세한 통찰력을 CFD 소프트웨어를 사용하여 쉽게 시뮬레이션하고 이해할 수 있습니다. 오늘날 블렌딩에서 고체 현탁액, 재킷 반응기의 열 전달에서 발효에 이르기까지 광범위한 응용 분야가  FLOW-3D 의 혼합 기술을 사용하여 모델링됩니다.  FLOW-3D  시뮬레이션은 임펠러의 모든 구성과 모든 용기 형상의 혼합 조건에서 블렌딩 시간, 순환 및 전력 수와 같은 주요 혼합 매개변수를 평가하는 데 도움이 될 수 있습니다. 이러한 시뮬레이션은 실험적 방법을 사용하여 보완합니다. 이러한 장비의 유동 의존적 프로세스를 예측하고 이해하기 위해 CFD 소프트웨어를 사용하면 제품 품질을 향상시키고 많은 제품의 비용과 출시 시간을 모두 줄일 수 있습니다.

비뉴턴 유체

혈액, 케첩, 치약, 샴푸, 페인트, 로션과 같은 비뉴턴 유체는 다양한 점도를 가진 복잡한 유동학을 가지고 있습니다.  FLOW-3D  는 변형 및/또는 온도에 따라 달라지는 비뉴턴 점도를 가진 이러한 유체를 모델링합니다. 전단 및 온도에 따른 점도는 Carreau, 거듭제곱 법칙 함수 또는 단순히 표 형식의 입력을 통해 설명됩니다. 일부 폴리머, 세라믹 및 반고체 금속의 특징인 시간 종속 또는 틱소트로피 거동도 시뮬레이션할 수 있습니다.

핸드 로션 펌프는 종종 여러 가지 설계 문제와 관련이 있습니다. 펌프가 공기 공극을 가두지 않고 효과적으로 작동하고 로션의 연속적인 흐름을 생성하는 것이 중요합니다. 좋은 설계는 노력이 덜 필요하고 이상적으로는 로션을 원하는 곳으로 향하게 합니다. FLOW-3D 의 이동 객체 모델은 노즐이 아래로 눌리는 것을 시뮬레이션하여 저장소의 로션을 가압하는 데 사용됩니다. 로션의 압력과 로션을 추출하는 데 필요한 힘을 연구할 수 있습니다. 여러 설계 변수는 동일한 고정 구조 메시 내에서 쉽게 분석할 수 있습니다.

다공성 재료

다공성 매체에서 유체의 이동에 대한 수치 모델링은 어려울 수 있지만  FLOW-3D 에는 다공성 재료와 관련된 문제를 해결하는 데 유용한 기능이 많이 포함되어 있습니다. FAVOR™ 기술에는 사용자가 연속적인 다공성 매체를 표현할 수 있도록 하는 데 필요한 다공성 변수가 포함되어 있습니다.  FLOW-3D를 사용하면 사용자가 포화 및 불포화 흐름 조건을 모두 시뮬레이션할 수 있습니다. 거듭제곱 법칙 관계를 사용하면 불포화 흐름 조건에서 모세관 압력 과 포화  사이의 비선형 관계를 모델링  할 수 있습니다. 별도의 충전 및 배수 곡선을 사용하여 히스테리시스 현상을 모델링할 수 있습니다. 서로 직접 접촉하는 경우에도 서로 다른 다공성, 투과성 및 습윤성 속성을 서로 다른 장애물에 할당할 수 있습니다. 투과성은 흐름 방향에 따라 지정할 수 있으므로 사용자가 다공성 매체의 이방성 동작을 모델링할 수 있습니다. 유체와 다공성 매체 간의 열 전달을 고려할 수 있습니다.

분무

소용돌이 분무 노즐은 화학 세정제, 의약품 및 연료에서 액체를 분사하는 일반적인 방법입니다. 액체를 성공적으로 분무하려면 일반적으로 노즐로 침투하는 공기 코어를 형성해야 합니다. CFD는 최적의 분무 콘에 대한 기하학, 소용돌이 속도 및 유체 특성의 영향을 탐색하는 효과적인 방법입니다.

이 예에서 2차원 축대칭 소용돌이 흐름이 시뮬레이션되었습니다. 대칭 축을 따라 공기 코어가 노즐의 전체 길이를 거의 관통했습니다. 왼쪽 플롯은 평면에서 속도 분포를 나타내는 벡터가 있는 압력 분포입니다. 오른쪽 플롯은 속도의 소용돌이 구성 요소로 채색되어 있으며 빨간색은 더 높은 값을 나타냅니다.

분무 콘의 규모와 입자 크기가 너무 광범위하기 때문에 분무의 완전한 분무를 직접 계산하는 것은 불가능합니다. 또한 분무는 외부 교란, 노즐의 미세한 결함 및 기타 영향과 밀접하게 관련된 혼란스러운 프로세스입니다. 그러나 노즐을 떠날 때 분무 콘의 특성(예: 벽 두께, 콘 각도, 축 및 방위 속도)을 예측할 수 있다면 이러한 유형의 흐름 장치를 최적화하는 데 큰 도움이 됩니다.

소용돌이 스프레이 노즐
소용돌이 분무 노즐의 FLOW-3D 시뮬레이션

Products

자유 표면 흐름은 가정과 사무실 환경 모두에서 사용되는 소비자 제품의 설계 및 제조에서 일반적입니다.

예를 들어, 병 채우기는 매일 대규모로 진행되는 프로세스입니다. 생산 속도를 최대화하면서 낭비를 최소화하도록 이러한 프로세스를 설계하면 시간이 지남에 따라 상당한 비용 절감으로 이어질 수 있습니다. FLOW-3D는 또한 스프레이 노즐을 설계하고 다공성 재료 및 기타 소비재 구성 요소의 흡수 기능을 모델링하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다.

공기 혼입, 다공성 매질 및 표면 장력을 포함한 FLOW-3D의 고급 다중 물리 모델을 사용하면 소비자 제품 설계를 정확하게 시뮬레이션하고 최적화 할 수 있습니다.


관련 기술자료

Schematic view of the experimental set-up

Short-time numerical simulation of ultrasonically assisted electrochemical removal of strontium from water

September 2023 DOI:10.30955/gnc2023.00436 Conference: 18th International Conference on Environmental Science and Technology CEST2023, 30 August to 2 September 2023, Athens, ...
The Fastest Laptops for 2024

FLOW-3D 수치해석용 노트북 선택 가이드

2024년 가장 빠른 노트북 PCMag이 테스트하는 방법 소개 : 기사 원본 출처: https://www.pcmag.com/picks/the-fastest-laptops CFD를 수행하기 위한 노트북 선정 기준은 별도로 ...
Figure 1. US bath modified as an EC reactor

물에서 초음파를 이용한 전기화학적 스트론튬 제거에 대한 단시간 수치 시뮬레이션

전기화학 반응기에 대한 3D 수치 시뮬레이션 및 측정을 사용하여 동시 초음파 처리 유무에 관계없이 물에서 스트론튬 제거 효율을 분석했습니다. 초음파는 ...
Figure 1. Three-dimensional finite element model of local scouring of semi-exposed submarine cable.

반노출 해저케이블의 국부 정련과정 및 영향인자에 대한 수치적 연구

Numerical Study of the Local Scouring Process and Influencing Factors of Semi-Exposed Submarine Cables by Qishun Li,Yanpeng Hao *,Peng Zhang,Haotian Tan,Wanxing Tian,Linhao ...
Validity evaluation of popular liquid-vapor phase change models for cryogenic self-pressurization process

극저온 자체 가압 공정을 위한 인기 있는 액체-증기 상 변화 모델의 타당성 평가

액체-증기 상 변화 모델은 밀폐된 용기의 자체 가압 프로세스 시뮬레이션에 매우 큰 영향을 미칩니다. Hertz-Knudsen 관계, 에너지 점프 모델 및 ...
Figure 3. Different parts of a Searaser; 1) Buoy 2) Chamber 3) Valves 4) Generator 5) Anchor system

데이터 기반 방법을 활용한 재생 가능 에너지 변환기의 전력 및 수소 생성 예측 지속 가능한 스마트 그리드 사례 연구

Fatemehsadat Mirshafiee1, Emad Shahbazi 2, Mohadeseh Safi 3, Rituraj Rituraj 4,*1Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, K.N. Toosi University of ...
Figure 7. Comparison of Archimedean screw power performances P(W) for Q = 0.15 m3 /s and 0.30m3 /s and angles of orientation 22ο & 32ο .

CFD Simulations of Tubular Archimedean Screw Turbines Harnessing the Small Hydropotential of Greek Watercourses

Alkistis Stergiopoulou 1, Vassilios Stergiopoulos 21 Institut für Wasserwirtschaft, Hydrologie und Konstruktiven Wasserbau, B.O.K.U. University, Muthgasse 18, 1190 Vienna, (actually ...
Figure 1: Drawing of the experimental set-up, Figure 2: Experimental tank with locations of temperature sensors

실험 및 수치 시뮬레이션에 기반한 극저온 추진제 탱크 가압 분석

Analyses of Cryogenic Propellant Tank Pressurization based upon Experiments and Numerical SimulationsCarina Ludwig? and Michael Dreyer***DLR - German Aerospace Center, ...
Figure 1: Mold drawings

3D Flow and Temperature Analysis of Filling a Plutonium Mold

플루토늄 주형 충전의 3D 유동 및 온도 분석 Authors: Orenstein, Nicholas P. [1] Publication Date:2013-07-24Research Org.: Los Alamos National Lab ...
Fig. 6 LH2 isotherms at 1020 s.

액체-수소 탱크를 위한 결합된 열역학-유체-역학 솔루션

Coupled thermodynamic-fluid-dynamic solution for a liquid-hydrogen tank G. D. Grayson Published Online:23 May 2012 https://doi.org/10.2514/3.26706 Read Now Tools Share Introduction ...
Scouring

Non-Equilibrium Scour Evolution around an Emerged Structure Exposed to a Transient Wave

일시적인 파도에 노출된 구조에서의 비평형 세굴 결과

Deniz Velioglu Sogut ,Erdinc Sogut ,Ali Farhadzadeh,Tian-Jian Hsu 

Abstract


The present study evaluates the performance of two numerical approaches in estimating non-equilibrium scour patterns around a non-slender square structure subjected to a transient wave, by comparing numerical findings with experimental data. This study also investigates the impact of the structure’s positioning on bed evolution, analyzing configurations where the structure is either attached to the sidewall or positioned at the centerline of the wave flume. The first numerical method treats sediment particles as a distinct continuum phase, directly solving the continuity and momentum equations for both sediment and fluid phases. The second method estimates sediment transport using the quadratic law of bottom shear stress, yielding robust predictions of bed evolution through meticulous calibration and validation. The findings reveal that both methods underestimate vortex-induced near-bed vertical velocities. Deposits formed along vortex trajectories are overestimated by the first method, while the second method satisfactorily predicts the bed evolution beneath these paths. Scour holes caused by wave impingement tend to backfill as the flow intensity diminishes. The second method cannot sufficiently capture this backfilling, whereas the first method adequately reflects the phenomenon. Overall, this study highlights significant variations in the predictive capabilities of both methods in regard to the evolution of non-equilibrium scour at low Keulegan–Carpenter numbers.

Keywords


Keulegan-Carpenter number, Solitary wave, non slender, wave-structure interaction, FLOW-3D, WedWaveFoam

Coating_image

Template-Free Scalable Fabrication of Linearly Periodic Microstructures by Controlling Ribbing Defects Phenomenon in Forward Roll Coating for Multifunctional Applications

다기능 응용을 위한 Forward Roll Coating 공정의 리브 경함 형상 제어를 통한 선형 주기적 미세구조물의 템플릿 프리 제작

Md Didarul Islam, Himendra Perera, Benjamin Black, Matthew Phillips,Muh-Jang Chen, Greyson Hodges, Allyce Jackman, Yuxuan Liu, Chang-Jin Kim,Mohammed Zikry, Saad Khan, Yong Zhu, Mark Pankow, and Jong Eun Ryu

Abstract


Periodic micro/nanoscale structures from nature have inspired the scientific community to adopt surface design for various applications, including superhydrophobic drag reduction. One primary concern of practical applications of such periodic microstructures remains the scalability of conventional microfabrication technologies. This study demonstrates a simple template-free scalable manufacturing technique to fabricate periodic microstructures by controlling the ribbing defects in the forward roll coating. Viscoelastic composite coating materials are designed for roll-coating using carbon nanotubes (CNT) and polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS), which helps achieve a controllable ribbing with a periodicity of 114–700 µm. Depending on the process parameters, the patterned microstructures transition from the linear alignment to a random structure. The periodic microstructure enables hydrophobicity as the water contact angles of the samples ranged from 128° to 158°. When towed in a static water pool, a model boat coated with the microstructure film shows 7%–8% faster speed than the boat with a flat PDMS film. The CNT addition shows both mechanical and electrical properties improvement. In a mechanical scratch test, the cohesive failure of the CNT-PDMS film occurs in ≈90% higher force than bare PDMS. Moreover, the nonconductive bare PDMS shows sheet resistance of 747.84–22.66 Ω □−1 with 0.5 to 2.5 wt% CNT inclusion.

 

Keywords


multifunctional surfaces, periodic microtrenches, ribbing instabilities,roll coating, scalable manufacturing

 

References


  • X. Wang, B. Ding, J. Yu, M. Wang, Nano Today 2011, 6, 510.
  • Z. Guo, W. Liu, B. L. Su, J. Colloid Interface Sci. 2011, 353, 335.
  • Q. Xu, W. Zhang, C. Dong, T. S. Sreeprasad, Z. Xia, J. R. Soc. Inter-face 2016, 13, 20160300.
  • W. L. Min, B. Jiang, P. Jiang, Adv. Mater. 2008, 20, 3914.
  • C. Peng Guo, Y. Zheng, M. Wen, C. Song, Y. Lin, L. Jiang, P. Guo,Y. Zheng, M. Wen, C. Y. S. Lin, L. Jiang, Adv. Mater. 2012, 24, 2642.
  • Q. Li, Z. Guo, J. Mater. Chem. A 2018, 6, 13549.
  • L. Li, B. Yan, J. Yang, L. Chen, H. Zeng, L. Li, B. Yan, H. Zeng,J. Yang, L. Chen, Adv. Mater. 2015, 27, 1294.
  • J. Yang, X. Zhang, X. Zhang, L. Wang, W. Feng, Q. Li, J. Yang,X. Zhang, L. Wang, W. Feng, X. F. Zhang, Q. Li, Adv. Mater. 2021, 33,2004754.
  • Y. Y. Yan, N. Gao, W. Barthlott, Adv. Colloid Interface Sci. 2011, 169,80.[10] B. Bhushan, Philos. Trans. R. Soc., A 2009, 367, 1445.
  • C. Zhang, D. A. Mcadams, J. C. Grunlan, Adv. Mater. 2016, 28, 8566.[12] T. Sun, L. Feng, X. Gao, L. Jiang, Acc. Chem. Res. 2005, 38, 644.
  • P. Vukusic, J. R. Sambles, Nature 2003, 424, 852.
  • M. Srinivasarao, Chem. Rev. 1999, 99, 1935.
  • W. Yu, J. Koc, J. A. Finlay, J. L. Clarke, A. S. Clare, A. Rosenhahn,Biointerphases 2019, 14, 051002.
  • M. D. Ibrahim, S. N. A. Amran, Y. S. Yunos, M. R. A. Rahman,M. Z. Mohtar, L. K. Wong, A. Zulkharnain, Appl. Bionics Biomech.2018, 2018, 7854321.
  • X. Li, J. Deng, Y. Lu, L. Zhang, J. Sun, F. Wu, Ceram. Int.2019, 45,21759.
  • G. Liu, Z. Yuan, Z. Qiu, S. Feng, Y. Xie, D. Leng, X. Tian, Ocean Eng.2020, 199, 106962.
  • X. Feng, P. Sun, G. Tian, X. Feng, P. Sun, G. Tian,Adv. Mater. Inter-faces 2022, 9, 2101616.
  • M. Xu, A. Grabowski, N. Yu, G. Kerezyte, J. W. Lee, B. R. Pfeifer,C.-J. J. Kim, Phys. Rev. Appl. 2020, 13, 034056.
  • H. Park, G. Sun, C. J. Kim, J. Fluid Mech. 2014, 747, 722.
  • M. Xu, N. Yu, J. Kim, C.-J. Kim, J. Fluid Mech. 2021, 908, A6.
  • B. Liu, Y. He, Y. Fan, X. Wang, Macromol. Rapid Commun. 2006, 27,1859.
  • H. S. Hwang, N. H. Kim, S. G. Lee, D. Y. Lee, K. Cho, I. Park,ACSAppl. Mater. Interfaces 2011, 3, 2179.
  • S. Kato, A. Sato, J. Mater. Chem. 2012, 22, 8613.
  • J. Zou, H. Chen, A. Chunder, Y. Yu, Q. Huo, L. Zhai, Adv. Mater.2008, 20, 3337.
  • S. Lee, J. Lee, J. Park, Y. Choi, K. Yong, Adv. Mater. 2012, 24, 2418.
  • L. Zhu, Y. Xiu, J. Xu, P. A. Tamirisa, D. W. Hess, C. P. Wong, Lang-muir 2005, 21, 11208.
  • X. Hu, L. Chen, T. Ji, Y. Zhang, A. Hu, F. Wu, G. Li, Y. Chen, X. Hu,L. Chen, T. Ji, Y. Zhang, A. Hu, F. Wu, Y. Chen, G. Li, Adv. Mater.Interfaces 2015, 2, 1500445.
  • X. Liang, J. Lu, T. Zhao, X. Yu, Q. Jiang, Y. Hu, P. Zhu, R. Sun,C. P. Wong, Adv. Mater. Interfaces 2019, 6, 1801635.
  • S. Chae, K. H. Cho, S. Won, A. Yi, J. Choi, H. H. Lee, J. H. Kim,H. J. Kim, Adv. Mater. Interfaces 2017, 4, 1701099.
  • M. E. G. Castillo, A. T. Patera, J. Fluid Mech. 1997, 335, 323.
  • Y. H. Chong, P. H. Gaskell, N. Kapur, Chem. Eng. Sci. 2007, 62, 4138.
  • T. Bauman, T. Sullivan, S. Middleman, Chem. Eng. Commun. 1982,14, 35.
  • J. Greener, T. Sullivan, B. Turner, S. Middleman, Chem. Eng.Commun. 1980, 5, 73.
  • G. A. Zevallos, M. S. Carvalho, M. Pasquali, J. Non-Newtonian FluidMech. 2005, 130, 96.
  • R. J. Fields, M. F. Ashby, Philos. Mag. 1976, 33, 33.
  • A. M. Grillet, A. G. Lee, E. S. G. Shaqfeh, J. Fluid Mech. 1999, 399,49.
  • E. Szczurek, M. Dubar, R. Deltombe, A. Dubois, L. Dubar,J. Mater.Process. Technol. 2009, 209, 3187.
  • O. Cohu, A. Magnin, J. Rheol. 1995, 39, 767.
  • C. K. Yang, D. S. H. Wong, T. J. Liu, Polym. Eng. Sci. 2004, 44, 1970.
  • G. P. Bierwagen, Electrochim. Acta 1992, 37, 1471.
  • P. Brumm, H. Sauer, E. Dörsam, Colloids Interfaces 2019, 3, 37.
  • M. Pudas, J. Hagberg, S. Leppävuori, Int. J. Electron. 2005, 92, 251.
  • M. Yamamura, J. Coat. Technol. Res. 2020, 17, 1447.
  • J. H. Lee, S. K. Han, J. S. Lee, H. W. Jung, J. C. Hyun, Korea Aust.Rheol. J. 2010, 22, 75.
  • M. Rosen, M. Vazquez, AIP Conf. Proc. 2007, 913, 14.
  • D. J. Coyle, C. W. Macosko, L. E. Scriven, J. Rheol. 1990, 34, 615.
  • F. V. López, L. Pauchard, M. Rosen, M. Rabaud, J. Non-NewtonianFluid Mech. 2002, 103, 123.
  • D. A. Soules, R. H. Fernando, J. E. Glass, J. Rheol. 1988, 32, 181.
  • D. J. Coyle, Liquid Film Coating, Springer, Netherlands, Dordrecht1997, pp. 539–571.
  • A. Shahsavar, M. Bahiraei, Powder Technol. 2017, 318, 441.
  • S. Abbasi, S. M. Zebarjad, S. H. N. Baghban, A. Youssefi,M.-S. Ekrami-Kakhki, J. Therm. Anal. Calorim. 2016, 123, 81.
  • B. Jo, D. Banerjee, Mater. Lett. 2014, 122, 212.
  • S. Mueller, E. W. Llewellin, H. M. Mader, Proc. R. Soc. A: Math. Phys.Eng. Sci. 2010, 466, 1201.
  • E. Anczurowski, S. G. Mason, Trans. Soc. Rheol. 1968, 12, 209.
  • C. W. Macosko, Rheology: Principles, Measurements, and Applications,VCH, Weinheim 1994.
  • R. D. Corder, P. Adhikari, M. C. Burroughs, O. J. Rojas, S. A. Khan,Soft Matter 2020, 16, 8602.
  • S. A. Jin, E. G. Facchine, S. A. Khan, O. J. Rojas, R. J. Spontak, J. Col-loid Interface Sci. 2021, 599, 207.
  • S. Wang, H. Tang, J. Guo, K. Wang, Carbohydr. Polym. 2016, 147, 455.
  • M. Razavi-Nouri, A. Sabet, M. Mohebbi, Polym. Bull. 2020, 77, 5933.
  • T. V. Neumann, E. G. Facchine, B. Leonardo, S. Khan, M. D. Dickey,Soft Matter 2020, 16, 6608.
  • Y. Y. Huang, S. V. Ahir, E. M. Terentjev, Phys. Rev. B: Condens. MatterMater. Phys. 2006, 73, 125422.
  • N. A. Burns, M. A. Naclerio, S. A. Khan, A. Shojaei, S. R. Raghavan,J. Rheol. 2014, 58, 1599.
  • S. Wu, J. Polym. Sci., Part C: Polym. Symp. 1971, 34, 19.
  • J. E. Mark, Physical Properties of Polymers Handbook, 2nd ed.,Springer, Berlin 2007.
  • B. B. Sauer, N. V. Dipaolo, J. Colloid Interface Sci. 1991, 144, 527.
  • M. Morra, E. Occhiello, R. Marola, F. Garbassi, P. Humphrey,D. Johnson, J. Colloid Interface Sci. 1990, 137, 11.
  • A. Dresel, U. Teipel, Colloids Surf., A 2016, 489, 57.
  • S. C. Roh, E. Y. Choi, Y. S. Choi, C. K. Kim, Polymer 2014, 55, 1527.
  • S. Nuriel, L. Liu, A. H. Barber, H. D. Wagner, Chem. Phys. Lett. 2005,404, 263.
  • Y. C. Jeong, S. J. Yang, K. Lee, A.-Y. Kamebuchi, Y. Kamimoto,M. H. Al-Saleh, Mater. Res. Express 2019, 6, 115088.
  • S.-H. Park, S. Lee, D. Moreira, P. R. Bandaru, I. Han, D.-J. Yun, Sci.Rep. 2015, 5, 15430.
  • D. J. Coyle, C. W. Macosko, L. E. Scriven, J. Fluid Mech. 1986, 171, 183.
  • D. J. Coyle, C. W. Macosko, L. E. Scriven, AIChE J. 1987, 33, 741.
  • M. S. Owens, M. Vinjamur, L. E. Scriven, C. W. Macosko, J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2011, 166, 1123.
  • C. Lee, C. H. Choi, C. J. Kim, Exp. Fluids 2016, 57, 176.
  • M. P. Schultz, Biofouling 2007, 23, 331.
  • Y. Xia, P. Cai, Y. Liu, J. Zhu, R. Guo, W. Zhang, Y. Gan, H. Huang,J. Zhang, C. Liang, X. He, Z. Xiao, J. Electron. Mater. 2021, 50, 3084.
  • B. Earp, J. Simpson, J. Phillips, D. Grbovic, S. Vidmar, J. McCarthy,C. C. Luhrs, Nanomaterials 2019, 9, 491.
  • D. M. Kalyon, E. Birinci, R. Yazici, B. Karuv, S. Walsh, Polym. Eng.Sci. 2002, 42, 1609.
  • A. Mora, P. Verma, S. Kumar, Composites, Part B 2020, 183, 107600.
  • C. Lee, C. J. Kim, Phys. Rev. Lett. 2011, 106, 014502.
  • M. Xu, C. T. Liu, C. J. Kim, Langmuir 2020, 36, 8193.
  • D. Li, Scratch Hardness Measurement Using Tribometer, Nanovea,Irvine, CA 2014.
  • D. Li, Understanding Coating Failures Using Scratch Testing, Nanovea,Irvine, CA 2013.
  • X. Li, J. Deng, H. Yue, D. Ge, X. Zou, Tribol. Int. 2019, 134, 240.
  • S. N. Li, Z. R. Yu, B. F. Guo, K. Y. Guo, Y. Li, L. X. Gong, L. Zhao,J. Bae, L. C. Tang, Nano Energy 2021, 90, 106502.
  • S. W. Dai, Y. L. Gu, L. Zhao, W. Zhang, C. H. Gao, Y. X. Wu,S. C. Shen, C. Zhang, T. T. Kong, Y. T. Li, L. X. Gong, G. D. Zhang,L. C. Tang, Composites, Part B 2021, 225, 109243.
  • Y. T. Li, W. J. Liu, F. X. Shen, G. D. Zhang, L. X. Gong, L. Zhao,P. Song, J. F. Gao, L. C. Tang, Composites, Part B2022, 238,109907.
  • H. J. Walls, S. B. Caines, A. M. Sanchez, S. A. Khan, J. Rheol. 2003,47, 847.
  • F. M. Fowkes, J. Phys. Chem. 1963, 67, 2538.
  • D. K. Owens, R. C. Wendt, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 1969, 13, 1741.
  • N. Selvakumar, H. C. Barshilia, K. S. Rajam, J. Appl. Phys. 2010, 108,013505.
  • A. Kozbial, Z. Li, C. Conaway, R. McGinley, S. Dhingra, V. Vahdat,F. Zhou, B. Durso, H. Liu, L. Li, Langmuir 2014, 30, 8598.
  • A. F. Stalder, G. Kulik, D. Sage, L. Barbieri, P. Hoffmann, ColloidsSurf., A 2006, 286, 92.
  • C. A. Schneider, W. S. Rasband, K. W. Eliceiri, Nat. Methods 2012, 9, 671.Adv. Mater. Interfaces 2022, 9, 2201237
Omega-Liutex Method

Prediction of the Vortex Evolution and Influence Analysis of Rough Bed in a Hydraulic Jump with the Omega-Liutex Method

Omega-Luitex법을 이용한 수력점프 발생시 러프 베드의 와류 진화 예측 및 영향 분석

Cong Trieu Tran, Cong Ty Trinh

Abstract

The dissipation of energy downstream of hydropower projects is a significant issue. The hydraulic jump is exciting and widely applied in practice to dissipate energy. Many hydraulic jump characteristics have been studied, such as length of jump Lj and sequent flow depth y2. However, understanding the evolution of the vortex structure in the hydraulic jump shows a significant challenge. This study uses the RNG k-e turbulence model to simulate hydraulic jumps on the rough bed. The Omega-Liutex method is compared with Q-criterion for capturing vortex structure in the hydraulic jump. The formation, development, and shedding of the vortex structure at the rough bed in the hydraulic jumper are analyzed. The vortex forms and rapidly reduces strength on the rough bed, resulting in fast dissipation of energy. At the rough block rows 2nd and 3rd, the vortex forms a vortex rope that moves downstream and then breaks. The vortex-shedding region represents a significant energy attenuation of the flow. Therefore, the rough bed dissipates kinetic energy well. Adding reliability to the vortex determined by the Liutex method, the vorticity transport equation is used to compare the vorticity distribution with the Liutex distribution. The results show a further comprehension of the hydraulic jump phenomenon and its energy dissipation.

Keywords

flow-3D; hydraulic Jump; omega-liutex method; vortex breakdown

References

[1] Viti, N., Valero, D., & Gualtieri, C. (2019). Numerical Simulation of Hydraulic Jumps. Part 2: Recent Results and Future Outlook. Water, 11(1), 28. https://doi.org/10.3390/w11010028
[2] Peterka, A. J. (1978.) Hydraulic Design of Stilling Basins and Energy Dissipators. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Reclamation.
[3] Bejestan, M. S. & Neisi, K. (2009). A new roughened bed hydraulic jump stilling basin. Asian journal of applied sciences, 2(5), 436-445. https://doi.org/10.3923/ajaps.2009.436.445
[4] Tokyay, N. D. (2005). Effect of channel bed corrugations on hydraulic jumps. Impacts of Global Climate Change, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1061/40792(173)408
[5] Nikmehr, S. & Aminpour, Y. (2020). Numerical Simulation of Hydraulic Jump over Rough Beds. Periodica Polytechnica Civil Engineering, 64(2), 396-407. https://doi.org/10.3311/PPci.15292
[6] Hunt, J. C., Wray, A. A., & Moin, P. (1988). Eddies, streams, and convergence zones in turbulent flows. Studying turbulence using numerical simulation databases. 2. Proceedings of the 1988 summer program.
[7] Gao, Y. & Liu, C. (2018). Rortex and comparison with eigenvalue-based vortex identification criteria. Physics of Fluids, 30(8), 085107. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5040112
[8] Liu, C., Gao, Y., Tian, S., & Dong, X. (2018). Rortex – A new vortex vector definition and vorticity tensor and vector decompositions. Physics of Fluids, 30(3), 035103. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5023001
[9] Liu, C. et al. (2019). Third generation of vortex identification methods: Omega and Liutex/Rortex based systems. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 31(2), 205-223. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-019-0022-4
[10] Liu, C., Wang, Y., Yang, Y. et al (2016). New omega vortex identification method. Science China Physics, Mechanics & Astronomy, (8), 56-64. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11433-016-0022-6
[11] Tran, C. T. & Pham, D. C. (2022). Application of Liutex and Entropy Production to Analyze the Influence of Vortex Rope in the Francis-99 Turbine Draft Tube. Tehnički vjesnik, 29(4), 1177-1183. https://doi.org/10.17559/TV-20210821070801
[12] Dong, X., Gao, Y., & Liu, C. (2019). New normalized Rortex/vortex identification method. Physics of Fluids, 31(1), 011701. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.5066016
[13] Wang, L., Zheng, Z., Cai, W. et al. (2019). Extension Omega and Omega-Liutex methods applied to identify vortex structures in viscoelastic turbulent flow. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 31(5), 911-921. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-019-0045-x
[14] Xu, H., Cai, X., & Liu, C. (2019). Liutex (vortex) core definition and automatic identification for turbulence vortex structures. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 31(5), 857-863. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-019-0066-5
[15] Tran, C. T. et al. (2020). Prediction of the precessing vortex core in the Francis-99 draft tube under off-design conditions by using Liutex/Rortex method. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 32, 623-628. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-020-0031-3
[16] Liu, C. et al. (2019). A Liutex based definition of vortex axis line. arXiv preprint arXiv:1904.10094. https://doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.1904.10094
[17] Samadi-Boroujeni, H. et al. (2013). Effect of triangular corrugated beds on the hydraulic jump characteristics. Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering, 40(9), 841-847. https://doi.org/10.1139/cjce-2012-0019
[18] Ghaderi, A. et al. (2020). Characteristics of free and submerged hydraulic jumps over different macroroughnesses. Journal of Hydroinformatics, 22(6), 1554-1572. https://doi.org/10.2166/hydro.2020.298
[19] Wu, Z. et al. (2021). Analysis of the influence of transverse groove structure on the flow of a flat-plate surface based on Liutex parameters. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 15(1), 1282-1297. https://doi.org/10.1080/19942060.2021.1968955
[20] Ji, B., et al. (2014). Numerical simulation of threedimensional cavitation shedding dynamics with special emphasis on cavitation – vortex interaction. Ocean Engineering, 87, 64-77. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2014.05.005
[21] Tran, C., Bin, J., & Long, X. (2019). Simulation and Analysis of Cavitating Flow in the Draft Tube of the Francis Turbine with Splitter Blades at Off-Design Condition. Tehnicki vjesnik – Technical Gazette, 26(6). https://doi.org/10.17559/TV-20190316042929
Image_Sacrificial_Pier

Sacrificial Piles as Scour Countermeasures in River Bridges A Numerical Study using FLOW-3D

하천 교량의 파괴 대책으로서 희생파일에 대한 FLOW-3D를 이용한 수치 연구

Mohammad Nazari-Sharabian, Aliasghar Nazari-Sharabian, Moses Karakouzian, Mehrdad Karami

Abstract

Scour is defined as the erosive action of flowing water, as well as the excavating and carrying away materials from beds and banks of streams, and from the vicinity of bridge foundations, which is one of the main causes of river bridge failures. In the present study, implementing a numerical approach, and using the FLOW-3D model that works based on the finite volume method (FVM), the applicability of using sacrificial piles in different configurations in front of a bridge pier as countermeasures against scouring is investigated. In this regard, the numerical model was calibrated based on an experimental study on scouring around an unprotected circular river bridge pier. In simulations, the bridge pier and sacrificial piles were circular, and the riverbed was sandy. In all scenarios, the flow rate was constant and equal to 45 L/s. Furthermore, one to five sacrificial piles were placed in front of the pier in different locations for each scenario. Implementation of the sacrificial piles proved to be effective in substantially reducing the scour depths. The results showed that although scouring occurred in the entire area around the pier, the maximum and minimum scour depths were observed on the sides (using three sacrificial piles located upstream, at three and five times the pier diameter) and in the back (using five sacrificial piles located upstream, at four, six, and eight times the pier diameter) of the pier. Moreover, among scenarios where single piles were installed in front of the pier, installing them at a distance of five times the pier diameter was more effective in reducing scour depths. For other scenarios, in which three piles and five piles were installed, distances of six and four times the pier diameter for the three piles scenario, and four, six, and eight times the pier diameter for the five piles scenario were most effective.

 

Keywords

Scouring; River Bridges; Sacrificial Piles; Finite Volume Method (FVM); FLOW-3D.

 

References


Karakouzian, Chavez, Hayes, and Nazari-Sharabian. “Bulbous Pier: An Alternative to Bridge Pier Extensions as a Countermeasure Against Bridge Deck Splashing.” Fluids 4, no. 3 (July 24, 2019): 140. doi:10.3390/fluids4030140.

Karami, Mehrdad, Abdorreza Kabiri-Samani, Mohammad Nazari-Sharabian, and Moses Karakouzian. “Investigating the Effects of Transient Flow in Concrete-Lined Pressure Tunnels, and Developing a New Analytical Formula for Pressure Wave Velocity.” Tunnelling and Underground Space Technology 91 (September 2019): 102992. doi:10.1016/j.tust.2019.102992.

Karakouzian, Moses, Mohammad Nazari-Sharabian, and Mehrdad Karami. “Effect of Overburden Height on Hydraulic Fracturing of Concrete-Lined Pressure Tunnels Excavated in Intact Rock: A Numerical Study.” Fluids 4, no. 2 (June 19, 2019): 112. doi:10.3390/fluids4020112.

Chiew, Yee-Meng. “Scour protection at bridge piers.” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 118, no. 9 (1992): 1260-1269. doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1992)118:9(1260).

Shen, Hsieh Wen, Verne R. Schneider, and Susumu Karaki. “Local scour around bridge piers.” Journal of the Hydraulics Division (1969): 1919-1940.

Richardson, E.V., and Davis, S.R. “Evaluating Scour at Bridges”. Hydraulic Engineering Circular. (2001), 18 (HEC-18), Report no. FHWA NHI 01–001, U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Washington, DC, USA.

Elsaeed, Gamal, Hossam Elsersawy, and Mohammad Ibrahim. “Scour Evaluation for the Nile River Bends on Rosetta Branch.” Advances in Research 5, no. 2 (January 10, 2015): 1–15. doi:10.9734/air/2015/17380.

Chang, Wen-Yi, Jihn-Sung Lai, and Chin-Lien Yen. “Evolution of scour depth at circular bridge piers.” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 130, no. 9 (2004): 905-913. doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2004)130:9(905).

Unger, Jens, and Willi H. Hager. “Riprap failure at circular bridge piers.” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 132, no. 4 (2006): 354-362. doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2006)132:4(354).

Abdeldayem, Ahmed W., Gamal H. Elsaeed, and Ahmed A. Ghareeb. “The effect of pile group arrangements on local scour using numerical models.” Advances in Natural and Applied Sciences 5, no. 2 (2011): 141-146.

Sheppard, D. M., B. Melville, and H. Demir. “Evaluation of Existing Equations for Local Scour at Bridge Piers.” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 140, no. 1 (January 2014): 14–23. doi:10.1061/(asce)hy.1943-7900.0000800.

Melville, Bruce W., and Anna C. Hadfield. “Use of sacrificial piles as pier scour countermeasures.” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 125, no. 11 (1999): 1221-1224. doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1999)125:11(1221).

Yao, Weidong, Hongwei An, Scott Draper, Liang Cheng, and John M. Harris. “Experimental Investigation of Local Scour Around Submerged Piles in Steady Current.” Coastal Engineering 142 (December 2018): 27–41. doi:10.1016/j.coastaleng.2018.08.015.

Link, Oscar, Marcelo García, Alonso Pizarro, Hernán Alcayaga, and Sebastián Palma. “Local Scour and Sediment Deposition at Bridge Piers During Floods.” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 146, no. 3 (March 2020): 04020003. doi:10.1061/(asce)hy.1943-7900.0001696.

Khan, Mujahid, Mohammad Tufail, Muhammad Fahad, Hazi Muhammad Azmathullah, Muhammad Sagheer Aslam, Fayaz Ahmad Khan, and Asif Khan. “Experimental analysis of bridge pier scour pattern.” Journal of Engineering and Applied Sciences 36, no. 1 (2017): 1-12.

Yang, Yifan, Bruce W. Melville, D. M. Sheppard, and Asaad Y. Shamseldin. “Clear-Water Local Scour at Skewed Complex Bridge Piers.” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 144, no. 6 (June 2018): 04018019. doi:10.1061/(asce)hy.1943-7900.0001458.

Moussa, Yasser Abdallah Mohamed, Tarek Hemdan Nasr-Allah, and Amera Abd-Elhasseb. “Studying the Effect of Partial Blockage on Multi-Vents Bridge Pier Scour Experimentally and Numerically.” Ain Shams Engineering Journal 9, no. 4 (December 2018): 1439–1450. doi:10.1016/j.asej.2016.09.010.

Guan, Dawei, Yee-Meng Chiew, Maoxing Wei, and Shih-Chun Hsieh. “Characterization of Horseshoe Vortex in a Developing Scour Hole at a Cylindrical Bridge Pier.” International Journal of Sediment Research 34, no. 2 (April 2019): 118–124. doi:10.1016/j.ijsrc.2018.07.001.

Dougherty, E.M. “CFD Analysis of Bridge Pier Geometry on Local Scour Potential” (2019). LSU Master’s Theses. 5031.

Vijayasree, B. A., T. I. Eldho, B. S. Mazumder, and N. Ahmad. “Influence of Bridge Pier Shape on Flow Field and Scour Geometry.” International Journal of River Basin Management 17, no. 1 (November 10, 2017): 109–129. doi:10.1080/15715124.2017.1394315.

Farooq, Rashid, and Abdul Razzaq Ghumman. “Impact Assessment of Pier Shape and Modifications on Scouring Around Bridge Pier.” Water 11, no. 9 (August 23, 2019): 1761. doi:10.3390/w11091761.

Link, Oscar, Cristian Castillo, Alonso Pizarro, Alejandro Rojas, Bernd Ettmer, Cristián Escauriaza, and Salvatore Manfreda. “A Model of Bridge Pier Scour During Flood Waves.” Journal of Hydraulic Research 55, no. 3 (November 18, 2016): 310–323. doi:10.1080/00221686.2016.1252802.

Karakouzian, Moses, Mehrdad Karami, Mohammad Nazari-Sharabian, and Sajjad Ahmad. “Flow-Induced Stresses and Displacements in Jointed Concrete Pipes Installed by Pipe Jacking Method.” Fluids 4, no. 1 (February 21, 2019): 34. doi:10.3390/fluids4010034.

Flow Science, Inc. FLOW-3D User’s Manual, Flow Science (2018).

Brethour, J. Modeling Sediment Scour. Flow Science, Santa Fe, NM. (2003).

Brethour, James, and Jeff Burnham. “Modeling sediment erosion and deposition with the FLOW-3D sedimentation & scour model.” Flow Science Technical Note, FSI-10-TN85 (2010): 1-22.

Balouchi, M., and Chamani, M.R. “Investigating the Effect of using a Collar around a Bridge Pier, on the Shape of the Scour Hole”. Proceedings of the First International Conference on Dams and Hydropower (2012) (In Persian).

Bayon, Arnau, Daniel Valero, Rafael García-Bartual, Francisco José Vallés-Morán, and P. Amparo López-Jiménez. “Performance Assessment of OpenFOAM and FLOW-3D in the Numerical Modeling of a Low Reynolds Number Hydraulic Jump.” Environmental Modelling & Software 80 (June 2016): 322–335. doi:10.1016/j.envsoft.2016.02.018.

Aminoroayaie Yamini, O., S. Hooman Mousavi, M. R. Kavianpour, and Azin Movahedi. “Numerical Modeling of Sediment Scouring Phenomenon Around the Offshore Wind Turbine Pile in Marine Environment.” Environmental Earth Sciences 77, no. 23 (November 24, 2018). doi:10.1007/s12665-018-7967-4.

Nazari-Sharabian, Mohammad, Masoud Taheriyoun, Sajjad Ahmad, Moses Karakouzian, and Azadeh Ahmadi. “Water Quality Modeling of Mahabad Dam Watershed–Reservoir System under Climate Change Conditions, Using SWAT and System Dynamics.” Water 11, no. 2 (February 24, 2019): 394. doi:10.3390/w11020394.

DOI: 10.28991/cej-2020-03091531

Computational Fluid Dynamics Study of Perforated Monopiles

Computational Fluid Dynamics Study of Perforated Monopiles

Mary Kathryn Walker
Florida Institute of Technology, mwalker2022@my.fit.edu

Robert J. Weaver, Ph.D.
Associate Professor
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences
Major Advisor


Chungkuk Jin, Ph.D.
Assistant Professor
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences


Kelli Z. Hunsucker, Ph.D.
Assistant Professor
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences


Richard B. Aronson, Ph.D.
Professor and Department Head
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences

Abstract

모노파일은 해상 풍력 터빈 건설에 사용되며 일반적으로 설계 수명은 25~50년입니다. 모노파일은 수명 주기 동안 부식성 염수 환경에 노출되어 구조물을 빠르게 분해하는 전기화학적 산화 공정을 용이하게 합니다. 이 공정은 모노파일을 보호 장벽으로 코팅하고 음극 보호 기술을 구현하여 완화할 수 있습니다.

역사적으로 모노파일 설계자는 파일 내부가 완전히 밀봉되고 전기화학적 부식 공정이 결국 사용 가능한 모든 산소를 소모하여 반응을 중단시킬 것이라고 가정했습니다. 그러나 도관을 위해 파일 벽에 만든 관통부는 종종 누출되어 신선하고 산소화된 물이 내부 공간으로 유입되었습니다.

표준 부식 방지 기술을 보다 효과적으로 적용할 수 있는 산소화된 환경으로 내부 공간을 재고하는 새로운 모노파일 설계가 연구되고 있습니다. 이러한 새로운 모노파일은 간조대 또는 조간대 수준에서 벽에 천공이 있어 신선하고 산소화된 물이 구조물을 통해 흐를 수 있습니다.

이러한 천공은 또한 구조물의 파도 하중을 줄일 수 있습니다. 유체 역학적 하중 감소의 크기는 천공의 크기와 방향에 따라 달라집니다. 이 연구에서는 천공의 크기에 따른 모노파일의 힘 감소 분석에서 전산 유체 역학(CFD)의 적용 가능성을 연구하고 주어진 파도의 접근 각도 변화의 효과를 분석했습니다.

모노파일의 힘 감소를 결정하기 위해 이론적 3D 모델을 제작하여 FLOW-3D® HYDRO를 사용하여 테스트했으며, 천공되지 않은 모노파일을 제어로 사용했습니다. 이론적 데이터를 수집한 후, 동일한 종류의 천공이 있는 물리적 스케일 모델을 파도 탱크를 사용하여 테스트하여 이론적 모델의 타당성을 확인했습니다.

CFD 시뮬레이션은 물리적 모델의 10% 이내, 이전 연구의 5% 이내에 있는 것으로 나타났습니다. 물리적 모델과 시뮬레이션 모델을 검증한 후, 천공의 크기가 파도 하중 감소에 뚜렷한 영향을 미치고 주어진 파도의 접근 각도에 대한 테스트를 수행할 수 있음을 발견했습니다.

접근 각도의 변화는 모노파일을 15°씩 회전하여 시뮬레이션했습니다. 이 논문에 제시된 데이터는 모노파일의 방향이 통계적으로 유의하지 않으며 천공 모노파일의 설계 고려 사항이 되어서는 안 된다는 것을 시사합니다.

또한 파도 하중 감소와 구조적 안정성 사이의 균형을 찾기 위해 천공의 크기와 모양에 대한 연구를 계속하는 것이 좋습니다.

Monopiles are used in the construction of offshore wind turbines and typically have a design life of 25 to 50 years. Over their lifecycle, monopiles are exposed to a corrosive saltwater environment, facilitating a galvanic oxidation process that quickly degrades the structure. This process can be mitigated by coating the monopile in a protective barrier and implementing cathodic protection techniques. Historically, monopile designers assumed the interior of the pile would be completely sealed and the galvanic corrosion process would eventually consume all the available oxygen, halting the reaction. However, penetrations made in the pile wall for conduit often leaked and allowed fresh, oxygenated water to enter the interior space. New monopile designs are being researched that reconsider the interior space as an oxygenated environment where standard corrosion protection techniques can be more effectively applied. These new monopiles have perforations through the wall at intertidal or subtidal levels to allow fresh, oxygenated water to flow through the structure. These perforations can also reduce wave loads on the structure. The magnitude of the hydrodynamic load reduction depends on the size and orientation of the perforations. This research studied the applicability of computational fluid dynamics (CFD) in analysis of force reduction on monopiles in relation to size of a perforation and to analyze the effect of variation in approach angle of a given wave. To determine the force reduction on the monopile, theoretical 3D models were produced and tested using FLOW-3D® HYDRO with an unperforated monopile used as the control. After the theoretical data was collected, physical scale models with the same variety of perforations were tested using a wave tank to determine the validity of the theoretical models. The CFD simulations were found to be within 10% of the physical models and within 5% of previous research. After the physical and simulated models were validated, it was found that the size of the perforations has a distinct impact on the wave load reduction and testing for differing approach angles of a given wave could be conducted. The variation in approach angle was simulated by rotating the monopile in 15° increments. The data presented in this paper suggests that the orientation of the monopile is not statistically significant and should not be a design consideration for perforated monopiles. It is also suggested to continue the study on the size and shape of the perforations to find the balance between wave load reduction and structural stability.

Figure 1: Overview sketch of typical monopile (MP) foundation and transition piece (TP) design with an internal j-tube (Hilbert et al., 2011)
Figure 1: Overview sketch of typical monopile (MP) foundation and transition
piece (TP) design with an internal j-tube (Hilbert et al., 2011)

References
Andersen, J., Abrahamsen, R., Andersen, T., Andersen, M., Baun, T., & Neubauer,
J. (2020). Wave Load Mitigation by Perforation of Monopiles. Journal of
Marine Science and Engineering, 8(5), 352.
https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse8050352
Bakker A. (2008) Lectures on Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics.
www.bakker.org.
Bustamante, A., Vera-Tudela, L., & Kühn, M. (2015). Evaluation of wind farm
effects on fatigue loads of an individual wind turbine at the EnBW baltic 1
offshore wind farm. Journal of Physics: Conference Series, 625, 012020.
https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/625/1/012020
Chakrabarti SK. Hydrodynamics of offshore structures. Springer Verlag;1987.
Christiansen, R. (2020). Living Docks: Structural Implications and Determination
of Force Coefficients of Oyster Mats on Dock Pilings in the Indian River
Lagoon [Master’s Thesis, Florida Institute of Technology].
Clauss, G. (1992). Offshore Structures, Volume 1, Conceptual Design and
Hydromechanics. Springer, London, UK.
COMSOL Multiphysics® v. 6.1. www.comsol.com. COMSOL AB, Stockholm,
Sweden.
Delwiche, A. & Tavares, I. (2017). Retrofit Strategy using Aluminum Anodes for
the Internal section of Windturbine Monopiles. NACE Internation
Corrosion Conference & Expo, Paper no. 8955.
Det Norske Veritas (2014) Fatigue design of offshore steel structures. Norway.
70
Det Norske Veritas (1989). Rules for the Classification of Fixed Offshore
Installations. Technical report, DNV, Hovik, Norway.
DNV. (2011). DNV-RP-C203 Fatigue Design of Offshore Steel Structures (tech.
rep.). http://www.dnv.com
Elger, D. F., LeBret, B. A., Crowe, C. T., & Roberson, J. A. (2022). Engineering
fluid mechanics. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
FLOW-3D® Version 12.0 Users Manual (2018). FLOW-3D [Computer software].
Santa Fe, NM: Flow Science, Inc. https://www.flow3d.com
Gaertner, Evan, Jennifer Rinker, Latha Sethuraman, Frederik Zahle, Benjamin
Andersen, Garrett Barter, Nikhar Abbas, Fanzhong Meng, Pietro Bortolotti,
Witold Skrzypinski, George Scott, Roland Feil, Henrik Bredmose,
Katherine Dykes, Matt Shields, Christopher Allen, and Anthony Viselli.
(2020). Definition of the IEA 15-Megawatt Offshore Reference Wind.
Golden, CO: National Renewable Energy Laboratory. NREL/TP-5000-

  1. https://www.nrel.gov/docs/fy20osti/75698.pdf
    Goodisman, Jerry (2001). “Observations on Lemon Cells”. Journal of Chemical
    Education. 78 (4): 516–518. Bibcode:2001JChEd..78..516G.
    doi:10.1021/ed078p516. Goodisman notes that many chemistry textbooks
    use an incorrect model for a cell with zinc and copper electrodes in an
    acidic electrolyte
    Hilbert, L.R. & Black, Anders & Andersen, F. & Mathiesen, Troels. (2011).
    Inspection and monitoring of corrosion inside monopile foundations for
    offshore wind turbines. European Corrosion Congress 2011, EUROCORR
  2. 3. 2187-2201.
    H. J. Landau, “Sampling, data transmission, and the Nyquist rate,” in Proceedings
    of the IEEE, vol. 55, no. 10, pp. 1701-1706, Oct. 1967, doi:
    10.1109/PROC.1967.5962.
    71
    Journee, J. M., and W. W. Massie. Offshore Hydrodynamics, First Edition.
    Delft University of Technology, 2001.
    Keulegan, G. H., and L. H. Carpenter. “Forces on Cylinders and Plates in an
    Oscillating Fluid.” Journal of Research of the National Bureau of
    Standards, vol. 60, no. 5, 1958, pp. 423–40.
    Lahlou, O. (2019). Experimental and Numerical Analysis of the Drag Force on
    Surfboards with Different Shapes (thesis).
    L. H. Holthuijsen. Waves in Oceanic and Coastal Waters. Cam-bridge University
    Press, 2007. doi:10.1017/cbo9780511618536.
    MacCamy, R.C., Fuchs, R.A.: Wave Forces on Piles: a Diffraction Theory. Corps
    of Engineers Washington DC Beach Erosion Board (1954)
    M. M. Maher and G. Swain, “The Corrosion and Biofouling Characteristics of
    Sealed vs. Perforated Offshore Monopile Interiors Experiment Design
    Comparing Corrosion and Environment Inside Steel Pipe,” OCEANS 2018
    MTS/IEEE Charleston, Charleston, SC, USA, 2018, pp. 1-4, doi:
    10.1109/OCEANS.2018.8604522.
    Morison, J. R.; O’Brien, M. P.; Johnson, J. W.; Schaaf, S. A. (1950), “The force
    exerted by surface waves on piles”, Petroleum Transactions, American
    Institute of Mining Engineers, 189 (5): 149–154, doi:10.2118/950149-G
    Paluzzi, Alexander John, “Effects of Perforations on Internal Cathodic Protection
    and Recruitment of Marine Organisms to Steel Pipes” (2023). Theses and
    Dissertations. 1403. https://repository.fit.edu/etd/1403
    Ploeg, J.V.D. (2021). Perforation of monopiles to reduce hydrodynamic loads and
    enable use in deep waters [Master’s Thesis, Delft University of
    Technology] Institutional Repository at Delft University of Technology.
    http://resolver.tudelft.nl/uuid:91eada6f-4f2b-4ae6-be59-2b5ff0590c6f.
    72
    Shi, W., Zhang, S., Michailides, C., Zhang, L., Zhang, P., & Li, X. (2023).
    Experimental investigation of the hydrodynamic effects of breaking waves
    on monopiles in model scale. Journal of Marine Science and Technology,
    28(1), 314–325. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00773-023-00926-9
    Santamaria Gonzalez, G.A. (2023) Advantages and Challenges of Perforated
    Monopiles in Deep Water Sites [Master’s Thesis, Delft University of
    Technology] Institutional Repository at Delft University of Technology.
    http://resolver.tudelft.nl/uuid:490791b6-a912-4bac-a007-f77012c01107
    Sarpkaya, T. and Isaacson, M. (1981). Mechanics of Wave Forces on Offshore
    Structures. Number ISBN 0-442-25402-4. Van Nostrand Reinhold
    Company Inc., New York.
    Tang, Y., Shi, W., Ning, D., You, J., & Michailides, C. (2020). Effects of spilling
    and plunging type breaking waves acting on large monopile offshore wind
    turbines. Frontiers in Marine Science, 7.
    https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2020.00427
    Teja, R. (2021, June 25). Wheatstone bridge: Working, examples, applications.
    ElectronicsHub. https://www.electronicshub.org/wheatstone-bridge/
    The MathWorks Inc. (2022). MATLAB version: 9.13.0 (R2022b), Natick,
    Massachusetts: The MathWorks Inc. https://www.mathworks.com
    Wave gauges. Edinburgh Designs. (2016).
    http://www4.edesign.co.uk/product/wavegauges/
    Wilberts, F. (2017). MEASUREMENT DRIVEN FATIGUE ASSESSMENT OF
    OFFSHORE WIND TURBINE FOUNDATIONS (Master’s Thesis,
    Uppsala University).
Numerical Investigation of the Local Scour for Tripod Pile Foundation

Numerical Investigation of the Local Scour for Tripod Pile Foundation

Waqed H. Hassan Zahraa Mohammad Fadhe* Rifqa F. Thiab Karrar Mahdi
Civil Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, University of Warith Al-Anbiyaa, Kerbala 56001, Iraq
Civil Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, University of Kerbala, Kerbala 56001, Iraq
Corresponding Author Email: Waqed.hammed@uowa.edu.iq

OPEN ACCESS

Abstract: 

This work investigates numerically a local scour moves in irregular waves around tripods. It is constructed and proven to use the numerical model of the seabed-tripod-fluid with an RNG k turbulence model. The present numerical model then examines the flow velocity distribution and scour characteristics. After that, the suggested computational model Flow-3D is a useful tool for analyzing and forecasting the maximum scour development and the flow field in random waves around tripods. The scour values affecting the foundations of the tripod must be studied and calculated, as this phenomenon directly and negatively affects the structure of the structure and its design life. The lower diagonal braces and the main column act as blockages, increasing the flow accelerations underneath them.  This increases the number of particles that are moved, which in turn creates strong scouring in the area. The numerical model has a good agreement with the experimental model, with a maximum percentage of error of 10% between the experimental and numerical models. In addition, Based on dimensional analysis parameters, an empirical equation has been devised to forecast scour depth with flow depth, median size ratio, Keulegan-Carpenter (Kc), Froud number flow, and wave velocity that the results obtained in this research at various flow velocities and flow depths demonstrated that the maximum scour depth rate depended on wave height with rising velocities and decreasing particle sizes (d50) and the scour depth attains its steady-current value for Vw < 0.75. As the Froude number rises, the maximum scour depth will be large.

Keywords: 

local scour, tripod foundation, Flow-3D​, waves

1. Introduction

New energy sources have been used by mankind since they become industrialized. The main energy sources have traditionally been timber, coal, oil, and gas, but advances in the science of new energies, such as nuclear energy, have emerged [1, 2]. Clean and renewable energy such as offshore wind has grown significantly during the past few decades. There are numerous different types of foundations regarding offshore wind turbines (OWTs), comprising the tripod, jacket, gravity foundation, suction anchor (or bucket), and monopile [3, 4]. When the water depth is less than 30 meters, Offshore wind farms usually employ the monopile type [4]. Engineers must deal with the wind’s scouring phenomenon turbine foundations when planning and designing wind turbines for an offshore environment [5]. Waves and currents generate scour, this is the erosion of soil near a submerged foundation and at its location [6]. To predict the regional scour depth at a bridge pier, Jalal et al. [7-10] developed an original gene expression algorithm using artificial neural networks. Three monopiles, one main column, and several diagonal braces connecting the monopiles to the main column make up the tripod foundation, which has more complicated shapes than a single pile. The design of the foundation may have an impact on scour depth and scour development since the foundation’s form affects the flow field [11, 12]. Stahlmann [4] conducted several field investigations. He discovered that the main column is where the greatest scour depth occurred. Under the main column is where the maximum scour depth occurs in all experiments. The estimated findings show that higher wave heights correspond to higher flow velocities, indicating that a deeper scour depth is correlated with finer silt granularity [13] recommends as the design value for a single pile. These findings support the assertion that a tripod may cause the seabed to scour more severely than a single pile. The geography of the scour is significantly more influenced by the KC value (Keulegan–Carpenter number)

The capability of computer hardware and software has made computational fluid dynamics (CFD) quite popular to predict the behavior of fluid flow in industrial and environmental applications has increased significantly in recent years [14].

Finding an acceptable piece of land for the turbine’s construction and designing the turbine pile precisely for the local conditions are the biggest challenges. Another concern related to working in a marine environment is the effect of sea waves and currents on turbine piles and foundations. The earth surrounding the turbine’s pile is scoured by the waves, which also render the pile unstable.

In this research, the main objective is to investigate numerically a local scour around tripods in random waves. It is constructed and proven to use the tripod numerical model. The present numerical model is then used to examine the flow velocity distribution and scour characteristics.

2. Numerical Model

To simulate the scouring process around the tripod foundation, the CFD code Flow-3D was employed. By using the fractional area/volume method, it may highlight the intricate boundaries of the solution domain (FAVOR).

This model was tested and validated utilizing data derived experimentally from Schendel et al. [15] and Sumer and Fredsøe [6]. 200 runs were performed at different values of parameters.

2.1 Momentum equations

The incompressible viscous fluid motion is described by the three RANS equations listed below [16]:

(1)

\frac{\partial u}{\partial t}+\frac{1}{{{V}_{F}}}\left( u{{A}_{x}}\frac{\partial u}{\partial x}+v{{A}_{y}}\frac{\partial u}{\partial y}+w{{A}_{z}}\frac{\partial u}{\partial z} \right)=-\frac{1}{\rho }\frac{\partial p}{\partial x}+{{G}_{x}}+fx

(2)

\frac{\partial v}{\partial t}+\frac{1}{{{V}_{F}}}\left( u{{A}_{x}}\frac{\partial v}{\partial x}+v{{A}_{y}}\frac{\partial v}{\partial y}+w{{A}_{z}}\frac{\partial v}{\partial z} \right)=-\frac{1}{\rho }\frac{\partial p}{\partial y}+{{G}_{y}}+\text{f}y

 (3)

\frac{\partial w}{\partial t}+\frac{1}{{{V}_{F}}}\left( u{{A}_{x}}\frac{\partial w}{\partial x}+v{{A}_{y}}\frac{\partial w}{\partial y}+w{{A}_{z}}\frac{\partial w}{\partial z} \right)=-\frac{1}{\rho }\frac{\partial p}{\partial z}+{{G}_{z}}+\text{fz}

where, respectively, uv, and w represent the xy, and z flow velocity components; volume fraction (VF), area fraction (AiI=xyz), water density (f), viscous force (fi), and body force (Gi) are all used in the formula.

2.2 Model of turbulence

Several turbulence models would be combined to solve the momentum equations. A two-equation model of turbulence is the RNG k-model, which has a high efficiency and accuracy in computing the near-wall flow field. Therefore, the flow field surrounding tripods was captured using the RNG k-model.

2.3 Model of sediment scour

2.3.1 Induction and deposition

Eq. (4) can be used to determine the particle entrainment lift velocity [17].

(4)

{{u}_{lift,i}}={{\alpha }_{i}}{{n}_{s}}d_{*}^{0.3}{{\left( \theta -{{\theta }_{cr}} \right)}^{1.5}}\sqrt{\frac{\parallel g\parallel {{d}_{i}}\left( {{\rho }_{i}}-{{\rho }_{f}} \right)}{{{\rho }_{f}}}}

α𝛼  is the Induction parameter, ns the normal vector is parallel to the seafloor, and for the present numerical model, ns=(0,0,1), θ𝜃cr is the essential Shields variable, g is the accelerated by gravity, di is the size of the particles, ρi is species density in beds, and d The diameter of particles without dimensions; these values can be obtained in Eq. (5).

(5)

{{d}_{*}}={{d}_{i}}{{\left( \frac{\parallel g\parallel {{\rho }_{f}}\left( {{\rho }_{i}}-{{\rho }_{f}} \right)}{\mu _{f}^{2}} \right)}^{1/3}}

μ𝜇f is this equation a dynamic viscosity of the fluid. cr was determined from an equation based on Soulsby [18].

(6)

{{\theta }_{cr}}=\frac{0.3}{1+1.2{{d}_{*}}}+0.055\left[ 1-\text{exp}\left( -0.02{{d}_{*}} \right) \right]

The equation was used to determine how quickly sand particles set Eq. (7):

(7)

{{\mathbf{u}}_{\text{nsettling},i}}=\frac{{{v}_{f}}}{{{d}_{i}}}\left[ {{\left( {{10.36}^{2}}+1.049d_{*}^{3} \right)}^{0.5}}-10.36 \right]

vf  stands for fluid kinematic viscosity.

2.3.2 Transportation for bed loads

Van Rijn [19] states that the speed of bed load conveyance was determined as:

(8)

{{~}_{\text{bedload},i}}=\frac{{{q}_{b,i}}}{{{\delta }_{i}}{{c}_{b,i}}{{f}_{b}}}

fb  is the essential particle packing percentage, qbi is the bed load transportation rate, and cb, I the percentage of sand by volume i. These variables can be found in Eq. (9), Eq. (10), fbδ𝛿i the bed load thickness.

(9)

{{q}_{b,i}}=8{{\left[ \parallel g\parallel \left( \frac{{{\rho }_{i}}-{{\rho }_{f}}}{{{\rho }_{f}}} \right)d_{i}^{3} \right]}^{\frac{1}{2}}}

(10)

{{\delta }_{i}}=0.3d_{*}^{0.7}{{\left( \frac{\theta }{{{\theta }_{cr}}}-1 \right)}^{0.5}}{{d}_{i}}

In this paper, after the calibration of numerous trials, the selection of parameters for sediment scour is crucial. Maximum packing fraction is 0.64 with a shields number of 0.05, entrainment coefficient of 0.018, the mass density of 2650, bed load coefficient of 12, and entrainment coefficient of 0.01.

3. Model Setup

To investigate the scour characteristics near tripods in random waves, the seabed-tripod-fluid numerical model was created as shown in Figure 1. The tripod basis, a seabed, and fluid and porous medium were all components of the model. The seabed was 240 meters long, 40 meters wide, and three meters high. It had a median diameter of d50 and was composed of uniformly fine sand. The 2.5-meter main column diameter D. The base of the main column was three dimensions above the original seabed. The center of the seafloor was where the tripod was, 130 meters from the offshore and 110 meters from the onshore. To prevent wave reflection, the porous media were positioned above the seabed on the onshore side.

image013.png

Figure 1. An illustration of the numerical model for the seabed-tripod-fluid

3.1 Generation of meshes

Figure 2 displays the model’s mesh for the Flow-3D software grid. The current model made use of two different mesh types: global mesh grid and nested mesh grid. A mesh grid with the following measurements was created by the global hexahedra mesh grid: 240m length, 40m width, and 32m height. Around the tripod, a finer nested mesh grid was made, with dimensions of 0 to 32m on the z-axis, 10 to 30 m on the x-axis, and 25 to 15 m on the y-axis. This improved the calculation’s precision and mesh quality.

image014.png

Figure 2. The mesh block sketch

3.2 Conditional boundaries

To increase calculation efficiency, the top side, The model’s two x-z plane sides, as well as the symmetry boundaries, were all specified. For u, v, w=0, the bottom boundary wall was picked. The offshore end of the wave boundary was put upstream. For the wave border, random waves were generated using the wave spectrum from the Joint North Sea Wave Project (JONSWAP). Boundary conditions are shown in Figure 3.

image015.png

Figure 3. Boundary conditions of the typical problem

The wave spectrum peak enhancement factor (=3.3 for this work) and can be used to express the unidirectional JONSWAP frequency spectrum.

3.3 Mesh sensitivity

Before doing additional research into scour traits and scour depth forecasting, mesh sensitivity analysis is essential. Three different mesh grid sizes were selected for this section: Mesh 1 has a 0.45 by 0.45 nested fine mesh and a 0.6 by 0.6 global mesh size. Mesh 2 has a 0.4 global mesh size and a 0.35 nested fine mesh size, while Mesh 3 has a 0.25 global mesh size and a nested fine mesh size of 0.15. Comparing the relative fine mesh size (such as Mesh 2 or Mesh 3) to the relatively coarse mesh size (such as Mesh 1), a larger scour depth was seen; this shows that a finer mesh size can more precisely represent the scouring and flow field action around a tripod. Significantly, a lower mesh size necessitates a time commitment and a more difficult computer configuration. Depending on the sensitivity of the mesh guideline utilized by Pang et al., when Mesh 2 is applied, the findings converge and the mesh size is independent [20]. In the next sections, scouring the area surrounding the tripod was calculated using Mesh 2 to ensure accuracy and reduce computation time. The working segment generates a total of 14, 800,324 cells.

3.4 Model validation

Comparisons between the predicted outcomes from the current model and to confirm that the current numerical model is accurate and suitably modified, experimental data from Sumer and Fredsøe [6] and Schendel et al. [15] were used. For the experimental results of Run 05, Run 15, and Run 22 from Sumer and Fredsøe [6], the experimental A9, A13, A17, A25, A26, and A27 results from Schendel et al. [15], and the numerical results from the current model are shown in Figure 4. The present model had d50=0.051cm, the height of the water wave(h)=10m, and wave velocity=0.854 m.s-1.

image016.png

Figure 4. Cell size effect

image017.png

Figure 5. Comparison of the present study’s maximum scour depth with that authored by Sumer and Fredsøe [6] and Schendel et al. [15]

According to Figure 5, the highest discrepancy between the numerical results and experimental data is about 10%, showing that overall, there is good agreement between them. The ability of the current numerical model to accurately depict the scour process and forecast the maximum scour depth (S) near foundations is demonstrated by this. Errors in the simulation were reduced by using the calibrated values of the parameter. Considering these results, a suggested simulated scouring utilizing a Flow-3D numerical model is confirmed as a superior way for precisely forecasting the maximum scour depth near a tripod foundation in random waves.

3.5 Dimensional analysis

The variables found in this study as having the greatest impacts, variables related to flow, fluid, bed sediment, flume shape, and duration all had an impact on local scouring depth (t). Hence, scour depth (S) can be seen as a function of these factors, shown as:

(11)

S=f\left(\rho, v, V, h, g, \rho s, d_{50}, \sigma g, V_w, D, d, T_v, t\right)

With the aid of dimensional analysis, the 14-dimensional parameters in Eq. (11) were reduced to 6 dimensionless variables using Buckingham’s -theorem. D, V, and were therefore set as repetition parameters and others as constants, allowing for the ignoring of their influence. Eq. (12) thus illustrates the relationship between the effect of the non-dimensional components on the depth of scour surrounding a tripod base.

(12)

\frac{S}{D}=f\left(\frac{h}{D}, \frac{d 50}{D}, \frac{V}{V W}, F r, K c\right)

where, SD𝑆𝐷 are scoured depth ratio, VVw𝑉𝑉𝑤 is flow wave velocity, d50D𝑑50𝐷 median size ratio, $Fr representstheFroudnumber,and𝑟𝑒𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠𝑡ℎ𝑒𝐹𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑑𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟,𝑎𝑛𝑑Kc$ is the Keulegan-Carpenter.

4. Result and Discussion

4.1 Development of scour

Similar to how the physical model was used, this numerical model was also used. The numerical model’s boundary conditions and other crucial variables that directly influence the outcomes were applied (flow depth, median particle size (d50), and wave velocity). After the initial 0-300 s, the scour rate reduced as the scour holes grew quickly. The scour depths steadied for about 1800 seconds before reaching an asymptotic value. The findings of scour depth with time are displayed in Figure 6.

4.2 Features of scour

Early on (t=400s), the scour hole began to appear beneath the main column and then began to extend along the diagonal bracing connecting to the wall-facing pile. Gradually, the geography of the scour; of these results is similar to the experimental observations of Stahlmann [4] and Aminoroayaie Yamini et al. [1]. As the waves reached the tripod, there was an enhanced flow acceleration underneath the main column and the lower diagonal braces as a result of the obstructing effects of the structural elements. More particles are mobilized and transported due to the enhanced near-bed flow velocity, it also increases bed shear stress, turbulence, and scour at the site. In comparison to a single pile, the main column and structural components of the tripod have a significant impact on the flow velocity distribution and, consequently, the scour process and morphology. The main column and seabed are separated by a gap, therefore the flow across the gap may aid in scouring. The scour hole first emerged beneath the main column and subsequently expanded along the lower structural components, both Aminoroayaie Yamini et al. [1] and Stahlmann [4] made this claim. Around the tripod, there are several different scour morphologies and the flow velocity distribution as shown in Figures 7 and 8.

image023.png

Figure 6. Results of scour depth with time

image024.png

image025.png

image026.png

image027.png

Figure 7. The sequence results of scour depth around tripod development (reached to steady state) simulation time

image028.png

image029.png

image030.png

image031.png

Figure 8. Random waves of flow velocity distribution around a tripod

4.3 Wave velocity’s (Vw) impact on scour depth

In this study’s section, we looked at how variations in wave current velocity affected the scouring depth. Bed scour pattern modification could result from an increase or decrease in waves. As a result, the backflow area produced within the pile would become stronger, which would increase the depth of the sediment scour. The quantity of current turbulence is the primary cause of the relationship between wave height and bed scour value. The current velocity has increased the extent to which the turbulence energy has changed and increased in strength now present. It should be mentioned that in this instance, the Jon swap spectrum random waves are chosen. The scour depth attains its steady-current value for Vw<0.75, Figure 9 (a) shows that effect. When (V) represents the mean velocity=0.5 m.s-1.

image032.png

(a)

image033.png

(b)

image034.png

(c)

image035.png

(d)

Figure 9Main effects on maximum scour depth (Smax) as a function of column diameter (D)

4.4 Impact of a median particle (d50) on scour depth

In this section of the study, we looked into how variations in particle size affected how the bed profile changed. The values of various particle diameters are defined in the numerical model for each run numerical modeling, and the conditions under which changes in particle diameter have an impact on the bed scour profile are derived. Based on Figure 9 (b), the findings of the numerical modeling show that as particle diameter increases the maximum scour depth caused by wave contact decreases. When (d50) is the diameter of Sediment (d50). The Shatt Al-Arab soil near Basra, Iraq, was used to produce a variety of varied diameters.

4.5 Impact of wave height and flow depth (h) on scour depth

One of the main elements affecting the scour profile brought on by the interaction of the wave and current with the piles of the wind turbines is the height of the wave surrounding the turbine pile causing more turbulence to develop there. The velocity towards the bottom and the bed both vary as the turbulence around the pile is increased, modifying the scour profile close to the pile. According to the results of the numerical modeling, the depth of scour will increase as water depth and wave height in random waves increase as shown in Figure 9 (c).

4.6 Froude number’s (Fr) impact on scour depth

No matter what the spacing ratio, the Figure 9 shows that the Froude number rises, and the maximum scour depth often rises as well increases in Figure 9 (d). Additionally, it is crucial to keep in mind that only a small portion of the findings regarding the spacing ratios with the smallest values. Due to the velocity acceleration in the presence of a larger Froude number, the range of edge scour downstream is greater than that of upstream. Moreover, the scouring phenomena occur in the region farthest from the tripod, perhaps as a result of the turbulence brought on by the collision of the tripod’s pile. Generally, as the Froude number rises, so does the deposition height and scour depth.

4.7 Keulegan-Carpenter (KC) number

The geography of the scour is significantly more influenced by the KC value. Greater KC causes a deeper equilibrium scour because an increase in KC lengthens the horseshoe vortex’s duration and intensifies it as shown in Figure 10.

The result can be attributed to the fact that wave superposition reduced the crucial KC for the initiation of the scour, particularly under small KC conditions. The primary variable in the equation used to calculate This is the depth of the scouring hole at the bed. The following expression is used to calculate the Keulegan-Carpenter number:

Kc=Vw∗TpD𝐾𝑐=𝑉𝑤∗𝑇𝑝𝐷                          (13)

where, the wave period is Tp and the wave velocity is shown by Vw.

image037.png

Figure 10. Relationship between the relative maximum scour depth and KC

5. Conclusion

(1) The existing seabed-tripod-fluid numerical model is capable of faithfully reproducing the scour process and the flow field around tripods, suggesting that it may be used to predict the scour around tripods in random waves.

(2) Their results obtained in this research at various flow velocities and flow depths demonstrated that the maximum scour depth rate depended on wave height with rising velocities and decreasing particle sizes (d50).

(3) A diagonal brace and the main column act as blockages, increasing the flow accelerations underneath them. This raises the magnitude of the disturbance and the shear stress on the seafloor, which in turn causes a greater number of particles to be mobilized and conveyed, as a result, causes more severe scour at the location.

(4) The Froude number and the scouring process are closely related. In general, as the Froude number rises, so does the maximum scour depth and scour range. The highest maximum scour depth always coincides with the bigger Froude number with the shortest spacing ratio.

Since the issue is that there aren’t many experiments or studies that are relevant to this subject, therefore we had to rely on the monopile criteria. Therefore, to gain a deeper knowledge of the scouring effect surrounding the tripod in random waves, further numerical research exploring numerous soil, foundation, and construction elements as well as upcoming physical model tests will be beneficial.

Nomenclature

CFDComputational fluid dynamics
FAVORFractional Area/Volume Obstacle Representation
VOFVolume of Fluid
RNGRenormalized Group
OWTsOffshore wind turbines
Greek Symbols
ε, ωDissipation rate of the turbulent kinetic energy, m2s-3
Subscripts
d50Median particle size
VfVolume fraction
GTTurbulent energy of buoyancy
KTTurbulent velocity
PTKinetic energy of the turbulence
ΑiInduction parameter
nsInduction parameter
ΘΘcrThe essential Shields variable
DiDiameter of sediment
dThe diameter of particles without dimensions
µfDynamic viscosity of the fluid
qb,iThe bed load transportation rate
Cs,iSand particle’s concentration of mass
DDiameter of pile
DfDiffusivity
DDiameter of main column
FrFroud number
KcKeulegan–Carpenter number
GAcceleration of gravity g
HFlow depth
VwWave Velocity
VMean Velocity
TpWave Period
SScour depth

  References

[1] Aminoroayaie Yamini, O., Mousavi, S.H., Kavianpour, M.R., Movahedi, A. (2018). Numerical modeling of sediment scouring phenomenon around the offshore wind turbine pile in marine environment. Environmental Earth Sciences, 77: 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12665-018-7967-4

[2] Hassan, W.H., Hashim, F.S. (2020). The effect of climate change on the maximum temperature in Southwest Iraq using HadCM3 and CanESM2 modelling. SN Applied Sciences, 2(9): 1494. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42452-020-03302-z

[3] Fazeres-Ferradosa, T., Rosa-Santos, P., Taveira-Pinto, F., Pavlou, D., Gao, F.P., Carvalho, H., Oliveira-Pinto, S. (2020). Preface: Advanced research on offshore structures and foundation design part 2. In Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers-Maritime Engineering. Thomas Telford Ltd, 173(4): 96-99. https://doi.org/10.1680/jmaen.2020.173.4.96

[4] Stahlmann, A. (2013). Numerical and experimental modeling of scour at foundation structures for offshore wind turbines. In ISOPE International Ocean and Polar Engineering Conference. ISOPE, pp. ISOPE-I.

[5] Petersen, T.U., Sumer, B.M., Fredsøe, J. (2014). Edge scour at scour protections around offshore wind turbine foundations. In 7th International Conference on Scour and Erosion. CRC Press, pp. 587-592.

[6] Sumer, B.M., Fredsøe, J. (2001). Scour around pile in combined waves and current. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 127(5): 403-411. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2001)127:5(403)

[7] Jalal, H.K., Hassan, W.H. (2020). Effect of bridge pier shape on depth of scour. In IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering. IOP Publishing, 671(1): 012001. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899X/671/1/012001

[8] Hassan, W.H., Jalal, H.K. (2021). Prediction of the depth of local scouring at a bridge pier using a gene expression programming method. SN Applied Sciences, 3(2): 159. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42452-020-04124-9

[9] Jalal, H.K., Hassan, W.H. (2020). Three-dimensional numerical simulation of local scour around circular bridge pier using Flow-3D software. In IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering. IOP Publishing, 745(1): 012150. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899X/745/1/012150

[10] Hassan, W.H., Attea, Z.H., Mohammed, S.S. (2020). Optimum layout design of sewer networks by hybrid genetic algorithm. Journal of Applied Water Engineering and Research, 8(2): 108-124. https://doi.org/10.1080/23249676.2020.1761897

[11] Hassan, W.H., Hussein, H.H., Alshammari, M.H., Jalal, H.K., Rasheed, S.E. (2022). Evaluation of gene expression programming and artificial neural networks in PyTorch for the prediction of local scour depth around a bridge pier. Results in Engineering, 13: 100353. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rineng.2022.100353

[12] Hassan, W.H., Hh, H., Mohammed, S.S., Jalal, H.K., Nile, B.K. (2021). Evaluation of gene expression programming to predict the local scour depth around a bridge pier. Journal of Engineering Science and Technology, 16(2): 1232-1243. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rineng.2022.100353

[13] Nerland, C. (2010). Offshore wind energy: Balancing risk and reward. In Proceedings of the Canadian Wind Energy Association’s 2010 Annual Conference and Exhibition, Canada, p. 2000. 

[14] Hassan, W.H., Nile, B.K., Mahdi, K., Wesseling, J., Ritsema, C. (2021). A feasibility assessment of potential artificial recharge for increasing agricultural areas in the kerbala desert in Iraq using numerical groundwater modeling. Water, 13(22): 3167. https://doi.org/10.3390/w13223167

[15] Schendel, A., Welzel, M., Schlurmann, T., Hsu, T.W. (2020). Scour around a monopile induced by directionally spread irregular waves in combination with oblique currents. Coastal Engineering, 161: 103751. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2020.103751

[16] Yakhot, V., Orszag, S.A. (1986). Renormalization group analysis of turbulence. I. Basic theory. Journal of Scientific Computing, 1(1): 3-51. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01061452

[17] Mastbergen, D.R., Van Den Berg, J.H. (2003). Breaching in fine sands and the generation of sustained turbidity currents in submarine canyons. Sedimentology, 50(4): 625-637. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-3091.2003.00554.x

[18] Soulsby, R. (1997). Dynamics of marine sands. https://doi.org/10.1680/doms.25844

[19] Van Rijn, L.C. (1984). Sediment transport, part I: Bed load transport. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 110(10): 1431-1456. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1984)110:10(1431)

[20] Pang, A.L.J., Skote, M., Lim, S.Y., Gullman-Strand, J., Morgan, N. (2016). A numerical approach for determining equilibrium scour depth around a mono-pile due to steady currents. Applied Ocean Research, 57: 114-124. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apor.2016.02.010

Investigating effects of lateral inflow characteristics on main flow using numerical modeling

Investigating effects of lateral inflow characteristics on main flow using numerical modeling

수치모델링을 이용한 측면 유입특성이 본류에 미치는 영향 조사

Mohammad Raze Raeisi Dehkordi1*, Amir Hossein Yeganeh Mazhar1
, Farzaneh Kheradzare2
1– PhD. Student in the Department of Construction and Water Management, Science and Research Unit, Islamic Azad
University, Tehran, Iran
2– M.Sc. Graduate Water resource management, Department of Civil Engineering and Mechanics, Ghiaseddin Jamshid
Kashani University, Qazvin, Iran

  • Corresponding author: mohamadreza.raeisi.d@gmail.com

Keywords

Channel Confluence, Channel cross, sectional area, Cross channel angles, Modelling, Flow-3D

Abstract

Introduction

One of the key issues in river engineering is analyzing the flow properties at the intersection of natural rivers and canals. The flow of the side channel moves away from the intersection of the two channels as a result of the exchange of input force from the side channel with the main flow after coming into contact with it. One of the most evident properties of the flow in these sections is the development of a revolving region with low pressure and even negative pressure close to the inner wall of the side channel. One advantage of the whirling flow in this low-pressure region is that it gives the flow enough space to sediment, but it also increases flow speed near the channel’s bottom and outside wall by lowering the intersectional area of the flow. One of the most crucial considerations in the design of these intersections is minimizing sedimentation in the rotating region and scouring in the area above the shear plane.

Materials and methods:

The channel (flume) created in the laboratory based on Weber et al., (2001) model, was employed in the current investigation to confirm the validity and examine other study objectives. The main channel is 21. 95 meters long, while the side channel, which is at a 90-degree angle to the main channel, is 3. 66 meters long. The total downstream discharge is approximately 0. 17 m3/s, with the upstream velocities of the main channel being 0. 166 m/s and the side channel being 0. 5 m/s. In both channels, the flow depth and width are 0. 91 meters and 0. 296 meters, respectively. In this study, 6 various models’ angles of intersection between the main and side channels, inlet flow velocity, intersectional area, and side channel length have been examined. Models 2 and 3 have intersection angles of 60 and 30 degrees, respectively, and share the rest of their attributes with the fundamental model, or model number 1. Model 1 is the same as Weber’s experimental model. The length of the side channel in model 4 is different from model 1. The only difference between model 6 and the basic model is the side channel intake speed.

Results and Discussion

Analyzing the intersection angle The angle between the main channel and the side channel is investigated in this section of the findings. Models 1, 2, and 3 are assessed using the intersection angles of 90, 60, and 30 degrees, respectively. In some studies, the impact of the intersection angle has been examined, but in this study, three-dimensional investigation in transverse and longitudinal sections as well as the plan of the intersection is discussed, as can be observed from the literature review. Considering three models with intersection angles of 90, 60, and 30 degrees, the kinetic energy contours at the channel’s middle height can be obtained for each model. The channel with a 30-degree intersection angle (model 3) has the maximum kinetic energy in the flow. The channel with a 60-degree intersection has the minimum kinetic energy. As a result of the maximum deviation of the flow in the main channel caused by the flow of the side channel, the channel with a 90-degree intersection also has the maximum kinetic energy near the wall in front of the side channel.

Examining the side channel length In model 1, the side channel is 3. 66 meters long, whereas in model 4, it is 5. 52 meters long. This study aims to determine how changing the side channel’s length affects the flow pattern where two channels intersect. The kinetic energy contours were obtained for two states of the channel length, which are known to extend the lateral channel, increase the energy of the flow after the intersection, and shorten the length of the high-kinetic energy zone. When compared to model 1 with a shorter length of the side channel, the width of the flow separation zone is reduced by approximately 20%, which results in less flow sedimentation. Figure 12 illustrates the rotating zones in the flow separation area. The flow separation region’s length is essentially unchanged. Studying the intersection of the lateral channel After determining the lateral channel’s length, its width and, consequently, its intersectional area should be evaluated.

This section compares model 1 width of 0. 91 meters to model 5 width of 1. 40 meters. One of the most recent topics related to the intersection of the main and side channels is examining the intersection of the side channel. In model 5, the side channel’s flow rate has also increased due to an increase in the width or intersection of the channel. The flow rate through the intersection and the momentum of the flow from the side channel and the main channel increase when the side channel flow rate rises. The findings indicate that when flow width and side channel flow rise, energy increases after the inlet.

Investigating the value of inlet speed in the side channel Unlike the preceding sections, which were all concerned with the channel geometry, the inlet velocity in the side channel is one of the hydraulic parameters of the flow. In this section, models 1 and 6 with inlet velocities of the side channel of 0. 5 and 0. 75 m/s are evaluated. According to the modeling, the flow is somewhat horst before and immediately on the intersection of the flow level, but it undergoes a substantial prolapse just after the intersection. Model 6 has a larger volume and height of flow, but a smaller and softer prolapse after the intersection.

Conclusion

Some hydraulic and geometric properties of the intersection of channels have been examined using Flow-3D software. The RNG turbulence model was used for three-dimensional modeling. Some of the results are listed below. The flow is uniform upstream of the main and minor channels and only slightly becomes horst at the intersection. The analysis of the lengthening of the side channel revealed a 20% reduction in the separation zone’s width and a considerable reduction in the kinetic energy at the intersection. The input flow rate of this channel to the intersection increases with the speed and width of the side channel, which accounts for the local drop in the width of the main channel flow.

References

  • Azhdari, K., Talebi, Z. & Hosseini, S. H. (2020). Simulation of Subcritical Flow Distribution and Water Surface Fluctuations in Fourbranch Open Channel Junction with FLOW 3D. Irrigation and Drainage, 14(3), 1018- 1031. (In persian).
  • Behdarvandi, M., Hajipour, M., Parsi, E. & Ansari ghojghar, M. (2022). Investigation of Velocity Changes in a Straight Asymmetric pattern at river bend. Water and Soil Conservation, 22(6), 81-89. (In Persian).
  • Ghobadian, R. & Seyedi tabar, Z. (2016). Numerical investigating of the effect of lateral channel junction position on flow Rectangular Composite Channel Using Flow3D Software. Irrigation and Water Engineering, 13(1), 1-16. Doi: 10.22125/iwe.2022.158503 (In Persian).
  • Burqaʻi, S. M. & Nazari, A. (2003). Laboratory investigation of sediment pattern at the intersection of channels. 6th International Civil Engineering Conference, Amirkabir University of Technology, Tehran, Iran (In Persian).
  • Hemmati, M. & Aghazade-Soureh, T. (2018). Simulation of the Effect of Bed Discordance on Flow Pattern at the River Confluence by Flow-3D Model. Irrigation and Drainage, 11(5), 785-797.
  • Hosseini, S, M. & Abrishami, J. (2018). OpenChannel Hydraulics. 35th Edition: Imam Reza International University, 613 pages (In Persian).
  • Karami moghadam, M., Keshavarz, A. & Sabzevar, T. (2019). The Effect of Diversion Flow, Intake Inlet Shape, Topography and Bed Roughness on the Flow Separation Dimensions and Shear Stress at the Lateral Intake. Irrigation and Drainage Structures Engineering Research, 73(19), 113-126. (In Persian).
  • Khosravinia, P., Hosseini, S.H. & Hosseinzadeh Dalir, A. (2018). Numerical analyzing of flow in open channel junction with effect of side slope of channel. Irrigation and Water Engineering, 10(1), 1-16. Doi: 10.22125/iwe.2019.95871 (In Persian).
  • Kwanza, J.K., Kinyanjui, M. & Nkoroi, J.M. (2007). Modelling fluid flow in rectangular and trapezoidal open channels. Advances and Applications in Fluid Mechanics, 2(2), 149- 158.
  • Masjedi, A. & Taeedi, A. (2011). Experimental Investigations of Effect Intake Angle on Discharge in Lateral Intakes in 180 Degree Bend. World Applied Sciences Journal, 15(10), 1442-1444
  • Musavi Jahromi, S.M., & Goudarzizadeh, R. (2011). Numerical Simulation of 3D Flow Pattern at Open-Channel Junctions. Irrigation Sciences and Engineering, 34(2), 61-70 (In Persian).
  • Nikpour, M. & Khosravinia, P. (2018). Numerical Simulation of Side Slope Effect of Main Channel Wall on Flow Behavior in Open Channels Junction. Irrigation and Drainage, 11(6), 1024-1037. (In persian).
  • Raeisi Dehkordi, M. (2022). Description of types of pollution in water resources and protection of water resources, New Approaches in Civil Engineering, 6(1), 42- 52. Doi: 10.30469/jnace.2022.154373 (In Persian).
  • Ramamurthy, A.S., Carballada, L.B. & Tran, D.M. (1988). Combining Open Channel Flow at Right Angled Junctions. Journal of hydraulic engineering, 114(12), 1449-1460.
  • Tabesh, M. (2018). Advanced Modeling of Water Distribution Networks. 4th Edition: University of Tehran Press, 585 pages.
  • Taylor, E. (1944). Flow Characteristics at Rectangular Open-Channel Junctions. Journal of hydraulic engineering, 10(6), 893- 902.
  • Thiong’o, J.W. (2011). Investigations of fluid flows in open rectangular and triangular channels. Master’s thesis, Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and Technology, Juja, Kenya.
  • Weber, L.J., Schumate, E.D. & Mawer, N. (2001). Experiments on Flow at a 90° Open-Channel Junction. Journal of hydraulic engineering, 127(5), 340-350.

Local Scour Depth Around Bridge Piers: Performance Evaluation of Dimensional Analysis-based Empirical Equations and AI Techniques

Local Scour Depth Around Bridge Piers: Performance Evaluation of Dimensional Analysis-based Empirical Equations and AI Techniques

Abstract

Artificial Intelligence (AI) techniques, such as Artificial Neural Networks (ANN) and Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems (ANFIS), and dimensional analysis-based empirical equations (DAEEs), can estimate scour depth around bridge piers. AI’s accuracy depends on various architectures, while DAEEs’ performance depends on experimental data. This study evaluated the performance of AI and DAEEs for scour depth estimation using flow velocity, depth, size of bed sediment, critical approach velocity, and pier width. The data from a smooth rectangular (20 m × 1 m) flume and a high-precision particle image velocimetry to study the flow structure around the pier – width: 1.5 – 91.5 cm evaluated DAEEs. Various ANNs (5, 10, and 15 neurons), double layer (DL) and triple layers (TL), and different ANFIS settings were trained, tested, and verified. The Generalized Reduced Gradient optimization identified the parameters of DAEEs, and Nash–Sutcliffe efficiency (NSE) and Mean Square Error (MSE) evaluated the performance of different models. The study revealed that DL ANN-3 with 10 neurons (NSE = 0.986) outperformed ANFIS, other ANN (ANN1, ANN2, ANN4 & ANN5) models, and empirical equations with NSE values between 0.76 and 0.983. The study found pier dimensions to be the most influential parameter for pier scour.

 This is a preview of subscription content, log in via an institution  to check access.

Abdul Razzaq GhummanHusnain HaiderIbrahim Saleh Al SalamahMd. ShafiquzzamanAbdullah AlodahMohammad AlresheediRashid FarooqAfzal Ahmed & Ghufran Ahmed Pasha

Similar content being viewed by others

Prediction of local scour around bridge piers using the ANFIS method

Article 18 September 2015

Live-Bed Scour Depth Modelling Around the Bridge Pier Using ANN-PSO, ANFIS, MARS, and M5Tree

Article 22 May 2024

Artificial Intelligence Modeling for Scour Depth Prediction Upstream of Bridge Piers

Article 08 November 2023

References

Download references

Acknowledgments

Authors also thank “The US Department of the Interior,” US Geol. Surv. Reston, VA, USA” for providing access to scour data. The Researchers would like to thank the Deanship of Graduate Studies and Scientific Research at Qassim University for financial support (QU-APC-2024-9/1).

Author information

Authors and Affiliations

  1. Dept. of Civil Engineering, College of Engineering, Qassim University, Buraydah, 51452, Saudi ArabiaAbdul Razzaq Ghumman, Husnain Haider, Ibrahim Saleh Al Salamah, Md. Shafiquzzaman, Abdullah Alodah & Mohammad Alresheedi
  2. Dept. of Civil Engineering, International Islamic University, Islamabad, 44000, PakistanRashid Farooq
  3. Dept. of Civil Engineering, University of Engineering and Technology, Taxila, 47050, PakistanAfzal Ahmed & Ghufran Ahmed Pasha

  • DOIhttps://doi.org/10.1007/s12205-024-1161-x


Keywords

An investigation of the effect of the pulse width and amplitude on sand bed scouring by a vertical submerged pulsed jet

An investigation of the effect of the pulse width and amplitude on sand bed scouring by a vertical submerged pulsed jet

수직 수중 펄스 제트에 의한 모래층 정련에 대한 펄스 폭과 진폭의 영향 조사

Chuan Wang abc, Hao Yu b, Yang Yang b, Zhenjun Gao c, Bin Xi b, Hui Wang b, Yulong Yao b

aInternational Shipping Research Institute, GongQing Institute of Science and Technology, Jiujiang, 332020, ChinabCollege of Hydraulic Science and Engineering, Yangzhou University, Yangzhou, 225009, ChinacCollege of Mechanical and Power Engineering, China Three Gorges University, Yichang, 443002, China

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2024.117324

Highlights

  • Numerical simulations and experiments were combined to investigate pulsed jet scour.
  • The effect mechanism of pulse amplitude on the variation of scour hole depth was analyzed.
  • Models for the prediction of relative low pulse width with the inlet pulse amplitude have been developed.

Abstract

This paper investigates the effects of the pulse width and amplitude on the scouring of sand beds by vertical submerged pulsed jets using a combination of experimental and numerical calculations. The reliability of the numerical calculations is verified through a comparison between the numerical simulations with the sedimentation scour model and the experimental data at a low pulse width T2 of 0, with the result that the various errors are within 5%. The results show that the scour hole depth |hmin| grows with the relative low pulse width T3 throughout three intervals: a slowly increasing zone I, a rapidly increasing zone II, and a decreasing zone III, producing a unique extreme value of |hmin|. The optimal scouring effect equation was obtained by analytically fitting the relationship curve between the pulse amplitude V and the relatively low pulse width T3. Including the optimal T3 and optimal duty cycle ƞ. The difference in the scour hole depth |hmin| under different pulse amplitudes is reflected in the initial period F of the jet. With an increasing pulse amplitude, |hmin| goes through three intervals: an increasing zone M, decreasing zone N, and rebound zone R. It is found that the scouring effect in the pulse jet is not necessarily always stronger with a larger amplitude. The results of the research in this paper can provide guidance for optimizing low-frequency pulsed jets for related engineering practices, such as dredging and rock-breaking projects.

Introduction

Submerged jet scouring technology is widely used in marine engineering and dredging projects due to its high efficiency and low cost, and a wide range of research exists on the topic (Zhang et al., 2017; Thaha et al., 2018; Lourenço et al., 2020). Numerous scholars studied the scouring caused by different forms of jets, such as propeller jets (Curulli et al., 2023; Wei et al., 2020), plane jets (Sharafati et al., 2020; Mostaani and Azimi, 2022), free-fall jets (Salmasi and Abraham, 2022; Salmasi et al., 2023), and moving jets (Wang et al., 2021). Among them, vertical jets were more popular than inclined jets due to theirs simple equipment and good silt-scouring performance (Chen et al., 2023; Wang et al., 2017). So, a large number of scholars have proposed relevant static and dynamic empirical equations for the scour depth of submerged jets. Among them, Chen et al. (2022) and Mao et al. (2023) investigated the influence of jet diameters, jet angles, exit velocities, and impinging distances on scouring effects. Finally, based on a large amount of experimental data and theoretical analysis, a semi-empirical equation for the dynamic scour depth in equilibrium was established. Amin et al. (2021) developed semi-empirical prediction equations for asymptotic lengths and empirical equations for the temporal development of lengths. Shakya et al. (2021, 2022) found that the ANN model in dimensionless form performs better than the ANN model in dimensioned form and proposed an equation for predicting the depth of static scour under submerged vertical jets using MNLR. Kartal and Emiroglu (2021) proposed an empirical equation for predicting the maximum dynamic scour depth for a submerged vertical jet with a plate at the nozzle. The effect of soil properties on jet scour has also been studied by numerous scholars. Among them, Nguyen et al. (2017) investigated the effects of compaction dry density and water content on the scour volume, critical shear stress, linear scour coefficient, and volumetric scour coefficient using a new jet-scour test device. Dong et al. (2020) investigated the effect of water content on scour hole size through experiments with a vertical submerged jet scouring a cohesive sediment bed. It was found that the depth and width of the scour holes increased with the increasing water content of the cohesive sediments, and equations for the scour depth and width in the initial stage of scouring and the calculation of the scouring rate were proposed. Kartal and Emiroglu (2023) studied the scouring characteristics of different nozzle types produced in non-cohesive sands. The results of the study found that the air entrainment rate of venturi nozzles was 2–6.5 times higher than that of circular nozzles. Cihan et al. (2022) investigated the effect of different proportions of clay and sand on propeller water jet scouring. And finally, he proposed an estimation equation for the maximum depth and length of the scour hole under equilibrium conditions. From the above summary, it is clear that a great deal of research has been carried out on submerged jet scouring under continuous jet flows.

Pulsed jets have advantages such as higher erosion rates and entrainment rates compared to continuous jets and have therefore received more attention in the development of engineering fields such as cleaning and rock breaking (Raj et al., 2019; Zhu et al., 2019; Kang et al., 2022; Y. Zhang et al., 2023). In the study of jet structure, Li et al. (2018, 2019a, 2019b, 2023) investigated the effects of the jet hole diameter, the number of jet holes, the jet distance, and the tank pressure on pulse jet cleaning. It was found that the transient pressure below the injection hole gradually increased along the airflow direction of the injection pipe, and the peak positive pressure at the inner surface of the injection pipe also increased. Liu and Shen (2019) investigated the effect of a new venturi structure on the performance of pulse jet dust removal. It was found that the longer the length of the venturi or the shorter the throat diameter of the venturi, the greater the energy loss. Zhang et al. (2023b) studied jet scouring at different angles based on FLOW-3D. It was found that counter flow scouring is better than down flow scouring. In the study of pulsed structure, Li et al. (2020) investigated the effects of different pulse amplitudes, pulse frequencies, and circumferential pressures on the rock-breaking performance. It was found that the rock-breaking performance of the jet increased with increasing pulse amplitude. However, due to the variation in pulse frequency, the rock-breaking performance does not show a clear pattern. The effect of Reynolds number on pulsating jets impinging on a plane was systematically investigated by H. H Medina et al. (2013) It was found that pulsation leads to a shorter core region of the jet, a faster decrease in the centerline axial velocity component, and a wider axial velocity distribution. Bi and Zhu (2021) investigated the effect of nozzle geometry on jet performance at low Reynolds numbers, while Luo et al. (2020) studied pulse jet propulsion at high Reynolds numbers and finally found that higher Reynolds numbers accelerate the formation of irregular vortices and symmetry-breaking instabilities. Cao et al. (2019) investigated the effect of four different pulse flushing methods on diamond core drilling efficiency. It was found that the use of intermittent rinsing methods not only increases penetration rates but also reduces rinse fluid flow and saves power.

Previous research on vertical submerged jet scouring has primarily focused on the effect of jet structure on scouring under continuous jet conditions. However, there have been fewer studies conducted on scouring under pulsed jet conditions. We found that the pulsed jet has a high erosion rate and entrainment rate, which can significantly enhance the scouring effect of the jet. Therefore, to address the research gap, this paper utilizes a combination of numerical calculations and experiments to investigate the effects of high pulse width, low pulse width, and amplitude on the scouring of vertically submerged jets. The study includes analyzing the structure of the pulsed jet flow field, studying the evolution of the scouring effect over time, and examining the relationship between the optimal pulse width, duty cycle, and amplitude. The study’s conclusions of the study can provide a reference for optimizing the performance of pulse jets in the fields of jet scouring applications, such as dredger dredging and pulse rock breaking, as well as a theoretical basis for the development of submerged pulse jets.

Section snippets

Model and calculation settings

Fig. 1 shows the geometric model of the submerged vertical jet impinging on the sand bed, which was built in Flow-3D on a 1:1 dimensional scale corresponding to the experiment. The jet scour simulation was set up between four baffles, where the top baffle was used to ensure that the jet entered only from the brass tube, and the remaining three tank baffles were used to fix the sediment and water body. The computational domain consisted of only solid and liquid components, with the specific

The effects of the pulse width on submerged jet scouring

The blocking pulsed jet, indicated as A and C in Fig. 8(a)–is discontinuous and divided into a water section and a pulse interval section. The water section in region A is not a regular shape, due to part of the water section near the side wall being affected by the wall friction and the falling speed being lower, but this also shows that the wall plays a certain buffer role. Region B of Fig. 8(a) shows the symmetrical vortex generation that occurs below the nozzle as the water section is

conclusions

In this paper, the effects of the pulse width and pulse amplitude on jet scour under submerged low-frequency pulse conditions are discussed and investigated, and the following conclusions have been reached.

  • (1)The errors of between the Flow-3D simulation and the experimental measurements were within 5%, which proves that the sedimentation scouring model of Flow-3D can reliably perform numerical calculation of the type considered in this paper.
  • (2)The change in the high pulse width T1 in the pulse cycle 

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Chuan Wang: Data curation, Conceptualization. Hao Yu: Writing – original draft. Yang Yang: Writing – review & editing, Supervision. Zhenjun Gao: Supervision, Writing – review & editing. Bin Xi: Resources, Project administration. Hui Wang: Software, Data curation. Yulong Yao: Validation, Software.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

References (44)

Estimating maximum initial wave amplitude of subaerial landslide tsunamis: A three-dimensional modelling approach

Estimating maximum initial wave amplitude of subaerial landslide tsunamis: A three-dimensional modelling approach

해저 산사태 쓰나미의 최대 초기 파동 진폭 추정: 3차원 모델링 접근법

Ramtin Sabeti a, Mohammad Heidarzadeh ab

aDepartment of Architecture and Civil Engineering, University of Bath, Bath BA27AY, UK
bHydroCoast Consulting Engineers Ltd, Bath, UK

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocemod.2024.102360

Highlights

  • •Landslide travel distance is considered for the first time in a predictive equation.
  • •Predictive equation derived from databases using 3D physical and numerical modeling.
  • •The equation was successfully tested on the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami event.
  • •The developed equation using three-dimensional data exhibits a 91 % fitting quality.

Abstract

Landslide tsunamis, responsible for thousands of deaths and significant damage in recent years, necessitate the allocation of sufficient time and resources for studying these extreme natural hazards. This study offers a step change in the field by conducting a large number of three-dimensional numerical experiments, validated by physical tests, to develop a predictive equation for the maximum initial amplitude of tsunamis generated by subaerial landslides. We first conducted a few 3D physical experiments in a wave basin which were then applied for the validation of a 3D numerical model based on the Flow3D-HYDRO package. Consequently, we delivered 100 simulations using the validated model by varying parameters such as landslide volume, water depth, slope angle and travel distance. This large database was subsequently employed to develop a predictive equation for the maximum initial tsunami amplitude. For the first time, we considered travel distance as an independent parameter for developing the predictive equation, which can significantly improve the predication accuracy. The predictive equation was tested for the case of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami and produced satisfactory results.

Keywords

Tsunami, Subaerial landslide, Physical modelling, Numerical simulation, FLOW-3D HYDRO

1. Introduction and literature review

The Anak Krakatau landslide tsunami on 22nd December 2018 was a stark reminder of the dangers posed by subaerial landslide tsunamis (Ren et al., 2020Mulia et al. 2020a; Borrero et al., 2020Heidarzadeh et al., 2020Grilli et al., 2021). The collapse of the volcano’s southwest side into the ocean triggered a tsunami that struck the Sunda Strait, leading to approximately 450 fatalities (Syamsidik et al., 2020Mulia et al., 2020b) (Fig. 1). As shown in Fig. 1, landslide tsunamis (both submarine and subaerial) have been responsible for thousands of deaths and significant damage to coastal communities worldwide. These incidents underscored the critical need for advanced research into landslide-generated waves to aid in hazard prediction and mitigation. This is further emphasized by recent events such as the 28th of November 2020 landslide tsunami in the southern coast mountains of British Columbia (Canada), where an 18 million m3 rockslide generated a massive tsunami, with over 100 m wave run-up, causing significant environmental and infrastructural damage (Geertsema et al., 2022).

Fig 1

Physical modelling and numerical simulation are crucial tools in the study of landslide-induced waves due to their ability to replicate and analyse the complex dynamics of landslide events (Kim et al., 2020). In two-dimensional (2D) modelling, the discrepancy between dimensions can lead to an artificial overestimation of wave amplification (e.g., Heller and Spinneken, 2015). This limitation is overcome with 3D modelling, which enables the scaled-down representation of landslide-generated waves while avoiding the simplifications inherent in 2D approaches (Erosi et al., 2019). Another advantage of 3D modelling in studying landslide-generated waves is its ability to accurately depict the complex dynamics of wave propagation, including lateral and radial spreading from the slide impact zone, a feature unattainable with 2D models (Heller and Spinneken, 2015).

Physical experiments in tsunami research, as presented by authors such as Romano et al. (2020), McFall and Fritz (2016), and Heller and Spinneken (2015), have supported 3D modelling works through validation and calibration of the numerical models to capture the complexities of wave generation and propagation. Numerical modelling has increasingly complemented experimental approach in tsunami research due to the latter’s time and resource-intensive nature, particularly for 3D models (Li et al., 2019; Kim et al., 2021). Various numerical approaches have been employed, from Eulerian and Lagrangian frameworks to depth-averaged and Navier–Stokes models, enhancing our understanding of tsunami dynamics (Si et al., 2018Grilli et al., 2019Heidarzadeh et al., 20172020Iorio et al., 2021Zhang et al., 2021Kirby et al., 2022Wang et al., 20212022Hu et al., 2022). The sophisticated numerical techniques, including the Particle Finite Element Method and the Immersed Boundary Method, have also shown promising results in modelling highly dynamic landslide scenarios (Mulligan et al., 2020Chen et al., 2020). Among these methods and techniques, FLOW-3D HYDRO stands out in simulating landslide-generated tsunami waves due to its sophisticated technical features such as offering Tru Volume of Fluid (VOF) method for precise free surface tracking (e.g., Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022a). TruVOF distinguishes itself through a split Lagrangian approach, adeptly reducing cumulative volume errors in wave simulations by dynamically updating cell volume fractions and areas with each time step. Its intelligent adaptation of time step size ensures precise capture of evolving free surfaces, offering unparalleled accuracy in modelling complex fluid interfaces and behaviour (Flow Science, 2023).

Predictive equations play a crucial role in assessing the potential hazards associated with landslide-generated tsunami waves due to their ability to provide risk assessment and warnings. These equations can offer swift and reasonable evaluations of potential tsunami impacts in the absence of detailed numerical simulations, which can be time-consuming and expensive to produce. Among multiple factors and parameters within a landslide tsunami generation, the initial maximum wave amplitude (Fig. 1) stands out due to its critical role. While it is most likely that the initial wave generated by a landslide will have the highest amplitude, it is crucial to clarify that the term “initial maximum wave amplitude” refers to the highest amplitude within the first set of impulse waves. This parameter is essential in determining the tsunami’s impact severity, with higher amplitudes signalling a greater destructive potential (Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022a). Additionally, it plays a significant role in tsunami modelling, aiding in the prediction of wave propagation and the assessment of potential impacts.

In this study, we initially validate the FLOW-3D HYDRO model through a series of physical experiments conducted in a 3D wave tank at University of Bath (UK). Upon confirmation of the model’s accuracy, we use it to systematically vary parameters namely landslide volume, water depth, slope angle, and travel distance, creating an extensive database. Alongside this, we perform a sensitivity analysis on these variables to discern their impacts on the initial maximum wave amplitude. The generated database was consequently applied to derive a non-dimensional predictive equation aimed at estimating the initial maximum wave amplitude in real-world landslide tsunami events.

Two innovations of this study are: (i) The predictive equation of this study is based on a large number of 3D experiments whereas most of the previous equations were based on 2D results, and (ii) For the first time, the travel distance is included in the predictive equation as an independent parameter. To evaluate the performance of our predictive equation, we applied it to a previous real-world subaerial landslide tsunami, i.e., the Anak Krakatau 2018 event. Furthermore, we compare the performance of our predictive equation with other existing equations.

2. Data and methods

The methodology applied in this research is a combination of physical and numerical modelling. Limited physical modelling was performed in a 3D wave basin at the University of Bath (UK) to provide data for calibration and validation of the numerical model. After calibration and validation, the numerical model was employed to model a large number of landslide tsunami scenarios which allowed us to develop a database for deriving a predictive equation.

2.1. Physical experiments

To validate our numerical model, we conducted a series of physical experiments including two sets in a 3D wave basin at University of Bath, measuring 2.50 m in length (WL), 2.60 m in width (WW), and 0.60 m in height (WH) (Fig. 2a). Conducting two distinct sets of experiments (Table 1), each with different setups (travel distance, location, and water depth), provided a robust framework for validation of the numerical model. For wave measurement, we employed a twin wire wave gauge from HR Wallingford (https://equipit.hrwallingford.com). In these experiments, we used a concrete prism solid block, the dimensions of which are outlined in Table 2. In our experiments, we employed a concrete prism solid block with a density of 2600 kg/m3, chosen for its similarity to the natural density of landslides, akin to those observed with the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami, where the landslide composition is predominantly solid rather than granular. The block’s form has also been endorsed in prior studies (Watts, 1998Najafi-Jilani and Ataie-Ashtiani, 2008) as a suitable surrogate for modelling landslide-induced waves. A key aspect of our methodology was addressing scale effects, following the guidelines proposed by Heller et al. (2008) as it is described in Table 1. To enhance the reliability and accuracy of our experimental data, we conducted each physical experiment three times which revealed all three experimental waveforms were identical. This repetition was aimed at minimizing potential errors and inconsistencies in laboratory measurements.

Fig 2

Table 1. The locations and other information of the laboratory setups for making landslide-generated waves in the physical wave basin. This table details the specific parameters for each setup, including slope range (α), slide volume (V), kinematic viscosity (ν), water depth (h), travel distance (D), surface tension coefficient of water (σ), Reynolds number (R), Weber number (W), and the precise coordinates of the wave gauges (WG).

Labα(°)V (m³)h (m)D (m)WG’s Location(ν) (m²/s)(σ) (N/m)Acceptable range for avoiding scale effects*Observed values of W and R ⁎⁎
Lab 1452.60 × 10−30.2470.070X1=1.090 m1.01 × 10−60.073R > 3.0 × 105R1 = 3.80 × 105
Y1=1.210 m
W1 = 8.19 × 105
Z1=0.050mW >5.0 × 103
Lab 2452.60 × 10−30.2460.045X2=1.030 m1.01 × 10−60.073R2 = 3.78 × 105
Y2=1.210 mW2 = 8.13 × 105
Z2=0.050 m

The acceptable ranges for avoiding scale effects are based on the study by Heller et al. (2008).⁎⁎

The Reynolds number (R) is given by g0.5h1.5/ν, with ν denoting the kinematic viscosity. The Weber number (W) is W = ρgh2/σ, where σ represents surface tension coefficient and ρ = 1000kg/m3 is the density of water. In our experiments, conducted at a water temperature of approximately 20 °C, the kinematic viscosity (ν) and the surface tension coefficient of water (σ) are 1.01 × 10−6 m²/s and 0.073 N/m, respectively (Kestin et al., 1978).

Table 2. Specifications of the solid block used in physical experiments for generating subaerial landslides in the laboratory.

Solid-block attributesProperty metricsGeometric shape
Slide width (bs)0.26 mImage, table 2
Slide length (ls)0.20 m
Slide thickness (s)0.10 m
Slide volume (V)2.60 × 10−3 m3
Specific gravity, (γs)2.60
Slide weight (ms)6.86 kg

2.2. Numerical simulations applying FLOW-3D hydro

The detailed theoretical framework encompassing the governing equations, the computational methodologies employed, and the specific techniques used for tracking the water surface in these simulations are thoroughly detailed in the study by Sabeti et al. (2024). Here, we briefly explain some of the numerical details. We defined a uniform mesh for our flow domain, carefully crafted with a fine spatial resolution of 0.005 m (i.e., grid size). The dimensions of the numerical model directly matched those of our wave basin used in the physical experiment, being 2.60 m wide, 0.60 m deep, and 2.50 m long (Fig. 2). This design ensures comprehensive coverage of the study area. The output intervals of the numerical model are set at 0.02 s. This timing is consistent with the sampling rates of wave gauges used in laboratory settings. The friction coefficient in the FLOW-3D HYDRO is designated as 0.45. This value corresponds to the Coulombic friction measurements obtained in the laboratory, ensuring that the simulation accurately reflects real-world physical interactions.

In order to simulate the landslide motion, we applied coupled motion objects in FLOW-3D-HYDRO where the dynamics are predominantly driven by gravity and surface friction. This methodology stands in contrast to other models that necessitate explicit inputs of force and torque. This approach ensures that the simulation more accurately reflects the natural movement of landslides, which is heavily reliant on gravitational force and the interaction between sliding surfaces. The stability of the numerical simulations is governed by the Courant Number criterion (Courant et al., 1928), which dictates the maximum time step (Δt) for a given mesh size (Δx) and flow speed (U). According to Courant et al. (1928), this number is required to stay below one to ensure stability of numerical simulations. In our simulations, the Courant number is always maintained below one.

In alignment with the parameters of physical experiments, we set the fluid within the mesh to water, characterized by a density of 1000 kg/m³ at a temperature of 20 °C. Furthermore, we defined the top, front, and back surfaces of the mesh as symmetry planes. The remaining surfaces are designated as wall types, incorporating no-slip conditions to accurately simulate the interaction between the fluid and the boundaries. In terms of selection of an appropriate turbulence model, we selected the k–ω model that showed a better performance than other turbulence methods (e.g., Renormalization-Group) in a previous study (Sabeti et al., 2024). The simulations are conducted using a PC Intel® Core™ i7-10510U CPU with a frequency of 1.80 GHz, and a 16 GB RAM. On this PC, completion of a 3-s simulation required approximately 12.5 h.

2.3. Validation

The FLOW-3D HYDRO numerical model was validated using the two physical experiments (Fig. 3) outlined in Table 1. The level of agreement between observations (Oi) and simulations (Si) is examined using the following equation:(1)�=|��−����|×100where ε represents the mismatch error, Oi denotes the observed laboratory values, and Si represents the simulated values from the FLOW-3D HYDRO model. The results of this validation process revealed that our model could replicate the waves generated in the physical experiments with a reasonable degree of mismatch (ε): 14 % for Lab 1 and 8 % for Lab 2 experiments, respectively (Fig. 3). These values indicate that while the model is not perfect, it provides a sufficiently close approximation of the real-world phenomena.

Fig 3

In terms of mesh efficiency, we varied the mesh size to study sensitivity of the numerical results to mesh size. First, by halving the mesh size and then by doubling it, we repeated the modelling by keeping other parameters unchanged. This analysis guided that a mesh size of ∆x = 0.005 m is the most effective for the setup of this study. The total number of computational cells applying mesh size of 0.005 m is 9.269 × 106.

2.4. The dataset

The validated numerical model was employed to conduct 100 simulations, incorporating variations in four key landslide parameters namely water depth, slope angle, slide volume, and travel distance. This methodical approach was essential for a thorough sensitivity analysis of these variables, and for the creation of a detailed database to develop a predictive equation for maximum initial tsunami amplitude. Within the model, 15 distinct slide volumes were established, ranging from 0.10 × 10−3 m3 to 6.25 × 10−3 m3 (Table 3). The slope angle varied between 35° and 55°, and water depth ranged from 0.24 m to 0.27 m. The travel distance of the landslides was varied, spanning from 0.04 m to 0.07 m. Detailed configurations of each simulation, along with the maximum initial wave amplitudes and dominant wave periods are provided in Table 4.

Table 3. Geometrical information of the 15 solid blocks used in numerical modelling for generating landslide tsunamis. Parameters are: ls, slide length; bs, slide width; s, slide thickness; γs, specific gravity; and V, slide volume.

Solid blockls (m)bs (m)s (m)V (m3)γs
Block-10.3100.2600.1556.25 × 10−32.60
Block-20.3000.2600.1505.85 × 10−32.60
Block-30.2800.2600.1405.10 × 10−32.60
Block-40.2600.2600.1304.39 × 10−32.60
Block-50.2400.2600.1203.74 × 10−32.60
Block-60.2200.2600.1103.15 × 10−32.60
Block-70.2000.2600.1002.60 × 10−32.60
Block-80.1800.2600.0902.11 × 10−32.60
Block-90.1600.2600.0801.66 × 10−32.60
Block-100.1400.2600.0701.27 × 10−32.60
Block-110.1200.2600.0600.93 × 10−32.60
Block-120.1000.2600.0500.65 × 10−32.60
Block-130.0800.2600.0400.41 × 10−32.60
Block-140.0600.2600.0300.23 × 10−32.60
Block-150.0400.2600.0200.10 × 10−32.60

Table 4. The numerical simulation for the 100 tests performed in this study for subaerial solid-block landslide-generated waves. Parameters are aM, maximum wave amplitude; α, slope angle; h, water depth; D, travel distance; and T, dominant wave period. The location of the wave gauge is X=1.030 m, Y=1.210 m, and Z=0.050 m. The properties of various solid blocks are presented in Table 3.

Test-Block Noα (°)h (m)D (m)T(s)aM (m)
1Block-7450.2460.0290.5100.0153
2Block-7450.2460.0300.5050.0154
3Block-7450.2460.0310.5050.0156
4Block-7450.2460.0320.5050.0158
5Block-7450.2460.0330.5050.0159
6Block-7450.2460.0340.5050.0160
7Block-7450.2460.0350.5050.0162
8Block-7450.2460.0360.5050.0166
9Block-7450.2460.0370.5050.0167
10Block-7450.2460.0380.5050.0172
11Block-7450.2460.0390.5050.0178
12Block-7450.2460.0400.5050.0179
13Block-7450.2460.0410.5050.0181
14Block-7450.2460.0420.5050.0183
15Block-7450.2460.0430.5050.0190
16Block-7450.2460.0440.5050.0197
17Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0199
18Block-7450.2460.0460.5050.0201
19Block-7450.2460.0470.5050.0191
20Block-7450.2460.0480.5050.0217
21Block-7450.2460.0490.5050.0220
22Block-7450.2460.0500.5050.0226
23Block-7450.2460.0510.5050.0236
24Block-7450.2460.0520.5050.0239
25Block-7450.2460.0530.5100.0240
26Block-7450.2460.0540.5050.0241
27Block-7450.2460.0550.5050.0246
28Block-7450.2460.0560.5050.0247
29Block-7450.2460.0570.5050.0248
30Block-7450.2460.0580.5050.0249
31Block-7450.2460.0590.5050.0251
32Block-7450.2460.0600.5050.0257
33Block-1450.2460.0450.5050.0319
34Block-2450.2460.0450.5050.0294
35Block-3450.2460.0450.5050.0282
36Block-4450.2460.0450.5050.0262
37Block-5450.2460.0450.5050.0243
38Block-6450.2460.0450.5050.0223
39Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0196
40Block-8450.2460.0450.5050.0197
41Block-9450.2460.0450.5050.0198
42Block-10450.2460.0450.5050.0184
43Block-11450.2460.0450.5050.0173
44Block-12450.2460.0450.5050.0165
45Block-13450.2460.0450.4040.0153
46Block-14450.2460.0450.4040.0124
47Block-15450.2460.0450.5050.0066
48Block-7450.2020.0450.4040.0220
49Block-7450.2040.0450.4040.0219
50Block-7450.2060.0450.4040.0218
51Block-7450.2080.0450.4040.0217
52Block-7450.2100.0450.4040.0216
53Block-7450.2120.0450.4040.0215
54Block-7450.2140.0450.5050.0214
55Block-7450.2160.0450.5050.0214
56Block-7450.2180.0450.5050.0213
57Block-7450.2200.0450.5050.0212
58Block-7450.2220.0450.5050.0211
59Block-7450.2240.0450.5050.0208
60Block-7450.2260.0450.5050.0203
61Block-7450.2280.0450.5050.0202
62Block-7450.2300.0450.5050.0201
63Block-7450.2320.0450.5050.0201
64Block-7450.2340.0450.5050.0200
65Block-7450.2360.0450.5050.0199
66Block-7450.2380.0450.4040.0196
67Block-7450.2400.0450.4040.0194
68Block-7450.2420.0450.4040.0193
69Block-7450.2440.0450.4040.0192
70Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0190
71Block-7450.2480.0450.5050.0189
72Block-7450.2500.0450.5050.0187
73Block-7450.2520.0450.5050.0187
74Block-7450.2540.0450.5050.0186
75Block-7450.2560.0450.5050.0184
76Block-7450.2580.0450.5050.0182
77Block-7450.2590.0450.5050.0183
78Block-7450.2600.0450.5050.0191
79Block-7450.2610.0450.5050.0192
80Block-7450.2620.0450.5050.0194
81Block-7450.2630.0450.5050.0195
82Block-7450.2640.0450.5050.0195
83Block-7450.2650.0450.5050.0197
84Block-7450.2660.0450.5050.0197
85Block-7450.2670.0450.5050.0198
86Block-7450.2700.0450.5050.0199
87Block-7300.2460.0450.5050.0101
88Block-7350.2460.0450.5050.0107
89Block-7360.2460.0450.5050.0111
90Block-7370.2460.0450.5050.0116
91Block-7380.2460.0450.5050.0117
92Block-7390.2460.0450.5050.0119
93Block-7400.2460.0450.5050.0121
94Block-7410.2460.0450.5050.0127
95Block-7420.2460.0450.4040.0154
96Block-7430.2460.0450.4040.0157
97Block-7440.2460.0450.4040.0162
98Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0197
99Block-7500.2460.0450.5050.0221
100Block-7550.2460.0450.5050.0233

In all these 100 simulations, the wave gauge was consistently positioned at coordinates X=1.09 m, Y=1.21 m, and Z=0.05 m. The dominant wave period for each simulation was determined using the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) function in MATLAB (MathWorks, 2023). Furthermore, the classification of wave types was carried out using a wave categorization graph according to Sorensen (2010), as shown in Fig. 4a. The results indicate that the majority of the simulated waves are on the border between intermediate and deep-water waves, and they are categorized as Stokes waves (Fig. 4a). Four sample waveforms from our 100 numerical experiments are provided in Fig. 4b.

Fig 4

The dataset in Table 4 was used to derive a new predictive equation that incorporates travel distance for the first time to estimate the initial maximum tsunami amplitude. In developing this equation, a genetic algorithm optimization technique was implemented using MATLAB (MathWorks 2023). This advanced approach entailed the use of genetic algorithms (GAs), an evolutionary algorithm type inspired by natural selection processes (MathWorks, 2023). This technique is iterative, involving selection, crossover, and mutation processes to evolve solutions over several generations. The goal was to identify the optimal coefficients and powers for each landslide parameter in the predictive equation, ensuring a robust and reliable model for estimating maximum wave amplitudes. Genetic Algorithms excel at optimizing complex models by navigating through extensive combinations of coefficients and exponents. GAs effectively identify highly suitable solutions for the non-linear and complex relationships between inputs (e.g., slide volume, slope angle, travel distance, water depth) and the output (i.e., maximum initial wave amplitude, aM). MATLAB’s computational environment enhances this process, providing robust tools for GA to adapt and evolve solutions iteratively, ensuring the precision of the predictive model (Onnen et al., 1997). This approach leverages MATLAB’s capabilities to fine-tune parameters dynamically, achieving an optimal equation that accurately estimates aM. It is important to highlight that the nondimensionalized version of this dataset is employed to develop a predictive equation which enables the equation to reproduce the maximum initial wave amplitude (aM) for various subaerial landslide cases, independent of their dimensional differences (e.g., Heler and Hager 2014Heller and Spinneken 2015Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022b). For this nondimensionalization, we employed the water depth (h) to nondimensionalize the slide volume (V/h3) and travel distance (D/h). The slide thickness (s) was applied to nondimensionalize the water depth (h/s).

2.5. Landslide velocity

In discussing the critical role of landslide velocity for simulating landslide-generated waves, we focus on the mechanisms of landslide motion and the techniques used to record landslide velocity in our simulations (Fig. 5). Also, we examine how these methods were applied in two distinct scenarios: Lab 1 and Lab 2 (see Table 1 for their details). Regarding the process of landslide movement, a slide starts from a stationary state, gaining momentum under the influence of gravity and this acceleration continues until the landslide collides with water, leading to a significant reduction in its speed before eventually coming to a stop (Fig. 5) (e.g., Panizzo et al. 2005).

Fig 5

To measure the landslide’s velocity in our simulations, we attached a probe at the centre of the slide, which supplied a time series of the velocity data. The slide’s velocity (vs) peaks at the moment it enters the water (Fig. 5), a point referred to as the impact time (tImp). Following this initial impact, the slides continue their underwater movement, eventually coming to a complete halt (tStop). Given the results in Fig. 5, it can be seen that Lab 1, with its longer travel distance (0.070 m), exhibits a higher peak velocity of 1.89 m/s. This increase in velocity is attributed to the extended travel distance allowing more time for the slide to accelerate under gravity. Whereas Lab 2, featuring a shorter travel distance (0.045 m), records a lower peak velocity of 1.78 m/s. This difference underscores how travel distance significantly influences the dynamics of landslide motion. After reaching the peak, both profiles show a sharp decrease in velocity, marking the transition to submarine motion until the slides come to a complete stop (tStop). There are noticeable differences observable in Fig. 5 between the Lab-1 and Lab-2 simulations, including the peaks at 0.3 s . These variations might stem from the placement of the wave gauge, which differs slightly in each scenario, as well as the water depth’s minor discrepancies and, the travel distance.

2.6. Effect of air entrainment

In this section we examine whether it is required to consider air entrainment for our modelling or not as the FLOW-3D HYDRO package is capable of modelling air entrainment. The process of air entrainment in water during a landslide tsunami and its subsequent transport involve two key components: the quantification of air entrainment at the water surface, and the simulation of the air’s transport within the fluid (Hirt, 2003). FLOW-3D HYDRO employs the air entrainment model to compute the volume of air entrained at the water’s surface utilizing three approaches: a constant density model, a variable density model accounting for bulking, and a buoyancy model that adds the Drift-FLUX mechanism to variable density conditions (Flow Science, 2023). The calculation of the entrainment rate is based on the following equation:(2)�������=������[2(��−�����−2�/���)]1/2where parameters are: Vair, volume of air; Cair, entrainment rate coefficient; As, surface area of fluid; ρ, fluid density; k, turbulent kinetic energy; gn, gravity normal to surface; Lt, turbulent length scale; and σ, surface tension coefficient. The value of k is directly computed from the Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) (kw) calculations in our model.

In this study, we selected the variable density + Drift-FLUX model, which effectively captures the dynamics of phase separation and automatically activates the constant density and variable density models. This method simplifies the air-water mixture, treating it as a single, homogeneous fluid within each computational cell. For the phase volume fractions f1and f2​, the velocities are expressed in terms of the mixture and relative velocities, denoted as u and ur, respectively, as follows:(3)��1��+�.(�1�)=��1��+�.(�1�)−�.(�1�2��)=0(4)��2��+�.(�2�)=��2��+�.(�2�)−�.(�1�2��)=0

The outcomes from this simulation are displayed in Fig. 6, which indicates that the influence of air entrainment on the generated wave amplitude is approximately 2 %. A value of 0.02 for the entrained air volume fraction means that, in the simulated fluid, approximately 2 % of the volume is composed of entrained air. In other words, for every unit volume of the fluid-air mixture at that location, 2 % is air and the remaining 98 % is water. The configuration of Test-17 (Table 4) was employed for this simulation. While the effect of air entrainment is anticipated to be more significant in models of granular landslide-generated waves (Fritz, 2002), in our simulations we opted not to incorporate this module due to its negligible impact on the results.

Fig 6

3. Results

In this section, we begin by presenting a sequence of our 3D simulations capturing different time steps to illustrate the generation process of landslide-generated waves. Subsequently, we derive a new predictive equation to estimate the maximum initial wave amplitude of landslide-generated waves and assess its performance.

3.1. Wave generation and propagation

To demonstrate the wave generation process in our simulation, we reference Test-17 from Table 4, where we employed Block-7 (Tables 34). In this configuration, the slope angle was set to 45°, with a water depth of 0.246 m and a travel distance at 0.045 m (Fig. 7). At 0.220 s, the initial impact of the moving slide on the water is depicted, marking the onset of the wave generation process (Fig. 7a). Disturbances are localized to the immediate area of impact, with the rest of the water surface remaining undisturbed. At this time, a maximum water particle velocity of 1.0 m/s – 1.2 m/s is seen around the impact zone (Fig. 7d). Moving to 0.320 s, the development of the wave becomes apparent as energy transfer from the landslide to the water creates outwardly radiating waves with maximum water particle velocity of up to around 1.6 m/s – 1.8 m/s (Fig. 7b, e). By the time 0.670 s, the wave has fully developed and is propagating away from the impact point exhibiting maximum water particle velocity of up to 2.0 m/s – 2.1 m/s. Concentric wave fronts are visible, moving outwards in all directions, with a colour gradient signifying the highest wave amplitude near the point of landslide entry, diminishing with distance (Fig. 7c, f).

Fig 7

3.2. Influence of landslide parameters on tsunami amplitude

In this section, we investigate the effects of various landslide parameters namely slide volume (V), water depth (h), slipe angle (α) and travel distance (D) on the maximum initial wave amplitude (aM). Fig. 8 presents the outcome of these analyses. According to Fig. 8, the slide volume, slope angle, and travel distance exhibit a direct relationship with the wave amplitude, meaning that as these parameters increase, so does the amplitude. Conversely, water depth is inversely related to the maximum initial wave amplitude, suggesting that the deeper the water depth, the smaller the maximum wave amplitude will be (Fig. 8b).

Fig 8

Fig. 8a highlights the pronounced impact of slide volume on the aM, demonstrating a direct correlation between the two variables. For instance, in the range of slide volumes we modelled (Fig. 8a), The smallest slide volume tested, measuring 0.10 × 10−3 m3, generated a low initial wave amplitude (aM= 0.0066 m) (Table 4). In contrast, the largest volume tested, 6.25 × 10−3 m3, resulted in a significantly higher initial wave amplitude (aM= 0.0319 m) (Table 4). The extremities of these results emphasize the slide volume’s paramount impact on wave amplitude, further elucidated by their positions as the smallest and largest aM values across all conducted tests (Table 4). This is corroborated by findings from the literature (e.g., Murty, 2003), which align with the observed trend in our simulations.

The slope angle’s influence on aM was smooth. A steady increase of wave amplitude was observed as the slope angle increased (Fig. 8c). In examining travel distance, an anomaly was identified. At a travel distance of 0.047 m, there was an unexpected dip in aM, which deviates from the general increasing trend associated with longer travel distances. This singular instance could potentially be attributed to a numerical error. Beyond this point, the expected pattern of increasing aM with longer travel distances resumes, suggesting that the anomaly at 0.047 m is an outlier in an otherwise consistent trend, and thus this single data point was overlooked while deriving the predictive equation. Regarding the inverse relationship between water depth and wave amplitude, our result (Fig. 8b) is consistent with previous reports by Fritz et al. (2003), (2004), and Watts et al. (2005).

The insights from Fig. 8 informed the architecture of the predictive equation in the next Section, with slide volume, travel distance, and slope angle being multiplicatively linked to wave amplitude underscoring their direct correlations with wave amplitude. Conversely, water depth is incorporated as a divisor, representing its inverse relationship with wave amplitude. This structure encapsulates the dynamics between the landslide parameters and their influence on the maximum initial wave amplitude as discussed in more detail in the next Section.

3.3. Predictive equation

Building on our sensitivity analysis of landslide parameters, as detailed in Section 3.2, and utilizing our nondimensional dataset, we have derived a new predictive equation as follows:(5)��/ℎ=0.015(tan�)0.10(�ℎ3)0.90(�ℎ)0.10(ℎ�)−0.11where, V is sliding volume, h is water depth, α is slope angle, and s is landslide thickness. It is important to note that this equation is valid only for subaerial solid-block landslide tsunamis as all our experiments were for this type of waves. The performance of this equation in predicting simulation data is demonstrated by the satisfactory alignment of data points around a 45° line, indicating its accuracy and reliability with regard to the experimental dataset (Fig. 9). The quality of fit between the dataset and Eq. (5) is 91 % indicating that Eq. (5) represents the dataset very well. Table 5 presents Eq. (5) alongside four other similar equations previously published. Two significant distinctions between our Eq. (5) and these others are: (i) Eq. (5) is derived from 3D experiments, whereas the other four equations are based on 2D experiments. (ii) Unlike the other equations, our Eq. (5) incorporates travel distance as an independent parameter.

Fig 9

Table 5. Performance comparison among our newly-developed equation and existing equations for estimating the maximum initial amplitude (aM) of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami. Parameters: aM, initial maximum wave amplitude; h, water depth; vs, landslide velocity; V, slide volume; bs, slide width; ls, slide length; s, slide thickness; α, slope angle; and ����, volume of the final immersed landslide. We considered ����= V as the slide volume.

EventPredictive equationsAuthor (year)Observed aM (m) ⁎⁎Calculated aM (m)Error, ε (%) ⁎⁎⁎⁎
2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami (Subaerial landslide) *��/ℎ=1.32���ℎNoda (1970)1341340
��/ℎ=0.667(0.5(���ℎ)2)0.334(���)0.754(���)0.506(�ℎ)1.631Bolin et al. (2014) ⁎⁎⁎13459424334
��/ℎ=0.25(������ℎ2)0.8Robbe-Saule et al. (2021)1343177
��/ℎ=0.4545(tan�)0.062(�ℎ3)0.296(ℎ�)−0.235Sabeti and Heidarzadeh (2022b)1341266
��/ℎ=0.015(tan�)0.10(�ℎ3)0.911(�ℎ)0.10(ℎ�)−0.11This study1341302.9

Geometrical and kinematic parameters of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide based on Heidarzadeh et al. (2020)Grilli et al. (2019) and Grilli et al. (2021)V=2.11 × 107 m3h= 50 m; s= 114 m; α= 45°; ls=1250 m; bs= 2700 m; vs=44.9 m/s; D= 2500 m; aM= 100 m −150 m.⁎⁎

aM= An average value of aM = 134 m is considered in this study.⁎⁎⁎

The equation of Bolin et al. (2014) is based on the reformatted one reported by Lindstrøm (2016).⁎⁎⁎⁎

Error is calculated using Eq. (1), where the calculated aM is assumed as the simulated value.

Additionally, we evaluated the performance of this equation using the real-world data from the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami. Based on previous studies (Heidarzadeh et al., 2020Grilli et al., 20192021), we were able to provide a list of parameters for the subaerial landslide and associated tsunami for the 2018 Anak Krakatau event (see footnote of Table 5). We note that the data of the 2018 Anak Krakatau event was not used while deriving Eq. (5). The results indicate that Eq. (5) predicts the initial amplitude of the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami as being 130 m indicating an error of 2.9 % compared to the reported average amplitude of 134 m for this event. This performance indicates an improvement compared to the previous equation reported by Sabeti and Heidarzadeh (2022a) (Table 5). In contrast, the equations from Robbe-Saule et al. (2021) and Bolin et al. (2014) demonstrate higher discrepancies of 4200 % and 77 %, respectively (Table 5). Although Noda’s (1970) equation reproduces the tsunami amplitude of 134 m accurately (Table 5), it is crucial to consider its limitations, notably not accounting for parameters such as slope angle and travel distance.

It is essential to recognize that both travel distance and slope angle significantly affect wave amplitude. In our model, captured in Eq. (5), we integrate the slope angle (α) through the tangent function, i.e., tan α. This choice diverges from traditional physical interpretations that often employ the cosine or sine function (e.g., Heller and Hager, 2014Watts et al., 2003). We opted for the tangent function because it more effectively reflects the direct impact of slope steepness on wave generation, yielding superior estimations compared to conventional methods.

The significance of this study lies in its application of both physical and numerical 3D experiments and the derivation of a predictive equation based on 3D results. Prior research, e.g. Heller et al. (2016), has reported notable discrepancies between 2D and 3D wave amplitudes, highlighting the important role of 3D experiments. It is worth noting that the suitability of applying an equation derived from either 2D or 3D data depends on the specific geometry and characteristics inherent in the problem being addressed. For instance, in the case of a long, narrow dam reservoir, an equation derived from 2D data would likely be more suitable. In such contexts, the primary dynamics of interest such as flow patterns and potential wave propagation are predominantly two-dimensional, occurring along the length and depth of the reservoir. This simplification to 2D for narrow dam reservoirs allows for more accurate modelling of these dynamics.

This study specifically investigates waves initiated by landslides, focusing on those characterized as solid blocks instead of granular flows, with slope angles confined to a range of 25° to 60°. We acknowledge the additional complexities encountered in real-world scenarios, such as dynamic density and velocity of landslides, which could affect the estimations. The developed equation in this study is specifically designed to predict the maximum initial amplitude of tsunamis for the aforementioned specified ranges and types of landslides.

4. Conclusions

Both physical and numerical experiments were undertaken in a 3D wave basin to study solid-block landslide-generated waves and to formulate a predictive equation for their maximum initial wave amplitude. At the beginning, two physical experiments were performed to validate and calibrate a 3D numerical model, which was subsequently utilized to generate 100 experiments by varying different landslide parameters. The generated database was then used to derive a predictive equation for the maximum initial wave amplitude of landslide tsunamis. The main features and outcomes are:

  • •The predictive equation of this study is exclusively derived from 3D data and exhibits a fitting quality of 91 % when applied to the database.
  • •For the first time, landslide travel distance was considered in the predictive equation. This inclusion provides more accuracy and flexibility for applying the equation.
  • •To further evaluate the performance of the predictive equation, it was applied to a real-world subaerial landslide tsunami (i.e., the 2018 Anak Krakatau event) and delivered satisfactory performance.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Ramtin Sabeti: Conceptualization, Methodology, Validation, Software, Visualization, Writing – review & editing. Mohammad Heidarzadeh: Methodology, Data curation, Software, Writing – review & editing.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Funding

RS is supported by the Leverhulme Trust Grant No. RPG-2022-306. MH is funded by open funding of State Key Lab of Hydraulics and Mountain River Engineering, Sichuan University, grant number SKHL2101. We acknowledge University of Bath Institutional Open Access Fund. MH is also funded by the Great Britain Sasakawa Foundation grant no. 6217 (awarded in 2023).

Acknowledgements

Authors are sincerely grateful to the laboratory technician team, particularly Mr William Bazeley, at the Faculty of Engineering, University of Bath for their support during the laboratory physical modelling of this research. We appreciate the valuable insights provided by Mr. Brian Fox (Senior CFD Engineer at Flow Science, Inc.) regarding air entrainment modelling in FLOW-3D HYDRO. We acknowledge University of Bath Institutional Open Access Fund.

Data availability

  • All data used in this study are given in the body of the article.

References

Fig. 1. Protection matt over the scour pit.

Numerical study of the flow at a vertical pile with net-like scourprotection matt

그물형 세굴방지 매트를 사용한 수직말뚝의 유동에 대한 수치적 연구

Minxi Zhanga,b, Hanyan Zhaoc, Dongliang Zhao d, Shaolin Yuee, Huan Zhoue,Xudong Zhaoa
, Carlo Gualtierif, Guoliang Yua,b,∗
a SKLOE, School of Naval Architecture, Ocean & Civil Engineering, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, China
b KLMIES, MOE, School of Naval Architecture, Ocean & Civil Engineering, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, China
c Guangdong Research Institute of Water Resources and Hydropower, Guangzhou 510610, China
d CCCC Second Harbor Engineering Co., Ltd., Wuhan 430040, China
e CCCC Road & Bridge Special Engineering Co., Ltd, Wuhan 430071, China
f Department of Structures for Engineering and Architecture, University of Naples Federico II, Italy

Abstract

Local scour at a pile or pier in current or wave environments threats the safety of the upper structure all over the world. The application of a net-like matt as a scour protection cover at the pile or pier was proposed. The matt weakens and diffuses the flow in the local scour pit and thus reduces local scour while enhances sediment deposition. Numerical simulations were carried out to investigate the flow at the pile covered by the matt. The simulation results were used to optimize the thickness dt (2.6d95 ∼ 17.9d95) and opening size dn (7.7d95 ∼ 28.2d95) of the matt. It was found that the matt significantly reduced the local velocity and dissipated the vortex at the pile, substantially reduced the extent of local scour. The smaller the opening size of the matt, the more effective was the flow diffusion at the bed, and smaller bed shear stress was observed at the pile. For the flow conditions considered in this study, a matt with a relative thickness of T = 7.7 and relative opening size of S = 7.7 could be effective in scour protection.

조류 또는 파도 환경에서 파일이나 부두의 국지적인 세굴은 전 세계적으로 상부 구조물의 안전을 위협합니다. 파일이나 교각의 세굴 방지 덮개로 그물 모양의 매트를 적용하는 것이 제안되었습니다.

매트는 국부 세굴 구덩이의 흐름을 약화시키고 확산시켜 국부 세굴을 감소시키는 동시에 퇴적물 퇴적을 향상시킵니다. 매트로 덮인 파일의 흐름을 조사하기 위해 수치 시뮬레이션이 수행되었습니다.

시뮬레이션 결과는 매트의 두께 dt(2.6d95 ∼ 17.9d95)와 개구부 크기 dn(7.7d95 ∼ 28.2d95)을 최적화하는 데 사용되었습니다. 매트는 국부 속도를 크게 감소시키고 말뚝의 와류를 소멸시켜 국부 세굴 정도를 크게 감소시키는 것으로 나타났습니다.

매트의 개구부 크기가 작을수록 층에서의 흐름 확산이 더 효과적이었으며 파일에서 더 작은 층 전단 응력이 관찰되었습니다.

본 연구에서 고려한 유동 조건의 경우 상대 두께 T = 7.7, 상대 개구부 크기 S = 7.7을 갖는 매트가 세굴 방지에 효과적일 수 있습니다.

Keywords

Numerical simulation, Pile foundation, Local scour, Protective measure, Net-like matt

Fig. 1. Protection matt over the scour pit.
Fig. 1. Protection matt over the scour pit.
Fig. 2. Local scour pit of pile below the protection matt.
Fig. 2. Local scour pit of pile below the protection matt.

References

[1] C. He, Mod. Transp. Technol. 17 (3) (2020) 46–59 in Chinese.
[2] X. Wen, D. Zhang, J. Tianjin Univ. 54 (10) (2021) 998–1007 (Science and Technology)in Chinese.
[3] M. Zhang, H. Sun, W. Yao, G. Yu, Ocean Eng. 265 (2020) 112652, doi:10.1016/j.
oceaneng.2022.112652.
[4] K. Wardhana, F.C. Hadipriono, J. Perform. Constr. Fac. 17 (3) (2003) 144–150,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0887-3828(2003)17:3(144).
[5] R. Ettema, G. Constantinescu, B.W. Melville, J. Hydraul. Eng. 143 (9) (2017)
03117006, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001330.
[6] C. Valela, C.D. Rennie, I. Nistor, Int. J. Sediment Res. 37 (1) (2021) 37–46,
doi:10.1016/j.ijsrc.2021.04.004.
[7] B.W. Melville, A.J. Sutherland, J. Hydraul. Eng. 114 (10) (1988) 1210–1226,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1988)114:10(1210).
[8] E.V. Richardson, S.R. Davis, Evaluating Scour At Bridges, 4th ed., United States
Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Washington,
DC., 2001.
[9] D.M. Sheppard, B. Melville, H. Demir, J. Hydraul. Eng. 140 (1) (2014) 14–23,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000800.
[10] A.O. Aksoy, G. Bombar, T. Arkis, M.S. Guney, J. Hydrol. Hydromech. 65 (1)
(2017) 26–34.
[11] D.T. Bui, A. Shirzadi, A. Amini, et al., Sustainability 12 (3) (2020) 1063, doi:10.
3390/su12031063.
[12] B.M. Sumer, J. Fredsoe, The Mechanics of Scour in Marine Environments. World
Advanced Series on Ocean Engineering, 17, World Scientific, Singapore, 2002.
[13] J. Unger, W.H. Hager, Exp. Fluids 42 (1) (2007) 1–19.
[14] G. Kirkil, S.G. Constantinescu, R. Ettema, J. Hydraul. Eng. 134 (5) (2008) 82–84,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2008)134:5(572).
[15] B. Dargahi, J. Hydraul. Eng. 116 (10) (1990) 1197–1214.
[16] A. Bestawy, T. Eltahawy, A. Alsaluli, M. Alqurashi, Water Supply 20 (3) (2020)
1006–1015, doi:10.2166/ws.2020.022.
[17] Y.M. Chiew, J. Hydraul. Eng. 118 (9) (1992) 1260–1269.
[18] D. Bertoldi, R. Kilgore, in: Hydraulic Engineering ’93, ASCE, San Francisco, California, United States, 1993, pp. 1385–1390.
[19] Y.M. Chiew, J. Hydraul. Eng. 121 (9) (1997) 635–642.
[20] C.S. Lauchlan, B.W. Melville, J. Hydraul. Eng. 127 (5) (2001) 412–418, doi:10.
1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2001)127:5(412).
[21] P.F. Lagasse, P.E. Clopper, L.W. Zevenbergen, L.G. Girard, National Cooperative
Highway Research Program (NCHRPReport 593), Countermeasures to protect
bridge piers from scour, Washington, DC, NCHRP, 2007.
[22] S. Jiang, Z. Zhou, J. Ou, J. Sediment Res. (4) (2013) 63–67 in Chinese.
[23] A. Galan, G. Simarro, G. Sanchez-Serrano, J. Hydraul. Eng. 141 (6) (2015)
06015004, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001003.
[24] Z. Zhang, H. Ding, J. Liu, Ocean Eng. 33 (2) (2015) 77–83 in Chinese.
[25] C. Valela, C.N. Whittaker, C.D. Rennie, I. Nistor, B.W. Melville, J. Hydraul. Eng.
148 (3) (2022) 04022002 10.1061/%28ASCE%29HY.1943-7900.0001967.
[26] B.W. Melville, A.C. Hadfield, J. Hydraul. Eng. 6 (2) (1999) 1221–1224, doi:10.
1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1999)125:11(1221).
[27] V. Kumar, K.G. Rangaraju, N. Vittal, J. Hydraul. Eng. 125 (12) (1999) 1302–1305.
[28] A.M. Yasser, K.S. Yasser, M.A. Abdel-Azim, Alex. Eng. J. 54 (2) (2015) 197–203,
doi:10.1016/j.aej.2015.03.004.
[29] S. Khaple, P.R. Hanmaiahgari, R. Gaudio, S. Dey, Acta Geophys. 65 (2017) 957–
975, doi:10.1007/s11600-017-0084-z.
[30] C. Valela, I. Nistor, C.D. Rennie, in: Proceedings of the 6th International Disaster Mitigation Specialty Conference, Fredericton, Canada, Canadian Society for
Civil Engineering, 2018, pp. 235–244.
[31] A. Tafarojnoruz, R. Gaudio, F. Calomino, J. Hydraul. Eng. 138 (3) (2012) 297–
305, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000512.
[32] H. Tang, S. Fang, Y. Zhou, K. Cai, Y.M. Chiew, S.Y. Lim, N.S. Cheng, in: Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference Scour and Erosion (ICSE-2), Singapore.
Singapore, Nanyang Technological University, 2004.
[33] W. Zhang, Y. Li, X. Wang, Z. Sun, J. Sichuan Univ. 06 (2005) 34–40 (Engineering
Science Edition)in Chinese.
[34] S. Yang, B. Shi, Trans. Oceanol. Limnol. 5 (2017) 43–47 in Chinese.
[35] H. Wang, F. Si, G. Lou, W. Yang, G. Yu, J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 141
(1) (2015) 04014030, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)WW.1943-5460.0000270.
[36] L.D. Meyer, S.M. Dabney, W.C. Harmon, Trans. ASAE 38 (3) (1995) 809–815.
[37] G. Spyreas, B.W. Wilm, A.E. Plocher, D.M. Ketzner, J.W. Matthews, J.L. Ellis, E.J. Heske, Biol. Invasions 12 (5) (2010) 1253–1267, doi:10.1007/
s10530-009-9544-y.
[38] T. Lambrechts, S. François, S. Lutts, R. Muñoz-Carpena, C.L. Bielders, J. Hydrol.
511 (2014) 800–810, doi:10.1016/j.jhydrol.2014.02.030.
[39] G. Yu, Dynamic Embedded Anchor with High Frequency Micro Amplitude Vibrations. CN patent No: ZL200810038546.0, 2008.
[40] X. Chen, M. Zhang, G. Yu, Ocean Eng. 236 (2021) 109315, doi:10.1016/j.
oceaneng.2021.109315.
[41] F. Gumgum, M.S. Guney, in: Proceedings of the 6th International Conference
Engineering and Natural Sciences (ICENS), Serbia, Belgrade, 2020.
[42] H. Zhao, S. Yue, H. Zhou, M. Zhang, G. Yu, Ocean Eng. 40 (5) (2022) 111–120
in Chinese.
[43] B. Blocken, C. Gualtieri, Environ. Modell. Softw. 33 (2012) 1–22, doi:10.1016/j.
envsoft.2012.02.001.
[44] N.D. Bennett, B.F. Croke, G. Guariso, et al., Modell. Softw. 40 (2013) 1–20,
doi:10.1016/j.envsoft.2012.09.011.
[45] X. Zhao, Effectiveness and Mechanism of Lattice On Sedimentation and Anti-Erosion of Local Scour Hole At Piers, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai, China, 2023.
[46] M. Zhang, G. Yu, Water Resour. Res. 53 (9) (2017) 7798–7815, doi:10.1002/
2017WR021066.

Fig 1. (a) The Location of the Bahman Shir dam (upstream), (b) Bahman Shir dam (downstream dam) and (c) Mared Dam. Note: The borders of the countries are not exact.

Initial Maintenance Notes about the First River Ship Lock in Iran

M.T. Mansouri Kia1,2, H.R. Sheibani 3, A. Hoback 4
1 Manager of Dam and Power Plant Construction, Khuzestan Water and Power Authority (KWPA), Ahwaz, Iran.
2 Ph.D., Department of Civil Engineering, Payame Noor University, Tehran, Iran.
3 Associate Professor of PNU University, Tehran, Iran.
4 Professor of Civil, Architectural & Environmental Engineering, University of Detroit Mercy Civil, Rome, Italy.

Abstract

Mared Dam in northern Abadan is under construction on the Karun River and it is the first ship lock in Iran. In this study, the ship’s lock was examined. Every vessel must pass through this lock in order to transport water from Arvand River to Karun and vice versa. The interior dimensions of the Mared Shipping Lock are 160 meters long, 25 meters wide and 8 meters deep. Several important times are calculated for lock operation. 𝑇is the first time the gates open, 𝑇15 the time the initial gates remain open until the height difference between the two sides reaches 150 mm, 𝑇filled is the duration between the start of the opening the gates till the difference between the two ends becomes zero after 𝑇15. Finally, T is the total time required for opening or closing the gates completely. The rotational speeds of the gates range from 5 to 35 radians per minute. Numerical modeling has been used to study fluid behavior and interaction between fluid and gates in flow 3D software. Different lock maintenance scenarios have been analyzed. Important parameters such as inlet and outlet flow rate changes from gates, water depth changes at different times, stress and strain fields, hydrodynamic forces acting on different points of the lock have been calculated. Based on this, the forces acting on hydraulic jacks and gates have been calculated. The minimum time required for the safe passage of the ship through the lock is calculated.

북부 아바단의 마레드 댐은 카룬 강에 건설 중이며 이란 최초의 선박 잠금 장치입니다. 본 연구에서는 선박의 자물쇠를 조사하였습니다. Arvand 강에서 Karun으로 또는 그 반대로 물을 운송하려면 모든 선박이 이 수문을 통과해야 합니다.

Mared Shipping Lock의 내부 치수는 길이 160m, 너비 25m, 깊이 8m입니다. 잠금 작동을 위해 몇 가지 중요한 시간이 계산됩니다. 𝑇은 게이트가 처음 열릴 때, 𝑇15는 양쪽의 높이 차이가 150mm에 도달할 때까지 초기 게이트가 열린 상태로 유지되는 시간, 𝑇filled는 게이트가 열리는 시작부터 이후 두 끝의 차이가 0이 될 때까지의 시간입니다.

𝑇15. 마지막으로 T는 게이트를 완전히 열거나 닫는 데 필요한 총 시간입니다. 게이트의 회전 속도는 분당 5~35라디안입니다. 수치 모델링은 유동 3D 소프트웨어에서 유체 거동과 유체와 게이트 사이의 상호 작용을 연구하는 데 사용되었습니다. 다양한 잠금 유지 관리 시나리오가 분석되었습니다.

게이트의 입구 및 출구 유속 변화, 다양한 시간에 따른 수심 변화, 응력 및 변형 필드, 수문의 다양한 지점에 작용하는 유체역학적 힘과 같은 중요한 매개변수가 계산되었습니다.

이를 바탕으로 유압잭과 게이트에 작용하는 힘을 계산하였습니다. 선박이 자물쇠를 안전하게 통과하는 데 필요한 최소 시간이 계산됩니다.

Fig 1. (a) The Location of the Bahman Shir dam (upstream), (b) Bahman Shir dam (downstream dam) and (c) Mared Dam. Note: The borders of the countries are not exact.
Fig 1. (a) The Location of the Bahman Shir dam (upstream), (b) Bahman Shir dam (downstream dam) and (c) Mared Dam. Note: The borders of the countries are not exact.

References

  • Ables, J.H., 1978. Filling and Emptying System, New Ship Lock, Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet, Louisiana: Hydraulic Model Investigation, 78. US Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.
  • Army, U., 1964. Corps of Engineers, 1965. National Inventory of Physical Resources. Agency for International Development, Costa Rica.
  • Belzner, F., Simons, F., Thorenz, C., 2018. An application-oriented model for lock filling processes, 34th PIANC-World Congress (Proceedings). Online verfügbar unter https://coms.events/piancpanama/data/full_pa pers/full_paper_183.pdf, zuletzt geprüft am, pp. 2018.
  • Brolsma, J., Roelse, K., 2011. Waterway guidelines 2011. ISBN 9789036900690. Dhanuka, A., Agrawal, S., Mehra, H., 2018. Hydraulic and Structural Design of Navigational Locks. J Civil Environ Eng, 8(297): 2.
  • Gao, Z., Fang, S.L., Shi, X.T., Gu, Z.H., 2013. Computation of Filling Time of a Ship Lock. Applied Mechanics and Materials, 256: 2509- 2513.
  • Hu, Q., Li, Y., Zhu, L., 2024. Effect of Parameters of Ditch Geometry on the Uniformity of Water Filling in Ship Lock Chambers. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering, 12(1): 86. Iranian sahel Omid Co., Engineer, L.C., 2015. Numerical Modeling of Flow in Lock Chamber, Abadan ship Lock Dam Project. 0920-4741.
  • Iuorio, L., 2024. Dams are fragile: the frenzy and legacy of modern infrastructures along the Klamath and Allegheny Rivers. Water History: 1-26.
  • Li, J., Hu, Y., Wang, X., Diao, M., 2023. Operation safety evaluation system of ship lock based on extension evaluation and combination weighting method. Journal of Hydroinformatics, 25(3): 755-781.
  • Liu, B., Yang, J., Huang, Y., Wang, L., 2022. Hydraulic Research on Filling and Emptying System of Water-Saving Ship Lock for Navigation-Power Junction in Mountainous River, Smart Rivers. Springer, pp. 1492-1501.
  • Mäck, A., Lorke, A., 2014. Ship‐lock–induced surges in an impounded river and their impact on subdaily flow velocity variation. River research and applications, 30(4): 494-507. Mahab., S., 1976. Final technical Report of Feasibility study. 25-96.
  • Mansouri Kia, M.T., 2022. Hydraulic design and optimization of navigation lock performance – A case study of Karun and Bahman Shir river locks. . PNU University. The Ph. D thesis (in Civil Engineering).
  • Mansouri Kia, M.T., Ansari, Z., 2008. Feasibility of Water Transport in Karun Waterway. 4th National Congress of Civil Engineering, Tehran University Iran: 1-8 (in Persian).
  • Mansouri Kia, M.T., Rajabi, E., Sheybani, H.R., 2022. Determining the Optimal Dimensions of River Transportation Channel in Iran. . Fourth International Conference of Civil, Architectural and sustainable green city, Hamedan, Iran. (in Persian): 298-309.
  • Moore, F.G., 1950. Three canal projects, Roman and Byzantine. American Journal of Archaeology, 54(2): 97-111.
  • Negi, P., Kromanis, R., Dorée, A.G., Wijnberg, K.M., 2024. Structural health monitoring of inland navigation structures and ports: a review on developments and challenges. Structural Health Monitoring, 23(1): 605-645.
  • Nogueira, H.I., Van Der Hout, A., O’Mahoney, T.S., Kortlever, W.C., 2024. The Impact of Density Differences on the Hydraulic Design of Leveling Systems: The Case of New Large Sea Locks in IJmuiden and Terneuzen. Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal, and Ocean Engineering, 150(1): 05023002.
  • O’Mahoney, T., De Loor, A., 2015. Paper 55- Computational Fluid Dynamics simulations of the effects of density differences during the filling process in a sea lock. Scott_Wilson;, Piesold., 2005. Karun River, Interim report NO 6, Transportation component.
  • Wang, H.-z., Zou, Z.-j., 2014. Numerical prediction of hydrodynamic forces on a ship passing through a lock. China Ocean Engineering, 28(3): 421-432.
  • Yang, Z., Sun, Y., Lian, F., Feng, H., Li, G., 2024. Optimization of river container port-access transport based on the innovatively designed electric ship in the Yangtze River Delta. Ocean & Coastal Management, 248: 106976.

Figure 3 – Free surface views. Bottom left: k-ε RNG model. Bottom right: LES.

Physical Modeling and CFD Comparison: Case Study of a HydroCombined Power Station in Spillway Mode

물리적 모델링 및 CFD 비교: 방수로 모드의 HydroCombined 발전소 사례 연구

Gonzalo Duró, Mariano De Dios, Alfredo López, Sergio O. Liscia

ABSTRACT

This study presents comparisons between the results of a commercial CFD code and physical model measurements. The case study is a hydro-combined power station operating in spillway mode for a given scenario. Two turbulence models and two scales are implemented to identify the capabilities and limitations of each approach and to determine the selection criteria for CFD modeling for this kind of structure. The main flow characteristics are considered for analysis, but the focus is on a fluctuating frequency phenomenon for accurate quantitative comparisons. Acceptable representations of the general hydraulic functioning are found in all approaches, according to physical modeling. The k-ε RNG, and LES models give good representation of the discharge flow, mean water depths, and mean pressures for engineering purposes. The k-ε RNG is not able to characterize fluctuating phenomena at a model scale but does at a prototype scale. The LES is capable of identifying the dominant frequency at both prototype and model scales. A prototype-scale approach is recommended for the numerical modeling to obtain a better representation of fluctuating pressures for both turbulence models, with the complement of physical modeling for the ultimate design of the hydraulic structures.

본 연구에서는 상용 CFD 코드 결과와 물리적 모델 측정 결과를 비교합니다. 사례 연구는 주어진 시나리오에 대해 배수로 모드에서 작동하는 수력 복합 발전소입니다.

각 접근 방식의 기능과 한계를 식별하고 이러한 종류의 구조에 대한 CFD 모델링의 선택 기준을 결정하기 위해 두 개의 난류 모델과 두 개의 스케일이 구현되었습니다. 주요 흐름 특성을 고려하여 분석하지만 정확한 정량적 비교를 위해 변동하는 주파수 현상에 중점을 둡니다.

일반적인 수리학적 기능에 대한 허용 가능한 표현은 물리적 모델링에 따라 모든 접근 방식에서 발견됩니다. k-ε RNG 및 LES 모델은 엔지니어링 목적을 위한 배출 유량, 평균 수심 및 평균 압력을 잘 표현합니다.

k-ε RNG는 모델 규모에서는 변동 현상을 특성화할 수 없지만 프로토타입 규모에서는 특성을 파악합니다. LES는 프로토타입과 모델 규모 모두에서 주요 주파수를 식별할 수 있습니다.

수력학적 구조의 궁극적인 설계를 위한 물리적 모델링을 보완하여 두 난류 모델에 대한 변동하는 압력을 더 잘 표현하기 위해 수치 모델링에 프로토타입 규모 접근 방식이 권장됩니다.

Figure 1 – Physical scale model (left). Upstream flume and point gauge (right)
Figure 1 – Physical scale model (left). Upstream flume and point gauge (right)
Figure 3 – Free surface views. Bottom left: k-ε RNG model. Bottom right: LES.
Figure 3 – Free surface views. Bottom left: k-ε RNG model. Bottom right: LES.
Figure 4 – Water levels: physical model (maximum values) and CFD results (mean values)
Figure 4 – Water levels: physical model (maximum values) and CFD results (mean values)
Figure 5 – Instantaneous pressures [Pa] and velocities [m/s] at model scale (bay center)
Figure 5 – Instantaneous pressures [Pa] and velocities [m/s] at model scale (bay center)

Keywords

CFD validation, hydro-combined, k-ε RNG, LES, pressure spectrum

REFERENCES

ADRIAN R. J. (2007). “Hairpin vortex organization in wall turbulence.” Phys. Fluids 19(4), 041301.
DEWALS B., ARCHAMBEAU P., RULOT F., PIROTTON M. and ERPICUM S. (2013). “Physical and
Numerical Modelling in Low-Head Structures Design.” Proc. International Workshop on Hydraulic
Design of Low-Head Structures, Aachen, Germany, Bundesanstalt für Wasserbau Publ., D.B. BUNG
and S. PAGLIARA Editors, pp.11-30.
GRENANDER, U. (1959). Probability and Statistics: The Harald Cramér Volume. Wiley.
HIRT, C. W. and NICHOLS B. D. (1981). “Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free
boundaries.” Journal of Computational Physics 39(1): 201-225.
JOHNSON M. C. and SAVAGE B. M. (2006). “Physical and numerical comparison of flow over ogee
spillway in the presence of tailwater.” J. Hydraulic Eng. 132(12): 1353–1357.
KHAN L.A., WICKLEIN E.A., RASHID M., EBNER L.L. and RICHARDS N.A. (2004).
“Computational fluid dynamics modeling of turbine intake hydraulics at a hydropower plant.” Journal
of Hydraulic Research, 42:1, 61-69
LAROCQUE L.A., IMRAN J. and CHAUDHRY M. (2013). “3D numerical simulation of partial breach
dam-break flow using the LES and k–ϵ turbulence models.” Jl of Hydraulic Research, 51:2, 145-157
LI S., LAI Y., WEBER L., MATOS SILVA J. and PATEL V.C. (2004). “Validation of a threedimensional numerical model for water-pump intakes.” Journal of Hydraulic Research, 42:3, 282-292
NOVAK P., GUINOT V., JEFFREY A. and REEVE D.E. (2010). “Hydraulic modelling – An
introduction.” Spon Press, London and New York, ISBN 978-0-419-25010-4, 616 pp.

Numerical Investigation of the Local Scour for Tripod Pile Foundation.

Numerical Investigation of the Local Scour for Tripod Pile Foundation.

Hassan, Waqed H.; Fadhe, Zahraa Mohammad; Thiab, Rifqa F.; Mahdi, Karrar

초록

This work investigates numerically a local scour moves in irregular waves around tripods. It is constructed and proven to use the numerical model of the seabed-tripodfluid with an RNG k turbulence model. The present numerical model then examines the flow velocity distribution and scour characteristics. After that, the suggested computational model Flow-3D is a useful tool for analyzing and forecasting the maximum scour development and the flow field in random waves around tripods. The scour values affecting the foundations of the tripod must be studied and calculated, as this phenomenon directly and negatively affects the structure of the structure and its design life. The lower diagonal braces and the main column act as blockages, increasing the flow accelerations underneath them. This increases the number of particles that are moved, which in turn creates strong scouring in the area. The numerical model has a good agreement with the experimental model, with a maximum percentage of error of 10% between the experimental and numerical models. In addition, Based on dimensional analysis parameters, an empirical equation has been devised to forecast scour depth with flow depth, median size ratio, Keulegan-Carpenter (Kc), Froud number flow, and wave velocity that the results obtained in this research at various flow velocities and flow depths demonstrated that the maximum scour depth rate depended on wave height with rising velocities and decreasing particle sizes (d50) and the scour depth attains its steady-current value for Vw < 0.75. As the Froude number rises, the maximum scour depth will be large.

주제어

BUILDING foundationsSURFACE waves (Seismic waves)FLOW velocityRANDOM fieldsDIMENSIONAL analysisFROUDE numberOCEAN waves

키워드

출판물

Mathematical Modelling of Engineering Problems, 2024, Vol 11, Issue 4, p903

ISSN 2369-0739

저자 소속기관

  • 1 Civil Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, University of Warith Al-Anbiyaa, Kerbala 56001, Iraq
  • 2 Civil Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, University of Kerbala, Kerbala 56001, Iraq
  • 3 Department of Radiological Techniques, College of Health and Medical Techniques, Al-Zahraa University for Women, Karbala 56100, Iraq
  • 4 Soil Physics and Land Management Group, Wageningen University & Research, Wageningen 6708 PB, Netherlands
Embankment Dams Overtopping Breach: A Numerical Investigation of Hydraulic Results

Embankment Dams Overtopping Breach: A Numerical Investigation of Hydraulic Results

Mahdi EbrahimiMirali MohammadiSayed Mohammad Hadi Meshkati & Farhad Imanshoar

Abstract

The overtopping breach is the most probable reason of embankment dam failures. Hence, the investigation of the mentioned phenomenon is one of the vital hydraulic issues. This research paper tries to utilize three numerical models, i.e., BREACH, HEC-RAS, and FLOW-3D for modeling the hydraulic outcomes of overtopping breach phenomenon. Furthermore, the outputs have been compared with experimental model results given by authors. The BREACH model presents a desired prediction for the peak flow. The HEC-RAS model has a more realistic performance in terms of the peak flow prediction, its occurrence time (5-s difference with observed status), and maximum flow depth. The variations diagram in the reservoir water level during the breach process has a descending trend. Whereas it initially ascended; and then, it experienced a descending trend in the observed status. The FLOW-3D model computes the flow depth, flow velocity, and Froude number due to the physical model breach. Moreover, it revealed a peak flow damping equals to 5% and 5-s difference in the peak flow occurrence time at 4-m distance from the physical model downstream. In addition, the current research work demonstrates the mentioned numerical models and provides a possible comprehensive perspective for a dam breach scope. They also help to achieve the various hydraulic parameters computations. Besides, they may calculate unmeasured parameters using the experimental data.

월류 현상은 제방 댐 실패의 가장 유력한 원인입니다. 따라서 언급된 현상에 대한 조사는 중요한 수리학적 문제 중 하나입니다.

본 연구 논문에서는 월류 침해 현상의 수리적 결과를 모델링하기 위해 BREACH, HEC-RAS 및 FLOW-3D의 세 가지 수치 모델을 활용하려고 합니다. 또한 출력은 저자가 제공한 실험 모델 결과와 비교되었습니다. BREACH 모델은 최대 유량에 대해 원하는 예측을 제시합니다.

HEC-RAS 모델은 최고유량 예측, 발생시간(관찰상태와 5초 차이), 최대유량수심 측면에서 보다 현실적인 성능을 가지고 있습니다. 위반 과정 중 저수지 수위의 변동 다이어그램은 감소하는 추세를 보입니다. 처음에는 상승했지만 그런 다음 관찰된 상태가 감소하는 추세를 경험했습니다.

FLOW-3D 모델은 물리적 모델 위반으로 인한 흐름 깊이, 흐름 속도 및 Froude 수를 계산합니다. 또한, 실제 모델 하류로부터 4m 거리에서 최대유량 발생시간이 5%, 5초 차이에 해당하는 최대유량 감쇠를 나타냈습니다.

또한, 현재 연구 작업은 언급된 수치 모델을 보여주고 댐 침해 범위에 대한 가능한 포괄적인 관점을 제공합니다. 또한 다양한 유압 매개변수 계산을 수행하는 데 도움이 됩니다. 게다가 실험 데이터를 사용하여 측정되지 않은 매개변수를 계산할 수도 있습니다.

Keywords

DOI

  • https://doi.org/10.1007/s40996-024-01387-9

References

  • Association of state dam safety officials (2023) Kentucky, USA. Available from https://damsafety.org
  • ASTM D1557 (2007) Standard test methods for laboratory compaction characteristics of soil using standard effort. West Conshohocken, PA, USA
  • ASTM D422–63 (2002) Standard test method for particle size analysis of soils
  • Azimi H, Shabanlou S (2016) Comparison of subcritical and supercritical flow patterns within triangular channels along the side weir. Int J Nonlinear Sci Numer Simul 17(7–8):361–368Article MathSciNet Google Scholar 
  • Azimi H, Shabanlou S (2018) Numerical study of bed slope change effect of circular channel with side weir in supercritical flow conditions. Appl Water Sci 8(6):166Article ADS Google Scholar 
  • Azimi H, Shabanlou S, Kardar S (2017) Characteristics of hydraulic jump in U-shaped channels. Arab J Sci Eng 42:3751–3760Article Google Scholar 
  • Brunner GW (2016) HEC-RAS Reference Manual, version 5.0. Hydrologic Engineering Center, Institute for Water Resources, US Army Corps of Engineers, Davis, California
  • Brunner GW (2016) HEC-RAS users Manual, version 5.0. Hydrologic Engineering Center, Institute for Water Resources, US Army Corps of Engineers, Davis, California
  • Chanson H, Wang H (2013) Unsteady discharge calibration of a large V-notch weir. Flow Meas Instrum 29:19–24Article Google Scholar 
  • Committee on Dam Safety (2019) ICOLD incident database bulletin 99 update: statistical analysis of dam failures, technical report, international commission on large dams. Available from: https://www.icoldchile.cl/boletines/188.pdf
  • Engomoen B, Witter DT, Knight K, Luebke TA (2014) Design Standards No 13: Embankment Dams. United States Bureau of Reclamation
  • Flow Science Corporation (2017) Flow-3D v11.0 User Manual. Available from: http://flow3d.com
  • Froehlich DC (2016) Predicting peak discharge from gradually breached embankment dam. J Hydrol Eng 21(11):04016041Article Google Scholar 
  • Hakimzadeh H, Nourani V, Amini AB (2014) Genetic programming simulation of dam breach hydrograph and peak outflow discharge. J Hydrol Eng 19:757–768Article Google Scholar 
  • Hooshyaripor F, Tahershamsi A, Golian S (2014) Application of copula method and neural networks for predicting peak outflow from breached embankments. J Hydro-Environ Res 8(3):292–303Article Google Scholar 
  • Irmakunal CI (2019) Two-dimensional dam break analyses of Berdan dam. MSC thesis, Middle East Technical University, Turkey
  • kumar Gupta A, Narang I, Goyal P, (2020) Dam break analysis of JAWAI dam PALI, Rajasthan using HEC-RAS. IOSR J Mech Civ Eng 17(2):43–52Google Scholar 
  • Mo C, Cen W, Le X, Ban H, Ruan Y, Lai S, Shen Y (2023) Simulation of dam-break flood and risk assessment: a case study of Chengbi river dam in Baise, China. J Hydroinformatics 25(4):1276–1294Article Google Scholar 
  • Morris M, Kortenhaus A, Visser P (2009) Modelling breach initiation and growth. FLOODsite report: T06–08–02, FLOODsite Consortium, Wallingford, UK
  • Novak P, Moffat AIB, Nalluri C, Narayanan RAIB (2017) Hydraulic structures. CRC PressGoogle Scholar 
  • Pierce MW, Thornton CI, Abt SR (2010) Predicting peak outflow from breached embankment dams. J Hydrol Eng 15(5):338–349Article Google Scholar 
  • Saberi O (2016) Embankment dam failure outflow hydrograph development. PhD thesis, Graz University of Technology, Austria
  • Sylvestre J, Sylvestre P (2018) User’s guide for BRCH GUI. 2018. Available from: http://rivermechanics.net
  • USACE) 2004) General design and construction considerations for Earth and rockfill dams, US Army Corps of Engineers, Washington DC, USA
  • USBR (1987) Design of small dams, Bureau of Reclamation, Water Resources Technical Publication
  • Versteeg HK, Malalasekera W (2007) An introduction to computational fluid dynamics: the finite volume method. Pearson education
  • Wang Z, Bowles DS (2006) Three-dimensional non-cohesive earthen dam breach model. Part 1: theory and methodology. Adv Water Resour 29(10):1528–1545Article ADS Google Scholar 
  • Webby MG (1996) Discussion of peak outflow from breached embankment dam by David C. Froehlich. J Water Resour Plan Manag 122(4):316–317
  • Wu W, Marsooli R, He Z (2012) Depth-averaged two-dimensional model of unsteady flow and sediment transport due to noncohesive embankment break/breaching. J Hydraul Eng 138(6):503–516Article Google Scholar 
  • Xu Y, Zhang LM (2009) Breaching parameters for earth and rockfill dams. J Geotech Geoenviron Eng 135(12):1957–1970Article Google Scholar 
Coupled CFD-DEM simulation of interfacial fluid–particle interaction during binder jet 3D printing

Coupled CFD-DEM simulation of interfacial fluid–particle interaction during binder jet 3D printing

바인더 제트 3D 프린팅 중 계면 유체-입자 상호 작용에 대한 CFD-DEM 결합 시뮬레이션

Joshua J. Wagner, C. Fred Higgs III

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cma.2024.116747

Abstract

The coupled dynamics of interfacial fluid phases and unconstrained solid particles during the binder jet 3D printing process govern the final quality and performance of the resulting components. The present work proposes a computational fluid dynamics (CFD) and discrete element method (DEM) framework capable of simulating the complex interfacial fluid–particle interaction that occurs when binder microdroplets are deposited into a powder bed. The CFD solver uses a volume-of-fluid (VOF) method for capturing liquid–gas multifluid flows and relies on block-structured adaptive mesh refinement (AMR) to localize grid refinement around evolving fluid–fluid interfaces. The DEM module resolves six degrees of freedom particle motion and accounts for particle contact, cohesion, and rolling resistance. Fully-resolved CFD-DEM coupling is achieved through a fictitious domain immersed boundary (IB) approach. An improved method for enforcing three-phase contact lines with a VOF-IB extension technique is introduced. We present several simulations of binder jet primitive formation using realistic process parameters and material properties. The DEM particle systems are experimentally calibrated to reproduce the cohesion behavior of physical nickel alloy powder feedstocks. We demonstrate the proposed model’s ability to resolve the interdependent fluid and particle dynamics underlying the process by directly comparing simulated primitive granules with one-to-one experimental counterparts obtained from an in-house validation apparatus. This computational framework provides unprecedented insight into the fundamental mechanisms of binder jet 3D printing and presents a versatile new approach for process parameter optimization and defect mitigation that avoids the inherent challenges of experiments.

바인더 젯 3D 프린팅 공정 중 계면 유체 상과 구속되지 않은 고체 입자의 결합 역학이 결과 구성 요소의 최종 품질과 성능을 좌우합니다. 본 연구는 바인더 미세액적이 분말층에 증착될 때 발생하는 복잡한 계면 유체-입자 상호작용을 시뮬레이션할 수 있는 전산유체역학(CFD) 및 이산요소법(DEM) 프레임워크를 제안합니다.

CFD 솔버는 액체-가스 다중유체 흐름을 포착하기 위해 VOF(유체량) 방법을 사용하고 블록 구조 적응형 메쉬 세분화(AMR)를 사용하여 진화하는 유체-유체 인터페이스 주위의 그리드 세분화를 국지화합니다. DEM 모듈은 6개의 자유도 입자 운동을 해결하고 입자 접촉, 응집력 및 구름 저항을 설명합니다.

완전 분해된 CFD-DEM 결합은 가상 도메인 침지 경계(IB) 접근 방식을 통해 달성됩니다. VOF-IB 확장 기술을 사용하여 3상 접촉 라인을 강화하는 향상된 방법이 도입되었습니다. 현실적인 공정 매개변수와 재료 특성을 사용하여 바인더 제트 기본 형성에 대한 여러 시뮬레이션을 제시합니다.

DEM 입자 시스템은 물리적 니켈 합금 분말 공급원료의 응집 거동을 재현하기 위해 실험적으로 보정되었습니다. 우리는 시뮬레이션된 기본 과립과 내부 검증 장치에서 얻은 일대일 실험 대응물을 직접 비교하여 프로세스의 기본이 되는 상호 의존적인 유체 및 입자 역학을 해결하는 제안된 모델의 능력을 보여줍니다.

이 계산 프레임워크는 바인더 제트 3D 프린팅의 기본 메커니즘에 대한 전례 없는 통찰력을 제공하고 실험에 내재된 문제를 피하는 공정 매개변수 최적화 및 결함 완화를 위한 다용도의 새로운 접근 방식을 제시합니다.

Introduction

Binder jet 3D printing (BJ3DP) is a powder bed additive manufacturing (AM) technology capable of fabricating geometrically complex components from advanced engineering materials, such as metallic superalloys and ultra-high temperature ceramics [1], [2]. As illustrated in Fig. 1(a), the process is comprised of many repetitive print cycles, each contributing a new cross-sectional layer on top of a preceding one to form a 3D CAD-specified geometry. The feedstock material is first delivered from a hopper to a build plate and then spread into a thin layer by a counter-rotating roller. After powder spreading, a print head containing many individual inkjet nozzles traverses over the powder bed while precisely jetting binder microdroplets onto select regions of the spread layer. Following binder deposition, the build plate lowers by a specified layer thickness, leaving a thin void space at the top of the job box that the subsequent powder layer will occupy. This cycle repeats until the full geometries are formed layer by layer. Powder bed fusion (PBF) methods follow a similar procedure, except they instead use a laser or electron beam to selectively melt and fuse the powder material. Compared to PBF, binder jetting offers several distinct advantages, including faster build rates, enhanced scalability for large production volumes, reduced machine and operational costs, and a wider selection of suitable feedstock materials [2]. However, binder jetted parts generally possess inferior mechanical properties and reduced dimensional accuracy [3]. As a result, widescale adoption of BJ3DP to fabricate high-performance, mission-critical components, such as those common to the aerospace and defense sectors, is contingent on novel process improvements and innovations [4].

A major obstacle hindering the advancement of BJ3DP is our limited understanding of how various printing parameters and material properties collectively influence the underlying physical mechanisms of the process and their effect on the resulting components. To date, the vast majority of research efforts to uncover these relationships have relied mainly on experimental approaches [5], [6], [7], [8], [9], [10], [11], [12], [13], [14], [15], [16], [17], [18], [19], which are often expensive and time-consuming and have inherent physical restrictions on what can be measured and observed. For these reasons, there is a rapidly growing interest in using computational models to circumvent the challenges of experimental investigations and facilitate a deeper understanding of the process’s fundamental phenomena. While significant progress has been made in developing and deploying numerical frameworks aimed at powder spreading [20], [21], [22], [23], [24], [25], [26], [27] and sintering [28], [29], [30], [31], [32], simulating the interfacial fluid–particle interaction (IFPI) in the binder deposition stage is still in its infancy. In their exhaustive review, Mostafaei et al. [2] point out the lack of computational models capable of resolving the coupled fluid and particle dynamics associated with binder jetting and suggest that the development of such tools is critical to further improving the process and enhancing the quality of its end-use components.

We define IFPI as a multiphase flow regime characterized by immiscible fluid phases separated by dynamic interfaces that intersect the surfaces of moving solid particles. As illustrated in Fig. 1(b), an elaborate IFPI occurs when a binder droplet impacts the powder bed in BJ3DP. The momentum transferred from the impacting droplet may cause powder compaction, cratering, and particle ejection. These ballistic disturbances can have deleterious effects on surface texture and lead to the formation of large void spaces inside the part [5], [13]. After impact, the droplet spreads laterally on the bed surface and vertically into the pore network, driven initially by inertial impact forces and then solely by capillary action [33]. Attractive capillary forces exerted on mutually wetted particles tend to draw them inward towards each other, forming a packed cluster of bound particles referred to as a primitive [34]. A single-drop primitive is the most fundamental building element of a BJ3DP part, and the interaction leading to its formation has important implications on the final part characteristics, such as its mechanical properties, resolution, and dimensional accuracy. Generally, binder droplets are deposited successively as the print head traverses over the powder bed. The traversal speed and jetting frequency are set such that consecutive droplets coalesce in the bed, creating a multi-drop primitive line instead of a single-drop primitive granule. The binder must be jetted with sufficient velocity to penetrate the powder bed deep enough to provide adequate interlayer binding; however, a higher impact velocity leads to more pronounced ballistic effects.

A computational framework equipped to simulate the interdependent fluid and particle dynamics in BJ3DP would allow for unprecedented observational and measurement capability at temporal and spatial resolutions not currently achievable by state-of-the-art imaging technology, namely synchrotron X-ray imaging [13], [14], [18], [19]. Unfortunately, BJ3DP presents significant numerical challenges that have slowed the development of suitable modeling frameworks; the most significant of which are as follows:

  • 1.Incorporating dynamic fluid–fluid interfaces with complex topological features remains a nontrivial task for standard mesh-based CFD codes. There are two broad categories encompassing the methods used to handle interfacial flows: interface tracking and interface capturing [35]. Interface capturing techniques, such as the popular volume-of-fluid (VOF) [36] and level-set methods [37], [38], are better suited for problems with interfaces that become heavily distorted or when coalescence and fragmentation occur frequently; however, they are less accurate in resolving surface tension and boundary layer effects compared to interface tracking methods like front-tracking [39], arbitrary Lagrangian–Eulerian [40], and space–time finite element formulations [41]. Since interfacial forces become increasingly dominant at decreasing length scales, inaccurate surface tension calculations can significantly deteriorate the fidelity of IFPI simulations involving <100 μm droplets and particles.
  • 2.Dynamic powder systems are often modeled using the discrete element method (DEM) introduced by Cundall and Strack [42]. For IFPI problems, a CFD-DEM coupling scheme is required to exchange information between the fluid and particle solvers. Fully-resolved CFD-DEM coupling suggests that the flow field around individual particle surfaces is resolved on the CFD mesh [43], [44]. In contrast, unresolved coupling volume averages the effect of the dispersed solid phase on the continuous fluid phases [45], [46], [47], [48]. Comparatively, the former is computationally expensive but provides detailed information about the IFPI in question and is more appropriate when contact line dynamics are significant. However, since the pore structure of a powder bed is convoluted and evolves with time, resolving such solid–fluid interfaces on a computational mesh presents similar challenges as fluid–fluid interfaces discussed in the previous point. Although various algorithms have been developed to deform unstructured meshes to accommodate moving solid surfaces (see Bazilevs et al. [49] for an overview of such methods), they can be prohibitively expensive when frequent topology changes require mesh regeneration rather than just modification through nodal displacement. The pore network in a powder bed undergoes many topology changes as particles come in and out of contact with each other, constantly closing and opening new flow channels. Non-body-conforming structured grid approaches that rely on immersed boundary (IB) methods to embed the particles in the flow field can be better suited for such cases [50]. Nevertheless, accurately representing these complex pore geometries on Cartesian grids requires extremely high mesh resolutions, which can impose significant computational costs.
  • 3.Capillary effects depend on the contact angle at solid–liquid–gas intersections. Since mesh nodes do not coincide with a particle surface when using an IB method on structured grids, imposing contact angle boundary conditions at three-phase contact lines is not straightforward.

While these issues also pertain to PBF process modeling, resolving particle motion is generally less crucial for analyzing melt pool dynamics compared to primitive formation in BJ3DP. Therefore, at present, the vast majority of computational process models of PBF assume static powder beds and avoid many of the complications described above, see, e.g., [51], [52], [53], [54], [55], [56], [57], [58], [59]. Li et al. [60] presented the first 2D fully-resolved CFD-DEM simulations of the interaction between the melt pool, powder particles, surrounding gas, and metal vapor in PBF. Following this work, Yu and Zhao [61], [62] published similar melt pool IFPI simulations in 3D; however, contact line dynamics and capillary forces were not considered. Compared to PBF, relatively little work has been published regarding the computational modeling of binder deposition in BJ3DP. Employing the open-source VOF code Gerris [63], Tan [33] first simulated droplet impact on a powder bed with appropriate binder jet parameters, namely droplet size and impact velocity. However, similar to most PBF melt pool simulations described in the current literature, the powder bed was fixed in place and not allowed to respond to the interacting fluid phases. Furthermore, a simple face-centered cubic packing of non-contacting, monosized particles was considered, which does not provide a realistic pore structure for AM powder beds. Building upon this approach, we presented a framework to simulate droplet impact on static powder beds with more practical particle size distributions and packing arrangements [64]. In a study similar to [33], [64], Deng et al. [65] used the VOF capability in Ansys Fluent to examine the lateral and vertical spreading of a binder droplet impacting a fixed bimodal powder bed with body-centered packing. Li et al. [66] also adopted Fluent to conduct 2D simulations of a 100 μm diameter droplet impacting substrates with spherical roughness patterns meant to represent the surface of a simplified powder bed with monosized particles. The commercial VOF-based software FLOW-3D offers an AM module centered on process modeling of various AM technologies, including BJ3DP. However, like the above studies, particle motion is still not considered in this codebase. Ur Rehman et al. [67] employed FLOW-3D to examine microdroplet impact on a fixed stainless steel powder bed. Using OpenFOAM, Erhard et al. [68] presented simulations of different droplet impact spacings and patterns on static sand particles.

Recently, Fuchs et al. [69] introduced an impressive multipurpose smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH) framework capable of resolving IFPI in various AM methods, including both PBF and BJ3DP. In contrast to a combined CFD-DEM approach, this model relies entirely on SPH meshfree discretization of both the fluid and solid governing equations. The authors performed several prototype simulations demonstrating an 80 μm diameter droplet impacting an unconstrained powder bed at different speeds. While the powder bed responds to the hydrodynamic forces imparted by the impacting droplet, the particle motion is inconsistent with experimental time-resolved observations of the process [13]. Specifically, the ballistic effects, such as particle ejection and bed deformation, were drastically subdued, even in simulations using a droplet velocity ∼ 5× that of typical jetting conditions. This behavior could be caused by excessive damping in the inter-particle contact force computations within their SPH framework. Moreover, the wetted particles did not appear to be significantly influenced by the strong capillary forces exerted by the binder as no primitive agglomeration occurred. The authors mention that the objective of these simulations was to demonstrate their codebase’s broad capabilities and that some unrealistic process parameters were used to improve computational efficiency and stability, which could explain the deviations from experimental observations.

In the present paper, we develop a novel 3D CFD-DEM numerical framework for simulating fully-resolved IFPI during binder jetting with realistic material properties and process parameters. The CFD module is based on the VOF method for capturing binder–air interfaces. Surface tension effects are realized through the continuum surface force (CSF) method with height function calculations of interface curvature. Central to our fluid solver is a proprietary block-structured AMR library with hierarchical octree grid nesting to focus enhanced grid resolution near fluid–fluid interfaces. The GPU-accelerated DEM module considers six degrees of freedom particle motion and includes models based on Hertz-Mindlin contact, van der Waals cohesion, and viscoelastic rolling resistance. The CFD and DEM modules are coupled to achieve fully-resolved IFPI using an IB approach in which Lagrangian solid particles are mapped to the underlying Eulerian fluid mesh through a solid volume fraction field. An improved VOF-IB extension algorithm is introduced to enforce the contact angle at three-phase intersections. This provides robust capillary flow behavior and accurate computations of the fluid-induced forces and torques acting on individual wetted particles in densely packed powder beds.

We deploy our integrated codebase for direct numerical simulations of single-drop primitive formation with powder beds whose particle size distributions are generated from corresponding laboratory samples. These simulations use jetting parameters similar to those employed in current BJ3DP machines, fluid properties that match commonly used aqueous polymeric binders, and powder properties specific to nickel alloy feedstocks. The cohesion behavior of the DEM powder is calibrated based on the angle of repose of the laboratory powder systems. The resulting primitive granules are compared with those obtained from one-to-one experiments conducted using a dedicated in-house test apparatus. Finally, we demonstrate how the proposed framework can simulate more complex and realistic printing operations involving multi-drop primitive lines.

Section snippets

Mathematical description of interfacial fluid–particle interaction

This section briefly describes the governing equations of fluid and particle dynamics underlying the CFD and DEM solvers. Our unified framework follows an Eulerian–Lagrangian approach, wherein the Navier–Stokes equations of incompressible flow are discretized on an Eulerian grid to describe the motion of the binder liquid and surrounding gas, and the Newton–Euler equations account for the positions and orientations of the Lagrangian powder particles. The mathematical foundation for

CFD solver for incompressible flow with multifluid interfaces

This section details the numerical methodology used in our CFD module to solve the Navier–Stokes equations of incompressible flow. First, we introduce the VOF method for capturing the interfaces between the binder and air phases. This approach allows us to solve the fluid dynamics equations considering only a single continuum field with spatial and temporal variations in fluid properties. Next, we describe the time integration procedure using a fractional-step projection algorithm for

DEM solver for solid particle dynamics

This section covers the numerical procedure for tracking the motion of individual powder particles with DEM. The Newton–Euler equations (Eqs. (10), (11)) are ordinary differential equations (ODEs) for which many established numerical integrators are available. In general, the most challenging aspects of DEM involve processing particle collisions in a computationally efficient manner and dealing with small time step constraints that result from stiff materials, such as metallic AM powders. The

Unified CFD-DEM solver

The preceding sections have introduced the CFD and DEM solution algorithms separately. Here, we discuss the integrated CFD-DEM solution algorithm and related details.

Binder jet process modeling and validation experiments

In this section, we deploy our CFD-DEM framework to simulate the IFPI occurring during the binder droplet deposition stage of the BJ3DP process. The first simulations attempt to reproduce experimental single-drop primitive granules extracted from four nickel alloy powder samples with varying particle size distributions. The experiments are conducted with a dedicated in-house test apparatus that allows for the precision deposition of individual binder microdroplets into a powder bed sample. The

Conclusions

This paper introduces a coupled CFD-DEM framework capable of fully-resolved simulation of the interfacial fluid–particle interaction occurring in the binder jet 3D printing process. The interfacial flow of binder and surrounding air is captured with the VOF method and surface tension effects are incorporated using the CSF technique augmented by height function curvature calculations. Block-structured AMR is employed to provide localized grid refinement around the evolving liquid–gas interface.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Joshua J. Wagner: Conceptualization, Data curation, Formal analysis, Investigation, Methodology, Software, Visualization, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing. C. Fred Higgs III: Conceptualization, Funding acquisition, Investigation, Methodology, Project administration, Resources, Supervision, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgments

This work was supported by a NASA Space Technology Research Fellowship, United States of America, Grant No. 80NSSC19K1171. Partial support was also provided through an AIAA Foundation Orville, USA and Wilbur Wright Graduate Award, USA . The authors would like to gratefully acknowledge Dr. Craig Smith of NASA Glenn Research Center for the valuable input he provided on this project.

References (155)

그림 12: 시간 경과에 따른 속도 카운터: 30초 그림 13: 시간 경과에 따른 속도 카운터: 20초

Gemelo digital del puente de Kalix: cargas estructurales de futuros eventos climáticos extremos

Kalix Bridge 디지털 트윈: 미래 극한 기후 현상으로 인한 구조적 부하

Este documento está relacionado con un proyecto en curso para el cual se está desarrollando e implementando un gemelo digital estructural del puente de Kalix en Suecia.
이 문서는 스웨덴 Kalix 교량의 구조적 디지털 트윈이 개발 및 구현되고 있는 진행 중인 프로젝트와 관련이 있습니다.

Autores: Mahyar Kazemian1, Sajad Nikdel2, Mehrnaz MohammadEsmaeili3, Vahid Nik4, Kamyab Zandi*5

RESUMEN Las cargas ambientales, como el viento y el caudal de los ríos, juegan un papel esencial en el diseño y evaluación estructural de puentes de grandes luces. El cambio climático y los eventos climáticos extremos son amenazas para la confiabilidad y seguridad de la red de transporte.

Esto ha llevado a una creciente demanda de modelos de gemelos digitales para investigar la resistencia de los puentes en condiciones climáticas extremas. El puente de Kalix, construido sobre el río Kalix en Suecia en 1956, se utiliza como banco de pruebas en este contexto.

La estructura del puente, realizada en hormigón postensado, consta de cinco vanos, siendo el más largo de 94 m. En este estudio, las características aerodinámicas y los valores extremos de la simulación numérica del viento, como la presión en la superficie, se obtienen utilizando la simulación de remolinos desprendidos retardados (DDES) de Spalart-Allmaras como un enfoque de turbulencia RANS-LES híbrido que es práctico y computacionalmente eficiente para cerca de la pared densidad de malla impuesta por el método LES.

La presión del viento en la superficie se obtiene para tres escenarios climáticos extremos, que incluyen un clima con mucho viento, un clima extremadamente frío y el valor de cálculo para un período de retorno de 3000 años. El resultado indica diferencias significativas en la presión del viento en la superficie debido a las capas de tiempo que provienen de la simulación del flujo de viento transitorio. Para evaluar el comportamiento estructural en el escenario de viento crítico, se considera el valor más alto de presión en la superficie para cada escenario.

Además, se realiza un estudio hidrodinámico en los pilares del puente, en el que se simula el flujo del río por el método VOF, y se examina el proceso de movimiento del agua alrededor de los pilares de forma transitoria y en diferentes momentos. En cada una de las superficies del pilar se calcula la presión superficial aplicada por el caudal del río con el caudal volumétrico más alto registrado.

Para simular el flujo del río, se ha utilizado la información y las condiciones meteorológicas registradas en períodos anteriores. Los resultados muestran que la presión en la superficie en el momento en que el flujo del río golpea los pilares es mucho mayor que en los momentos posteriores. Esta cantidad de presión se puede usar como carga crítica en los cálculos de interacción fluido-estructura (FSI).

Finalmente, para ambas secciones, la presión en la superficie del viento, el campo de velocidades con respecto a las líneas de sondas auxiliares, los contornos del movimiento circunferencial del agua alrededor de los pilares y el diagrama de presión en ellos se informan en diferentes intervalos de tiempo.

요약 바람, 강의 흐름과 같은 환경 하중은 장대 교량의 설계 및 구조 평가에 필수적인 역할을 합니다. 기후 변화와 기상 이변은 교통 네트워크의 신뢰성과 보안에 위협이 됩니다.

이로 인해 극한 기상 조건에서 교량의 복원력을 조사하기 위한 디지털 트윈 모델에 대한 수요가 증가했습니다. 1956년 스웨덴 칼릭스 강 위에 건설된 칼릭스 다리는 이러한 맥락에서 테스트베드로 사용됩니다.

포스트텐션 콘크리트로 만들어진 교량 구조는 5개 경간으로 구성되며 가장 긴 길이는 94m입니다. 본 연구에서는 하이브리드 RANS-LES 난류 접근 방식인 Spalart-Allmaras 지연 분리 와류 시뮬레이션(DDES)을 사용하여 수치적 바람 시뮬레이션의 공기역학적 특성과 표면압 등 극한값을 얻습니다. LES 방법으로 부과된 벽 근처 메쉬 밀도.

바람이 많이 부는 기후, 극도로 추운 기후, 그리고 3000년의 반환 기간에 대해 계산된 값을 포함한 세 가지 극한 기후 시나리오에 대해 표면 풍압을 얻습니다. 결과는 과도 풍류 시뮬레이션에서 나오는 시간 레이어로 인해 표면 풍압에 상당한 차이가 있음을 나타냅니다. 임계 바람 시나리오에서 구조적 거동을 평가하기 위해 각 시나리오에 대해 가장 높은 표면 압력 값이 고려됩니다.

또한 교량 기둥에 대한 유체 역학 연구를 수행하여 하천의 흐름을 VOF 방법으로 시뮬레이션하고 기둥 주변의 물 이동 과정을 일시적이고 다른 시간에 조사합니다. 각 기둥 표면에서 기록된 체적 유량이 가장 높은 강의 흐름에 의해 적용되는 표면 압력이 계산됩니다.

강의 흐름을 시뮬레이션하기 위해 이전 기간에 기록된 정보와 기상 조건이 사용되었습니다. 결과는 강의 흐름이 기둥에 닿는 순간의 표면 압력이 나중에 순간보다 훨씬 높다는 것을 보여줍니다. 이 압력의 양은 유체-구조 상호작용(FSI) 계산에서 임계 하중으로 사용될 수 있습니다.

마지막으로 두 섹션 모두 바람 표면의 압력, 보조 프로브 라인에 대한 속도장, 기둥 주위 물의 원주 운동 윤곽 및 압력 다이어그램이 서로 다른 시간 간격으로 보고됩니다.

키워드: 디지털 트윈 , 풍력 공학, 콘크리트 교량, 유체역학, CFD 시뮬레이션, DDES 난류 모델, Kalix 교량

Palabras clave: Gemelo digital , Ingeniería eólica, Puente de hormigón, Hidrodinámica, Simulación CFD, Modelo de turbulencia DDES, Puente Kalix

1. Introducción

Las infraestructuras de transporte son la columna vertebral de nuestra sociedad y los puentes son el cuello de botella de la red de transporte [1]. Además, el cambio climático que da como resultado tasas de deterioro más altas y los eventos climáticos extremos son amenazas importantes para la confiabilidad y seguridad de las redes de transporte. Durante la última década, muchos puentes se han dañado o fallado por condiciones climáticas extremas como tifones e inundaciones.

Wang et al. analizó los impactos del cambio climático y mostró que se espera que el deterioro de los puentes de hormigón sea aún peor que en la actualidad, y se prevé que los eventos climáticos extremos sean más frecuentes y con mayor gravedad [2].

Además, la demanda de capacidad de carga a menudo aumenta con el tiempo, por ejemplo, debido al uso de camiones más pesados para el transporte de madera en el norte de Europa y América del Norte. Por lo tanto, existe una necesidad creciente de métodos confiables para evaluar la resistencia estructural de la red de transporte en condiciones climáticas extremas que tengan en cuenta los escenarios futuros de cambio climático.

Los activos de transporte por carretera se diseñan, construyen y explotan basándose en numerosas fuentes de datos y varios modelos. Por lo tanto, los ingenieros de diseño usan modelos establecidos proporcionados por las normas; ingenieros de construccion
documentar los datos en el material real y proporcionar planos según lo construido; los operadores recopilan datos sobre el tráfico, realizan inspecciones y planifican el mantenimiento; los científicos del clima combinan datos y modelos climáticos para
predecir eventos climáticos futuros, y los ingenieros de evaluación calculan el impacto de la carga climática extrema en la estructura.

Dadas las fuentes abrumadoras y la complejidad de los datos y modelos, es posible que la información y los cálculos actualizados no estén disponibles para decisiones cruciales, por ejemplo, con respecto a la seguridad estructural y la operabilidad de la infraestructura durante episodios de eventos extremos. La falta de una integración perfecta entre los datos de la infraestructura, los modelos estructurales y la toma de decisiones a nivel del sistema es una limitación importante de las soluciones actuales, lo que conduce a la inadaptación e incertidumbre y crea costos e ineficiencias.

El gemelo digital estructural de la infraestructura es una simulación estructural viva que reúne todos los datos y modelos y se actualiza desde múltiples fuentes para representar su contraparte física. El Digital Twin estructural, mantenido durante todo el ciclo de vida de un activo y fácilmente accesible en cualquier momento, proporciona al propietario/usuarios de la infraestructura una idea temprana de los riesgos potenciales para la movilidad inducidos por eventos climáticos, cargas de vehículos pesados e incluso el envejecimiento de un infraestructura de transporte.

En un proyecto en curso, estamos desarrollando e implementando un gemelo digital estructural para el puente de Kalix en Suecia. El objetivo general del presente artículo es presentar un método y estudiar los resultados de la cuantificación de las cargas estructurales resultantes de eventos climáticos extremos basados en escenarios climáticos futuros para el puente de Kalix. El puente de Kalix, construido sobre el río Kalix en Suecia en 1956, está hecho de una viga cajón de hormigón postensado. El puente se utiliza como banco de pruebas para la demostración de métodos de evaluación y control de la salud estructural (SHM) de última generación.

El objetivo específico de la investigación actual es dar cuenta de parámetros climáticos como el viento y el flujo de agua, que imponen cargas estáticas y dinámicas en las estructuras. Nuestro método, en el primer paso, consiste en simulaciones de flujo de viento y simulaciones de flujo de agua utilizando un modelado CFD transitorio basado en el modelo de turbulencia LES/DES para cuantificar las cargas de viento e hidráulicas; esto constituye el punto focal principal de este artículo.

En el siguiente paso, se estudiará la respuesta estructural del puente mediante la transformación de los perfiles de carga eólica e hidráulica en cargas estructurales en el análisis de EF estructural no lineal. Por último, el modelo estructural se actualizará incorporando sin problemas los datos del SHM y, por lo tanto, creando un gemelo digital estructural que refleje la verdadera respuesta de la estructura. Los dos primeros enfoques de investigación permanecen fuera del alcance inmediato del presente artículo.

2. Descripción del puente de Kalix

El puente de Kalix consta de 5 vanos largos de los cuales el más largo tiene unos 94 metros y el más corto 43,85 m. El puente es de hormigón postensado, el cual se cuela in situ de forma segmentaria y una viga cajón no prismática como se muestra en la Fig. 1. El puente es simétrico en geometría y hay una bisagra en el punto medio. El ancho del tablero del puente en la losa superior e inferior es de aproximadamente 13 my 7,5 m, respectivamente. El espesor del muro es de 45 cm y el espesor de la losa inferior varía de 20 cm a
50 cm.

Fig. 1. Geometría y secciones del puente

Fig. 1. Geometría y secciones del puente

3. Simulación de viento

Las pruebas en túnel de viento solían ser la única forma de examinar la reacción de los puentes a las cargas de viento Consulte [3]; sin embargo, estos experimentos requieren mucho tiempo y son costosos. Se requieren cerca de 6 a 8 semanas para realizar una prueba típica en un túnel de viento Consulte [4]. Los últimos logros en la capacidad computacional de las computadoras brindan oportunidades para la simulación práctica del viento alrededor de puentes utilizando la dinámica de fluidos computacional (CFD).

Es beneficioso investigar la presión del viento en los componentes del puente utilizando una simulación por computadora. Es necesario determinar los parámetros de simulación del puente y el campo de viento a su alrededor; por lo tanto, se pueden evaluar con precisión sus impactos en las fuerzas aplicadas en el puente.

Las demandas de diseño de las estructuras de puentes requieren una investigación rigurosa de la acción del viento, especialmente en condiciones climáticas extremas. Garantizar la estabilidad de los puentes de grandes luces, ya que sus características y formaciones son más propensas a la carga de viento, se encuentra entre las principales consideraciones de diseño [3].

3.1. Parámetros de simulación

La velocidad básica del viento se elige 22 m/s según el mapa de viento de Suecia y la ubicación del puente de Kalix según EN 1991-1-4 [5] y el código sueco BFS 2019: 1 EKS 11; ver figura 1. La superficie libre sobre el agua se considera un área expuesta a la carga de viento. La dirección del ataque del viento dominante se considera perpendicular al tablero del puente.

Las simulaciones actuales se basan en tres escenarios que incluyen: viento extremo, frío extremo y valor de diseño para un período de retorno de 3000 años. Cada condición tiene diferentes valores de temperatura, viento básico
velocidad, viscosidad cinemática y densidad del aire, como se muestra en la Tabla 1. Los conjuntos de datos meteorológicos se sintetizaron para dos semanas meteorológicas extremas durante el período de 30 años de 2040-2069, considerando 13 escenarios climáticos futuros diferentes con diferentes modelos climáticos globales (GCM) y rutas de concentración representativas (RCP).

Se seleccionaron una semana de frío extremo y una semana de viento extremo utilizando el enfoque desarrollado
de Nik [7]. El planteamiento se adaptó a las necesidades de este trabajo, considerando el horario semanal en lugar de mensual. Se ha verificado la aplicación del enfoque para simulaciones complejas, incluidos los sistemas de energía Consulte [7] Consulte [8], hidrotermal Consulte [ 9] y simulaciones de microclimas Consulte [10].

Para considerar las condiciones climáticas extremas de una infraestructura muy importante, el valor de la velocidad básica del viento debe transferirse del período de retorno de 50 años a 3000 años como se indica en la ecuación 1 [6]. El perfil de velocidad y turbulencia se crea en base a EN 1991-1-4 [5] para la categoría de terreno 0 (Z0 = 0,003 my Zmín = 1 m), donde Z0 y Zmín son la longitud de rugosidad y la altura mínima, respectivamente. La variación de la velocidad del viento con la altura se define en la ecuación 2, donde co (z) es el factor de orografía tomado como 1, vm (z) es la velocidad media del viento a la altura z, kr es el factor del terreno que depende de la longitud de la rugosidad , e Iv (z) es la intensidad de la turbulencia; ver ecuación 3.���50=[0.36+0.1ln12�]     1�����=��·ln��0·���  [2]���=�����=�1�0�·ln�/�0  ��� ����≤�≤����  [3]���=������                                ��� �<����                   [4]

Velocidad del viento, variación de la velocidad del viento con la altura, intensidad de la turbulencia

Se calcula que el valor de la velocidad del viento para T = período de retorno de 3000 años es de 31 m/s; por lo tanto, los diagramas de velocidad del viento e intensidad de turbulencia se obtienen como se muestra en la figura 2.

Tabla. 1. Información meteorológica para tres escenarios

Tabla. 1. Información meteorológica para tres escenarios

Fig.  2. Valor de cálculo para la información del periodo de retorno de 3000 años: (a) Velocidad del viento y (b) Perfil de intensidad de turbulencia, y (c) Especificaciones del modelo

Fig. 2. Valor de cálculo para la información del periodo de retorno de 3000 años: (a) Velocidad del viento y (b) Intensidad de la turbulencia perfil, y (c) Especificaciones del modelo

3.2. Modelo de turbulencia

Para que las investigaciones sean precisas en el flujo alrededor de estructuras importantes como puentes, se aplica un enfoque híbrido que incluye simulaciones de remolinos desprendidos retardados (DDES) y es computacionalmente eficiente [11] [12]. Este modelo de turbulencia usa un método RANS cerca de las capas límite y el método LES lejos de las capas límite y en el área del flujo de la región separada ‘.

En el primer paso, el enfoque de simulación de remolinos separados se ha ampliado para adquirir predicciones de fuerza fiables en los modelos con un gran impacto del flujo separado. Hay varios ejemplos en la parte de revisión de Spalart Consulte [11] para varios casos que usan la aplicación del modelo de turbulencia de simulación de remolino separado (DES).

La formulación DES inicial [13] se desarrolla utilizando el enfoque de Spalart-Allmaras. Con respecto a la transición del enfoque RANS al LES, se revisa el término de destrucción en la ecuación de transporte de viscosidad modificada: la distancia entre un punto en el dominio y la superficie sólida más cercana (d) se sustituye por el factor introducido por:�~=���(�.����·∆)

Factor que sustituye la distancia entre el punto en el dominio y la superficie sólida más cercana (d)

donde CDES es un coeficiente, se considera como 0,65 y Δ es una escala de longitud asociada con el espaciado de la rejilla local:�=���(��.��.��)

Escala de longitud asociada con el espaciado de rejilla local

Se ha empleado un enfoque modificado de DES, conocido como simulación de remolinos desprendidos retardados (DDES), para dominar el probable problema de la “separación inducida por la rejilla” (GIS) que está relacionado con la geometría de la rejilla. El objetivo de este nuevo enfoque es confirmar que el modelado de turbulencia se mantiene en modo RANS en todas las capas de contorno [14]. Por lo tanto, la definición del parámetro se modifica como se define:�~=�-�����(0. �-����·�)   6

Modificación del parámetro d

donde fd es una función de filtro que considera un valor de 0 en las capas límite cercanas al muro (zona RANS) y un valor de 1 en las áreas donde se realizó la separación del flujo (zona LES).

3.3. Rejilla computacional y resultados

RWIND 2.01 Pro se emplea para la simulación de viento CFD, que usa el código CFD externo OpenFOAM® versión 17.10. La simulación CFD tridimensional se realiza como una simulación de viento transitorio para flujo turbulento incompresible utilizando el algoritmo SIMPLE (Método semi-implícito para ecuaciones vinculadas a presión).

En la simulación actual, el solucionador de estado estacionario se considera como la condición inicial, lo que significa que cuando se está calculando el flujo transitorio, el cálculo del estado estacionario de la condición inicial comienza en la primera parte de la simulación y tan pronto como se calcula. completado, el cálculo de transitorios se iniciará automáticamente.

Fig.  3. Dominio del túnel de viento y rejilla computacional de referencia (8.057.279 celdas)

Fig. 3. Dominio del túnel de viento y rejilla computacional de referencia (8.057.279 celdas)

La cuadrícula computacional se realiza mediante 8.057.279 celdas tridimensionales y 8.820.901 nudos, también se consideran las dimensiones del dominio del túnel de viento 2000 m * 1000 m * 100 m (largo, ancho, alto) como se muestra en la figura 3. El volumen mínimo de la celda es de 6,34 * 10-5 m3, el volumen máximo es de 812,30 m3 y la desviación máxima es de 1,80.

La presión residual final se considera 5 * 10-5. El proceso de generación de mallas e independencia de la rejilla se ha realizado utilizando los cuatro tamaños de malla que se muestran en la figura 4 para la malla de referencia, y finalmente se ha conseguido la independencia de la rejilla.

Fig.  4. Estudio de rejilla de cuatro tamaños de malla computacional a través de la línea de sondeo.

Fig. 4. Estudio de rejilla de cuatro tamaños de malla computacional a través de la línea de sondeo.

Se han realizado tres simulaciones para obtener el valor de la presión del viento para condiciones climáticas extremas y el valor de cálculo del viento que se muestra en la Fig. 5. Para cada escenario, el resultado de la presión del viento se obtiene utilizando el modelo de turbulencia transitoria DDES con respecto a 30 (s) de duración que incluye 60 capas de tiempo (Δt = 0,5 s).

Se puede observar que el área frontal del puente está expuesta a la presión del viento positiva y la cantidad de presión aumenta en la altura cerca del borde del tablero para todos los escenarios. Además, la Fig. 5. ilustra los valores negativos de la presión del viento en su totalidad en la superficie de la cubierta. El valor de pertenencia para el período de 3000 años es mucho más alto que los otros escenarios.

Es importante tener en cuenta que el intervalo de la velocidad del viento de entrada tiene un gran impacto en el valor de la presión en la superficie más que en los otros parámetros. Además, para cada escenario, el intervalo más alto de presión del viento y succión durante el tiempo total debe considerarse como una carga de viento crítica impuesta a la estructura. El valor más bajo de la presión en la superficie se obtiene en el escenario de condiciones de frío extremo, mientras que en condiciones de mucho viento, el valor de la presión se vuelve un orden de magnitud más alto.

Fig.  5. Contorno de presión superficial y diagrama para 60 capas de tiempo (Δt = 0.5 s) a través de una línea de sondeo para tres escenarios.

Fig. 5. Contorno de presión superficial y diagrama para 60 capas de tiempo (Δt = 0.5 s) a través de una línea de sondeo para tres escenarios.

Además, es importante tener en cuenta que el comportamiento del puente sería completamente diferente debido a las diferentes temperaturas del aire, y puede ocurrir un posible caso crítico en el escenario que experimente una presión menor. Con respecto al valor de entrada de cada escenario, el rango más alto de presión del viento pertenece al nivel de diseño debido al período de retorno de 3000 años, que ha recibido la velocidad del viento más alta como velocidad de entrada.

4. Simulación hidráulica

Los pilares de los puentes a través del río pueden bloquear el flujo al reducir la sección transversal del río, crear corrientes parásitas locales y cambiar la velocidad del flujo, lo que puede ejercer presión en las superficies de los pilares. Cuando el río fluye hacia los pilares del puente, el proceso del flujo de agua alrededor de la base se puede dividir en dos partes: aplicando presión en el momento en que el agua golpea el pilar del puente y después de la presión inicial cuando el agua fluye alrededor de los pilares [15].

Cuando el agua alcanza los pilares del puente a una cierta velocidad, el efecto de la presión sobre los pilares es mucho mayor que la presión del fluido que queda a su alrededor. Debido a los desarrollos de la ciencia de la computación, así como al desarrollo cada vez mayor de los códigos dinámicos de fluidos computacionales, se han utilizado ampliamente varias simulaciones numéricas y se ha demostrado que los resultados de muchas simulaciones son consistentes con los resultados experimentales [16].

Por ello, en esta investigación se ha utilizado el método de la dinámica de fluidos computacional para simular los fenómenos que gobiernan el comportamiento del flujo de los ríos. Para este estudio se ha seleccionado una solución tridimensional basada en cálculos numéricos utilizando el modelo de turbulencia LES. La simulación tridimensional del flujo del río en diferentes direcciones y velocidades nos permite calcular y analizar todas las presiones en la superficie de los pilares del puente en diferentes intervalos de tiempo.

4.1. Parámetros de simulación

El flujo del río se puede definir como un flujo de dos fases, que incluye agua y aire, en un canal abierto. El flujo de canal abierto es un flujo de fluido con una superficie libre en la que la presión atmosférica se distribuye uniformemente y se crea por el peso del fluido. Para simular este tipo de flujo se utiliza el método multifase VOF.

El programa Flow3D, disponible en el mercado, utiliza los métodos de fracciones volumétricas VOF y FAVOF. En el método VOF, el dominio de modelado se divide primero en celdas de elementos o volúmenes de controles más pequeños. Para los elementos que contienen fluidos, se mantienen valores numéricos para cada una de las variables de flujo dentro de ellos.

Estos valores representan la media volumétrica de los valores en cada elemento. En las corrientes superficiales libres, no todas las celdas están llenas de líquido; algunas celdas en la superficie de flujo están medio llenas. En este caso, se define una cantidad llamada volumen de fluido, F, que representa la parte de la celda que se llena con el fluido.

Después de determinar la posición y el ángulo de la superficie del flujo, será posible aplicar las condiciones de contorno apropiadas en la superficie del flujo para calcular el movimiento del fluido. A medida que se mueve el fluido, el valor de F también cambia con él. Las superficies libres son monitoreadas automáticamente por el movimiento de fluido dentro de una red fija. El método FAVOR se usa para determinar la geometría.

También se puede usar otra cantidad de fracción volumétrica para determinar el nivel de un cuerpo rígido desocupado ( Vf ). Cuando se conoce el volumen que ocupa el cuerpo rígido en cada celda, el límite del fluido dentro de la red fija se puede determinar como VOF. Este límite se usa para determinar las condiciones de contorno del muro que sigue el arroyo. En general, la ecuación de continuidad de masa es la siguiente:��𝜕�𝜕�+𝜕𝜕�(����)+�𝜕𝜕�(����)+𝜕𝜕�(����)+������=����   10

Ecuación de continuidad de masa

Las ecuaciones de movimiento para los componentes de la velocidad de un fluido en coordenadas 3D, o en otras palabras, las ecuaciones de Navier-Stokes, son las siguientes:𝜕�𝜕�+1�����𝜕�𝜕�+���𝜕�𝜕�+���𝜕�𝜕�+��2�����=-1�𝜕�𝜕�+��+��-��-��������-��-���    11𝜕�𝜕�+1�����𝜕�𝜕�+���𝜕�𝜕�+���𝜕�𝜕�+��������=-�1�𝜕�𝜕�+��+��-��-��������-��-���  12𝜕�𝜕�+1�����𝜕�𝜕�+���𝜕�𝜕�+���𝜕�𝜕�=-1�𝜕�𝜕�+��+��-��-��������-��-���              13

Ecuaciones de Navier-Stokes

Donde VF es la relación del volumen abierto al flujo, ρ es la densidad del fluido, (u, v, w) son las componentes de la velocidad en las direcciones x, y y z, respectivamente, R SOR es la función de la fuente, (Ax, Ay, Az ) son las áreas fraccionales, (Gx, Gy, Gz ) son las fuerzas gravitacionales, (fx, fy, fz ) son las aceleraciones de la viscosidad y (bx, by, bz ) son las pérdidas de flujo en medios porosos en las direcciones x, y, z, respectivamente [17].

La zona de captación del río Kalix es grande y amplia, por lo que tiene un clima subpolar con inviernos fríos y largos y veranos suaves y cortos. Aproximadamente el 50% de las precipitaciones en esta zona es nieve. En mayo, por lo general, el deshielo provoca un aumento significativo en el caudal del río. Las condiciones climáticas del río se resumen en la Tabla 2, [18].

Contrariamente a la tendencia general de este estudio, la previsión de las condiciones meteorológicas mencionadas está utilizando la información meteorológica registrada en los períodos pasados. En función de la información meteorológica disponible, definimos las condiciones de contorno al realizar los cálculos.

Tabla 2: Parámetros del modelo y tabla 3:Condiciones de contorno del modelo

Tabla 2: Parámetros del modelo y tabla 3:Condiciones de contorno del modelo

4.2 Cuadrícula computacional y resultados

Primero, según las dimensiones de los pilares en tres direcciones X, Y, Z, y según la dimensión longitudinal de los pilares (D = 8,5 m; véase la figura 7), el dominio se extiende 10D aguas arriba y 20D aguas abajo. Se ha utilizado el método de mallado estructurado (cartesiano) y el software Flow3D para resolver este problema. Para una cuadrícula correcta, el dominio se debe dividir en diferentes secciones.

Esta división se basa en lugares con fuertes pendientes. Usando la creación de una nueva superficie, el dominio se puede dividir en varias secciones para crear una malla regular con las dimensiones correctas y apropiadas, se puede especificar el número de celdas en cada superficie.

Fig. 6: Estudio de rejilla para el dominio hídrico

Fig. 6: Estudio de rejilla para el dominio hídrico

Esto aumenta el volumen final de las células. Por esta razón, hemos dividido este dominio en tres niveles: Grueso, medio y fino. Los resultados de los estudios de independencia de la red se muestran en la figura 6. Para comprobar los resultados calculados, primero debemos asegurarnos de que la corriente de entrada sea la correcta. Para hacer esto, el caudal de entrada se mide en el dominio de la solución y se compara con el valor base. Las dimensiones del dominio de la solución se especifican en la figura 7. Esta figura también contribuye al reconocimiento de los pilares del puente y su denominación de superficies.

Como se muestra en la Fig. 8, el caudal del río se encuentra dentro del intervalo admisible durante el 90% del tiempo de simulación y el caudal de entrada se ha simulado correctamente. Además, en la Fig. 9, la velocidad media del río se calcula en función del caudal y del área de la sección transversal del río.

Para extraer la cantidad de presión aplicada a los diferentes lados de las columnas, hemos seleccionado el intervalo de tiempo de simulación de 10 a 25 segundos (tiempo de estabilización de descarga en la cantidad de 1800 metros cúbicos por segundo). Los resultados calculados para cada lado se muestran en la Fig. 10 y 11. Los contornos de velocidad también se muestran en las Figuras 12 y 13. Estos contornos se ajustan en función de la velocidad del fluido en un momento dado.

Debido a las dimensiones del dominio de la solución y al caudal del río, el flujo de agua llega a los pilares del puente en el décimo segundo y la presión inicial del flujo del río afecta las superficies de los pilares del puente. Esta presión inicial decrece con el tiempo y se estabiliza en un rango determinado para cada lado según el área y el porcentaje de interacción con el flujo. Para los cálculos de interacción fluido-estructura (FSI), se puede usar la presión crítica calculada en el momento en que la corriente golpea los pilares.

Fig. 7: Dibujo del dominio hidrostático

Fig. 7: Dibujo del dominio hidrostático

Fig. 8: caudal del río; La figura 9: Caudal de la velocidad del río; La figura 10: Presión en la pila del puente - I; La figura 11: Presión en la pila del puente – II

Fig. 8: caudal del río; La figura 9: Caudal de la velocidad del río; La figura 10: Presión en la pila del puente – I; La figura 11: Presión en la pila del puente – II

Fig. 12: Contador de velocidad en el tiempo: 30s Fig. 13: Contador de velocidad en el tiempo: 20 s

Fig. 12: Contador de velocidad en el tiempo: 30s Fig. 13: Contador de velocidad en el tiempo: 20 s

5. Conclusión

Los efectos de las condiciones meteorológicas extremas, incluido el viento dinámico y el flujo de agua, se investigaron numéricamente para el puente de Kalix. Se definieron tres escenarios para las simulaciones dinámicas de viento, incluido el clima con mucho viento, el clima extremadamente frío y el valor de diseño para un período de retorno de 3.000 años. Aprovechando las simulaciones CFD, se determinaron las presiones del viento en pasos de 60 tiempos (30 segundos) utilizando el modelo de turbulencia transitoria DDES.

Los resultados indican diferencias significativas entre los escenarios, lo que implica la importancia de los datos de entrada, especialmente el diagrama de velocidades del viento. Se observó que el valor de diseño para el período de devolución de 3000 años tiene un impacto mucho mayor que los otros escenarios. Además, se mostró la importancia de considerar el rango más alto de presión del viento en la superficie a través de los pasos de tiempo para evaluar el comportamiento estructural del puente en la condición más crítica.

Además, se consideró el caudal máximo del río para una simulación transitoria según las condiciones meteorológicas registradas, y los pilares del puente se sometieron al caudal máximo del río durante 30 segundos. Por lo tanto, además de las condiciones físicas del flujo del río y cómo cambia la dirección del flujo aguas abajo, se cuantificaron las presiones máximas del agua en el momento en que el flujo golpea los pilares.

En el trabajo futuro, el rendimiento estructural del puente de Kalix será evaluado por
imposición de la carga del viento, la presión del agua y la carga del tráfico, creando así un gemelo digital estructural que refleja la verdadera respuesta de la estructura.

6. Reconocimiento

Los autores agradecen enormemente el apoyo de Dlubal Software por proporcionar la licencia de RWIND Simulation, así como de Flow Sciences Inc. por proporcionar la licencia de FLOW-3D.

Autores: Mahyar Kazemian1, Sajad Nikdel2, Mehrnaz MohammadEsmaeili3, Vahid Nik4, Kamyab Zandi*5

Candidato a doctorado, becario en el Departamento de Ingeniería de Timezyx Inc., Canadá.

M.Sc. estudiante, pasante en el Departamento de Ingeniería, Timezyx Inc., Canadá.

Estudiante de licenciatura, pasante en el Departamento de Ingeniería, Timezyx Inc., Canadá.

4 Profesor adjunto en la división de Física de la construcción de la Universidad de Lund y la Universidad Tecnológica de Chalmers, Suecia.

* 5 Director, Timezyx Inc., Vancouver, BC V6N 2R2, Canadá. E-mail: kamyab.zandi@timezyx.com


Referencias

  1. Jančula, M., Jošt, J., & Gocál, J. (2021). Influencia de las acciones ambientales agresivas en las estructuras de los puentes. Transportation Research Procedia, 55 , 1229–1235. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.trpro.2021.07.104
  2. Wang, X., Nguyen, M., Stewart, MG, Syme, M. y Leitch, A. (2010). Análisis de los impactos del cambio climático en el deterioro de la infraestructura de hormigón – Informe de síntesis. CSIRO, Canberra.
  3. Kemayou, BTM (2016). Análisis de secciones de tableros de puentes por el método de la pseudocompresibilidad basado en FDM y LES: Mejora del rendimiento mediante la implementación de la computación en paralelo (tesis). Universidad de Arkansas.
  4. Larsen, A. y Walther, JH (1997). Análisis aeroelástico de secciones de vigas de puentes basado en simulaciones discretas de vórtices. Journal of Wind Engineering and Industrial Aerodynamics, 67–68 , 253–265. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0167-6105(97)00077-9
  5. Eurocódigo 1: Acciones en estructuras. (2006). Instituto Británico de Normas.
  6. ASCE. Cargas mínimas de cálculo para edificios y otras estructuras. (2013). Sociedad Estadounidense de Ingenieros Civiles.
  7. Nik, VM (2016). Facilitación de la simulación energética para el clima futuro: síntesis de conjuntos de datos meteorológicos típicos y extremos a partir de modelos climáticos regionales (RCM). Applied Energy, 177 , 204–226. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2016.05.107
  8. Perera, AT, Nik, VM, Chen, D., Scartezzini, J.‑L. y Hong, T. (2020). Cuantificación de los impactos del cambio climático y los eventos climáticos extremos en los sistemas energéticos. Nature Energy, 5 (2), 150–159. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41560-020-0558-0
  9. Nik, VM (2017). Aplicación de conjuntos de datos meteorológicos típicos y extremos en la simulación higrotérmica de componentes de construcción para el clima futuro: un estudio de caso para un muro de entramado de madera. Energy and Buildings, 154 , 30–45. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enbuild.2017.08.042
  10. Hosseini, M., Javanroodi, K. y Nik, VM (2022). Evaluación de impacto de alta resolución del cambio climático en el rendimiento energético de los edificios considerando los eventos meteorológicos extremos y el microclima – Investigando las variaciones en el confort térmico interior y los grados-día. Ciudades sostenibles y sociedad, 78 , 103634. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scs.2021.103634
  11. Spalart, P. R. (2009). Simulación de remolinos separados. Revisión anual de mecánica de fluidos, 41 , 181–202. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.fluid.010908.165130
  12. Spalart, PR, et al. (2006) Una nueva versión de simulación de remolinos separados, resistente a densidades de rejilla ambiguas. Dinámica de fluidos teórica y computacional, 2006. 20 (3), 181-195. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00162-006-0015-0
  13. Spalart, PR (1997). Comentarios sobre la viabilidad de LES para alas y sobre una aproximación híbrida RANS/LES. En Actas de la Primera Conferencia Internacional de AFOSR sobre DNS/LES. Prensa de Greyden.
  14. Boudreau, M., Dumas, G. y Veilleux, J.-C. (2017). Evaluación de la capacidad del enfoque de modelado de turbulencia DDES para simular la estela de un cuerpo de farol. Aeroespacial, 4 (3), 41. https://doi.org/10.3390/aerospace4030041
  15. Wang, Y., Zou, Y., Xu, L. y Luo, Z. (2015). Análisis de la presión del flujo de agua en pilas de puentes considerando el efecto del impacto. Problemas matemáticos en ingeniería, 2015 , 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1155/2015/687535
  16. Qi, H., Zheng, J. y Zhang, C. (2020). Simulación numérica del campo de velocidades alrededor de dos pilares de pilas en tándem del puente longitudinal. Fluidos, 5 (1), 32. https://doi.org/10.3390/fluids5010032
  17. Jalal, H. K. y Hassan, W. H (2020). Simulación numérica tridimensional de la socavación local alrededor de la pila de un puente circular utilizando el software flow-3d. Ciclo de conferencias de IOP: Ciencia e ingeniería de materiales, 745 , 012150. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/745/1/012150
  18. Herzog, S. D., Conrad, S., Ingri, J., Persson, P. y Kritzberg, E. S (2019). Cambios inducidos por crecidas de primavera en la especiación y destino del Fe a mayor salinidad. Geoquímica aplicada, 109 , 104385. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apgeochem.2019.104385

NUMERICAL ANALYSIS OF THE HYDRODYNAMICS CHARACTERISTICS OF TORPEDO ANCHOR INSTALLATION UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF OCEAN CURRENTS

魚雷錨擲錨過程受海流擲下之運移特性數值分析

번역된 기고 제목: 해류의 영향에 따른 어뢰 앵커 설치의 유체 역학 특성에 대한 수치 분석

Translated title of the contribution: NUMERICAL ANALYSIS OF THE HYDRODYNAMICS CHARACTERISTICS OF TORPEDO ANCHOR INSTALLATION UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF OCEAN CURRENTS

L. Y. Chen, R. Y. Yang

Abstract

The gravity-installed anchor (GIA) is a type of the anchor foundation that is installed by penetrating the seabed using the weight of the anchor body. It has the advantages of high installation efficiency, low cost, and no requirement of additional installation facilities. The GIA type used in this study is the torpedo anchor, which has been ap-plied in practical cases widely. The purpose of this study is to investigate the numerical analysis of the anchor trans-porting during the installation of the torpedo anchor under the action of ocean currents. Therefore, this article con-siders external environmental conditions and the different forms of torpedo anchors by using computational fluid dynamics (CFD) software, FLOW-3D, to simulate the fluid-solid interaction effect on the torpedo anchor. The falling time, impact velocity, displaced angle, and horizontal displacement of the torpedo anchor were observed at an installation height (i.e., the distance between the seabed and the anchor release height) of 85 meters. The obtained results show that when the current velocity is greater, the torpedo anchor will have a larger displaced angle, which will affect the impact velocity of the anchor on the seabed and may cause insufficient penetration depth, leading to installation failure.

중력설치형 앵커(GIA)는 앵커 본체의 무게를 이용하여 해저를 관통하여 설치하는 앵커 기초의 일종이다. 설치 효율성이 높고, 비용이 저렴하며, 추가 설치 시설이 필요하지 않다는 장점이 있습니다. 본 연구에서 사용된 GIA 유형은 어뢰앵커로 실제 사례에 널리 적용되어 왔다.

본 연구의 목적은 해류의 작용에 따라 어뢰앵커 설치 시 앵커 이송에 대한 수치해석을 연구하는 것이다. 따라서 이 기사에서는 어뢰 앵커에 대한 유체-고체 상호 작용 효과를 시뮬레이션하기 위해 전산유체역학(CFD) 소프트웨어인 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 외부 환경 조건과 다양한 형태의 어뢰 앵커를 고려합니다.

어뢰앵커의 낙하시간, 충격속도, 변위각, 수평변위 등은 설치높이(즉, 해저와 앵커 해제 높이 ​​사이의 거리) 85m에서 관찰되었다. 얻은 결과는 현재 속도가 더 높을 때 어뢰 앵커의 변위 각도가 더 커져 해저에 대한 앵커의 충격 속도에 영향을 미치고 침투 깊이가 부족하여 설치 실패로 이어질 수 있음을 보여줍니다.

  • Ocean currentsEngineering & Materials Science100%
  • AnchorsEngineering & Materials Science74%
  • Numerical analysisEngineering & Materials Science63%
  • HydrodynamicsEngineering & Materials Science62%
  • GravitationEngineering & Materials Science9%
  • Computational fluid dynamicsEngineering & Materials Science4%
  • FluidsEngineering & Materials Science3%
  • CostsEngineering & Materials Science
  • 해류
  • 앵커
  • 수치해석
  • 유체 역학
  • 중력
  • 전산유체역학
Influences of the Powder Size and Process Parameters on the Quasi-Stability of Molten Pool Shape in Powder Bed Fusion-Laser Beam of Molybdenum

Influences of the Powder Size and Process Parameters on the Quasi-Stability of Molten Pool Shape in Powder Bed Fusion-Laser Beam of Molybdenum

몰리브덴 분말층 융합-레이저 빔의 용융 풀 형태의 준안정성에 대한 분말 크기 및 공정 매개변수의 영향

Abstract

Formation of a quasi-steady molten pool is one of the necessary conditions for achieving excellent quality in many laser processes. The influences of distribution characteristics of powder sizes on quasi-stability of the molten pool shape during single-track powder bed fusion-laser beam (PBF-LB) of molybdenum and the underlying mechanism were investigated.

The feasibility of improving quasi-stability of the molten pool shape by increasing the laser energy conduction effect and preheating was explored. Results show that an increase in the range of powder sizes does not significantly influence the average laser energy conduction effect in PBF-LB process. Whereas, it intensifies fluctuations of the transient laser energy conduction effect.

It also leads to fluctuations of the replenishment rate of metals, difficulty in formation of the quasi-steady molten pool, and increased probability of incomplete fusion and pores defects. As the laser power rises, the laser energy conduction effect increases, which improves the quasi-stability of the molten pool shape. When increasing the laser scanning speed, the laser energy conduction effect grows.

However, because the molten pool size reduces due to the decreased heat input, the replenishment rate of metals of the molten pool fluctuates more obviously and the quasi-stability of the molten pool shape gets worse. On the whole, the laser energy conduction effect in the PBF-LB process of Mo is low (20-40%). The main factor that affects quasi-stability of the molten pool shape is the amount of energy input per unit length of the scanning path, rather than the laser energy conduction effect.

Moreover, substrate preheating can not only enlarge the molten pool size, particularly the length, but also reduce non-uniformity and discontinuity of surface morphologies of clad metals and inhibit incomplete fusion and pores defects.

준안정 용융 풀의 형성은 많은 레이저 공정에서 우수한 품질을 달성하는 데 필요한 조건 중 하나입니다. 몰리브덴의 단일 트랙 분말층 융합 레이저 빔(PBF-LB) 동안 용융 풀 형태의 준안정성에 대한 분말 크기 분포 특성의 영향과 그 기본 메커니즘을 조사했습니다.

레이저 에너지 전도 효과와 예열을 증가시켜 용융 풀 형태의 준안정성을 향상시키는 타당성을 조사했습니다. 결과는 분말 크기 범위의 증가가 PBF-LB 공정의 평균 레이저 에너지 전도 효과에 큰 영향을 미치지 않음을 보여줍니다. 반면, 과도 레이저 에너지 전도 효과의 변동이 강화됩니다.

이는 또한 금속 보충 속도의 변동, 준안정 용융 풀 형성의 어려움, 불완전 융합 및 기공 결함 가능성 증가로 이어집니다. 레이저 출력이 증가함에 따라 레이저 에너지 전도 효과가 증가하여 용융 풀 모양의 준 안정성이 향상됩니다. 레이저 스캐닝 속도를 높이면 레이저 에너지 전도 효과가 커집니다.

그러나 열 입력 감소로 인해 용융 풀 크기가 줄어들기 때문에 용융 풀의 금속 보충 속도의 변동이 더욱 뚜렷해지고 용융 풀 형태의 준안정성이 악화됩니다.

전체적으로 Mo의 PBF-LB 공정에서 레이저 에너지 전도 효과는 낮다(20~40%). 용융 풀 형상의 준안정성에 영향을 미치는 주요 요인은 레이저 에너지 전도 효과보다는 스캐닝 경로의 단위 길이당 입력되는 에너지의 양입니다.

또한 기판 예열은 용융 풀 크기, 특히 길이를 확대할 수 있을 뿐만 아니라 클래드 금속 표면 형태의 불균일성과 불연속성을 줄이고 불완전한 융합 및 기공 결함을 억제합니다.

References

  1. M. Sharifitabar, F.O. Sadeq, and M.S. Afarani, Synthesis and Kinetic Study of Mo (Si, Al)2 Coatings on the Surface of Molybdenum Through Hot Dipping into a Commercial Al-12 wt.% Si Alloy Melt, Surf. Interfaces, 2021, 24, p 101044.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  2. Z. Zhang, X. Li, and H. Dong, Response of a Molybdenum Alloy to Plasma Nitriding, Int. J. Refract. Met. Hard Mater., 2018, 72, p 388–395.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  3. C. Tan, K. Zhou, M. Kuang, W. Ma, and T. Kuang, Microstructural Characterization and Properties of Selective Laser Melted Maraging Steel with Different Build Directions, Sci. Technol. Adv. Mater., 2018, 19(1), p 746–758.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  4. C. Tan, F. Weng, S. Sui, Y. Chew, and G. Bi, Progress and Perspectives in Laser Additive Manufacturing of Key Aeroengine Materials, Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf, 2021, 170, p 103804.Article Google Scholar 
  5. S.A. Khairallah and A. Anderson, Mesoscopic Simulation Model of Selective Laser Melting of Stainless Steel Powder, J. Mater. Process. Technol., 2014, 214(11), p 2627–2636.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  6. S.A. Khairallah, A.T. Anderson, A. Rubenchik, and W.E. King, Laser Powder-Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing: Physics of Complex Melt Flow and Formation Mechanisms of Pores, Spatter, and Denudation Zones, Acta Mater., 2016, 108, p 36–45.Article CAS ADS Google Scholar 
  7. K.Q. Le, C. Tang, and C.H. Wong, On the Study of Keyhole-Mode Melting in Selective Laser Melting Process, Int. J. Therm. Sci., 2019, 145, p 105992.Article Google Scholar 
  8. M. Bayat, A. Thanki, S. Mohanty, A. Witvrouw, S. Yang, J. Thorborg, N.S. Tiedje, and J.H. Hattel, Keyhole-Induced Porosities in Laser-Based Powder Bed Fusion (L-PBF) of Ti6Al4V: High-Fidelity Modelling and Experimental Validation, Addit. Manuf., 2019, 30, p 100835.CAS Google Scholar 
  9. B. Liu, G. Fang, L. Lei, and X. Yan, Predicting the Porosity Defects in Selective Laser Melting (SLM) by Molten Pool Geometry, Int. J. Mech. Sci., 2022, 228, p 107478.Article Google Scholar 
  10. W. Ge, J.Y.H. Fuh, and S.J. Na, Numerical Modelling of Keyhole Formation in Selective Laser Melting of Ti6Al4V, J. Manuf. Process., 2021, 62, p 646–654.Article Google Scholar 
  11. W. Ge, S. Han, S.J. Na, and J.Y.H. Fuh, Numerical Modelling of Surface Morphology in Selective Laser Melting, Comput. Mater. Sci., 2021, 186, p 110062.Article Google Scholar 
  12. Y.-C. Wu, C.-H. San, C.-H. Chang, H.-J. Lin, R. Marwan, S. Baba, and W.-S. Hwang, Numerical Modeling of Melt-Pool Behavior In Selective Laser Melting with Random Powder Distribution and Experimental Validation, J. Mater. Process. Technol., 2018, 254, p 72–78.Article Google Scholar 
  13. C. Tang, J.L. Tan, and C.H. Wong, A Numerical Investigation on the Physical Mechanisms of Single Track Defects in Selective Laser Melting, Int. J. Heat Mass Transf., 2018, 126, p 957–968.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  14. X. Zhou, X. Liu, D. Zhang, Z. Shen, and W. Liu, Balling Phenomena in Selective Laser Melted Tungsten, J. Mater. Process. Technol., 2015, 222, p 33–42.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  15. J.D.K. Monroy and J. Ciurana, Study of the Pore Formation on CoCrMo Alloys by Selective Laser Melting Manufacturing Process, Procedia Eng., 2013, 63, p 361–369.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  16. L. Kaserer, J. Braun, J. Stajkovic, K.H. Leitz, B. Tabernig, P. Singer, I. Letofsky-Papst, H. Kestler, and G. Leichtfried, Fully Dense and Crack Free Molybdenum Manufactured by Selective Laser Melting Through Alloying with Carbon, Int. J. Refract. Met. Hard Mater., 2019, 84, p 105000.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  17. T.B.T. Majumdar, E.M.C. Ribeiro, J.E. Frith, and N. Birbilis, Understanding the Effects of PBF Process Parameter Interplay on Ti-6Al-4V Surface Properties, PLoS ONE, 2019, 14, p e0221198.Article CAS PubMed PubMed Central Google Scholar 
  18. A.K.J.-R. Poulin, P. Terriault, and V. Brailovski, Long Fatigue Crack Propagation Behavior of Laser Powder Bed-Fused Inconel 625 with Intentionally- Seeded Porosity, Int. J. Fatigue, 2019, 127, p 144–156.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  19. P. Rebesan, M. Ballan, M. Bonesso, A. Campagnolo, S. Corradetti, R. Dima, C. Gennari, G.A. Longo, S. Mancin, M. Manzolaro, G. Meneghetti, A. Pepato, E. Visconti, and M. Vedani, Pure Molybdenum Manufactured by Laser Powder Bed Fusion: Thermal and Mechanical Characterization at Room and High Temperature, Addit. Manuf., 2021, 47, p 102277.CAS Google Scholar 
  20. D. Wang, C. Yu, J. Ma, W. Liu, and Z. Shen, Densification and Crack Suppression in Selective Laser Melting of Pure Molybdenum, Mater. Des., 2017, 129, p 44–52.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  21. K.-H. Leitz, P. Singer, A. Plankensteiner, B. Tabernig, H. Kestler, and L.S. Sigl, Multi-physical Simulation of Selective Laser Melting, Met. Powder Rep., 2017, 72, p 331–338.Article Google Scholar 
  22. D.G.J. Zhang, Y. Yang, H. Zhang, H. Chen, D. Dai, and K. Lin, Influence of Particle Size on Laser Absorption and Scanning Track Formation Mechanisms of Pure Tungsten Powder During Selective Laser Melting, Engineering, 2019, 5, p 736–745.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  23. L. Caprio, A.G. Demir, and B. Previtali, Influence of Pulsed and Continuous Wave Emission on Melting Efficiency in Selective Laser Melting, J. Mater. Process. Technol., 2019, 266, p 429–441.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  24. D. Gu, M. Xia, and D. Dai, On the Role of Powder Flow Behavior in Fluid Thermodynamics and Laser Processability of Ni-based Composites by Selective Laser Melting, Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf, 2018, 137, p 67–78.Article Google Scholar 
  25. W.-I. Cho, S.-J. Na, C. Thomy, and F. Vollertsen, Numerical Simulation of Molten Pool Dynamics in High Power Disk Laser Welding, J. Mater. Process. Technol., 2012, 212(1), p 262–275.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  26. S.W. Han, J. Ahn, and S.J. Na, A Study on Ray Tracing Method for CFD Simulations of Laser Keyhole Welding: Progressive Search Method, Weld. World, 2016, 60, p 247–258.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  27. W. Ge, S. Han, Y. Fang, J. Cheon, and S.J. Na, Mechanism of Surface Morphology in Electron Beam Melting of Ti6Al4V Based on Computational Flow Patterns, Appl. Surf. Sci., 2017, 419, p 150–158.Article CAS ADS Google Scholar 
  28. W.-I. Cho, S.-J. Na, C. Thomy, and F. Vollertsen, Numerical Simulation of Molten Pool Dynamics in High Power Disk Laser Welding, J. Mater. Process. Technol., 2012, 212, p 262–275.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  29. W. Ma, J. Ning, L.-J. Zhang, and S.-J. Na, Regulation of Microstructures and Properties of Molybdenum-Silicon-Boron Alloy Subjected to Selective Laser Melting, J. Manuf. Process., 2021, 69, p 593–601.Article Google Scholar 
  30. S. Haeri, Y. Wang, O. Ghita, and J. Sun, Discrete Element Simulation and Experimental Study of Powder Spreading Process in Additive Manufacturing, Powder Technol., 2016, 306, p 45–54.Article Google Scholar 
  31. D. Yao, X. Liu, J. Wang, W. Fan, M. Li, H. Fu, H. Zhang, X. Yang, Q. Zou, and X. An, Numerical Insights on the Spreading of Practical 316 L Stainless Steel Powder in SLM Additive Manufacturing, Powder Technol., 2021, 390, p 197–208.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  32. S. Vock, B. Klöden, A. Kirchner, T. Weißgärber, and B. Kieback, Powders for Powder Bed Fusion: A Review, Prog. Addit. Manuf., 2019, 4, p 383–397.Article Google Scholar 
  33. X. Luo, C. Yang, Z.Q. Fu, L.H. Liu, H.Z. Lu, H.W. Ma, Z. Wang, D.D. Li, L.C. Zhang, and Y.Y. Li, Achieving Ultrahigh-Strength in Beta-Type Titanium Alloy by Controlling the Melt Pool Mode in Selective Laser Melting, Mater. Sci. Eng. A, 2021, 823, p 141731.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  34. J. Braun, L. Kaserer, J. Stajkovic, K.-H. Leitz, B. Tabernig, P. Singer, P. Leibenguth, C. Gspan, H. Kestler, and G. Leichtfried, Molybdenum and Tungsten Manufactured by Selective Laser Melting: Analysis of Defect Structure and Solidification Mechanisms, Int. J. Refract. Met. Hard Mater., 2019, 84, p 104999.Article CAS Google Scholar 
  35. L. Kaserera, J. Brauna, J. Stajkovica, K.-H. Leitzb, B. Tabernigb, P. Singerb, I. Letofsky-Papstc, H. Kestlerb, and G. Leichtfried, Fully Dense and Crack Free Molybdenum Manufactured by Selective Laser Melting Through Alloying with Carbon, Int. J. Refract Metal Hard Mater., 2019, 84, p 105000.Article Google Scholar 
The impacts of profile concavity on turbidite deposits: Insights from the submarine canyons on global continental margins

The impacts of profile concavity on turbidite deposits: Insights from the submarine canyons on global continental margins

프로필 오목부가 탁도 퇴적물에 미치는 영향: 전 세계 대륙 경계에 대한 해저 협곡의 통찰력

Kaiqi Yu a, Elda Miramontes bc, Matthieu J.B. Cartigny d, Yuping Yang a, Jingping Xu a
aDepartment of Ocean Science and Engineering, Southern University of Science and Technology, 1088 Xueyuan Rd., Shenzhen 518055, Guangdong, China
bMARUM-Center for Marine Environmental Sciences, University of Bremen, Bremen, Germanyc
Faculty of Geosciences, University of Bremen, Bremen, Germany
dDepartment of Geography, Durham University, South Road, Durham DH1 3LE, UK

Received 10 August 2023, Revised 13 March 2024, Accepted 13 March 2024, Available online 17 March 2024, Version of Record 20 March 2024.

What do these dates mean?Show lessAdd to MendeleyShareCite

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geomorph.2024.109157Get rights and content

Highlights

  • •The impact of submarine canyon concavity on turbidite deposition was assessed.
  • •Distribution of turbidite deposits varies with changes in canyon concavity.
  • •Three distinct deposition patterns were identified.
  • •The recognized deposition patterns align well with the observed turbidite deposits.

Abstract

Submarine canyons are primary conduits for turbidity currents transporting terrestrial sediments, nutrients, pollutants and organic carbon to the deep sea. The concavity in the longitudinal profile of these canyons (i.e. the downstream flattening rate along the profiles) influences the transport processes and results in variations in turbidite thickness, impacting the transfer and burial of particles. To better understand the controlling mechanisms of canyon concavity on the distribution of turbidite deposits, here we investigate the variation in sediment accumulation as a function of canyon concavity of 20 different modern submarine canyons, distributed on global continental margins. In order to effectively assess the isolated impact of the concavity of 20 different canyons, a series of two-dimensional, depth-resolved numerical simulations are conducted. Simulation results show that the highly concave profile (e.g. Surveyor and Horizon) tends to concentrate the turbidite deposits mainly at the slope break, while nearly straight profiles (e.g. Amazon and Congo) result in deposition focused at the canyon head. Moderately concave profiles with a smoother canyon floor (e.g. Norfolk-Washington and Mukluk) effectively facilitate the downstream transport of suspended sediments in turbidity currents. Furthermore, smooth and steep upper reaches of canyons commonly contribute to sediment bypass (i.e. Mukluk and Chirikof), while low slope angles lead to deposition at upper reaches (i.e. Bounty and Valencia). At lower reaches, the distribution of turbidite deposits is consistent with the occurrence of hydraulic jumps. Under the influence of different canyon concavities, three types of deposition patterns are inferred in this study, and verified by comparison with observed turbidite deposits on the modern or paleo-canyon floor. This study demonstrates a potential difference in sediment transport efficiency of submarine canyons with different concavities, which has potential consequences for sediment and organic carbon transport through submarine canyons.

Introduction

Submarine canyons are pivotal links in source-to-sink systems on continental margins (Sømme et al., 2009; Nyberg et al., 2018; Pope et al., 2022a, Pope et al., 2022b) that provide efficient pathways for moving prodigious volumes of terrestrial materials to the abyssal basin (Spychala et al., 2020; Heijnen et al., 2022). When turbidity currents, the main force that transports the above mentioned sediments (Xu et al., 2004; Xu, 2010; Talling et al., 2013; Stevenson et al., 2015), slow down after entering a flatter and/or wider stretch of the canyon downstream, the laden sediments settle, often rapidly, to form a deposit called turbidite that is known for organic carbon burial, hydrocarbon reserves and the accumulation of microplastics (Galy et al., 2007; Pohl et al., 2020a; Pope et al., 2022b; Pierdomenico et al., 2023). A set of flume experiments by Pohl et al. (2020b) revealed that the variation of bed slope plays a dominant role in controlling the sizes and locations of the deposit: a) a more gently dipping upper slope leads to upstream migration of upslope pinch-out; b) the increase of lower slope results in a decrease of the deposit thickness (Fig. 1a).

From upper continental slopes to deepwater basins, turbidity currents are commonly confined by submarine canyons that facilitate the longer distance transport of sediments (Eggenhuisen et al., 2022; Pope et al., 2022a; Wahab et al., 2022, Li et al., 2023a). The concavity, defined here as the downstream flattening rate of profiles (Covault et al., 2011; Chen et al., 2019; Seybold et al., 2021; Soutter et al., 2021a), of the longitudinal bed profile of the submarine canyons is therefore a key factor that determines hydrodynamic processes of turbidity currents, including the accumulation of sediments along the canyon thalweg (Covault et al., 2014; de Leeuw et al., 2016; Heerema et al., 2022; Heijnen et al., 2022). Due to the comprehensive impacts of sediment supply, grain size, climate change, regional tectonics, associated river and self-incision, the concavity of submarine canyons on global continental margins varies greatly (Parker et al., 1986; Harris and Whiteway, 2011; Casalbore et al., 2018; Nyberg et al., 2018; Soutter et al., 2021a, Li et al., 2023b), which is much more complex than the two constant slope setup of Pohl et al. (2020b)’s flume experiment (Fig. 1a). This raises the question of how the more complex concavity influences the dynamics of turbidity currents and the resultant distribution of turbidite deposits. For instance, the longitudinal profile concavity can also be increased by steepening the upper slope and/or gentling the lower slope of canyons (Fig. 1b). Parameters, known as significant factors influencing flow dynamics, include dip angle (Pohl et al., 2019), bed roughness (Baghalian and Ghodsian, 2020), obstacle presence (Howlett et al., 2019), and confinement conditions (Soutter et al., 2021b). However, the role of channel concavity in determining the downstream evolution of flow dynamics remains poorly understood (Covault et al., 2011; Georgiopoulou and Cartwright, 2013), and it is still unclear whether changes in concavity can result in different locations of pinch-out points and variations in turbidite deposit thicknesses (Pohl et al., 2020b).

In this study, we hypothesize that a more concave profile resulting from a steeper upper slope and a gentler lower slope may lead to a downstream migration of the upslope pinch-out and an increase of deposit thickness (Fig. 1b). This hypothesis is tested in 20 modern submarine canyons (shown in Fig. 2) whose longitudinal profiles are extracted from the GEBCO_2022 grid. Due to the lack of data describing the turbidite thickness trends in these canyons, we used a numerical model (FLOW-3D® software) to simulate the depositional process. The simulation results allow us to address at least two questions: (1) How does the concavity affect the distribution and thickness of turbidite deposits along the canyon thalwegs? (2) What is the impact of canyon concavity on the dynamics of the turbidity currents? Such answers on a global scale are undoubtedly helpful in understanding not only the sediment transport processes but also the efficient transfer and burial of organic carbon along global continental margins.

Section snippets

Submarine canyons used in this study

The longitudinal profiles of 20 modern submarine canyons are obtained using Global Mapper® from a public domain database GEBCO_2022 (doi:https://doi.org/10.5285/e0f0bb80-ab44-2739-e053-6c86abc0289c). The GEBCO_2022 grid provides elevation data, in meters, on a 15 arc-second interval grid. The 20 selected submarine canyons, which span the typical distance covered by turbidity currents, have been chosen from a diverse range of submarine canyon and channel systems that extend at least 250 km

Concavity of longitudinal canyon profiles

The NCI and α values of all 20 canyon profiles utilized in this study are plotted in Fig. 4, indicating the majority of these submarine canyons typically exhibit a concave profile, characterized by a negative NCI, except for the Amazon. In most of the profiles, the NCI is lower than −0.08, with the most concave point (indicated by the minimum ratio α) located closer to the canyon head than to the profile end, and their upper reaches are steeper than lower reaches, typically observed as the

Validation of the hypothesis

As previously mentioned in this paper, one of the primary objectives of this study is to evaluate the hypothesis inferred from the flume tank experiment of Pohl et al. (2020b): whether a more concave canyon profile can exert a comparable influence on turbidite deposits as the steepness of the lower and upper slopes in a slope-break system (Fig. 1). Shown as the modeling results, the deposition pattern of this study is more ‘irregular’ compared with the flume tank experiment (Pohl et al., 2020b

Conclusion

Based on global bathymetry, this study simulates the depositional behavior of turbidity currents flowing through the 20 different submarine canyons on the margins of open ocean and marginal sea. Influenced by the different concavities, the resulted deposition patterns are characterized by a variable distribution of turbidite deposits.

  • 1)The simulation results demonstrate that the accumulation of turbidite deposits is primarily observed in downstream regions near the slope break for highly concave

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Kaiqi Yu: Writing – review & editing, Writing – original draft, Validation, Software, Methodology, Investigation, Conceptualization. Elda Miramontes: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Conceptualization. Matthieu J.B. Cartigny: Writing – review & editing, Supervision. Yuping Yang: Software, Methodology. Jingping Xu: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Funding acquisition, Conceptualization.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgements

This study is supported by the Shenzhen Natural Science Foundation (JCYJ20210324105211031). Matthieu J. B. Cartigny was supported by Royal Society Research Fellowship (DHF/R1/180166). We thank the Chief Editor Zhongyuan Chen, the associate editor and two reviewers for their constructive comments that helped us improve our manuscript.

References (70)

There are more references available in the full text version of this article.

Fig. 3. Free surface and substrate profiles in all Sp and Ls cases at t = 1 s, t = 3 s, and t = 5 s, arranged left to right (note: the colour contours correspond to the horizontal component of the flow velocity (u), expressed in m/s).

Numerical investigation of dam break flow over erodible beds with diverse substrate level variations

다양한 기질 수준 변화를 갖는 침식성 층 위의 댐 파손 흐름에 대한 수치 조사

Alireza Khoshkonesh1, Blaise Nsom2, Saeid Okhravi3*, Fariba Ahmadi Dehrashid4, Payam Heidarian5,
Silvia DiFrancesco6
1 Department of Geography, School of Social Sciences, History, and Philosophy, Birkbeck University of London, London, UK.
2 Université de Bretagne Occidentale. IRDL/UBO UMR CNRS 6027. Rue de Kergoat, 29285 Brest, France.
3 Institute of Hydrology, Slovak Academy of Sciences, Dúbravská cesta 9, 84104, Bratislava, Slovak Republic.
4Department of Water Science and Engineering, Faculty of Agriculture, Bu-Ali Sina University, 65178-38695, Hamedan, Iran.
5 Department of Civil, Environmental, Architectural Engineering and Mathematics, University of Brescia, 25123 Brescia, Italy.
6Niccol`o Cusano University, via Don C. Gnocchi 3, 00166 Rome, Italy. * Corresponding author. Tel.: +421-944624921. E-mail: saeid.okhravi@savba.sk

Abstract

This study aimed to comprehensively investigate the influence of substrate level difference and material composition on dam break wave evolution over two different erodible beds. Utilizing the Volume of Fluid (VOF) method, we tracked free surface advection and reproduced wave evolution using experimental data from the literature. For model validation, a comprehensive sensitivity analysis encompassed mesh resolution, turbulence simulation methods, and bed load transport equations. The implementation of Large Eddy Simulation (LES), non-equilibrium sediment flux, and van Rijn’s (1984) bed load formula yielded higher accuracy compared to alternative approaches. The findings emphasize the significant effect of substrate level difference and material composition on dam break morphodynamic characteristics. Decreasing substrate level disparity led to reduced flow velocity, wavefront progression, free surface height, substrate erosion, and other pertinent parameters. Initial air entrapment proved substantial at the wavefront, illustrating pronounced air-water interaction along the bottom interface. The Shields parameter experienced a one-third reduction as substrate level difference quadrupled, with the highest near-bed concentration observed at the wavefront. This research provides fresh insights into the complex interplay of factors governing dam break wave propagation and morphological changes, advancing our comprehension of this intricate phenomenon.

이 연구는 두 개의 서로 다른 침식층에 대한 댐 파괴파 진화에 대한 기질 수준 차이와 재료 구성의 영향을 종합적으로 조사하는 것을 목표로 했습니다. VOF(유체량) 방법을 활용하여 자유 표면 이류를 추적하고 문헌의 실험 데이터를 사용하여 파동 진화를 재현했습니다.

모델 검증을 위해 메쉬 해상도, 난류 시뮬레이션 방법 및 침대 하중 전달 방정식을 포함하는 포괄적인 민감도 분석을 수행했습니다. LES(Large Eddy Simulation), 비평형 퇴적물 플럭스 및 van Rijn(1984)의 하상 부하 공식의 구현은 대체 접근 방식에 비해 더 높은 정확도를 산출했습니다.

연구 결과는 댐 붕괴 형태역학적 특성에 대한 기질 수준 차이와 재료 구성의 중요한 영향을 강조합니다. 기판 수준 차이가 감소하면 유속, 파면 진행, 자유 표면 높이, 기판 침식 및 기타 관련 매개변수가 감소했습니다.

초기 공기 포집은 파면에서 상당한 것으로 입증되었으며, 이는 바닥 경계면을 따라 뚜렷한 공기-물 상호 작용을 보여줍니다. 기판 레벨 차이가 4배로 증가함에 따라 Shields 매개변수는 1/3로 감소했으며, 파면에서 가장 높은 베드 근처 농도가 관찰되었습니다.

이 연구는 댐 파괴파 전파와 형태학적 변화를 지배하는 요인들의 복잡한 상호 작용에 대한 새로운 통찰력을 제공하여 이 복잡한 현상에 대한 이해를 향상시킵니다.

Keywords

Dam break; Substrate level difference; Erodible bed; Sediment transport; Computational fluid dynamics CFD.

Fig. 3. Free surface and substrate profiles in all Sp and Ls cases at t = 1 s, t = 3 s, and t = 5 s, arranged left to right (note: the colour contours
correspond to the horizontal component of the flow velocity (u), expressed in m/s).
Fig. 3. Free surface and substrate profiles in all Sp and Ls cases at t = 1 s, t = 3 s, and t = 5 s, arranged left to right (note: the colour contours correspond to the horizontal component of the flow velocity (u), expressed in m/s).

REFERENCES

Aleixo, R., Soares-Frazão, S., Zech, Y., 2010. Velocity profiles in
dam-break flows: water and sediment layers. In: Proc. Int. Conf.
on Fluvial Hydraulics “River Flow 2010”, pp. 533–540.
An, S., Ku, H., Julien, P.Y., 2015. Numerical modelling of local
scour caused by submerged jets. Maejo Int. J. Sci. Technol., 9, 3,
328–343.
Bahmanpouri, F., Daliri, M., Khoshkonesh, A., Namin, M.M.,
Buccino, M., 2021. Bed compaction effect on dam break flow over
erodible bed; experimental and numerical modeling. J. Hydrol.,
594, 125645. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2020.125645
Baklanov, A., 2007. Environmental risk and assessment modelling
– scientific needs and expected advancements. In: Ebel, A.,
Davitashvili, T. (Eds.): Air, Water and Soil Quality Modelling
for Risk and Impact Assessment Springer, Dordrecht, pp. 29–44.
Biscarini, C., Di Francesco, S., Nardi, F., Manciola, P., 2013.
Detailed simulation of complex hydraulic problems with
macroscopic and mesoscopic mathematical methods. Math.
Probl. Eng., 928309. https://doi.org/10.1155/2013/928309
Cao, Z., Pender, G., Wallis, S., Carling, P., 2004. Computational
dam-break hydraulics over erodible sediment bed. J. Hydraul.
Eng., 130, 7, 689–703.
Catucci, D., Briganti, R., Heller, V., 2021. Numerical validation of novel
scaling laws for air entrainment in water. Proc. R. Soc. A, 477, 2255,20210339. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2021.0339
Dehrashid, F.A., Heidari, M., Rahimi, H., Khoshkonesh, A., Yuan,
S., Tang, X., Lu, C., Wang, X., 2023. CFD modeling the flow
dynamics in an open channel with double-layered vegetation.
Model. Earth Syst. Environ., 9, 1, 543–555.
Desombre, J., Morichon, D., Mory, M., 2013. RANS v2-f simulation
of a swash event: Detailed flow structure. Coastal Eng., 71, 1–12.
Dodangeh, E., Afzalimehr, H., 2022. Incipient motion of sediment
particles in the presence of bed forms under decelerating and
accelerating flows. J. Hydrol. Hydromech., 70, 1, 89–102.
Dong, Z., Wang, J., Vetsch, D.F., Boes, R.M., Tan, G., 2019.
Numerical simulation of air entrainment on stepped
spillways. In: E-proceedings of the 38th IAHR World Congress
(pp. 1494). September 1–6, 2019, Panama City, Panama. DOI:
10.3850/38WC092019-0755
Flow3D [computer software]. 2023. Santa Fe, NM: Flow Science,
Inc.
Fraccarollo, L., Capart, H., 2002. Riemann wave description of
erosional dam-break flows. J. Fluid Mech., 461, 183–228.
Gu, Z., Wang, T., Meng, W., Yu, C.H., An, R., 2023. Numerical
investigation of silted-up dam-break flow with different silted-up
sediment heights. Water Supply, 23, 2, 599–614.
Gualtieri, P., De Felice, S., Pasquino, V., Doria, G.P., 2018. Use of
conventional flow resistance equations and a model for the
Nikuradse roughness in vegetated flows at high submergence. J.
Hydrol. Hydromech., 66, 1, 107–120.
Heller, V., 2011. Scale effects in physical hydraulic engineering
models. J. Hydraul. Res., 49, 3, 293–306.
Hirt, C.W., 2003. Modeling turbulent entrainment of air at a free
surface. Flow Science, Inc.
Hirt, C.W., Nichols, B.D., 1981. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for
the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys., 39, 1, 201–
225.
Issakhov, A., Zhandaulet, Y., Nogaeva, A., 2018. Numerical
simulation of dam break flow for various forms of the obstacle
by VOF method. Int. J. Multiphase Flow, 109, 191–206.
Khayyer, A., Gotoh, H., 2010. On particle-based simulation of a dam
break over a wet bed. J. Hydraul. Res., 48, 2, 238–249.
Khoshkonesh, A., Daliri, M., Riaz, K., Dehrashid, F.A.,
Bahmanpouri, F., Di Francesco, S., 2022. Dam-break flow
dynamics over a stepped channel with vegetation. J. Hydrol., 613,128395. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2022.128395
Khoshkonesh, A., Nsom, B., Gohari, S., Banejad, H., 2019.
A comprehensive study on dam-break flow over dry and wet
beds. Ocean Eng., 188, 106279.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2019.106279
Khoshkonesh, A., Sadeghi, S.H., Gohari, S., Karimpour, S., Oodi,
S., Di Francesco, S., 2023. Study of dam-break flow over a
vegetated channel with and without a drop. Water Resour.
Manage., 37, 5, 2107–2123.
Khosravi, K., Chegini, A.H.N., Cooper, J., Mao, L., Habibnejad, M.,
Shahedi, K., Binns, A., 2021. A laboratory investigation of bedload transport of gravel sediments under dam break flow. Int. J.
Sediment Res., 36, 2, 229–234.
Kim, Y., Zhou, Z., Hsu, T.J., Puleo, J.A., 2017. Large eddy
simulation of dam‐break‐driven swash on a rough‐planar beach.
J. Geophys. Res.: Oceans, 122, 2, 1274–1296.
Kocaman, S., Ozmen-Cagatay, H., 2012. The effect of lateral
channel contraction on dam break flows: Laboratory experiment.
J. Hydrol., 432, 145–153.
Leal, J.G., Ferreira, R.M., Cardoso, A.H., 2006. Dam-break wavefront celerity. J. Hydraul. Eng., 132, 1, 69–76.
Leal, J.G.A.B., Ferreira, R.M., Cardoso, A.H., 2003. Dam-break
wave propagation over a cohesionless erodible bed. In: Proc.
30rd IAHR Congress, 100, 261–268.
Li, Y. L., Ma, Y., Deng, R., Jiang, D.P., Hu, Z., 2019. Research on
dam-break induced tsunami bore acting on the triangular
breakwater based on high order 3D CLSVOF-THINC/WLICIBM approaching. Ocean Eng., 182, 645–659.
Li, Y.L., Yu, C.H., 2019. Research on dam-break flow induced front
wave impacting a vertical wall based on the CLSVOF and level
set methods. Ocean Eng., 178, 442–462.
Mei, S., Chen, S., Zhong, Q., Shan, Y., 2022. Detailed numerical
modeling for breach hydrograph and morphology evolution
during landslide dam breaching. Landslides, 19, 12, 2925–2949.
Meng, W., Yu, C.H., Li, J., An, R., 2022. Three-dimensional simulation
of silted-up dam-break flow striking a rigid structure. Ocean Eng.,
261, 112042. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2022.112042
Meyer-Peter, E., Müller, R., 1948. Formulas for bed-load transport.
In: IAHSR 2nd meeting, Stockholm, appendix 2. IAHR.
Nielsen, P., 1984. Field measurements of time-averaged suspended
sediment concentrations under waves. Coastal Eng., 8, 1, 51–72.
Nielsen, P., 2018. Bed shear stress, surface shape and velocity field
near the tips of dam-breaks, tsunami and wave runup. Coastal
Eng., 138, 126–131.
Nsom, B., Latrache, N., Ramifidisoa, L., Khoshkonesh, A., 2019.
Analytical solution to the stability of gravity-driven stratified
flow of two liquids over an inclined plane. In: 24th French
Mechanics Congress in Brest. Brest, p. 244178.
Nsom, B., Ravelo, B., Ndong, W., 2008. Flow regimes in horizontal
viscous dam-break flow of Cayous mud. Appl. Rheol., 18, 4,
43577-1. https://doi.org/10.1515/arh-2008-0012
Oguzhan, S., Aksoy, A.O., 2020. Experimental investigation of the
effect of vegetation on dam break flood waves. J. Hydrol.
Hydromech., 68, 3, 231–241.
Okhravi, S., Gohari, S., Alemi, M., Maia, R., 2022. Effects of bedmaterial gradation on clear water scour at single and group of
piles. J. Hydrol. Hydromech., 70, 1, 114–127.
Okhravi, S., Gohari, S., Alemi, M., Maia, R., 2023. Numerical
modeling of local scour of non-uniform graded sediment for two
arrangements of pile groups. Int. J. Sediment Res., 38, 4, 597–614.
Parambath, A., 2010. Impact of tsunamis on near shore wind power
units. Master’s Thesis. Texas A&M University. Available
electronically from https://hdl.handle.net/1969.1/ETD-TAMU2010-12-8919
Pintado-Patiño, J.C., Puleo, J.A., Krafft, D., Torres-Freyermuth, A.,

  • Hydrodynamics and sediment transport under a dambreak-driven swash: An experimental study. Coastal Eng., 170,
  • https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2021.103986
    Riaz, K., Aslam, H.M.S., Yaseen, M.W., Ahmad, H.H.,
    Khoshkonesh, A., Noshin, S., 2022. Flood frequency analysis
    and hydraulic design of bridge at Mashan on river Kunhar. Arch.
    Hydroengineering Environ. Mech., 69, 1, 1–12.
    Ritter, A., 1892. Die Fortpflanzung der Wasserwellen. Zeitschrift
    des Vereines Deutscher Ingenieure, 36, 33, 947–954. (In
    German.)
    Smagorinsky, J., 1963. General circulation experiments with the
    primitive equations: I. The basic experiment. Mon. Weather
    Rev., 91, 3, 99–164.
    Soulsby, R.L., 1997. Dynamics of marine sands: a manual for
    practical applications. Oceanogr. Lit. Rev., 9, 44, 947.
    Spinewine, B., Capart, H., 2013. Intense bed-load due to a sudden
    dam-break. J. Fluid Mech., 731, 579–614.
    Van Rijn, L.C., 1984. Sediment transport, part I: bed load transport.
    J. Hydraul. Eng., 110, 10, 1431–1456.
    Vosoughi, F., Rakhshandehroo, G., Nikoo, M.R., Sadegh, M.,
  • Experimental study and numerical verification of
    silted-up dam break. J. Hydrol., 590, 125267.
    https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2020.125267
    Wu, W., Wang, S.S., 2008. One-dimensional explicit finite-volume
    model for sediment transport. J. Hydraul. Res., 46, 1, 87–98.
    Xu, T., Huai, W., Liu, H., 2023. MPS-based simulation of
    dam-break wave propagation over wet beds with a
    sediment layer. Ocean Eng., 281, 115035.
    https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2023.115035
    Yang, S., Yang, W., Qin, S., Li, Q., Yang, B., 2018. Numerical study
    on characteristics of dam-break wave. Ocean Eng., 159, 358–371.
    Yao, G.F., 2004. Development of new pressure-velocity solvers in
    FLOW-3D. Flow Science, Inc., USA.
Fig. 3. (a–c) Snapshots of the CtFD simulation of laser-beam irradiation: (a) Top, (b) longitudinal vertical cross-sectional, and (c) transversal vertical cross-sectional views. (d) z-position of the solid/liquid interface during melting and solidification.

Solute segregation in a rapidly solidified Hastelloy-X Ni-based superalloy during laser powder bed fusion investigated by phase-field simulations and computational thermal-fluid dynamics

Masayuki Okugawa ab, Kenji Saito a, Haruki Yoshima a, Katsuhiko Sawaizumi a, Sukeharu Nomoto c, Makoto Watanabe c, Takayoshi Nakano ab, Yuichiro Koizumi abShow moreAdd to MendeleyShareCite

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2024.104079

Get rights and content Under a Creative Commons license open access

Abstract

Solute segregation significantly affects material properties and is a critical issue in the laser powder-bed fusion (LPBF) additive manufacturing (AM) of Ni-based superalloys. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first study to demonstrate a computational thermal-fluid dynamics (CtFD) simulation coupled multi-phase-field (MPF) simulation with a multicomponent-composition model of Ni-based superalloy to predict solute segregation under solidification conditions in LPBF. The MPF simulation of the Hastelloy-X superalloy reproduced the experimentally observed submicron-sized cell structure. Significant solute segregations were formed within interdendritic regions during solidification at high cooling rates of up to 10K s-1, a characteristic feature of LPBF. Solute segregation caused a decrease in the solidus temperature (TS), with a reduction of up to 30.4 K, which increases the risk of liquation cracks during LPBF. In addition, the segregation triggers the formation of carbide phases, which increases the susceptibility to ductility dip cracking. Conversely, we found that the decrease in TS is suppressed at the melt-pool boundary regions, where re-remelting occurs during the stacking of the layer above. Controlling the re-remelting behavior is deemed to be crucial for designing crack-free alloys. Thus, we demonstrated that solute segregation at the various interfacial regions of Ni-based multicomponent alloys can be predicted by the conventional MPF simulation. The design of crack-free Ni-based superalloys can be expedited by MPF simulations of a broad range of element combinations and their concentrations in multicomponent Ni-based superalloys.

Graphical abstract

Keywords

Laser powder-bed fusion, Hastelloy-X Nickel-based superalloy, solute element segregation, computational thermal-fluid dynamics simulation, phase-field method

1. Introduction

Additive manufacturing (AM) technologies have attracted considerable attention as they allow us to easily build three-dimensional (3D) parts with complex geometries. Among the wide range of available AM techniques, laser powder-bed fusion (LPBF) has emerged as a preferred technique for metal AM [1][2][3][4][5]. In LPBF, metal products are built layer-by-layer by scanning laser, which fuse metal powder particles into bulk solids.

Significant attempts have been made to integrate LPBF techniques within the aerospace industry, with a particular focus on weldable Ni-based superalloys, such as IN718 [6][7][8], IN625 [9][10], and Hastelloy-X (HX) [11][12][13][14]. Non-weldable alloys, such as IN738LC [15][16] and CMSX-4 [1][17] are also suitable for their sufficient creep resistance under higher temperature conditions. However, non-weldable alloys are difficult to build using LPBF because of their susceptibility to cracking during the process. In general, a macro solute-segregation during solidification is suppressed by the rapid cooling conditions (up to 108 K s-1) unique to the LPBF process [18]. However, the solute segregation still occurs in the interdendritic regions that are smaller than the micrometer scale [5][19][20][21]; these regions are suggested to be related to the hot cracks in LPBF-fabricated parts. Therefore, an understanding of solute segregation is essential for the fabrication of reliable LPBF-fabricated parts while avoiding cracks.

The multiphase-field (MPF) method has gained popularity for modeling the microstructure evolution and solute segregation under rapid cooling conditions [5][20][21][22][23][24][25][26][27][28]. Moreover, quantifiable predictions have been achieved by combining the MPF method with temperature distribution analysis methods such as the finite-element method (FEM) [20] and computational thermal-fluid dynamics (CtFD) simulations [28]. These aforementioned studies have used binary-approximated multicomponent systems, such as Ni–Nb binary alloys, to simulate IN718 alloys. While MPF simulations using binary alloy systems can effectively reproduce microstructure formations and segregation behaviors, the binary approximation might be affected by the chemical interactions between the removed solute elements in the target multicomponent alloy. The limit of absolute stability predicted by the Mullins-Sekerka theory [29] is also crucial because the limit velocity is close to the solidification rate in the LPBF process and is different in multicomponent and binary-approximated systems. The difference between the solidus and liquidus temperatures, ΔT0, directly determines the absolute stability according to the Mullins-Sekerka theory. For example, the ΔT0 values of IN718 and its binary-approximated Ni–5 wt.%Nb alloy are 134 K [28] and 71 K [30], respectively. The solidification rate compared to the limit of absolute stability, i.e., the relative non-equilibrium of solidification, changes by simplification of the system. It is therefore important to use the composition of the actual multicomponent system in such simulations. However, to the best of our knowledge, there is no MPF simulation using a multicomponent model coupled with a temperature analysis simulation to predict solute segregation in a Ni-based superalloy.

In this study, we demonstrate that the conventional MPF model can reproduce experimentally observed dendritic structures by performing a phase-field simulation using the temperature distribution obtained by a CtFD simulation of a multicomponent Ni-based alloy (conventional solid-solution hardening-type HX). The MPF simulation revealed that the segregation behavior of solute elements largely depends on the regions of the melt pool, such as the cell boundary, the interior of the melt-pool boundary, and heat-affected regions. The sensitivities of the various interfaces to liquation and solidification cracks are compared based on the predicted concentration distributions. Moreover, the feasibility of using the conventional MPF model for LPBF is discussed in terms of the absolute stability limit.

2. Methods

2.1. Laser-beam irradiation experiments

Rolled and recrystallized HX ingots with dimensions of 20 × 50 × 10 mm were used as the specimens for laser-irradiation experiments. The specimens were irradiated with a laser beam scanned along straight lines of 10 mm in length using a laser AM machine (EOS 290 M, EOS) equipped with a 400 W Yb-fiber laser. Irradiation was performed with a beam power of P = 300 W and a scanning speed of V = 600 mm s-1, which are the conditions generally used in the LPBF fabrication of Ni-based superalloy [8]. The corresponding line energy was 0.5 J mm-1. The samples were cut perpendicular to the beam-scanning direction for cross-sectional observation using a field-emission scanning electron microscope (FE-SEM, JEOL JSM 6500). Crystal orientation analysis was performed by electron backscatter diffraction (EBSD). The sizes of each crystal grain and their aspect ratios were evaluated by analyzing the EBSD data.

2.2. CtFD simulation

CtFD simulations of the laser-beam irradiation of HX were performed using a 3D thermo-fluid analysis software (Flow Science FLOW-3D® with Flow-3D Weld module). A Gaussian heat source model was used, in which the irradiation intensity distribution of the beam is regarded as a symmetrical Gaussian distribution over the entire beam. The distribution of the beam irradiation intensity is expressed by the following equation.(1)q̇=2ηPπR2exp−2r2R2.

Here, P is the power, R is the effective beam radius, r is the actual beam radius, and η is the beam absorption rate of the substrate. To improve the accuracy of the model, η was calculated by assuming multiple reflections using the Fresnel equation:(2)�=1−121+1−�cos�21+1+�cos�2+�2−2�cos�+2cos2��2+2�cos�+2cos2�.

ε is the Fresnel coefficient and θ is the incident angle of the laser. A local laser melt causes the vaporization of the material and results in a high vapor pressure. This vapor pressure acts as a recoil pressure on the surface, pushing the weld pool down. The recoil pressure is reproduced using the following equation.(3)precoil=Ap0exp∆HLVRTV1−TVT.

Here, p0 is the atmospheric pressure, ∆HLV is the latent heat of vaporization, R is the gas constant, and TV is the boiling point at the saturated vapor pressure. A is a ratio coefficient that is generally assumed to be 0.54, indicating that the recoil pressure due to evaporation is 54% of the vapor pressure at equilibrium on the liquid surface.

Table 1 shows the parameters used in the simulations. Most parameters were evaluated using an alloy physical property calculation software (Sente software JMatPro v11). The values in a previously published study [31] were used for the emissivity and the Stefan–Boltzmann constant, and the values for pure Ni [32] were used for the heat of vaporization and vaporization temperatures. The Fresnel coefficient, which determines the beam absorption efficiency, was used as a fitting parameter to reproduce the morphology of the experimentally observed melt region, and a Fresnel coefficient of 0.12 was used in this study.

Table 1. Parameters used in the CtFD simulations.

ParameterSymbolValueReference
Density at 298.15 Kρ8.24 g cm-3[]
Liquidus temperatureTL1628.15 K[]
Solidus temperatureTS1533.15 K[]
Viscosity at TLη6.8 g m-1 s-1[]
Specific heat at 298.15 KCP0.439 J g-1 K-1[]
Thermal conductivity at 298.15 Kλ10.3 W m-1 K-1[]
Surface tension at TLγL1.85 J m-2[]
Temperature coefficient of surface tensiondγL/dT–2.5 × 10−4 J m-2 K-1[]
EmissivityΕ0.27[31]
Stefan–Boltzmann constantσ5.67 × 10-8 W m-2 K-4[31]
Heat of fusionΔHSL2.76 × 102 J g-1[32]
Heat of vaporizationΔHLV4.29 × 10J g-1[32]
Vaporization temperatureTV3110 K[32]

Calculated using JMatPro v11.

The dimensions of the computational domain of the numerical model were 4.0 mm in the beam-scanning direction, 0.4 mm in width, and 0.3 mm in height. A uniform mesh size of 10 μm was applied throughout the computational domain. The boundary condition of continuity was applied to all boundaries except for the top surface. The temperature was initially set to 300 K. P and V were set to their experimental values, i.e., 300 W and 600 mm s-1, respectively. Solidification conditions based on the temperature gradient, G, the solidification rate, R, and the cooling rate were evaluated, and the obtained temperature distribution was used in the MPF simulations.

2.3. MPF simulation

Two-dimensional MPF simulations weakly coupled with the CtFD simulation were performed using the Microstructure Evolution Simulation Software (MICRESS) [33][34][35][36][37] with the TQ-Interface for Thermo-Calc [38]. A simplified HX alloy composition of Ni-21.4Cr-17.6Fe-0.46Mn-8.80Mo-0.39Si-0.50W-1.10Co-0.08 C (mass %) was used in this study. The Gibbs free energy and diffusion coefficient of the system were calculated using the TCNI9 thermodynamic database [39] and the MOBNi5 mobility database [40]. Τhe equilibrium phase diagram calculated using Thermo-Calc indicates that the face-centered cubic (FCC) and σ phases appear as the equilibrium solid phases [19]. However, according to the time-temperature-transformation (TTT) diagram [41], the phases are formed after the sample is maintained for tens of hours in a temperature range of 1073 to 1173 K. Therefore, only the liquid and FCC phases were assumed to appear in the MPF simulations. The simulation domain was 5 × 100 μm, and the grid size Δx and interface width were set to 0.025 and 0.1 µm, respectively. The interfacial mobility between the solid and liquid phases was set to 1.0 × 10-8 m4 J-1 s-1. Initially, one crystalline nucleus with a [100] crystal orientation was placed at the left bottom of the simulation domain, with the liquid phase occupying the remainder of the domain. The model was solidified under the temperature field distribution obtained by the CtFD simulation. The concentration distribution and crystal orientation of the solidified model were examined. The primary dendrite arm space (PDAS) was compared to the experimental PDAS measured by the cross-sectional SEM observation.

In an actual LPBF process, solidified layers are remelted and resolidified during the stacking of the one layer above, thereby greatly affecting solute element distributions in those regions. Therefore, remelting and resolidification simulations were performed to examine the effect of remelting on solute segregation. The solidified model was remelted and resolidified by applying a time-dependent temperature field shifted by 60 μm in the height direction, assuming reheating during the stacking of the upper layer (i.e., the upper 40 μm region of the simulation box was remelted and resolidified). The changes in the composition distribution and formed microstructure were investigated.

3. Results

3.1. Experimental observation of melt pool

Fig. 1 shows a cross-sectional optical microscopy image and corresponding inverse pole figure (IPF) orientation maps obtained from the laser-melted region of HX. The dashed line indicates the fusion line. A deep melted region was formed by keyhole-mode melting due to the vaporization of the metal and resultant recoil pressure. Epitaxial growth from the unmelted region was observed. Columnar crystal grains with an average diameter of 5.46 ± 0.32 μm and an aspect ratio of 3.61 ± 0.13 appeared at the melt regions (Figs. 1b–1d). In addition, crystal grains growing in the z direction could be observed in the lower center.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2a shows a cross-sectional backscattering electron image (BEI) obtained from the laser-melted region indicated by the black square in Fig. 1a. The bright particles with a diameter of approximately 2 μm observed outside the melt pool. It is well known that M6C, M23C6, σ, and μ precipitate phases are formed in Hastelloy-X [41]. These precipitates mainly consisted of Mo, Cr, Fe, and Ni; The μ and M6C phases are rich in Mo, while the σ and M23C6 phases are rich in Cr. The SEM energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy analysis suggested that the bright particles are the stable precipitates as shown in Fig. S2 and Table S1. Conversely, there are no carbides in the melt pool. This suggests that the cooling rate is extremely high during LPBF, which prevents the formation of a stable carbide during solidification. Figs. 2b–2f show magnified BEI images at different height positions indicated in Fig. 2a. Bright regions are observed between the cells, which become fragmentary at the center of the melt pool, as indicated by the yellow arrow heads in Figs. 2e and 2f.

Fig. 2

3.2. CtFD simulation

Figs. 3a–3c show snapshots of the CtFD simulation of HX at 2.72 ms, with the temperature indicated in color. A melt pool with an elongated teardrop shape formed and keyhole-mode melting was observed at the front of the melt region. The cooling rate, temperature gradient (G), and solidification rate (R) were evaluated from the temporal change in the temperature distribution of the CtFD simulation results. The z-position of the solid/liquid interface during the melting and solidification processes is shown in Fig. 3d. The interface goes down rapidly during melting and then rises during solidification. The MPF simulation of the microstructure formation during solidification was performed using the temperature distribution. Moreover, the microstructure formation process during the fabrication of the upper layer was investigated by remelting and resolidifying the solidified layer using the same temperature distribution with a 60 μm upward shift, corresponding to the layer thickness commonly used in the LPBF of Ni-based superalloys.

Fig. 3

Figs. 4a–4c show the changes in the cooling rate, temperature gradient, and solidification rate in the center line of the melt pool parallel to the z direction. To output the solidification conditions at the solid/liquid interface in the melt pool, only the data of the mesh where the solid phase ratio was close to 0.5 were plotted. Solidification occurred where the cooling rate was in the range of 2.1 × 105–1.6 × 10K s-1G was in the range of 3.6 × 105–1.9 × 10K m-1, and R was in the range of 8.2 × 10−2–6.3 × 10−1 m s-1. The cooling rate was the highest near the fusion line and decreased as the interface approached the center of the melt region (Fig. 4a). G also exhibited the highest value in the regions near the fusion line and decreased throughout the solid/liquid interface toward the center of the melt pool (Fig. 4b). R had the lowest value near the fusion line and increased as the interface approached the center of the melt region (Fig. 4c).

Fig. 4

3.3. MPF simulations coupled with CtFD simulation

MPF simulations of solidification, remelting, and resolidification were performed using the temperature-time distribution obtained by the CtFD simulation. Fig. 5 shows the MPF solidified models colored by phase and Mo concentration. All the computational domains show the FCC phase after the solidification (Fig. 5a). Dendrites grew parallel to the heat flow direction, and solute segregations were observed in the interdendritic regions. At the bottom of the melt pool (Fig. 5d), planar interface growth occurred before the formation of primary dendrites. The bottom of the melt pool is the turning point of the solid/liquid interface from the downward motion in melting to the upward motion in solidification. Thus, the solidification rate at the boundary is zero, and is extremely low immediately above the molt-pool boundary. Here, the lower limit of the solidification rate (R) for dendritic growth can be represented by the constitutional supercooling criterion [29]Vcs = (G × DL) / ΔT, and planar interface growth occurs at R < VcsDL and ΔT denote the diffusion coefficient in the liquid and the equilibrium freezing range, respectively. The results suggest that planar interface growth occurs at the bottom of the melt pool, resulting in a dark region with a different solute element distribution. Some of the primary dendrites were diminished by competition with other dendrites. In addition, secondary dendrite arms could be seen in the upper regions (Fig. 5c), where solidification occurred at a lower cooling rate. The fragmentation of the solute segregation near the secondary dendrite arms is similar to that observed in the experimental melt pool shown in Figs. 2e and 2f, and the secondary dendrite arms are suggested to have appeared at the center of the melt region. Fig. 6 shows the PDASs measured from the MPF simulation models, compared to the experimental PDASs measured by the cross-sectional SEM observation of the laser-melted regions (Fig. 2). The PDAS obtained by the MPF simulation become larger as the solidification progress. Ghosh et al. [21] evident by the phase-field method that the PDAS decreases as the cooling rate increases under the rapid cooling conditions obtained by the finite element analysis. In this study, the cooling rate was decreased as the interface approached the center of the melt region (Fig. 4a), and the trends in PDAS changes with respect to cooling rate is same as the reported trend [21]. The simulated trends of the PDAS with the position in the melt pool agreed well with the experimental trends. However, all PDASs in the simulation were larger than those observed in the experiment at the same positions. Ode et al. [42] reported that PDAS differences between 2D and 3D MPF simulations can be represented by PDAS2D = 1.12 × PDAS3D owing to differences in the effects of the interfacial energy and diffusivity. We also performed 2D and 3D MPF simulations under the solidification conditions of G = 1.94 × 10K m-1 and R = 0.82 m s-1 (Fig. S1), and found that the PDAS from the 2D MPF simulation was 1.26 times larger than that from the 3D simulation. Therefore, the cell structure obtained by the CtFD simulation coupled with the 2D MPF simulation agreed well with the experimental results over the entire melt pool region considering the dimensional effects.

Fig. 5
Fig. 6

Fig. 7b1 and 7c1 show the concentration profiles of the solidified model along the growth direction indicated by dashed lines in Fig. 7a. The differences in concentrations from the alloy composition are also shown in Fig. 7b2 and 7c2. Cr, Mo, C, Mn, and W were segregated to the interdendritic regions, while Si, Fe, and Co were depressed. The solute segregation behavior agrees with the experimentally observation [43] and the prediction by the Scheil-Gulliver simulation [19]. Segregation occurred to the highest degree in Mo, while the ratio of segregation to the alloy composition was remarkable in C. The concentration fluctuations correlated with the position in the melt pool and decreased at the center of the melt pool, which was suggested to correspond to the lower cooling rate in this region. Conversely, droplets that appeared between secondary dendrite arms in the upper regions of the simulation domain exhibited a locally high segregation of solute elements, with the same amount of segregation as that at the bottom of the melt pool.

Fig. 7

3.4. Remelting and resolidification simulation

The solidified model was subjected to remelting and resolidification conditions by shifting the temperature profile upward by 60 µm to reveal the effect of reheating on the solute segregation behavior. Figs. 8a and 8b shows the simulation domains of the HX model after resolidification, colored by phase and Mo concentration. The magnified MPF models during the resolidification of the regions indicated by rectangles in Figs. 8a and 8b are also shown as Figs. 8c and 8d. Dendrites grew from the bottom of the remelted region, with the segregation of solute elements occurring in the interdendritic regions. The entire domain become the FCC phase after the resolidification, as shown in Fig. 8a. The bottom of the remelted regions exhibited a different microstructure, and Mo was depressed at the remelted regions, rather than the interdendritic regions. The different solute segregation behavior [44] and the microstructure formation [45] at the melt pool boundary is also observed in LPBF manufactured 316 L stainless steel. We found that this microstructure was formed by further remelting during the resolidification process, which is shown in Fig. 9. Here, the solidified HX model was heated, and the interdendritic regions were preferentially melted while concentration fluctuations were maintained (Fig. 9a1 and 9a2). Subsequently, planer interface growth occurs near the melt pool boundary where the solidification rate is almost zero, and the dendrites outside of the boundary are grown epitaxially (Fig. 9b1 and 9b2). However, these remelted again because of the temperature rise (Fig. 9c1 and 9c2, and the temperature-time profile shown in Fig. 9e). The remelted regions then cooled and solidified with the abnormal solute segregations (Fig. 9d1 and 9d2). Then, dendrite grows from amplified fluctuations under the solidification rate larger than the criterion of constitutional supercooling (Fig. 9d1, 9d2, and Fig. 8d). It has been reported [46][47] that temperature rising owning to latent heat affects microstructure formation: phase-field simulations of a Ni–Al binary alloy suggest that the release of latent heat during solidification increases the average temperature of the system [46] and strongly influences the solidification conditions [47]. In this study, the release of latent heat during solidification is considered in CtFD simulations for calculating the temperature distribution, and the temperature increase is suggested to have also occurred due to the release of latent heat.

Fig. 8
Fig. 9

Fig. 10b1 and 10c1 show the solute element concentration line profiles of the resolidified model along the growth direction indicated by dashed lines in Fig. 10a. Fig. 10b2 and 10c2 show the corresponding differences in concentration from the alloy composition. The segregation behavior of solute elements at the interdendritic regions (Fig. 10b1 and 10b2) was the same as that in the solidified model (Figs. 7b1 and 7b2). Here, Cr, Mo, C, Mn, and W were segregated to the interdendritic regions, while Si, Fe, and Co were depressed. However, the concentration fluctuations at the interdendritic regions were larger than those in the solidified model. Moreover, the segregation of the outside of the melt pool, i.e., the heat-affected zone, was remarkable throughout remelting and resolidification. Different segregation behaviors were observed in the re-remelted region: Mo, Si, Mn, and W were segregated, while Ni, Fe, and Co were depressed. These solute segregations caused by remelting are expected to heavily influence the crack behavior.

Fig. 10

4. Discussion

4.1. Effect of segregation of solute elements on liquation cracking susceptibility

Strong solute segregation was observed between the interdendritic regions of the solidified alloy (Fig. 7). In addition, the solute segregation behavior was significantly affected by remelting and resolidification and varied across the alloy. Solute segregation can be categorized by the regions shown in Fig. 11a1–11a4, namely the cell boundary (Fig. 11a1), interior of the melt-pool boundary (Fig. 11a2), re-remelted regions (Fig. 11a3), and heat-affected regions (Fig. 11a4). The concentration profiles of these regions are shown in Fig. 11b1–11b4. Solute segregation was the highest in the cell boundary region. The solute segregation in the heat-affected region was almost the same as that in the cell boundary region, but seemed to have been attenuated by reheating during remelting and resolidification. The interior of the melt-pool boundary region also had the same tendency for solute segregation. However, the amount of Cr segregation was smaller than that of Mo. A decrease in the Cr concentration was also mitigated, and the concentration remained the same as that in the alloy composition. Fig. 11c1–11c4 show the chemical potentials of the solute elements for the FCC phase at 1073 K calculated using the compositions of those interfacial regions. All the interfacial regions showed non-constant chemical potentials for each element along the perpendicular direction, but the fluctuations of the chemical potentials differed by the type of interfaces. In particular, the fluctuation of the chemical potential of C at the cell boundary region was the largest, suggesting it can be relaxed easily by heat treatment. On the other hand, the fluctuations of the other elements in all the regions were small. The solute segregations are most likely to remain after the heat treatment and are supposed to affect the cracking susceptibilities.

Fig. 11

The solidus temperatures TS, the difference between the liquidus and solidus temperatures (i.e., the brittle temperature range (BTR)), and the fractions of the equilibrium precipitate phases at 1073 K of the interfacial regions were calculated as the liquation, solidification, and ductility dip cracking susceptibilities, respectively. At the cell boundary (Fig. 12a1), interior of the melt-pool boundary (Fig. 12a1), and heat-affected regions (Fig. 12a1), the internal and interfacial regions exhibited higher and lower TS compared to that of the alloy composition, respectively. The lowest Ts was obtained with the composition at the cell boundary region, which is the largest solute-segregated region. It has been suggested that strong segregations of solute elements in LPBF lead to liquation cracks [16]. This study also supports this suggestion, and liquation cracks are more likely to occur at the interfacial regions indicated by predicting the solute segregation behavior using the MPF model. Additionally, the BTRs of the cell boundary, interior of the melt-pool boundary, and heat-affected regions were wider at the interdendritic regions, and solidification cracks were also likely to occur in these regions. Moreover, within the solute segregation regions, the fraction of the precipitate phases in these interfacial regions was larger than that calculated using the alloy composition (Fig. 12c1, 12c2, and 12c4). This indicates that ductility dip cracking is also likely to occur at the cell boundary, interior of the melt-pool boundary, and in heat-affected regions. Contrarily, we found that the re-remelted region exhibited a higher TS and smaller BTR even in the interfacial region (Fig. 12a3 and 12b3), where the solute segregation behavior was different from that of the other regions. In addition, the re-remelting region exhibited less precipitation compared with the other segregated regions (Fig. 12c3). The re-remelting caused by the latent heat can attenuate solute segregation, prevent Ts from decreasing, decrease the BTR, and decrease the amount of precipitate phases. Alloys with a large amount of latent heat are expected to increase the re-remelting region, thereby decreasing the susceptibility to liquation and ductility dip cracks due to solute element segregation. This can be a guide for designing alloys for the LPBF process. As mentioned in Section 3.4, the microstructure [45] and the solute segregation behavior [44] at the melt pool boundary of LPBF-manufactured 316 L stainless steel are observed, and they are different from that of the interdendritic regions. Experimental observations of the solute segregation behavior in the LPBF-fabricated Ni-based alloys are currently underway.

Fig. 12

4.2. Applicability of the conventional MPF simulation to microstructure formation under LPBF

As the solidification growth rate increases, segregation coefficients approach 1, and the fluctuation of the solid/liquid interface is suppressed by the interfacial tension. The interface growth occurs in a flat fashion instead of having a cellular morphology at a velocity above the absolute stability limit, Ras, predicted by the Mullins-Sekerka theory [29]Ras = (ΔT0 DL) / (k Γ) where ΔT0DLk, and Γ are the difference between the liquidus and solidus temperatures, equilibrium segregation coefficient, the diffusivity of liquid, and the Gibbs-Thomson coefficient, respectively.

The Ras of HX was calculated using the equation and the thermodynamic parameters obtained by the TCNI9 thermodynamic database [39]. The calculated Ras of HX was 3.9 m s-1 and is ten times larger than that of the Ni–Nb alloy (approximately 0.4 m s-1[20]. The HX alloy was solidified under R values in the range of 8.2 × 10−2–6.3 × 10−1 m s-1. The theoretically calculated criterion is larger than the evaluated R, and is in agreement with the experiment in which dendritic growth is observed in the melt pool (Fig. 5). In contrast, Karayagiz et al. [20] reported that the R of the Ni–Nb binary alloy under LPBF was as high as approximately 2 m s-1, and planar interface growth was observed to be predominant under the high-growth-rate conditions. These experimentally observed microstructures agree well with the prediction by the Mullins-Sekerka theory about the relationship between the morphology and solidification rates.

In this study, the solidification microstructure formed by the laser-beam irradiation of an HX multicomponent Ni-based superalloy was reproduced by a conventional MPF simulation, in which the system was assumed to be in a quasi-equilibrium condition. Boussinot et al. [24] also suggested that the conventional phase-field model can be applied to simulate the microstructure of an IN718 multicomponent Ni-based superalloy in LPBF. In contrast, Kagayaski et al. [20] suggested that the conventional MPF simulation cannot be applied to the solidification of the Ni-Nb binary alloy system and that the finite interface dissipation model proposed by Steinbach et al. [48][49] is necessary to simulate the high solidification rates observed in LPBF. The difference in the applicability of the conventional MPF method to HX and Ni–Nb binary alloys is presumed to arise from the differences in the non-equilibrium degree of these systems under the high solidification rates of LPBF. The results suggest that Ras can be used as a simple index to apply the conventional MPF model for solidification in LPBF. Solidification becomes a non-equilibrium process as the solidification rate approaches the limit of absolute stability, Ras. In this study, the solidification of the HX multicomponent system occurred under a relatively low solidification rate compared to Ras, and the microstructure of the conventional MPF model was successfully reproduced in the physical experiment. However, note that the limit of absolute stability predicted by the Mullins-Sekerka theory was originally proposed for solidification in a binary alloy system, and further investigation is required to consider its applicability to multicomponent alloy systems. Moreover, the fast solidification, such as in the LPBF process, causes segregation coefficient approaching a value of 1 [20][21][25] corresponds to a diffusion length that is on the order of the atomic interface thickness. When the segregation coefficient approaches 1, solute undercooling disappears; hence, there is no driving force to amplify fluctuations regardless of whether interfacial tension is present. This phenomenon should be further investigated in future studies.

5. Conclusions

We simulated solute segregation in a multicomponent HX alloy under the LPBF process by an MPF simulation using the temperature distributions obtained by a CtFD simulation. We set the parameters of the CtFD simulation to match the melt pool shape formed in the laser-irradiation experiment and found that solidification occurred under high cooling rates of up to 1.6 × 10K s-1.

MPF simulations using the temperature distributions from CtFD simulation could reproduce the experimentally observed PDAS and revealed that significant solute segregation occurred at the interdendritic regions. Equilibrium thermodynamic calculations using the alloy compositions of the segregated regions when considering crack sensitivities suggested a decrease in the solidus temperature and an increase in the amount of carbide precipitation, thereby increasing the susceptibility to liquation and ductility dip cracks in these regions. Notably, these changes were suppressed at the melt-pool boundary region, where re-remelting occurred during the stacking of the layer above. This effect can be used to achieve a novel in-process segregation attenuation.

Our study revealed that a conventional MPF simulation weakly coupled with a CtFD simulation can be used to study the solidification of multicomponent alloys in LPBF, contrary to the cases of binary alloys investigated in previous studies. We discussed the applicability of the conventional MPF model to the LPBF process in terms of the limit of absolute stability, Ras, and suggested that alloys with a high limit velocity, i.e., multicomponent alloys, can be simulated using the conventional MPF model even under the high solidification velocity conditions of LPBF.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Masayuki Okugawa: Writing – review & editing, Writing – original draft, Visualization, Validation, Software, Methodology, Investigation, Formal analysis, Data curation, Conceptualization. Takayoshi Nakano: Writing – review & editing, Validation, Supervision, Funding acquisition. Yuichiro Koizumi: Writing – review & editing, Visualization, Validation, Supervision, Project administration, Methodology, Investigation, Funding acquisition, Formal analysis, Data curation, Conceptualization. Sukeharu Nomoto: Writing – review & editing, Validation, Investigation. Makoto Watanabe: Writing – review & editing, Validation, Supervision, Funding acquisition. Katsuhiko Sawaizumi: Validation, Software, Investigation, Formal analysis, Data curation. Kenji Saito: Visualization, Validation, Software, Methodology, Investigation, Formal analysis, Data curation. Haruki Yoshima: Visualization, Validation, Software, Investigation, Formal analysis, Data curation.

Declaration of Competing Interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper

Acknowledgments

This work was partly supported by the Cabinet Office, Government of Japan, Cross-ministerial Strategic Innovation Promotion Program (SIP), “Materials Integration for Revolutionary Design System of Structural Materials,” (funding agency: The Japan Science and Technology Agency), by JSPS KAKENHI Grant Numbers 21H05018 and 21H05193, and by CREST Nanomechanics: Elucidation of macroscale mechanical properties based on understanding nanoscale dynamics for innovative mechanical materials (Grant Number: JPMJCR2194) from the Japan Science and Technology Agency (JST). The authors would like to thank Mr. H. Kawabata and Mr. K. Kimura for their technical support with the sample preparations and laser beam irradiation experiments.

Appendix A. Supplementary material

Download : Download Word document (654KB)

Supplementary material.

Data availability

Data will be made available on request.

References

Figure 5. Simulation of the molten pool under low-speed scanning (1.06 m/s). (a) Sequential solidification of the molten pool at the end of the melt track for laser powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (b) Recoil pressure on the molten pool at the keyhole for laser powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (c) The force diagram of the melt at the back of the keyhole at t = 750 μs in case B. (d) Temperature gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case A. (e) Temperature gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case B.

Revealing formation mechanism of end of processdepression in laser powder bed fusion by multiphysics meso-scale simulation

다중물리 메조 규모 시뮬레이션을 통해 레이저 분말층 융합에서 공정 종료의 함몰 형성 메커니즘 공개

Haodong Chen a,b, Xin Lin a,b,c, Yajing Sund, Shuhao Wanga,b, Kunpeng Zhu a,b,c and Binbin Dana,b

To link to this article: https://doi.org/10.1080/17452759.2024.2326599

ABSTRACT

Unintended end-of-process depression (EOPD) commonly occurs in laser powder bed fusion (LPBF), leading to poor surface quality and lower fatigue strength, especially for many implants. In this study, a high-fidelity multi-physics meso-scale simulation model is developed to uncover the forming mechanism of this defect. A defect-process map of the EOPD phenomenon is obtained using this simulation model. It is found that the EOPD formation mechanisms are different under distinct regions of process parameters. At low scanning speeds in keyhole mode, the long-lasting recoil pressure and the large temperature gradient easily induce EOPD. While at high scanning speeds in keyhole mode, the shallow molten pool morphology and the large solidification rate allow the keyhole to evolve into an EOPD quickly. Nevertheless, in the conduction mode, the Marangoni effects along with a faster solidification rate induce EOPD. Finally, a ‘step’ variable power strategy is proposed to optimise the EOPD defects for the case with high volumetric energy density at low scanning speeds. This work provides a profound understanding and valuable insights into the quality control of LPBF fabrication.

의도하지 않은 공정 종료 후 함몰(EOPD)은 LPBF(레이저 분말층 융합)에서 흔히 발생하며, 특히 많은 임플란트의 경우 표면 품질이 떨어지고 피로 강도가 낮아집니다. 본 연구에서는 이 결함의 형성 메커니즘을 밝히기 위해 충실도가 높은 다중 물리학 메조 규모 시뮬레이션 모델을 개발했습니다.

이 시뮬레이션 모델을 사용하여 EOPD 현상의 결함 프로세스 맵을 얻습니다. EOPD 형성 메커니즘은 공정 매개변수의 별개 영역에서 서로 다른 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.

키홀 모드의 낮은 스캔 속도에서는 오래 지속되는 반동 압력과 큰 온도 구배로 인해 EOPD가 쉽게 유발됩니다. 키홀 모드에서 높은 스캐닝 속도를 유지하는 동안 얕은 용융 풀 형태와 큰 응고 속도로 인해 키홀이 EOPD로 빠르게 진화할 수 있습니다.

그럼에도 불구하고 전도 모드에서는 더 빠른 응고 속도와 함께 마랑고니 효과가 EOPD를 유발합니다. 마지막으로, 낮은 스캐닝 속도에서 높은 체적 에너지 밀도를 갖는 경우에 대해 EOPD 결함을 최적화하기 위한 ‘단계’ 가변 전력 전략이 제안되었습니다.

이 작업은 LPBF 제조의 품질 관리에 대한 심오한 이해와 귀중한 통찰력을 제공합니다.

Figure 5. Simulation of the molten pool under low-speed scanning (1.06 m/s). (a) Sequential solidification of the molten pool at the
end of the melt track for laser powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (b) Recoil pressure on the molten pool at the keyhole for laser
powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (c) The force diagram of the melt at the back of the keyhole at t = 750 μs in case B. (d) Temperature gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case A. (e) Temperature
gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case B.
Figure 5. Simulation of the molten pool under low-speed scanning (1.06 m/s). (a) Sequential solidification of the molten pool at the end of the melt track for laser powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (b) Recoil pressure on the molten pool at the keyhole for laser powers of 190 and 340 W, respectively. (c) The force diagram of the melt at the back of the keyhole at t = 750 μs in case B. (d) Temperature gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case A. (e) Temperature gradient at the solid–liquid interface of the molten pool at the moment the laser is deactivated in case B.

References

[1] Zhang C, Li Z, Zhang J, et al. Additive manufacturing of magnesium matrix composites: comprehensive review of recent progress and research perspectives. J Mag
Alloys. 2023. doi:10.1016/j.jma.2023.02.005
[2] Webster S, Lin H, Carter III FM, et al. Physical mechanisms in hybrid additive manufacturing: a process design framework. J Mater Process Technol. 2022;291:117048. doi:10. 1016/j.jmatprotec.2021.117048
[3] Wang S, Ning J, Zhu L, et al. Role of porosity defects in metal 3D printing: formation mechanisms, impacts on properties and mitigation strategies. Mater Today. 2022. doi:10.1016/j.mattod.2022.08.014
[4] Wei C, Li L. Recent progress and scientific challenges in multi-material additive manufacturing via laser-based powder bed fusion. Virtual Phys Prototyp. 2021;16 (3):347–371. doi:10.1080/17452759.2021.1928520
[5] Lin X, Wang Q, Fuh JYH, et al. Motion feature based melt pool monitoring for selective laser melting process. J Mater Process Technol. 2022;303:117523. doi:10.1016/j. jmatprotec.2022.117523
[6] Gockel J, Sheridan L, Koerper B, et al. The influence of additive manufacturing processing parameters on surface roughness and fatigue life. Int J Fatigue. 2019;124:380–388. doi:10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2019.03.025
[7] Nicoletto G. Influence of rough as-built surfaces on smooth and notched fatigue behavior of L-PBF AlSi10Mg. Addit Manuf. 2020;34:101251. doi:10.1016/j. addma.2020.101251
[8] Spece H, Yu T, Law AW, et al. 3D printed porous PEEK created via fused filament fabrication for osteoconductive orthopaedic surfaces. J Mech Behav Biomed Mater. 2020;109:103850. doi:10.1115/1.0004270v
[9] Andrukhov O, Huber R, Shi B, et al. Proliferation, behavior, and differentiation of osteoblasts on surfaces of different microroughness. Dent Mater. 2016;32(11):1374–1384. doi:10.1016/j.dental.2016.08.217
[10] Dai N, Zhang LC, Zhang J, et al. Corrosion behavior of selective laser melted Ti-6Al-4 V alloy in NaCl solution. Corros Sci. 2016;102:484–489. doi:10.1016/j.corsci.2015. 10.041
[11] Li EL, Wang L, Yu AB, et al. A three-phase model for simulation of heat transfer and melt pool behaviour in laser powder bed fusion process. Powder Technol. 2021;381:298–312. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2020.11.061
[12] Liao B, Xia RF, Li W, et al. 3D-printed ti6al4v scaffolds with graded triply periodic minimal surface structure for bone tissue engineering. J Mater Eng Perform. 2021;30:4993– 5004. doi:10.1007/s11665-021-05580-z
[13] Li E, Zhou Z, Wang L, et al. Melt pool dynamics and pores formation in multi-track studies in laser powder bed fusion process. Powder Technol. 2022;405:117533. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2022.117533
[14] Guo L, Geng S, Gao X, et al. Numerical simulation of heat transfer and fluid flow during nanosecond pulsed laser processing of Fe78Si9B13 amorphous alloys. Int J Heat Mass Transfer. 2021;170:121003. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatma sstransfer.2021.121003
[15] Guo L, Li Y, Geng S, et al. Numerical and experimental analysis for morphology evolution of 6061 aluminum alloy during nanosecond pulsed laser cleaning. Surf Coat Technol. 2022;432:128056. doi:10.1016/j.surfcoat. 2021.128056
[16] Li S, Liu D, Mi H, et al. Numerical simulation on evolution process of molten pool and solidification characteristics of melt track in selective laser melting of ceramic powder. Ceram Int. 2022;48(13):18302–18315. doi:10. 1016/j.ceramint.2022.03.089
[17] Aboulkhair NT, Maskery I, Tuck C, et al. On the formation of AlSi10Mg single tracks and layers in selective laser melting: microstructure and nano-mechanical properties. J Mater Process Technol. 2016;230:88–98. doi:10.1016/j. jmatprotec.2015.11.016
[18] Thijs L, Kempen K, Kruth JP, et al. Fine-structured aluminium products with controllable texture by selective laser melting of pre-alloyed AlSi10Mg powder. Acta Mater. 2013;61(5):1809–1819. doi:10.1016/j.actamat.2012.11.052
[19] Qiu C, Adkins NJE, Attallah MM. Microstructure and tensile properties of selectively laser-melted and of HIPed laser-melted Ti–6Al–4 V. Mater Sci Eng A. 2013;578:230–239. doi:10.1016/j.msea.2013.04.099
[20] Kazemi Z, Soleimani M, Rokhgireh H, et al. Melting pool simulation of 316L samples manufactured by selective laser melting method, comparison with experimental results. Int J Therm Sci. 2022;176:107538. doi:10.1016/j. ijthermalsci.2022.107538
[21] Cao L. Workpiece-scale numerical simulations of SLM molten pool dynamic behavior of 316L stainless steel. Comput Math Appl. 2021;96:209–228. doi:10.1016/j. camwa.2020.04.020
[22] Liu B, Fang G, Lei L, et al. Predicting the porosity defects in selective laser melting (SLM) by molten pool geometry. Int J Mech Sci. 2022;228:107478. doi:10.1016/j.ijmecsci. 2022.107478
[23] Ur Rehman A, Pitir F, Salamci MU. Full-field mapping and flow quantification of melt pool dynamics in laser powder bed fusion of SS316L. Materials. 2021;14(21):6264. doi:10. 3390/ma14216264
[24] Chia HY, Wang L, Yan W. Influence of oxygen content on melt pool dynamics in metal additive manufacturing: high-fidelity modeling with experimental validation. Acta Mater. 2023;249:118824. doi:10.1016/j.actamat. 2023.118824
[25] Cheng B, Loeber L, Willeck H, et al. Computational investigation of melt pool process dynamics and pore formation in laser powder bed fusion. J Mater Eng Perform. 2019;28:6565–6578. doi:10.1007/s11665-019- 04435-y
[26] Li X, Guo Q, Chen L, et al. Quantitative investigation of gas flow, powder-gas interaction, and powder behavior under different ambient pressure levels in laser powder bed fusion. Int J Mach Tools Manuf. 2021;170:103797. doi:10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2021.103797
[27] Wu Y, Li M, Wang J, et al. Powder-bed-fusion additive manufacturing of molybdenum: process simulation, optimization, and property prediction. Addit Manuf. 2022;58:103069. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2022.103069
[28] Wu S, Yang Y, Huang Y, et al. Study on powder particle behavior in powder spreading with discrete element method and its critical implications for binder jetting additive manufacturing processes. Virtual Phys Prototyp. 2023;18(1):e2158877. doi:10.1080/17452759.2022.2158877
[29] Klassen A, Schakowsky T, Kerner C. Evaporation model for beam based additive manufacturing using free surface lattice Boltzmann methods. J Phys D Appl Phys. 2014;47 (27):275303. doi:10.1088/0022-3727/47/27/275303
[30] Cao L. Mesoscopic-scale numerical simulation including the influence of process parameters on slm single-layer multi-pass formation. Metall Mater Trans A. 2020;51:4130–4145. doi:10.1007/s11661-020-05831-z
[31] Zhuang JR, Lee YT, Hsieh WH, et al. Determination of melt pool dimensions using DOE-FEM and RSM with process window during SLM of Ti6Al4V powder. Opt Laser Technol. 2018;103:59–76. doi:10.1016/j.optlastec.2018. 01.013
[32] Li Y, Gu D. Thermal behavior during selective laser melting of commercially pure titanium powder: numerical simulation and experimental study. Addit Manuf. 2014;1–4:99–109. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2014.09.001
[33] Dai D, Gu D. Thermal behavior and densification mechanism during selective laser melting of copper matrix composites: simulation and experiments. Mater Des. 2014;55 (0):482–491. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2013.10.006
[34] Wang S, Zhu L, Dun Y, et al. Multi-physics modeling of direct energy deposition process of thin-walled structures: defect analysis. Comput Mech. 2021;67:c1229– c1242. doi:10.1007/s00466-021-01992-9
[35] Wu J, Zheng J, Zhou H, et al. Molten pool behavior and its mechanism during selective laser melting of polyamide 6 powder: single track simulation and experiments. Mater Res Express. 2019;6. doi:10.1088/2053-1591/ab2747
[36] Cho JH, Farson DF, Milewski JO, et al. Weld pool flows during initial stages of keyhole formation in laser welding. J Phys D Appl Phys. 2009;42. doi:10.1088/0022- 3727/42/17/175502
[37] Sinha KN. Identification of a suitable volumetric heat source for modelling of selective laser melting of Ti6Al4V powder using numerical and experimental validation approach. Int J Adv Manuf Technol. 2018;99:2257–2270. doi:10.1007/s00170-018-2631-4
[38] Fu CH, Guo YB. Three-dimensional temperature gradient mechanism in selective laser melting of Ti-6Al-4V. J Manuf Sci Eng. 2014;136(6):061004. doi:10.1115/1.4028539
[39] Ansari P, Rehman AU, Pitir F, et al. Selective laser melting of 316 l austenitic stainless steel: detailed process understanding using multiphysics simulation and experimentation. Metals. 2021;11(7):1076. doi:10.3390/met11071076
[40] Zhao C, Shi B, Chen S, et al. Laser melting modes in metal powder bed fusion additive manufacturing. Rev Mod Phys. 2022;94(4):045002. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.94. 045002
[41] Bertoli US, Wolfer AJ, Matthews MJ, et al. On the limitations of volumetric energy density as a design parameter for selective laser melting. Mater Des. 2017;113:331–340. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2016.10.037
[42] Dash A, Kamaraj A. Prediction of the shift in melting mode during additive manufacturing of 316L stainless steel. Mater Today Commun. 2023: 107238. doi:10.1016/j. mtcomm.2023.107238
[43] Majeed M, Khan HM, Rasheed I. Finite element analysis of melt pool thermal characteristics with passing laser in SLM process. Optik. 2019;194:163068. doi:10.1016/j.ijleo. 2019.163068

Schematic diagram of HP-LPBF melting process.

Modeling and numerical studies of high-precision laser powder bed fusion

Yi Wei ;Genyu Chen;Nengru Tao;Wei Zhou
https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0191504

In order to comprehensively reveal the evolutionary dynamics of the molten pool and the state of motion of the fluid during the high-precision laser powder bed fusion (HP-LPBF) process, this study aims to deeply investigate the specific manifestations of the multiphase flow, solidification phenomena, and heat transfer during the process by means of numerical simulation methods. Numerical simulation models of SS316L single-layer HP-LPBF formation with single and double tracks were constructed using the discrete element method and the computational fluid dynamics method. The effects of various factors such as Marangoni convection, surface tension, vapor recoil, gravity, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and evaporative heat dissipation on the heat and mass transfer in the molten pool have been paid attention to during the model construction process. The results show that the molten pool exhibits a “comet” shape, in which the temperature gradient at the front end of the pool is significantly larger than that at the tail end, with the highest temperature gradient up to 1.69 × 108 K/s. It is also found that the depth of the second track is larger than that of the first one, and the process parameter window has been determined preliminarily. In addition, the application of HP-LPBF technology helps to reduce the surface roughness and minimize the forming size.

Topics

Heat transfer, Nonequilibrium thermodynamics, Solidification process, Computer simulation, Discrete element method, Lasers, Mass transfer, Fluid mechanics, Computational fluid dynamics, Multiphase flows

I. INTRODUCTION

Laser powder bed fusion (LPBF) has become a research hotspot in the field of additive manufacturing of metals due to its advantages of high-dimensional accuracy, good surface quality, high density, and high material utilization.1,2 With the rapid development of electronics, medical, automotive, biotechnology, energy, communication, and optics, the demand for microfabrication technology is increasing day by day.3 High-precision laser powder bed fusion (HP-LPBF) is one of the key manufacturing technologies for tiny parts in the fields of electronics, medical, automotive, biotechnology, energy, communication, and optics because of its process characteristics such as small focal spot diameter, small powder particle size, and thin powder layup layer thickness.4–13 Compared with LPBF, HP-LPBF has the significant advantages of smaller focal spot diameter, smaller powder particle size, and thinner layer thickness. These advantages make HP-LPBF perform better in producing micro-fine parts, high surface quality, and parts with excellent mechanical properties.

HP-LPBF is in the exploratory stage, and researchers have already done some exploratory studies on the focal spot diameter, the amount of defocusing, and the powder particle size. In order to explore the influence of changing the laser focal spot diameter on the LPBF process characteristics of the law, Wildman et al.14 studied five groups of different focal spot diameter LPBF forming 316L stainless steel (SS316L) processing effect, the smallest focal spot diameter of 26 μm, and the results confirm that changing the focal spot diameter can be achieved to achieve the energy control, so as to control the quality of forming. Subsequently, Mclouth et al.15 proposed the laser out-of-focus amount (focal spot diameter) parameter, which characterizes the distance between the forming plane and the laser focal plane. The laser energy density was controlled by varying the defocusing amount while keeping the laser parameters constant. Sample preparation at different focal positions was investigated, and their microstructures were characterized. The results show that the samples at the focal plane have finer microstructure than those away from the focal plane, which is the effect of higher power density and smaller focal spot diameter. In order to explore the influence of changing the powder particle size on the characteristics of the LPBF process, Qian et al.16 carried out single-track scanning simulations on powder beds with average powder particle sizes of 70 and 40 μm, respectively, and the results showed that the melt tracks sizes were close to each other under the same process parameters for the two particle-size distributions and that the molten pool of powder beds with small particles was more elongated and the edges of the melt tracks were relatively flat. In order to explore the superiority of HP-LPBF technology, Xu et al.17 conducted a comparative analysis of HP-LPBF and conventional LPBF of SS316L. The results showed that the average surface roughness of the top surface after forming by HP-LPBF could reach 3.40 μm. Once again, it was verified that HP-LPBF had higher forming quality than conventional LPBF. On this basis, Wei et al.6 comparatively analyzed the effects of different laser focal spot diameters on different powder particle sizes formed by LPBF. The results showed that the smaller the laser focal spot diameter, the fewer the defects on the top and side surfaces. The above research results confirm that reducing the laser focal spot diameter can obtain higher energy density and thus better forming quality.

LPBF involves a variety of complex systems and mechanisms, and the final quality of the part is influenced by a large number of process parameters.18–24 Some research results have shown that there are more than 50 factors affecting the quality of the specimen. The influencing factors are mainly categorized into three main groups: (1) laser parameters, (2) powder parameters, and (3) equipment parameters, which interact with each other to determine the final specimen quality. With the continuous development of technologies such as computational materials science and computational fluid dynamics (CFD), the method of studying the influence of different factors on the forming quality of LPBF forming process has been shifted from time-consuming and laborious experimental characterization to the use of numerical simulation methods. As a result, more and more researchers are adopting this approach for their studies. Currently, numerical simulation studies on LPBF are mainly focused on the exploration of molten pool, temperature distribution, and residual stresses.

  1. Finite element simulation based on continuum mechanics and free surface fluid flow modeling based on fluid dynamics are two common approaches to study the behavior of LPBF molten pool.25–28 Finite element simulation focuses on the temperature and thermal stress fields, treats the powder bed as a continuum, and determines the molten pool size by plotting the elemental temperature above the melting point. In contrast, fluid dynamics modeling can simulate the 2D or 3D morphology of the metal powder pile and obtain the powder size and distribution by certain algorithms.29 The flow in the molten pool is mainly affected by recoil pressure and the Marangoni effect. By simulating the molten pool formation, it is possible to predict defects, molten pool shape, and flow characteristics, as well as the effect of process parameters on the molten pool geometry.30–34 In addition, other researchers have been conducted to optimize the laser processing parameters through different simulation methods and experimental data.35–46 Crystal growth during solidification is studied to further understand the effect of laser parameters on dendritic morphology and solute segregation.47–54 A multi-scale system has been developed to describe the fused deposition process during 3D printing, which is combined with the conductive heat transfer model and the dendritic solidification model.55,56
  2. Relevant scholars have adopted various different methods for simulation, such as sequential coupling theory,57 Lagrangian and Eulerian thermal models,58 birth–death element method,25 and finite element method,59 in order to reveal the physical phenomena of the laser melting process and optimize the process parameters. Luo et al.60 compared the LPBF temperature field and molten pool under double ellipsoidal and Gaussian heat sources by ANSYS APDL and found that the diffusion of the laser energy in the powder significantly affects the molten pool size and the temperature field.
  3. The thermal stresses obtained from the simulation correlate with the actual cracks,61 and local preheating can effectively reduce the residual stresses.62 A three-dimensional thermodynamic finite element model investigated the temperature and stress variations during laser-assisted fabrication and found that powder-to-solid conversion increases the temperature gradient, stresses, and warpage.63 Other scholars have predicted residual stresses and part deflection for LPBF specimens and investigated the effects of deposition pattern, heat, laser power, and scanning strategy on residual stresses, noting that high-temperature gradients lead to higher residual stresses.64–67 

In short, the process of LPBF forming SS316L is extremely complex and usually involves drastic multi-scale physicochemical changes that will only take place on a very small scale. Existing literature employs DEM-based mesoscopic-scale numerical simulations to investigate the effects of process parameters on the molten pool dynamics of LPBF-formed SS316L. However, a few studies have been reported on the key mechanisms of heating and solidification, spatter, and convective behavior of the molten pool of HP-LPBF-formed SS316L with small laser focal spot diameters. In this paper, the geometrical properties of coarse and fine powder particles under three-dimensional conditions were first calculated using DEM. Then, numerical simulation models for single-track and double-track cases in the single-layer HP-LPBF forming SS316L process were developed at mesoscopic scale using the CFD method. The flow genesis of the melt in the single-track and double-track molten pools is discussed, and their 3D morphology and dimensional characteristics are discussed. In addition, the effects of laser process parameters, powder particle size, and laser focal spot diameter on the temperature field, characterization information, and defects in the molten pool are discussed.

II. MODELING

A. 3D powder bed modeling

HP-LPBF is an advanced processing technique for preparing target parts layer by layer stacking, the process of which involves repetitive spreading and melting of powders. In this process, both the powder spreading and the morphology of the powder bed are closely related to the results of the subsequent melting process, while the melted surface also affects the uniform distribution of the next layer of powder. For this reason, this chapter focuses on the modeling of the physical action during the powder spreading process and the theory of DEM to establish the numerical model of the powder bed, so as to lay a solid foundation for the accuracy of volume of fluid (VOF) and CFD.

1. DEM

DEM is a numerical technique for calculating the interaction of a large number of particles, which calculates the forces and motions of the spheres by considering each powder sphere as an independent unit. The motion of the powder particles follows the laws of classical Newtonian mechanics, including translational and rotational,38,68–70 which are expressed as follows:����¨=���+∑��ij,

(1)����¨=∑�(�ij×�ij),

(2)

where �� is the mass of unit particle i in kg, ��¨ is the advective acceleration in m/s2, And g is the gravitational acceleration in m/s2. �ij is the force in contact with the neighboring particle � in N. �� is the rotational inertia of the unit particle � in kg · m2. ��¨ is the unit particle � angular acceleration in rad/s2. �ij is the vector pointing from unit particle � to the contact point of neighboring particle �⁠.

Equations (1) and (2) can be used to calculate the velocity and angular velocity variations of powder particles to determine their positions and velocities. A three-dimensional powder bed model of SS316L was developed using DEM. The powder particles are assumed to be perfect spheres, and the substrate and walls are assumed to be rigid. To describe the contact between the powder particles and between the particles and the substrate, a non-slip Hertz–Mindlin nonlinear spring-damping model71 was used with the following expression:�hz=��������+��[(�����ij−�eff����)−(�����+�eff����)],

(3)

where �hz is the force calculated using the Hertzian in M. �� and �� are the radius of unit particles � and � in m, respectively. �� is the overlap size of the two powder particles in m. ��⁠, �� are the elastic constants in the normal and tangential directions, respectively. �ij is the unit vector connecting the centerlines of the two powder particles. �eff is the effective mass of the two powder particles in kg. �� and �� are the viscoelastic damping constants in the normal and tangential directions, respectively. �� and �� are the components of the relative velocities of the two powder particles. ��� is the displacement vector between two spherical particles. The schematic diagram of overlapping powder particles is shown in Fig. 1.

FIG. 1.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of overlapping powder particles.

Because the particle size of the powder used for HP-LPBF is much smaller than 100 μm, the effect of van der Waals forces must be considered. Therefore, the cohesive force �jkr of the Hertz–Mindlin model was used instead of van der Waals forces,72 with the following expression:�jkr=−4��0�*�1.5+4�*3�*�3,

(4)1�*=(1−��2)��+(1−��2)��,

(5)1�*=1��+1��,

(6)

where �* is the equivalent Young’s modulus in GPa; �* is the equivalent particle radius in m; �0 is the surface energy of the powder particles in J/m2; α is the contact radius in m; �� and �� are the Young’s modulus of the unit particles � and �⁠, respectively, in GPa; and �� and �� are the Poisson’s ratio of the unit particles � and �⁠, respectively.

2. Model building

Figure 2 shows a 3D powder bed model generated using DEM with a coarse powder geometry of 1000 × 400 × 30 μm3. The powder layer thickness is 30 μm, and the powder bed porosity is 40%. The average particle size of this spherical powder is 31.7 μm and is normally distributed in the range of 15–53 μm. The geometry of the fine powder was 1000 × 400 × 20 μm3, with a layer thickness of 20 μm, and the powder bed porosity of 40%. The average particle size of this spherical powder is 11.5 μm and is normally distributed in the range of 5–25 μm. After the 3D powder bed model is generated, it needs to be imported into the CFD simulation software for calculation, and the imported geometric model is shown in Fig. 3. This geometric model is mainly composed of three parts: protective gas, powder bed, and substrate. Under the premise of ensuring the accuracy of the calculation, the mesh size is set to 3 μm, and the total number of coarse powder meshes is 1 704 940. The total number of fine powder meshes is 3 982 250.

FIG. 2.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Three-dimensional powder bed model: (a) coarse powder, (b) fine powder.

FIG. 3.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Geometric modeling of the powder bed computational domain: (a) coarse powder, (b) fine powder.

B. Modeling of fluid mechanics simulation

In order to solve the flow, melting, and solidification problems involved in HP-LPBF molten pool, the study must follow the three governing equations of conservation of mass, conservation of energy, and conservation of momentum.73 The VOF method, which is the most widely used in fluid dynamics, is used to solve the molten pool dynamics model.

1. VOF

VOF is a method for tracking the free interface between the gas and liquid phases on the molten pool surface. The core idea of the method is to define a volume fraction function F within each grid, indicating the proportion of the grid space occupied by the material, 0 ≤ F ≤ 1 in Fig. 4. Specifically, when F = 0, the grid is empty and belongs to the gas-phase region; when F = 1, the grid is completely filled with material and belongs to the liquid-phase region; and when 0 < F < 1, the grid contains free surfaces and belongs to the mixed region. The direction normal to the free surface is the direction of the fastest change in the volume fraction F (the direction of the gradient of the volume fraction), and the direction of the gradient of the volume fraction can be calculated from the values of the volume fractions in the neighboring grids.74 The equations controlling the VOF are expressed as follows:𝛻����+�⋅(��→)=0,

(7)

where t is the time in s and �→ is the liquid velocity in m/s.

FIG. 4.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of VOF.

The material parameters of the mixing zone are altered due to the inclusion of both the gas and liquid phases. Therefore, in order to represent the density of the mixing zone, the average density �¯ is used, which is expressed as follows:72�¯=(1−�1)�gas+�1�metal,

(8)

where �1 is the proportion of liquid phase, �gas is the density of protective gas in kg/m3, and �metal is the density of metal in kg/m3.

2. Control equations and boundary conditions

Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the HP-LPBF melting process. First, the laser light strikes a localized area of the material and rapidly heats up the area. Next, the energy absorbed in the region is diffused through a variety of pathways (heat conduction, heat convection, and surface radiation), and this process triggers complex phase transition phenomena (melting, evaporation, and solidification). In metals undergoing melting, the driving forces include surface tension and the Marangoni effect, recoil due to evaporation, and buoyancy due to gravity and uneven density. The above physical phenomena interact with each other and do not occur independently.

FIG. 5.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of HP-LPBF melting process.

  1. Laser heat sourceThe Gaussian surface heat source model is used as the laser heat source model with the following expression:�=2�0����2exp(−2�12��2),(9)where � is the heat flow density in W/m2, �0 is the absorption rate of SS316L, �� is the radius of the laser focal spot in m, and �1 is the radial distance from the center of the laser focal spot in m. The laser focal spot can be used for a wide range of applications.
  2. Energy absorptionThe formula for calculating the laser absorption �0 of SS316L is as follows:�0=0.365(�0[1+�0(�−20)]/�)0.5,(10)where �0 is the direct current resistivity of SS316L at 20 °C in Ω m, �0 is the resistance temperature coefficient in ppm/°C, � is the temperature in °C, and � is the laser wavelength in m.
  3. Heat transferThe basic principle of heat transfer is conservation of energy, which is expressed as follows:𝛻𝛻𝛻�(��)��+�·(��→�)=�·(�0����)+��,(11)where � is the density of liquid phase SS316L in kg/m3, �� is the specific heat capacity of SS316L in J/(kg K), 𝛻� is the gradient operator, t is the time in s, T is the temperature in K, 𝛻�� is the temperature gradient, �→ is the velocity vector, �0 is the coefficient of thermal conduction of SS316L in W/(m K), and  �� is the thermal energy dissipation term in the molten pool.
  4. Molten pool flowThe following three conditions need to be satisfied for the molten pool to flow:
    • Conservation of mass with the following expression:𝛻�·(��→)=0.(12)
    • Conservation of momentum (Navier–Stokes equation) with the following expression:𝛻𝛻𝛻𝛻���→��+�(�→·�)�→=�·[−pI+�(��→+(��→)�)]+�,(13)where � is the pressure in Pa exerted on the liquid phase SS316L microelement, � is the unit matrix, � is the fluid viscosity in N s/m2, and � is the volumetric force (gravity, atmospheric pressure, surface tension, vapor recoil, and the Marangoni effect).
    • Conservation of energy, see Eq. (11)
  5. Surface tension and the Marangoni effectThe effect of temperature on the surface tension coefficient is considered and set as a linear relationship with the following expression:�=�0−��dT(�−��),(14)where � is the surface tension of the molten pool at temperature T in N/m, �� is the melting temperature of SS316L in K, �0 is the surface tension of the molten pool at temperature �� in Pa, and σdσ/ dT is the surface tension temperature coefficient in N/(m K).In general, surface tension decreases with increasing temperature. A temperature gradient causes a gradient in surface tension that drives the liquid to flow, known as the Marangoni effect.
  6. Metal vapor recoilAt higher input energy densities, the maximum temperature of the molten pool surface reaches the evaporation temperature of the material, and a gasification recoil pressure occurs vertically downward toward the molten pool surface, which will be the dominant driving force for the molten pool flow.75 The expression is as follows:��=0.54�� exp ���−���0���,(15)where �� is the gasification recoil pressure in Pa, �� is the ambient pressure in kPa, �� is the latent heat of evaporation in J/kg, �0 is the gas constant in J/(mol K), T is the surface temperature of the molten pool in K, and Te is the evaporation temperature in K.
  7. Solid–liquid–gas phase transitionWhen the laser hits the powder layer, the powder goes through three stages: heating, melting, and solidification. During the solidification phase, mutual transformations between solid, liquid, and gaseous states occur. At this point, the latent heat of phase transition absorbed or released during the phase transition needs to be considered.68 The phase transition is represented based on the relationship between energy and temperature with the following expression:�=�����,(�<��),�(��)+�−����−����,(��<�<��)�(��)+(�−��)����,(��<�),,(16)where �� and �� are solid and liquid phase density, respectively, of SS316L in kg/m3. �� and �� unit volume of solid and liquid phase-specific heat capacity, respectively, of SS316L in J/(kg K). �� and ��⁠, respectively, are the solidification temperature and melting temperature of SS316L in K. �� is the latent heat of the phase transition of SS316L melting in J/kg.

3. Assumptions

The CFD model was computed using the commercial software package FLOW-3D.76 In order to simplify the calculation and solution process while ensuring the accuracy of the results, the model makes the following assumptions:

  1. It is assumed that the effects of thermal stress and material solid-phase thermal expansion on the calculation results are negligible.
  2. The molten pool flow is assumed to be a Newtonian incompressible laminar flow, while the effects of liquid thermal expansion and density on the results are neglected.
  3. It is assumed that the surface tension can be simplified to an equivalent pressure acting on the free surface of the molten pool, and the effect of chemical composition on the results is negligible.
  4. Neglecting the effect of the gas flow field on the molten pool.
  5. The mass loss due to evaporation of the liquid metal is not considered.
  6. The influence of the plasma effect of the molten metal on the calculation results is neglected.

It is worth noting that the formulation of assumptions requires a trade-off between accuracy and computational efficiency. In the above models, some physical phenomena that have a small effect or high difficulty on the calculation results are simplified or ignored. Such simplifications make numerical simulations more efficient and computationally tractable, while still yielding accurate results.

4. Initial conditions

The preheating temperature of the substrate was set to 393 K, at which time all materials were in the solid state and the flow rate was zero.

5. Material parameters

The material used is SS316L and the relevant parameters required for numerical simulations are shown in Table I.46,77,78

TABLE I.

SS316L-related parameters.

PropertySymbolValue
Density of solid metal (kg/m3�metal 7980 
Solid phase line temperature (K) �� 1658 
Liquid phase line temperature (K) �� 1723 
Vaporization temperature (K) �� 3090 
Latent heat of melting (⁠ J/kg⁠) �� 2.60×105 
Latent heat of evaporation (⁠ J/kg⁠) �� 7.45×106 
Surface tension of liquid phase (N /m⁠) � 1.60 
Liquid metal viscosity (kg/m s) �� 6×10−3 
Gaseous metal viscosity (kg/m s) �gas 1.85×10−5 
Temperature coefficient of surface tension (N/m K) ��/�T 0.80×10−3 
Molar mass (⁠ kg/mol⁠) 0.05 593 
Emissivity � 0.26 
Laser absorption �0 0.35 
Ambient pressure (kPa) �� 101 325 
Ambient temperature (K) �0 300 
Stefan–Boltzmann constant (W/m2 K4� 5.67×10−8 
Thermal conductivity of metals (⁠ W/m K⁠) � 24.55 
Density of protective gas (kg/m3�gas 1.25 
Coefficient of thermal expansion (/K) �� 16×10−6 
Generalized gas constant (⁠ J/mol K⁠) 8.314 

III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

With the objective of studying in depth the evolutionary patterns of single-track and double-track molten pool development, detailed observations were made for certain specific locations in the model, as shown in Fig. 6. In this figure, P1 and P2 represent the longitudinal tangents to the centers of the two melt tracks in the XZ plane, while L1 is the transverse profile in the YZ plane. The scanning direction is positive and negative along the X axis. Points A and B are the locations of the centers of the molten pool of the first and second melt tracks, respectively (x = 1.995 × 10−4, y = 5 × 10−7, and z = −4.85 × 10−5).

FIG. 6.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of observation position.

A. Single-track simulation

A series of single-track molten pool simulation experiments were carried out in order to investigate the influence law of laser power as well as scanning speed on the HP-LPBF process. Figure 7 demonstrates the evolution of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the single-track molten pool in the time period of 50–500 μs under a laser power of 100 W and a scanning speed of 800 mm/s. The powder bed is in the natural cooling state. When t = 50 μs, the powder is heated by the laser heat and rapidly melts and settles to form the initial molten pool. This process is accompanied by partial melting of the substrate and solidification together with the melted powder. The molten pool rapidly expands with increasing width, depth, length, and temperature, as shown in Fig. 7(a). When t = 150 μs, the molten pool expands more obviously, and the temperature starts to transfer to the surrounding area, forming a heat-affected zone. At this point, the width of the molten pool tends to stabilize, and the temperature in the center of the molten pool has reached its peak and remains largely stable. However, the phenomenon of molten pool spatter was also observed in this process, as shown in Fig. 7(b). As time advances, when t = 300 μs, solidification begins to occur at the tail of the molten pool, and tiny ripples are produced on the solidified surface. This is due to the fact that the melt flows toward the region with large temperature gradient under the influence of Marangoni convection and solidifies together with the melt at the end of the bath. At this point, the temperature gradient at the front of the bath is significantly larger than at the end. While the width of the molten pool was gradually reduced, the shape of the molten pool was gradually changed to a “comet” shape. In addition, a slight depression was observed at the top of the bath because the peak temperature at the surface of the bath reached the evaporation temperature, which resulted in a recoil pressure perpendicular to the surface of the bath downward, creating a depressed region. As the laser focal spot moves and is paired with the Marangoni convection of the melt, these recessed areas will be filled in as shown in Fig. 7(c). It has been shown that the depressed regions are the result of the coupled effect of Marangoni convection, recoil pressure, and surface tension.79 By t = 500 μs, the width and height of the molten pool stabilize and show a “comet” shape in Fig. 7(d).

FIG. 7.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Single-track molten pool process: (a) t = 50  ��⁠, (b) t = 150  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 500  ��⁠.

Figure 8 depicts the velocity vector diagram of the P1 profile in a single-track molten pool, the length of the arrows represents the magnitude of the velocity, and the maximum velocity is about 2.36 m/s. When t = 50 μs, the molten pool takes shape, and the velocities at the two ends of the pool are the largest. The variation of the velocities at the front end is especially more significant in Fig. 8(a). As the time advances to t = 150 μs, the molten pool expands rapidly, in which the velocity at the tail increases and changes more significantly, while the velocity at the front is relatively small. At this stage, the melt moves backward from the center of the molten pool, which in turn expands the molten pool area. The melt at the back end of the molten pool center flows backward along the edge of the molten pool surface and then converges along the edge of the molten pool to the bottom center, rising to form a closed loop. Similarly, a similar closed loop is formed at the front end of the center of the bath, but with a shorter path. However, a large portion of the melt in the center of the closed loop formed at the front end of the bath is in a nearly stationary state. The main cause of this melt flow phenomenon is the effect of temperature gradient and surface tension (the Marangoni effect), as shown in Figs. 8(b) and 8(e). This dynamic behavior of the melt tends to form an “elliptical” pool. At t = 300 μs, the tendency of the above two melt flows to close the loop is more prominent and faster in Fig. 8(c). When t = 500 μs, the velocity vector of the molten pool shows a stable trend, and the closed loop of melt flow also remains stable. With the gradual laser focal spot movement, the melt is gradually solidified at its tail, and finally, a continuous and stable single track is formed in Fig. 8(d).

FIG. 8.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Vector plot of single-track molten pool velocity in XZ longitudinal section: (a) t = 50  ��⁠, (b) t = 150  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 500  ��⁠, (e) molten pool flow.

In order to explore in depth the transient evolution of the molten pool, the evolution of the single-track temperature field and the melt flow was monitored in the YZ cross section. Figure 9(a) shows the state of the powder bed at the initial moment. When t = 250 μs, the laser focal spot acts on the powder bed and the powder starts to melt and gradually collects in the molten pool. At this time, the substrate will also start to melt, and the melt flow mainly moves in the downward and outward directions and the velocity is maximum at the edges in Fig. 9(b). When t = 300 μs, the width and depth of the molten pool increase due to the recoil pressure. At this time, the melt flows more slowly at the center, but the direction of motion is still downward in Fig. 9(c). When t = 350 μs, the width and depth of the molten pool further increase, at which time the intensity of the melt flow reaches its peak and the direction of motion remains the same in Fig. 9(d). When t = 400 μs, the melt starts to move upward, and the surrounding powder or molten material gradually fills up, causing the surface of the molten pool to begin to flatten. At this time, the maximum velocity of the melt is at the center of the bath, while the velocity at the edge is close to zero, and the edge of the melt starts to solidify in Fig. 9(e). When t = 450 μs, the melt continues to move upward, forming a convex surface of the melt track. However, the melt movement slows down, as shown in Fig. 9(f). When t = 500 μs, the melt further moves upward and its speed gradually becomes smaller. At the same time, the melt solidifies further, as shown in Fig. 9(g). When t = 550 μs, the melt track is basically formed into a single track with a similar “mountain” shape. At this stage, the velocity is close to zero only at the center of the molten pool, and the flow behavior of the melt is poor in Fig. 9(h). At t = 600 μs, the melt stops moving and solidification is rapidly completed. Up to this point, a single track is formed in Fig. 9(i). During the laser action on the powder bed, the substrate melts and combines with the molten state powder. The powder-to-powder fusion is like the convergence of water droplets, which are rapidly fused by surface tension. However, the fusion between the molten state powder and the substrate occurs driven by surface tension, and the molten powder around the molten pool is pulled toward the substrate (a wetting effect occurs), which ultimately results in the formation of a monolithic whole.38,80,81

FIG. 9.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Evolution of single-track molten pool temperature and melt flow in the YZ cross section: (a) t = 0  ��⁠, (b) t = 250  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 350  ��⁠, (e) t = 400  ��⁠, (f) t = 450  ��⁠, (g) t = 500  ��⁠, (h) t = 550  ��⁠, (i) t = 600  ��⁠.

The wetting ability between the liquid metal and the solid substrate in the molten pool directly affects the degree of balling of the melt,82,83 and the wetting ability can be measured by the contact angle of a single track in Fig. 10. A smaller value of contact angle represents better wettability. The contact angle α can be calculated by�=�1−�22,

(17)

where �1 and �2 are the contact angles of the left and right regions, respectively.

FIG. 10.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic of contact angle.

Relevant studies have confirmed that the wettability is better at a contact angle α around or below 40°.84 After measurement, a single-track contact angle α of about 33° was obtained under this process parameter, which further confirms the good wettability.

B. Double-track simulation

In order to deeply investigate the influence of hatch spacing on the characteristics of the HP-LPBF process, a series of double-track molten pool simulation experiments were systematically carried out. Figure 11 shows in detail the dynamic changes of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool in the time period of 2050–2500 μs under the conditions of laser power of 100 W, scanning speed of 800 mm/s, and hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. By comparing the study with Fig. 7, it is observed that the basic characteristics of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the second track are similar to those of the first track. However, there are subtle differences between them. The first track exhibits a basically symmetric shape, but the second track morphology shows a slight deviation influenced by the difference in thermal diffusion rate between the solidified metal and the powder. Otherwise, the other characteristic information is almost the same as that of the first track. Figure 12 shows the velocity vector plot of the P2 profile in the double-track molten pool, with a maximum velocity of about 2.63 m/s. The melt dynamics at both ends of the pool are more stable at t = 2050 μs, where the maximum rate of the second track is only 1/3 of that of the first one. Other than that, the rest of the information is almost no significant difference from the characteristic information of the first track. Figure 13 demonstrates a detailed observation of the double-track temperature field and melts flow in the YZ cross section, and a comparative study with Fig. 9 reveals that the width of the second track is slightly wider. In addition, after the melt direction shifts from bottom to top, the first track undergoes four time periods (50 μs) to reach full solidification, while the second track takes five time periods. This is due to the presence of significant heat buildup in the powder bed after the forming of the first track, resulting in a longer dynamic time of the melt and an increased molten pool lifetime. In conclusion, the level of specimen forming can be significantly optimized by adjusting the laser power and hatch spacing.

FIG. 11.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Double-track molten pool process: (a) t = 2050  ��⁠, (b) t = 2150  ��⁠, (c) t = 2300  ��⁠, (d) t = 2500  ��⁠.

FIG. 12.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Vector plot of double-track molten pool velocity in XZ longitudinal section: (a) t = 2050  ��⁠, (b) t = 2150  ��⁠, (c) t = 2300  ��⁠, (d) t = 2500  ��⁠.

FIG. 13.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Evolution of double-track molten pool temperature and melt flow in the YZ cross section: (a) t = 2250  ��⁠, (b) t = 2300  ��⁠, (c) t = 2350  ��⁠, (d) t = 2400  ��⁠, (e) t = 2450  ��⁠, (f) t = 2500  ��⁠, (g) t = 2550  ��⁠, (h) t = 2600  ��⁠, (i) t = 2650  ��⁠.

In order to quantitatively detect the molten pool dimensions as well as the remolten region dimensions, the molten pool characterization information in Fig. 14 is constructed by drawing the boundary on the YZ cross section based on the isothermal surface of the liquid phase line. It can be observed that the heights of the first track and second track are basically the same, but the depth of the second track increases relative to the first track. The molten pool width is mainly positively correlated with the laser power as well as the scanning speed (the laser line energy density �⁠). However, the remelted zone width is negatively correlated with the hatch spacing (the overlapping ratio). Overall, the forming quality of the specimens can be directly influenced by adjusting the laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing.

FIG. 14.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Double-track molten pool characterization information on YZ cross section.

In order to study the variation rule of the temperature in the center of the molten pool with time, Fig. 15 demonstrates the temperature variation curves with time for two reference points, A and B. Among them, the red dotted line indicates the liquid phase line temperature of SS316L. From the figure, it can be seen that the maximum temperature at the center of the molten pool in the first track is lower than that in the second track, which is mainly due to the heat accumulation generated after passing through the first track. The maximum temperature gradient was calculated to be 1.69 × 108 K/s. When the laser scanned the first track, the temperature in the center of the molten pool of the second track increased slightly. Similarly, when the laser scanned the second track, a similar situation existed in the first track. Since the temperature gradient in the second track is larger than that in the first track, the residence time of the liquid phase in the molten pool of the first track is longer than that of the second track.

FIG. 15.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Temperature profiles as a function of time for two reference points A and B.

C. Simulation analysis of molten pool under different process parameters

In order to deeply investigate the effects of various process parameters on the mesoscopic-scale temperature field, molten pool characteristic information and defects of HP-LPBF, numerical simulation experiments on mesoscopic-scale laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing of double-track molten pools were carried out.

1. Laser power

Figure 16 shows the effects of different laser power on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool at a scanning speed of 800 mm/s and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. When P = 50 W, a smaller molten pool is formed due to the lower heat generated by the Gaussian light source per unit time. This leads to a smaller track width, which results in adjacent track not lapping properly and the presence of a large number of unmelted powder particles, resulting in an increase in the number of defects, such as pores in the specimen. The surface of the track is relatively flat, and the depth is small. In addition, the temperature gradient before and after the molten pool was large, and the depression location appeared at the biased front end in Fig. 16(a). When P = 100 W, the surface of the track is flat and smooth with excellent lap. Due to the Marangoni effect, the velocity field of the molten pool is in the form of “vortex,” and the melt has good fluidity, and the maximum velocity reaches 2.15 m/s in Fig. 16(b). When P = 200 W, the heat generated by the Gaussian light source per unit time is too large, resulting in the melt rapidly reaching the evaporation temperature, generating a huge recoil pressure, forming a large molten pool, and the surface of the track is obviously raised. The melt movement is intense, especially the closed loop at the center end of the molten pool. At this time, the depth and width of the molten pool are large, leading to the expansion of the remolten region and the increased chance of the appearance of porosity defects in Fig. 16(c). The results show that at low laser power, the surface tension in the molten pool is dominant. At high laser power, recoil pressure is its main role.

FIG. 16.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different laser powers: (a) P = 50 W, (b) P = 100 W, (c) P = 200 W.

Table II shows the effect of different laser powers on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool at a scanning speed of 800 mm/s and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. The negative overlapping ratio in the table indicates that the melt tracks are not lapped, and 26/29 indicates the melt depth of the first track/second track. It can be seen that with the increase in laser power, the melt depth, melt width, melt height, and remelted zone show a gradual increase. At the same time, the overlapping ratio also increases. Especially in the process of laser power from 50 to 200 W, the melting depth and melting width increased the most, which increased nearly 2 and 1.5 times, respectively. Meanwhile, the overlapping ratio also increases with the increase in laser power, which indicates that the melting and fusion of materials are better at high laser power. On the other hand, the dimensions of the molten pool did not change uniformly with the change of laser power. Specifically, the depth-to-width ratio of the molten pool increased from about 0.30 to 0.39 during the increase from 50 to 120 W, which further indicates that the effective heat transfer in the vertical direction is greater than that in the horizontal direction with the increase in laser power. This dimensional response to laser power is mainly affected by the recoil pressure and also by the difference in the densification degree between the powder layer and the metal substrate. In addition, according to the experimental results, the contact angle shows a tendency to increase and then decrease during the process of laser power increase, and always stays within the range of less than 33°. Therefore, in practical applications, it is necessary to select the appropriate laser power according to the specific needs in order to achieve the best processing results.

TABLE II.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different laser powers.

Laser power (W)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
50 16 54 11 −10 23 
100 26/29 74 14 18 23.33 33 
200 37/45 116 21 52 93.33 28 

2. Scanning speed

Figure 17 demonstrates the effect of different scanning speeds on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool at a laser power of 100 W and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. With the gradual increase in scanning speed, the surface morphology of the molten pool evolves from circular to elliptical. When � = 200 mm/s, the slow scanning speed causes the material to absorb too much heat, which is very easy to trigger the overburning phenomenon. At this point, the molten pool is larger and the surface morphology is uneven. This situation is consistent with the previously discussed scenario with high laser power in Fig. 17(a). However, when � = 1600 mm/s, the scanning speed is too fast, resulting in the material not being able to absorb sufficient heat, which triggers the powder particles that fail to melt completely to have a direct effect on the bonding of the melt to the substrate. At this time, the molten pool volume is relatively small and the neighboring melt track cannot lap properly. This result is consistent with the previously discussed case of low laser power in Fig. 17(b). Overall, the ratio of the laser power to the scanning speed (the line energy density �⁠) has a direct effect on the temperature field and surface morphology of the molten pool.

FIG. 17.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different scanning speed: (a)  � = 200 mm/s, (b)  � = 1600 mm/s.

Table III shows the effects of different scanning speed on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. It can be seen that the scanning speed has a significant effect on the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio. With the increase in scanning speed, the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remelted zone, and overlapping ratio show a gradual decreasing trend. Among them, the melt depth and melt width decreased faster, while the melt height and remolten region decreased relatively slowly. In addition, when the scanning speed was increased from 200 to 800 mm/s, the decreasing speeds of melt depth and melt width were significantly accelerated, while the decreasing speeds of overlapping ratio were relatively slow. When the scanning speed was further increased to 1600 mm/s, the decreasing speeds of melt depth and melt width were further accelerated, and the un-lapped condition of the melt channel also appeared. In addition, the contact angle increases and then decreases with the scanning speed, and both are lower than 33°. Therefore, when selecting the scanning speed, it is necessary to make reasonable trade-offs according to the specific situation, and take into account the factors of melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio, in order to achieve the best processing results.

TABLE III.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different scanning speeds.

Scanning speed (mm/s)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
200 55/68 182 19/32 124 203.33 22 
1600 13 50 11 −16.67 31 

3. Hatch spacing

Figure 18 shows the effect of different hatch spacing on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and scanning speed of 800 mm/s. The surface morphology and temperature field of the first track and second track are basically the same, but slightly different. The first track shows a basically symmetric morphology along the scanning direction, while the second track shows a slight offset due to the difference in the heat transfer rate between the solidified material and the powder particles. When the hatch spacing is too small, the overlapping ratio increases and the probability of defects caused by remelting phenomenon grows. When the hatch spacing is too large, the neighboring melt track cannot overlap properly, and the powder particles are not completely melted, leading to an increase in the number of holes. In conclusion, the ratio of the line energy density � to the hatch spacing (the volume energy density E) has a significant effect on the temperature field and surface morphology of the molten pool.

FIG. 18.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different hatch spacings: (a) H = 0.03 mm, (b) H = 0.12 mm.

Table IV shows the effects of different hatch spacing on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and scanning speed of 800 mm/s. It can be seen that the hatch spacing has little effect on the melt depth, melt width, and melt height, but has some effect on the remolten region. With the gradual expansion of hatch spacing, the remolten region shows a gradual decrease. At the same time, the overlapping ratio also decreased with the increase in hatch spacing. In addition, it is observed that the contact angle shows a tendency to increase and then remain stable when the hatch spacing increases, which has a more limited effect on it. Therefore, trade-offs and decisions need to be made on a case-by-case basis when selecting the hatch spacing.

TABLE IV.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different hatch spacings.

Hatch spacing (mm)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
0.03 25/27 82 14 59 173.33 30 
0.12 26 78 14 −35 33 

In summary, the laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing have a significant effect on the formation of the molten pool, and the correct selection of these three process parameters is crucial to ensure the forming quality. In addition, the melt depth of the second track is slightly larger than that of the first track at higher line energy density � and volume energy density E. This is mainly due to the fact that a large amount of heat accumulation is generated after the first track, forming a larger molten pool volume, which leads to an increase in the melt depth.

D. Simulation analysis of molten pool with powder particle size and laser focal spot diameter

Figure 19 demonstrates the effect of different powder particle sizes and laser focal spot diameters on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool under a laser power of 100 W, a scanning speed of 800 mm/s, and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. In the process of melting coarse powder with small laser focal spot diameter, the laser energy cannot completely melt the larger powder particles, resulting in their partial melting and further generating excessive pore defects. The larger powder particles tend to generate zigzag molten pool edges, which cause an increase in the roughness of the melt track surface. In addition, the molten pool is also prone to generate the present spatter phenomenon, which can directly affect the quality of forming. The volume of the formed molten pool is relatively small, while the melt depth, melt width, and melt height are all smaller relative to the fine powder in Fig. 19(a). In the process of melting fine powders with a large laser focal spot diameter, the laser energy is able to melt the fine powder particles sufficiently, even to the point of overmelting. This results in a large number of fine spatters being generated at the edge of the molten pool, which causes porosity defects in the melt track in Fig. 19(b). In addition, the maximum velocity of the molten pool is larger for large powder particle sizes compared to small powder particle sizes, which indicates that the temperature gradient in the molten pool is larger for large powder particle sizes and the melt motion is more intense. However, the size of the laser focal spot diameter has a relatively small effect on the melt motion. However, a larger focal spot diameter induces a larger melt volume with greater depth, width, and height. In conclusion, a small powder size helps to reduce the surface roughness of the specimen, and a small laser spot diameter reduces the minimum forming size of a single track.

FIG. 19.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool with different powder particle size and laser focal spot diameter: (a) focal spot = 25 μm, coarse powder, (b) focal spot = 80 μm, fine powder.

Table V shows the maximum temperature gradient at the reference point for different powder sizes and laser focal spot diameters. As can be seen from the table, the maximum temperature gradient is lower than that of HP-LPBF for both coarse powders with a small laser spot diameter and fine powders with a large spot diameter, a phenomenon that leads to an increase in the heat transfer rate of HP-LPBF, which in turn leads to a corresponding increase in the cooling rate and, ultimately, to the formation of finer microstructures.

TABLE V.

Maximum temperature gradient at the reference point for different powder particle sizes and laser focal spot diameters.

Laser power (W)Scanning speed (mm/s)Hatch spacing (mm)Average powder size (μm)Laser focal spot diameter (μm)Maximum temperature gradient (×107 K/s)
100 800 0.06 31.7 25 7.89 
11.5 80 7.11 

IV. CONCLUSIONS

In this study, the geometrical characteristics of 3D coarse and fine powder particles were first calculated using DEM and then numerical simulations of single track and double track in the process of forming SS316L from monolayer HP-LPBF at mesoscopic scale were developed using CFD method. The effects of Marangoni convection, surface tension, recoil pressure, gravity, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and evaporative heat dissipation on the heat and mass transfer in the molten pool were considered in this model. The effects of laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing on the dynamics of the single-track and double-track molten pools, as well as on other characteristic information, were investigated. The effects of the powder particle size on the molten pool were investigated comparatively with the laser focal spot diameter. The main conclusions are as follows:

  1. The results show that the temperature gradient at the front of the molten pool is significantly larger than that at the tail, and the molten pool exhibits a “comet” morphology. At the top of the molten pool, there is a slightly concave region, which is the result of the coupling of Marangoni convection, recoil pressure, and surface tension. The melt flow forms two closed loops, which are mainly influenced by temperature gradients and surface tension. This special dynamic behavior of the melt tends to form an “elliptical” molten pool and an almost “mountain” shape in single-track forming.
  2. The basic characteristics of the three-dimensional morphology and temperature field of the second track are similar to those of the first track, but there are subtle differences. The first track exhibits a basically symmetrical shape; however, due to the difference in thermal diffusion rates between the solidified metal and the powder, a slight asymmetry in the molten pool morphology of the second track occurs. After forming through the first track, there is a significant heat buildup in the powder bed, resulting in a longer dynamic time of the melt, which increases the life of the molten pool. The heights of the first track and second track remained essentially the same, but the depth of the second track was greater relative to the first track. In addition, the maximum temperature gradient was 1.69 × 108 K/s during HP-LPBF forming.
  3. At low laser power, the surface tension in the molten pool plays a dominant role. At high laser power, recoil pressure becomes the main influencing factor. With the increase of laser power, the effective heat transfer in the vertical direction is superior to that in the horizontal direction. With the gradual increase of scanning speed, the surface morphology of the molten pool evolves from circular to elliptical. In addition, the scanning speed has a significant effect on the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio. Too large or too small hatch spacing will lead to remelting or non-lap phenomenon, which in turn causes the formation of defects.
  4. When using a small laser focal spot diameter, it is difficult to completely melt large powder particle sizes, resulting in partial melting and excessive porosity generation. At the same time, large powder particles produce curved edges of the molten pool, resulting in increased surface roughness of the melt track. In addition, spatter occurs, which directly affects the forming quality. At small focal spot diameters, the molten pool volume is relatively small, and the melt depth, the melt width, and the melt height are correspondingly small. Taken together, the small powder particle size helps to reduce surface roughness, while the small spot diameter reduces the forming size.

REFERENCES

  1. S. L. Sing and W. Y. Yeong , “ Laser powder bed fusion for metal additive manufacturing: Perspectives on recent developments,” Virtual Phys. Prototyping. 15, 359–370 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1080/17452759.2020.1779999
    Google ScholarCrossref
  2. A. M. Khorasani , I. G. Jithin , J. K. Veetil , and A. H. Ghasemi , “ A review of technological improvements in laser-based powder bed fusion of metal printers,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 108, 191–209 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-020-05361-3
    Google ScholarCrossref
  3. Y. Qin , A. Brockett , Y. Ma , A. Razali , J. Zhao , C. Harrison , W. Pan , X. Dai , and D. Loziak , “ Micro-manufacturing: Research, technology outcomes and development issues,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 47, 821–837 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-009-2411-2
    Google ScholarCrossref
  4. B. Nagarajan , Z. Hu , X. Song , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Development of micro selective laser melting: The state of the art and future perspectives,” Engineering. 5, 702–720 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eng.2019.07.002
    Google ScholarCrossref
  5. Y. Wei , G. Chen , W. Li , Y. Zhou , Z. Nie , J. Xu , and W. Zhou , “ Micro selective laser melting of SS316L: Single tracks, defects, microstructures and thermal/mechanical properties,” Opt. Laser Technol. 145, 107469 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2021.107469
    Google ScholarCrossref
  6. Y. Wei , G. Chen , W. Li , M. Li , Y. Zhou , Z. Nie , and J. Xu , “ Process optimization of micro selective laser melting and comparison of different laser diameter for forming different powder,” Opt. Laser Technol. 150, 107953 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2022.107953
    Google ScholarCrossref
  7. H. Zhiheng , B. Nagarajan , X. Song , R. Huang , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Formation of SS316L single tracks in micro selective laser melting: Surface, geometry, and defects,” Adv. Mater. Sci. Eng. 2019, 9451406.https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/9451406
    Crossref
  8. B. Nagarajan , Z. Hu , S. Gao , X. Song , R. Huang , M. Seita , and J. Wei , “ Effect of in-situ laser remelting on the microstructure of SS316L fabricated by micro selective laser melting,” in Advanced Surface Enhancement, edited by Sho Itoh and Shashwat Shukla , Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering ( Springer Singapore, Singapore, 2020), pp. 330–336.
    Google ScholarCrossref
  9. H. Zhiheng , B. Nagarajan , X. Song , R. Huang , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Tailoring surface roughness of micro selective laser melted SS316L by in-situ laser remelting,” in Advanced Surface Enhancement, edited by Sho Itoh and Shashwat Shukla , Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering ( Springer Singapore, Singapore, 2020), pp. 337–343.
    Google Scholar
  10. J. Fu , Z. Hu , X. Song , W. Zhai , Y. Long , H. Li , and M. Fu , “ Micro selective laser melting of NiTi shape memory alloy: Defects, microstructures and thermal/mechanical properties,” Opt. Laser Technol. 131, 106374 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106374
    Google ScholarCrossref
  11. E. Abele and M. Kniepkamp , “ Analysis and optimisation of vertical surface roughness in micro selective laser melting,” Surf. Topogr.: Metrol. Prop. 3, 034007 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1088/2051-672X/3/3/034007
    Google ScholarCrossref
  12. S. Qu , J. Ding , J. Fu , M. Fu , B. Zhang , and X. Song , “ High-precision laser powder bed fusion processing of pure copper,” Addit. Manuf. 48, 102417 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102417
    Google ScholarCrossref
  13. Y. Wei , G. Chen , M. Li , W. Li , Y. Zhou , J. Xu , and Z. wei , “ High-precision laser powder bed fusion of 18Ni300 maraging steel and its SiC reinforcement composite materials,” J. Manuf. Process. 84, 750–763 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2022.10.049
    Google ScholarCrossref
  14. B. Liu , R. Wildman , T. Christopher , I. Ashcroft , and H. Richard , “ Investigation the effect of particle size distribution on processing parameters optimisation in selective laser melting process,” in 2011 International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium ( University of Texas at Austin, 2011).
    Google Scholar
  15. T. D. McLouth , G. E. Bean , D. B. Witkin , S. D. Sitzman , P. M. Adams , D. N. Patel , W. Park , J.-M. Yang , and R. J. Zaldivar , “ The effect of laser focus shift on microstructural variation of Inconel 718 produced by selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 149, 205–213 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2018.04.019
    Google ScholarCrossref
  16. Y. Qian , Y. Wentao , and L. Feng , “ Mesoscopic simulations of powder bed fusion: Research progresses and conditions,” Electromachining Mould 06, 46–52 (2017).https://doi.org/10.3969/j.issn.1009-279X.2017.06.012
    Google Scholar
  17. J. Fu , S. Qu , J. Ding , X. Song , and M. W. Fu , “ Comparison of the microstructure, mechanical properties and distortion of stainless Steel 316L fabricated by micro and conventional laser powder bed fusion,” Addit. Manuf. 44, 102067 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102067
    Google ScholarCrossref
  18. N. T. Aboulkhair , I. Maskery , C. Tuck , I. Ashcroft , and N. M. Everitt , “ The microstructure and mechanical properties of selectively laser Melted AlSi10Mg: The effect of a conventional T6-like heat treatment,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 667, 139–146 (2016).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2016.04.092
    Google ScholarCrossref
  19. S. Y. Chen , J. C. Huang , C. T. Pan , C. H. Lin , T. L. Yang , Y. S. Huang , C. H. Ou , L. Y. Chen , D. Y. Lin , H. K. Lin , T. H. Li , J. S. C. Jang , and C. C. Yang , “ Microstructure and mechanical properties of open-cell porous Ti-6Al-4V fabricated by selective laser melting,” J. Alloys Compd. 713, 248–254 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2017.04.190
    Google ScholarCrossref
  20. Y. Bai , Y. Yang , D. Wang , and M. Zhang , “ Influence mechanism of parameters process and mechanical properties evolution mechanism of Maraging steel 300 by selective laser melting,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 703, 116–123 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2017.06.033
    Google ScholarCrossref
  21. Y. Bai , Y. Yang , Z. Xiao , M. Zhang , and D. Wang , “ Process optimization and mechanical property evolution of AlSiMg0.75 by selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 140, 257–266 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2017.11.045
    Google ScholarCrossref
  22. Y. Liu , M. Zhang , W. Shi , Y. Ma , and J. Yang , “ Study on performance optimization of 316L stainless steel parts by high-efficiency selective laser melting,” Opt. Laser Technol. 138, 106872 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106872
    Google ScholarCrossref
  23. D. Gu , Y.-C. Hagedorn , W. Meiners , G. Meng , R. J. S. Batista , K. Wissenbach , and R. Poprawe , “ Densification behavior, microstructure evolution, and wear performance of selective laser melting processed commercially pure titanium,” Acta Mater. 60, 3849–3860 (2012).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2012.04.006
    Google ScholarCrossref
  24. N. Read , W. Wang , K. Essa , and M. M. Attallah , “ Selective laser melting of AlSi10Mg alloy: Process optimisation and mechanical properties development,” Mater. Des. 65, 417–424 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2014.09.044
    Google ScholarCrossref
  25. I. A. Roberts , C. J. Wang , R. Esterlein , M. Stanford , and D. J. Mynors , “ A three-dimensional finite element analysis of the temperature field during laser melting of metal powders in additive layer manufacturing,” Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 49(12–13), 916–923 (2009).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2009.07.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  26. K. Dai and L. Shaw , “ Finite element analysis of the effect of volume shrinkage during laser densification,” Acta Mater. 53(18), 4743–4754 (2005).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2005.06.014
    Google ScholarCrossref
  27. K. Carolin , E. Attar , and P. Heinl , “ Mesoscopic simulation of selective beam melting processes,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 211(6), 978–987 (2011).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2010.12.016
    Google ScholarCrossref
  28. F.-J. Gürtler , M. Karg , K.-H. Leitz , and M. Schmidt , “ Simulation of laser beam melting of steel powders using the three-dimensional volume of fluid method,” Phys. Procedia 41, 881–886 (2013).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.phpro.2013.03.162
    Google ScholarCrossref
  29. P. Meakin and R. Jullien , “ Restructuring effects in the rain model for random deposition,” J. Phys. France 48(10), 1651–1662 (1987).https://doi.org/10.1051/jphys:0198700480100165100
    Google ScholarCrossref
  30. J-m Wang , G-h Liu , Y-l Fang , and W-k Li , “ Marangoni effect in nonequilibrium multiphase system of material processing,” Rev. Chem. Eng. 32(5), 551–585 (2016).https://doi.org/10.1515/revce-2015-0067
    Google ScholarCrossref
  31. W. Ye , S. Zhang , L. L. Mendez , M. Farias , J. Li , B. Xu , P. Li , and Y. Zhang , “ Numerical simulation of the melting and alloying processes of elemental titanium and boron powders using selective laser alloying,” J. Manuf. Process. 64, 1235–1247 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.02.044
    Google ScholarCrossref
  32. U. S. Bertoli , A. J. Wolfer , M. J. Matthews , J.-P. R. Delplanque , and J. M. Schoenung , “ On the limitations of volumetric energy density as a design parameter for selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 113, 331–340 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2016.10.037
    Google ScholarCrossref
  33. W. E. King , H. D. Barth , V. M. Castillo , G. F. Gallegos , J. W. Gibbs , D. E. Hahn , C. Kamath , and A. M. Rubenchik , “ Observation of keyhole-mode laser melting in laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214(12), 2915–2925 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  34. L. Cao , “ Numerical simulation of the impact of laying powder on selective laser melting single-pass formation,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 141, 1036–1048 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.07.053
    Google ScholarCrossref
  35. L. Huang , X. Hua , D. Wu , and F. Li , “ Numerical study of keyhole instability and porosity formation mechanism in laser welding of aluminum alloy and steel,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 252, 421–431 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.10.011
    Google ScholarCrossref
  36. K. Q. Le , C. Tang , and C. H. Wong , “ On the study of keyhole-mode melting in selective laser melting process,” Int. J. Therm. Sci. 145, 105992 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijthermalsci.2019.105992
    Google ScholarCrossref
  37. J.-H. Cho and S.-J. Na , “ Theoretical analysis of keyhole dynamics in polarized laser drilling,” J. Phys. D: Appl. Phys. 40(24), 7638 (2007).https://doi.org/10.1088/0022-3727/40/24/007
    Google ScholarCrossref
  38. W. Ye , “ Mechanism analysis of selective laser melting and metallurgy process based on base element powder of titanium and boron,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Nanchang University, 2021).
    Google Scholar
  39. R. Ammer , M. Markl , U. Ljungblad , C. Körner , and U. Rüde , “ Simulating fast electron beam melting with a parallel thermal free surface lattice Boltzmann method,” Comput. Math. Appl. 67(2), 318–330 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2013.10.001
    Google ScholarCrossref
  40. H. Chen , Q. Wei , S. Wen , Z. Li , and Y. Shi , “ Flow behavior of powder particles in layering process of selective laser melting: Numerical modeling and experimental verification based on discrete element method,” Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 123, 146–159 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2017.08.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  41. F. Verhaeghe , T. Craeghs , J. Heulens , and L. Pandelaers , “ A pragmatic model for selective laser melting with evaporation,” Acta Mater. 57(20), 6006–6012 (2009).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2009.08.027
    Google ScholarCrossref
  42. C. H. Fu and Y. B. Guo , “ Three-dimensional temperature gradient mechanism in selective laser melting of Ti-6Al-4V,” J. Manuf. Sci. Eng. 136(6), 061004 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1115/1.4028539
    Google ScholarCrossref
  43. Y. Xiang , Z. Shuzhe , L. Junfeng , W. Zhengying , Y. Lixiang , and J. Lihao , “ Numerical simulation and experimental verification for selective laser single track melting forming of Ti6Al4V,” J. Zhejiang Univ. (Eng. Sci.) 53(11), 2102–2109 + 2117 (2019).https://doi.org/10.3785/j.issn.1008-973X.2019.11.007
    Google Scholar
  44. Q. He , H. Xia , J. Liu , X. Ao , and S. Lin , “ Modeling and numerical studies of selective laser melting: Multiphase flow, solidification and heat transfer,” Mater. Des. 196, 109115 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2020.109115
    Google ScholarCrossref
  45. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale numerical simulation including the influence of process parameters on SLM single-layer multi-pass formation,” Metall. Mater. Trans. A 51, 4130–4145 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1007/s11661-020-05831-z
    Google ScholarCrossref
  46. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale numerical investigation including the influence of process parameters on LPBF multi-layer multi-path formation,” Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 126(1), 5–23 (2021).https://doi.org/10.32604/cmes.2021.014693
    Google ScholarCrossref
  47. H. Yin and S. D. Felicelli , “ Dendrite growth simulation during solidification in the LENS process,” Acta Mater. 58(4), 1455–1465 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2009.10.053
    Google ScholarCrossref
  48. P. Nie , O. A. Ojo , and Z. Li , “ Numerical modeling of microstructure evolution during laser additive manufacturing of a nickel-based superalloy,” Acta Mater. 77, 85–95 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2014.05.039
    Google ScholarCrossref
  49. Z. Liu and H. Qi , “ Effects of substrate crystallographic orientations on crystal growth and microstructure formation in laser powder deposition of nickel-based superalloy,” Acta Mater. 87, 248–258 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2014.12.046
    Google ScholarCrossref
  50. L. Wei , L. Xin , W. Meng , and H. Weidong , “ Cellular automaton simulation of the molten pool of laser solid forming process,” Acta Phys. Sin. 64(01), 018103–018363 (2015).https://doi.org/10.7498/aps.64.018103
    Google ScholarCrossref
  51. R. Acharya , J. A. Sharon , and A. Staroselsky , “ Prediction of microstructure in laser powder bed fusion process,” Acta Mater. 124, 360–371 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2016.11.018
    Google ScholarCrossref
  52. M. R. Rolchigo and R. LeSar , “ Modeling of binary alloy solidification under conditions representative of additive manufacturing,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 150, 535–545 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2018.04.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  53. S. Geng , P. Jiang , L. Guo , X. Gao , and G. Mi , “ Multi-scale simulation of grain/sub-grain structure evolution during solidification in laser welding of aluminum alloys,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 149, 119252 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.119252
    Google ScholarCrossref
  54. W. L. Wang , W. Q. Liu , X. Yang , R. R. Xu , and Q. Y. Dai , “ Multi-scale simulation of columnar-to-equiaxed transition during laser selective melting of rare earth magnesium alloy,” J. Mater. Sci. Technol. 119, 11–24 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmst.2021.12.029
    Google ScholarCrossref
  55. Q. Xia , J. Yang , and Y. Li , “ On the conservative phase-field method with the N-component incompressible flows,” Phys. Fluids 35, 012120 (2023).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0135490
    Google ScholarCrossref
  56. Q. Xia , G. Sun , J. Kim , and Y. Li , “ Multi-scale modeling and simulation of additive manufacturing based on fused deposition technique,” Phys. Fluids 35, 034116 (2023).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0141316
    Google ScholarCrossref
  57. A. Hussein , L. Hao , C. Yan , and R. Everson , “ Finite element simulation of the temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 52, 638–647 (2013).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2013.05.070
    Google ScholarCrossref
  58. J. Ding , P. Colegrove , J. Mehnen , S. Ganguly , P. M. Sequeira Almeida , F. Wang , and S. Williams , “ Thermo-mechanical analysis of wire and arc additive layer manufacturing process on large multi-layer parts,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 50(12), 3315–3322 (2011).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2011.06.023
    Google ScholarCrossref
  59. Y. Du , X. You , F. Qiao , L. Guo , and Z. Liu , “ A model for predicting the temperature field during selective laser melting,” Results Phys. 12, 52–60 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rinp.2018.11.031
    Google ScholarCrossref
  60. X. Luo , M. Liu , L. Zhenhua , H. Li , and J. Shen , “ Effect of different heat-source models on calculated temperature field of selective laser melted 18Ni300,” Chin. J. Lasers 48(14), 1402005–1402062 (2021).https://doi.org/10.3788/CJL202148.1402005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  61. J. F. Li , L. Li , and F. H. Stott , “ Thermal stresses and their implication on cracking during laser melting of ceramic materials,” Acta Mater. 52(14), 4385–4398 (2004).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2004.06.005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  62. P. Aggarangsi and J. L. Beuth , “ Localized preheating approaches for reducing residual stress in additive manufacturing,” paper presented at the 2006 International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium, The University of Texas in Austin on August 14–16, 2006.
  63. K. Dai and L. Shaw , “ Thermal and mechanical finite element modeling of laser forming from metal and ceramic powders,” Acta Mater. 52(1), 69–80 (2004).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2003.08.028
    Google ScholarCrossref
  64. A. H. Nickel , D. M. Barnett , and F. B. Prinz , “ Thermal stresses and deposition patterns in layered manufacturing,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 317(1–2), 59–64 (2001).https://doi.org/10.1016/S0921-5093(01)01179-0
    Google ScholarCrossref
  65. M. F. Zaeh and G. Branner , “ Investigations on residual stresses and deformations in selective laser melting,” Prod. Eng. 4(1), 35–45 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1007/s11740-009-0192-y
    Google ScholarCrossref
  66. P. Bian , J. Shi , Y. Liu , and Y. Xie , “ Influence of laser power and scanning strategy on residual stress distribution in additively manufactured 316L steel,” Opt. Laser Technol. 132, 106477 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106477
    Google ScholarCrossref
  67. B. M. Marques , C. M. Andrade , D. M. Neto , M. C. Oliveira , J. L. Alves , and L. F. Menezes , “ Numerical analysis of residual stresses in parts produced by selective laser melting process,” Procedia Manuf. 47, 1170–1177 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.promfg.2020.04.167
    Google ScholarCrossref
  68. W. Mu , “ Numerical simulation of SLM forming process and research and prediction of forming properties,” MA thesis ( Anhui Jianzhu University, 2022).
    Google Scholar
  69. Y. Zhang , “ Multi-scale multi-physics modeling of laser powder bed fusion process of metallic materials with experiment validation,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Purdue University, 2018).
    Google Scholar
  70. Y. Qian , “ Mesoscopic simulation studies of key processing issues for powder bed fusion technology,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Tsinghua University, 2019).
    Google Scholar
  71. N. V. Brilliantov , S. Frank , J.-M. Hertzsch , and T. Pöschel , “ Model for collisions in granular gases,” Phys. Rev. E 53(5), 5382–5392 (1996).https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevE.53.5382
    Google ScholarCrossref
  72. Z. Xiao , “ Research on microscale selective laser melting process of high strength pure copper specimens,” MA thesis ( Hunan University, 2022).
    Google Scholar
  73. Z. Li , K. Mukai , M. Zeze , and K. C. Mills , “ Determination of the surface tension of liquid stainless steel,” J. Mater. Sci. 40(9–10), 2191–2195 (2005).https://doi.org/10.1007/s10853-005-1931-x
    Google ScholarCrossref
  74. R. Scardovelli and S. Zaleski , “ Analytical relations connecting linear interfaces and volume fractions in rectangular grids,” J. Comput. Phys. 164(1), 228–237 (2000).https://doi.org/10.1006/jcph.2000.6567
    Google ScholarCrossref
  75. D.-W. Cho , W.-I. Cho , and S.-J. Na , “ Modeling and simulation of arc: Laser and hybrid welding process,” J. Manuf. Process. 16(1), 26–55 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2013.06.012
    Google ScholarCrossref
    76.Flow3D. Version 11.1.0: User Manual ( FlowScience, Santa Fe, NM, USA, 2015).
  76. Y. Tian , L. Yang , D. Zhao , Y. Huang , and J. Pan , “ Numerical analysis of powder bed generation and single track forming for selective laser melting of ss316l stainless steel,” J. Manuf. Process. 58, 964–974 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2020.09.002
    Google ScholarCrossref
  77. C. Tang , K. Q. Le , and C. H. Wong , “ Physics of humping formation in laser powder bed fusion,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 149, 119172 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.119172
    Google ScholarCrossref
  78. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale simulation of pore evolution during laser powder bed fusion process,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 179, 109686 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2020.109686
    Google ScholarCrossref
  79. R. Li , J. Liu , Y. Shi , W. Li , and W. Jiang , “ Balling behavior of stainless steel and nickel powder during selective laser melting process,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 59(9–12), 1025–1035 (2012).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-011-3566-1
    Google ScholarCrossref
  80. S. A. Khairallah and A. Anderson , “ Mesoscopic simulation model of selective laser melting of stainless steel powder,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214(11), 2627–2636 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.001
    Google ScholarCrossref
  81. J. Liu , D. Gu , H. Chen , D. Dai , and H. Zhang , “ Influence of substrate surface morphology on wetting behavior of tracks during selective laser melting of aluminum-based alloys,” J. Zhejiang Univ. Sci. A 19(2), 111–121 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1631/jzus.A1700599
    Google ScholarCrossref
  82. L. Li , J. Li , and T. Fan , “ Phase-field modeling of wetting and balling dynamics in powder bed fusion process,” Phys. Fluids 33, 042116 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0046771
    Google ScholarCrossref
  83. X. Nie , Z. Hu , H. Zhu , Z. Hu , L. Ke , and X. Zeng , “ Analysis of processing parameters and characteristics of selective laser melted high strength Al-Cu-Mg alloys: from single tracks to cubic samples,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 256, 69–77 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.01.030
    Google ScholarCrossref
Figure 3. Computed contour of velocity magnitude (m/s) for Run 1 to Run 15.

FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 이용한 유입구 및 배플 위치가 침전조 제거 효율에 미치는 영향

Ali Poorkarimi1
Khaled Mafakheri2
Shahrzad Maleki2

Journal of Hydraulic Structures
J. Hydraul. Struct., 2023; 9(4): 76-87
DOI: 10.22055/jhs.2024.44817.1265

Abstract

중력에 의한 침전은 부유 물질을 제거하기 위해 물과 폐수 처리 공정에 널리 적용됩니다. 이 연구에서는 침전조의 제거 효율에 대한 입구 및 배플 위치의 영향을 간략하게 설명합니다. 실험은 CCD(중심복합설계) 방법론을 기반으로 수행되었습니다. 전산유체역학(CFD)은 유압 설계, 미래 발전소에 대한 계획 연구, 토목 유지 관리 및 공급 효율성과 관련된 복잡한 문제를 모델링하고 분석하는 데 광범위하게 사용됩니다. 본 연구에서는 입구 높이, 입구로부터 배플까지의 거리, 배플 높이의 다양한 조건에 따른 영향을 조사하였다. CCD 접근 방식을 사용하여 얻은 데이터를 분석하면 축소된 2차 모델이 R2 = 0.77의 결정 계수로 부유 물질 제거를 예측할 수 있음이 나타났습니다. 연구 결과, 유입구와 배플의 부적절한 위치는 침전조의 효율에 부정적인 영향을 미칠 수 있음을 보여주었습니다. 입구 높이, 배플 거리, 배플 높이의 최적 값은 각각 0.87m, 0.77m, 0.56m였으며 제거 효율은 80.6%였습니다.

Sedimentation due to gravitation is applied widely in water and wastewater treatment processes to remove suspended solids. This study outlines the effect of the inlet and baffle position on the removal efficiency of sedimentation tanks. Experiments were carried out based on the central composite design (CCD) methodology. Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is used extensively to model and analyze complex issues related to hydraulic design, planning studies for future generating stations, civil maintenance, and supply efficiency. In this study, the effect of different conditions of inlet elevation, baffle’s distance from the inlet, and baffle height were investigated. Analysis of the obtained data with a CCD approach illustrated that the reduced quadratic model can predict the suspended solids removal with a coefficient of determination of R2 = 0.77. The results showed that the inappropriate position of the inlet and the baffle can have a negative effect on the efficiency of the sedimentation tank. The optimal values of inlet elevation, baffle distance, and baffle height were 0.87 m, 0.77 m, and 0.56 m respectively with 80.6% removal efficiency.

Keywords

Sedimentation tank, Particle removal, Central Composite Design, Computational
Fluid Dynamics, Flow-3D

Figure 3. Computed contour of velocity magnitude (m/s) for Run 1 to Run 15.
Figure 3. Computed contour of velocity magnitude (m/s) for Run 1 to Run 15.

References

  1. Shahrokhi, M., F. Rostami, M.A. Md. Said, S.R.S. Yazdi, and Syafalni, (2013). Experimental
    investigation of the influence of baffle position on the flow field, sediment concentration, and
    efficiency of rectangular primary sedimentation tanks. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering,.
    139(1): p. 88-94.
  2. Shahrokhi, M., F. Rostami, M.A.M. Said, and S.R.S. Yazdi, (2012). The effect of number of
    baffles on the improvement efficiency of primary sedimentation tanks. Applied Mathematical
    Modelling,. 36(8): p. 3725-3735.
  3. Borna, M., A. Janfeshan, E. Merufinia, and A. Asnaashari, (2014). Numerical simulations of
    distribution and sediment transmission in pre-settled pools using Finite Volume Method and
    comparison with experimental results. Journal of Civil Engineering and Urbanism,. 4(3): p.
    287-292.
  4. Rad, M.J., P.E. Firoozabadi, and F. Rostami, (2022). Numerical Investigation of the Effect
    Dimensions of Rectangular Sedimentation Tanks on Its Hydraulic Efficiency Using Flow-3D
    Software. Acta Technica Jaurinensis,. 15(4): p. 207-220.
  5. Hirom, K. and T.T. Devi, (2022). Application of computational fluid dynamics in sedimentation
    tank design and its recent developments: A review. Water, Air, & Soil Pollution,. 233: p. 1-
    26.
  6. Shahrokhi, M., F. Rostami, M.A.M. Said, S.-R. Sabbagh-Yazdi, S. Syafalni, and R. Abdullah,
    (2012). The effect of baffle angle on primary sedimentation tank efficiency. Canadian Journal
    of Civil Engineering,. 39(3): p. 293-303.
  7. Tarpagkou, R. and A. Pantokratoras, (2014). The influence of lamellar settler in sedimentation
    tanks for potable water treatment—A computational fluid dynamic study. Powder
    Technology,. 268: p. 139-149.
  8. Ekama, G. and P. Marais, (2004). Assessing the applicability of the 1D flux theory to full-scale
    secondary settling tank design with a 2D hydrodynamic model. Water research,. 38(3): p. 495-
    506.
  9. Gharagozian, A., (1998). Circular secondary clarifier investigations using a numerical model.,
    University of California, Los Angeles.
  10. Shahrokhi, M., F. Rostami, and M.A.M. Said, (2013). Numerical modeling of baffle location
    effects on the flow pattern of primary sedimentation tanks. Applied Mathematical Modelling,.
    37(6): p. 4486-4496.
  11. Razmi, A.M., R. Bakhtyar, B. Firoozabadi, and D.A. Barry, (2013). Experiments and
    numerical modeling of baffle configuration effects on the performance of sedimentation tanks.
    Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering,. 40(2): p. 140-150.
  12. Liu, Y., P. Zhang, and W. Wei, (2016). Simulation of effect of a baffle on the flow patterns
    and hydraulic efficiency in a sedimentation tank. Desalination and Water Treatment,. 57(54):
    p. 25950-25959.
  13. Saeedi, E., E. Behnamtalab, and S. Salehi Neyshabouri, (2020). Numerical simulation of baffle
    effect on the performance of sedimentation basin. Water and environment journal,. 34(2): p.
    212-222.
  14. Miri, J.K., B. Aminnejad, and A. Zahiri, (2023). Numerical Study of Flow Pattern, Sediment
    Field and Effect of the Arrangement of Guiding Blades (Baffles) on Sedimentation in PreSedimentation Basins by Numerical Models. Water Resources,. 50(1): p. 68-81.
  15. Heydari, M.M., M. Rahbani, and S.M.M. Jamal, (2014). Experimental and numerical
    investigations of baffle effect on the removal efficiency of sedimentation basin. Advances in
    Environmental Biology,: p. 1015-1022.
  16. Guo, H., S.J. Ki, S. Oh, Y.M. Kim, S. Wang, and J.H. Kim, (2017). Numerical simulation of
    separation process for enhancing fine particle removal in tertiary sedimentation tank mounting
    adjustable baffle. Chemical engineering science,. 158: p. 21-29.

Figure 1 | Schematic of the present research model with dimensions and macro-roughnesses installed.

On the hydraulic performance of the inclined drops: the effect of downstreammacro-roughness elements

경사 낙하의 수력학적 성능: 하류 거시 거칠기 요소의 영향

Farhoud Kalateh a,*, Ehsan Aminvash a and Rasoul Daneshfaraz b
a Faculty of Civil Engineering, University of Tabriz, Tabriz, Iran
b Faculty of Engineering, University of Maragheh, Maragheh, Iran
*Corresponding author. E-mail: f.kalateh@gmail.com

ABSTRACT

The main goal of the present study is to investigate the effects of macro-roughnesses downstream of the inclined drop through numerical models. Due to the vital importance of geometrical properties of the macro-roughnesses in the hydraulic performance and efficient energy dissipation downstream of inclined drops, two different geometries of macro-roughnesses, i.e., semi-circular and triangular geometries, have been investigated using the Flow-3D model. Numerical simulation showed that with the flow rate increase and relative critical depth, the flow energy consumption has decreased. Also, relative energy dissipation increases with the increase in height and slope angle, so that this amount of increase in energy loss compared to the smooth bed in semi-circular and triangular elements is 86.39 and 76.80%, respectively, in the inclined drop with a height of 15 cm and 86.99 and 65.78% in the drop with a height of 20 cm. The Froude number downstream on the uneven bed has been dramatically reduced, so this amount of reduction has been approximately 47 and 54% compared to the control condition. The relative depth of the downstream has also increased due to the turbulence of the flow on the uneven bed with the increase in the flow rate.

본 연구의 주요 목표는 수치 모델을 통해 경사 낙하 하류의 거시 거칠기 효과를 조사하는 것입니다. 수력학적 성능과 경사 낙하 하류의 효율적인 에너지 소산에서 거시 거칠기의 기하학적 특성이 매우 중요하기 때문에 두 가지 서로 다른 거시 거칠기 형상, 즉 반원형 및 삼각형 형상이 Flow를 사용하여 조사되었습니다.

3D 모델 수치 시뮬레이션을 통해 유량이 증가하고 상대 임계 깊이가 증가함에 따라 유동 에너지 소비가 감소하는 것으로 나타났습니다. 또한, 높이와 경사각이 증가함에 따라 상대적인 에너지 소산도 증가하는데, 반원형 요소와 삼각형 요소에서 평활층에 비해 에너지 손실의 증가량은 경사낙하에서 각각 86.39%와 76.80%입니다.

높이 15cm, 높이 20cm의 드롭에서 86.99%, 65.78%입니다. 고르지 못한 베드 하류의 프루드 수가 극적으로 감소하여 이 감소량은 대조 조건에 비해 약 47%와 54%였습니다. 유속이 증가함에 따라 고르지 못한 층에서의 흐름의 난류로 인해 하류의 상대적 깊이도 증가했습니다.

Key words

flow energy dissipation, Froude number, inclined drop, numerical simulation

Figure 1 | Schematic of the present research model with dimensions and macro-roughnesses installed.
Figure 1 | Schematic of the present research model with dimensions and macro-roughnesses installed.
Figure 2 | Meshing, boundary condition, and solution field network
Figure 2 | Meshing, boundary condition, and solution field network

REFERENCES

Abbaspour, A., Taghavianpour, T. & Arvanaghi, H. 2019 Experimental study of the hydraulic jump on the reverse bed with porous screens.
Applied Water Science 9, 155.
Abbaspour, A., Shiravani, P. & Hosseinzadeh Dalir, A. 2021 Experimental study of the energy dissipation on rough ramps. ISH Journal of
Hydraulic Engineering 27, 334–342.
Akib, S., Ahmed, A. A., Imran, H. M., Mahidin, M. F., Ahmed, H. S. & Rahman, S. 2015 Properties of a hydraulic jump over apparent
corrugated beds. Dam Engineering 25, 65–77.
AlTalib, A. N., Mohammed, A. Y. & Hayawi, H. A. 2015 Hydraulic jump and energy dissipation downstream stepped weir. Flow
Measurement and Instrumentation 69, 101616.
Bayon-Barrachina, A. & Lopez-Jimenez, P. A. 2015 Numerical analysis of hydraulic jumps using OpenFOAM. Journal of Hydroinformatics
17, 662–678.
Canovaro, F. & Solari, L. 2007 Dissipative analogies between a schematic macro-roughness arrangement and step–pool morphology. Earth
Surface Processes and Landforms: The Journal of the British Geomorphological Research Group 32, 1628–1640.
Daneshfaraz, R., Ghaderi, A., Akhtari, A. & Di Francesco, S. 2020 On the effect of block roughness in ogee spill-ways with flip buckets. Fluids
5, 182.
Daneshfaraz, R., Aminvash, E., Di Francesco, S., Najibi, A. & Abraham, J. 2021a Three-dimensional study of the effect of block roughness
geometry on inclined drop. Numerical Methods in Civil Engineering 6, 1–9.
Daneshfaraz, R., Aminvash, E., Ghaderi, A., Abraham, J. & Bagherzadeh, M. 2021b SVM performance for predicting the effect of horizontal
screen diameters on the hydraulic parameters of a vertical drop. Applied Science 11, 4238.
Daneshfaraz, R., Aminvash, E., Ghaderi, A., Kuriqi, A. & Abraham, J. 2021c Three-dimensional investigation of hydraulic properties of
vertical drop in the presence of step and grid dissipators. Symmetry 13, 895.
Dey, S. & Sarkar, A. 2008 Characteristics of turbulent flow in submerged jumps on rough beds. Journal of Engineering Mechanics 134, 49–59.
Ead, S. A. & Rajaratnam, N. 2002 Hydraulic jumps on corrugated beds. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 128, 656–663.
Fang, H., Han, X., He, G. & Dey, S. 2018 Influence of permeable beds on hydraulically macro-rough flow. Journal of Fluid Mechanics 847,
552–590.
Federico, I., Marrone, S., Colagrossi, A., Aristodemo, F. & Antuono, M. 2019 Simulating 2D open-channel flows through an SPH model.
European Journal of Mechanics-B/Fluids 34, 35–46.
Ghaderi, A., Dasineh, M., Aristodemo, F. & Aricò, C. 2021 Numerical simulations of the flow field of a submerged hydraulic jump over
triangular macroroughnesses. Water 13, 674.
Ghare, A. D., Ingl, R. N., Porey, P. D. & Gokhale, S. S. 2010 Block ramp design for efficient energy dissipation. Journal of Energy Dissipation
136, 1–5.
Habibzadeh, A., Rajaratnam, N. & Loewen, M. 2019 Characteristics of the flow field downstream of free and submerged hydraulic jumps.
Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers-Water Management 172, 180–194.
Hajiahmadi, A., Ghaeini-Hessaroeyeh, M. & Khanjani, M. J. 2021 Experimental evaluation of vertical shaft efficiency in vortex flow energy
dissipation. International Journal of Civil Engineering 19, 1445–1455.

Katourani, S. & Kashefipour, S. M. 2012 Effect of the geometric characteristics of baffle on hydraulic flow condition in baffled apron drop.
Irrigation Sciences and Engineering 37, 51–59.
Kurdistani, S. M., Varaki, M. E. & Moayedi Moshkaposhti, M. 2024 Apron and macro roughness as scour countermeasures downstream of
block ramps. ISH Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 1–9.
Lopardo, R. A. 2013 Extreme velocity fluctuations below free hydraulic jumps. Journal of Engineering 1–5.
Mahmoudi-Rad, M. & Najafzadeh, M. 2023 Experimental evaluation of the energy dissipation efficiency of the vortex flow section of drop
shafts. Scientific Reports 13, 1679.
Matin, M. A., Hasan, M. & Islam, M. R. 2018 Experiment on hydraulic jump in sudden expansion in a sloping rectangular channel. Journal of
Civil Engineering 36, 65–77.
Moghadam, K. F., Banihashemi, M. A., Badiei, P. & Shirkavand, A. 2019 A numerical approach to solve fluid-solid two-phase flows using time
splitting projection method with a pressure correction technique. Progress in Computational Fluid Dynamics, an International Journal
19, 357–367.
Moghadam, K. F., Banihashemi, M. A., Badiei, P. & Shirkavand, A. 2020 A time-splitting pressure-correction projection method for complete
two-fluid modeling of a local scour hole. International Journal of Sediment Research 35, 395–407.
Moradi-SabzKoohi, A., Kashefipour, S. M. & Bina, M. 2011 Experimental comparison of energy dissipation on drop structures. JWSS –
Isfahan University of Technology 15, 209–223. (in Persian).
Mouaze, D., Murzyn, F. & Chaplin, J. R. 2005 Free surface length scale estimation in hydraulic jumps. Journal of Fluids Engineering 127,
1191–1193.
Nicosia, A., Carollo, F. G. & Ferro, V. 2023 Effects of boulder arrangement on flow resistance due to macro-scale bed roughness. Water 15,
349.
Ohtsu, I. & Yasuda, Y. 1991 Hydraulic jump in sloping channel. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 117, 905–921.
Pagliara, S. & Palermo, M. 2012 Effect of stilling basin geometry on the dissipative process in the presence of block ramps. Journal of
Irrigation and Drainage Engineering 138, 1027–1031.
Pagliara, S., Das, R. & Palermo, M. 2008 Energy dissipation on submerged block ramps. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering 134,
527–532.
Pagliara, S., Roshni, T. & Palermo, M. 2015 Energy dissipation over large-scale roughness for both transition and uniform flow conditions.
International Journal of Civil Engineering 13, 341–346.
Parsaie, A., Dehdar-Behbahani, S. & Haghiabi, A. H. 2016 Numerical modeling of cavitation on spillway’s flip bucket. Frontiers of Structural
and Civil Engineering 10, 438–444.
Pourabdollah, N., Heidarpour, M. & Abedi Koupai, J. 2018 Characteristics of free and submerged hydraulic jumps in different stilling basins.
In: Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers-Water Management. Thomas Telford Ltd, pp. 1–11.
Roushangar, K. & Ghasempour, R. 2019 Evaluation of the impact of channel geometry and rough elements arrangement in hydraulic jump
energy dissipation via SVM. Journal of Hydroinformatics 21, 92–103.
Samadi-Boroujeni, H., Ghazali, M., Gorbani, B. & Nafchi, R. F. 2013 Effect of triangular corrugated beds on the hydraulic jump
characteristics. Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering 40, 841–847.
Shekari, Y., Javan, M. & Eghbalzadeh, A. 2014 Three-dimensional numerical study of submerged hydraulic jumps. Arabian Journal for
Science and Engineering 39, 6969–6981.
Tokyay, N. D., Evcimen, T. U. & Şimsek, Ç. 2011 Forced hydraulic jump on non-protruding rough beds. Canadian Journal of Civil
Engineering 38, 1136–1144.
Wagner, W. E. 1956 Hydraulic model studies of the check intake structure-potholes East canal. Bureau of Reclamation Hydraulic Laboratory
Report Hyd, 411.
Witt, A., Gulliver, J. S. & Shen, L. 2018 Numerical investigation of vorticity and bubble clustering in an air-entraining hydraulic jump.
Computers & Fluids 172, 162–180.

Lab-on-a-Chip 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 검토: 엔지니어링 관점

Review on Blood Flow Dynamics in Lab-on-a-Chip Systems: An Engineering Perspective

  • Bin-Jie Lai
  • Li-Tao Zhu
  • Zhe Chen*
  • Bo Ouyang*
  • , and 
  • Zheng-Hong Luo*

Abstract

다양한 수송 메커니즘 하에서, “LOC(lab-on-a-chip)” 시스템에서 유동 전단 속도 조건과 밀접한 관련이 있는 혈류 역학은 다양한 수송 현상을 초래하는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.

본 연구는 적혈구의 동적 혈액 점도 및 탄성 거동과 같은 점탄성 특성의 역할을 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈류 패턴을 조사합니다. 모세관 및 전기삼투압의 주요 매개변수를 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈액 수송 현상에 대한 연구는 실험적, 이론적 및 수많은 수치적 접근 방식을 통해 제공됩니다.

전기 삼투압 점탄성 흐름에 의해 유발되는 교란은 특히 향후 연구 기회를 위해 혈액 및 기타 점탄성 유체를 취급하는 LOC 장치의 혼합 및 분리 기능 향상에 논의되고 적용됩니다. 또한, 본 연구는 보다 정확하고 단순화된 혈류 모델에 대한 요구와 전기역학 효과 하에서 점탄성 유체 흐름에 대한 수치 연구에 대한 강조와 같은 LOC 시스템 하에서 혈류 역학의 수치 모델링의 문제를 식별합니다.

전기역학 현상을 연구하는 동안 제타 전위 조건에 대한 보다 실용적인 가정도 강조됩니다. 본 연구는 모세관 및 전기삼투압에 의해 구동되는 미세유체 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 포괄적이고 학제적인 관점을 제공하는 것을 목표로 한다.

KEYWORDS: 

1. Introduction

1.1. Microfluidic Flow in Lab-on-a-Chip (LOC) Systems

Over the past several decades, the ability to control and utilize fluid flow patterns at microscales has gained considerable interest across a myriad of scientific and engineering disciplines, leading to growing interest in scientific research of microfluidics. 

(1) Microfluidics, an interdisciplinary field that straddles physics, engineering, and biotechnology, is dedicated to the behavior, precise control, and manipulation of fluids geometrically constrained to a small, typically submillimeter, scale. 

(2) The engineering community has increasingly focused on microfluidics, exploring different driving forces to enhance working fluid transport, with the aim of accurately and efficiently describing, controlling, designing, and applying microfluidic flow principles and transport phenomena, particularly for miniaturized applications. 

(3) This attention has chiefly been fueled by the potential to revolutionize diagnostic and therapeutic techniques in the biomedical and pharmaceutical sectorsUnder various driving forces in microfluidic flows, intriguing transport phenomena have bolstered confidence in sustainable and efficient applications in fields such as pharmaceutical, biochemical, and environmental science. The “lab-on-a-chip” (LOC) system harnesses microfluidic flow to enable fluid processing and the execution of laboratory tasks on a chip-sized scale. LOC systems have played a vital role in the miniaturization of laboratory operations such as mixing, chemical reaction, separation, flow control, and detection on small devices, where a wide variety of fluids is adapted. Biological fluid flow like blood and other viscoelastic fluids are notably studied among the many working fluids commonly utilized by LOC systems, owing to the optimization in small fluid sample volumed, rapid response times, precise control, and easy manipulation of flow patterns offered by the system under various driving forces. 

(4)The driving forces in blood flow can be categorized as passive or active transport mechanisms and, in some cases, both. Under various transport mechanisms, the unique design of microchannels enables different functionalities in driving, mixing, separating, and diagnosing blood and drug delivery in the blood. 

(5) Understanding and manipulating these driving forces are crucial for optimizing the performance of a LOC system. Such knowledge presents the opportunity to achieve higher efficiency and reliability in addressing cellular level challenges in medical diagnostics, forensic studies, cancer detection, and other fundamental research areas, for applications of point-of-care (POC) devices. 

(6)

1.2. Engineering Approach of Microfluidic Transport Phenomena in LOC Systems

Different transport mechanisms exhibit unique properties at submillimeter length scales in microfluidic devices, leading to significant transport phenomena that differ from those of macroscale flows. An in-depth understanding of these unique transport phenomena under microfluidic systems is often required in fluidic mechanics to fully harness the potential functionality of a LOC system to obtain systematically designed and precisely controlled transport of microfluids under their respective driving force. Fluid mechanics is considered a vital component in chemical engineering, enabling the analysis of fluid behaviors in various unit designs, ranging from large-scale reactors to separation units. Transport phenomena in fluid mechanics provide a conceptual framework for analytically and descriptively explaining why and how experimental results and physiological phenomena occur. The Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, along with other governing equations, is often adapted to accurately describe fluid dynamics by accounting for pressure, surface properties, velocity, and temperature variations over space and time. In addition, limiting factors and nonidealities for these governing equations should be considered to impose corrections for empirical consistency before physical models are assembled for more accurate controls and efficiency. Microfluidic flow systems often deviate from ideal conditions, requiring adjustments to the standard governing equations. These deviations could arise from factors such as viscous effects, surface interactions, and non-Newtonian fluid properties from different microfluid types and geometrical layouts of microchannels. Addressing these nonidealities supports the refining of theoretical models and prediction accuracy for microfluidic flow behaviors.

The analytical calculation of coupled nonlinear governing equations, which describes the material and energy balances of systems under ideal conditions, often requires considerable computational efforts. However, advancements in computation capabilities, cost reduction, and improved accuracy have made numerical simulations using different numerical and modeling methods a powerful tool for effectively solving these complex coupled equations and modeling various transport phenomena. Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is a numerical technique used to investigate the spatial and temporal distribution of various flow parameters. It serves as a critical approach to provide insights and reasoning for decision-making regarding the optimal designs involving fluid dynamics, even prior to complex physical model prototyping and experimental procedures. The integration of experimental data, theoretical analysis, and reliable numerical simulations from CFD enables systematic variation of analytical parameters through quantitative analysis, where adjustment to delivery of blood flow and other working fluids in LOC systems can be achieved.

Numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element-Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) are heavily employed in CFD and offer diverse approaches to achieve discretization of Eulerian flow equations through filling a mesh of the flow domain. A more in-depth review of numerical methods in CFD and its application for blood flow simulation is provided in Section 2.2.2.

1.3. Scope of the Review

In this Review, we explore and characterize the blood flow phenomena within the LOC systems, utilizing both physiological and engineering modeling approaches. Similar approaches will be taken to discuss capillary-driven flow and electric-osmotic flow (EOF) under electrokinetic phenomena as a passive and active transport scheme, respectively, for blood transport in LOC systems. Such an analysis aims to bridge the gap between physical (experimental) and engineering (analytical) perspectives in studying and manipulating blood flow delivery by different driving forces in LOC systems. Moreover, the Review hopes to benefit the interests of not only blood flow control in LOC devices but also the transport of viscoelastic fluids, which are less studied in the literature compared to that of Newtonian fluids, in LOC systems.

Section 2 examines the complex interplay between viscoelastic properties of blood and blood flow patterns under shear flow in LOC systems, while engineering numerical modeling approaches for blood flow are presented for assistance. Sections 3 and 4 look into the theoretical principles, numerical governing equations, and modeling methodologies for capillary driven flow and EOF in LOC systems as well as their impact on blood flow dynamics through the quantification of key parameters of the two driving forces. Section 5 concludes the characterized blood flow transport processes in LOC systems under these two forces. Additionally, prospective areas of research in improving the functionality of LOC devices employing blood and other viscoelastic fluids and potentially justifying mechanisms underlying microfluidic flow patterns outside of LOC systems are presented. Finally, the challenges encountered in the numerical studies of blood flow under LOC systems are acknowledged, paving the way for further research.

2. Blood Flow Phenomena

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


2.1. Physiological Blood Flow Behavior

Blood, an essential physiological fluid in the human body, serves the vital role of transporting oxygen and nutrients throughout the body. Additionally, blood is responsible for suspending various blood cells including erythrocytes (red blood cells or RBCs), leukocytes (white blood cells), and thrombocytes (blood platelets) in a plasma medium.Among the cells mentioned above, red blood cells (RBCs) comprise approximately 40–45% of the volume of healthy blood. 

(7) An RBC possesses an inherent elastic property with a biconcave shape of an average diameter of 8 μm and a thickness of 2 μm. This biconcave shape maximizes the surface-to-volume ratio, allowing RBCs to endure significant distortion while maintaining their functionality. 

(8,9) Additionally, the biconcave shape optimizes gas exchange, facilitating efficient uptake of oxygen due to the increased surface area. The inherent elasticity of RBCs allows them to undergo substantial distortion from their original biconcave shape and exhibits high flexibility, particularly in narrow channels.RBC deformability enables the cell to deform from a biconcave shape to a parachute-like configuration, despite minor differences in RBC shape dynamics under shear flow between initial cell locations. As shown in Figure 1(a), RBCs initiating with different resting shapes and orientations displaying display a similar deformation pattern 

(10) in terms of its shape. Shear flow induces an inward bending of the cell at the rear position of the rim to the final bending position, 

(11) resulting in an alignment toward the same position of the flow direction.

Figure 1. Images of varying deformation of RBCs and different dynamic blood flow behaviors. (a) The deforming shape behavior of RBCs at four different initiating positions under the same experimental conditions of a flow from left to right, (10) (b) RBC aggregation, (13) (c) CFL region. (18) Reproduced with permission from ref (10). Copyright 2011 Elsevier. Reproduced with permission from ref (13). Copyright 2022 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/. Reproduced with permission from ref (18). Copyright 2019 Elsevier.

The flexible property of RBCs enables them to navigate through narrow capillaries and traverse a complex network of blood vessels. The deformability of RBCs depends on various factors, including the channel geometry, RBC concentration, and the elastic properties of the RBC membrane. 

(12) Both flexibility and deformability are vital in the process of oxygen exchange among blood and tissues throughout the body, allowing cells to flow in vessels even smaller than the original cell size prior to deforming.As RBCs serve as major components in blood, their collective dynamics also hugely affect blood rheology. RBCs exhibit an aggregation phenomenon due to cell to cell interactions, such as adhesion forces, among populated cells, inducing unique blood flow patterns and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems. For blood flow in large vessels between a diameter of 1 and 3 cm, where shear rates are not high, a constant viscosity and Newtonian behavior for blood can be assumed. However, under low shear rate conditions (0.1 s

–1) in smaller vessels such as the arteries and venules, which are within a diameter of 0.2 mm to 1 cm, blood exhibits non-Newtonian properties, such as shear-thinning viscosity and viscoelasticity due to RBC aggregation and deformability. The nonlinear viscoelastic property of blood gives rise to a complex relationship between viscosity and shear rate, primarily influenced by the highly elastic behavior of RBCs. A wide range of research on the transient behavior of the RBC shape and aggregation characteristics under varied flow circumstances has been conducted, aiming to obtain a better understanding of the interaction between blood flow shear forces from confined flows.

For a better understanding of the unique blood flow structures and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems, some blood flow patterns are introduced in the following section.

2.1.1. RBC Aggregation

RBC aggregation is a vital phenomenon to be considered when designing LOC devices due to its impact on the viscosity of the bulk flow. Under conditions of low shear rate, such as in stagnant or low flow rate regions, RBCs tend to aggregate, forming structures known as rouleaux, resembling stacks of coins as shown in Figure 1(b). 

(13) The aggregation of RBCs increases the viscosity at the aggregated region, 

(14) hence slowing down the overall blood flow. However, when exposed to high shear rates, RBC aggregates disaggregate. As shear rates continue to increase, RBCs tend to deform, elongating and aligning themselves with the direction of the flow. 

(15) Such a dynamic shift in behavior from the cells in response to the shear rate forms the basis of the viscoelastic properties observed in whole blood. In essence, the viscosity of the blood varies according to the shear rate conditions, which are related to the velocity gradient of the system. It is significant to take the intricate relationship between shear rate conditions and the change of blood viscosity due to RBC aggregation into account since various flow driving conditions may induce varied effects on the degree of aggregation.

2.1.2. Fåhræus-Lindqvist Effect

The Fåhræus–Lindqvist (FL) effect describes the gradual decrease in the apparent viscosity of blood as the channel diameter decreases. 

(16) This effect is attributed to the migration of RBCs toward the central region in the microchannel, where the flow rate is higher, due to the presence of higher pressure and asymmetric distribution of shear forces. This migration of RBCs, typically observed at blood vessels less than 0.3 mm, toward the higher flow rate region contributes to the change in blood viscosity, which becomes dependent on the channel size. Simultaneously, the increase of the RBC concentration in the central region of the microchannel results in the formation of a less viscous region close to the microchannel wall. This region called the Cell-Free Layer (CFL), is primarily composed of plasma. 

(17) The combination of the FL effect and the following CFL formation provides a unique phenomenon that is often utilized in passive and active plasma separation mechanisms, involving branched and constriction channels for various applications in plasma separation using microfluidic systems.

2.1.3. Cell-Free Layer Formation

In microfluidic blood flow, RBCs form aggregates at the microchannel core and result in a region that is mostly devoid of RBCs near the microchannel walls, as shown in Figure 1(c). 

(18) The region is known as the cell-free layer (CFL). The CFL region is often known to possess a lower viscosity compared to other regions within the blood flow due to the lower viscosity value of plasma when compared to that of the aggregated RBCs. Therefore, a thicker CFL region composed of plasma correlates to a reduced apparent whole blood viscosity. 

(19) A thicker CFL region is often established following the RBC aggregation at the microchannel core under conditions of decreasing the tube diameter. Apart from the dependence on the RBC concentration in the microchannel core, the CFL thickness is also affected by the volume concentration of RBCs, or hematocrit, in whole blood, as well as the deformability of RBCs. Given the influence CFL thickness has on blood flow rheological parameters such as blood flow rate, which is strongly dependent on whole blood viscosity, investigating CFL thickness under shear flow is crucial for LOC systems accounting for blood flow.

2.1.4. Plasma Skimming in Bifurcation Networks

The uneven arrangement of RBCs in bifurcating microchannels, commonly termed skimming bifurcation, arises from the axial migration of RBCs within flowing streams. This uneven distribution contributes to variations in viscosity across differing sizes of bifurcating channels but offers a stabilizing effect. Notably, higher flow rates in microchannels are associated with increased hematocrit levels, resulting in higher viscosity compared with those with lower flow rates. Parametric investigations on bifurcation angle, 

(20) thickness of the CFL, 

(21) and RBC dynamics, including aggregation and deformation, 

(22) may alter the varying viscosity of blood and its flow behavior within microchannels.

2.2. Modeling on Blood Flow Dynamics

2.2.1. Blood Properties and Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology

Under different shear rate conditions in blood flow, the elastic characteristics and dynamic changes of the RBC induce a complex velocity and stress relationship, resulting in the incompatibility of blood flow characterization through standard presumptions of constant viscosity used for Newtonian fluid flow. Blood flow is categorized as a viscoelastic non-Newtonian fluid flow where constitutive equations governing this type of flow take into consideration the nonlinear viscometric properties of blood. To mathematically characterize the evolving blood viscosity and the relationship between the elasticity of RBC and the shear blood flow, respectively, across space and time of the system, a stress tensor (τ) defined by constitutive models is often coupled in the Navier–Stokes equation to account for the collective impact of the constant dynamic viscosity (η) and the elasticity from RBCs on blood flow.The dynamic viscosity of blood is heavily dependent on the shear stress applied to the cell and various parameters from the blood such as hematocrit value, plasma viscosity, mechanical properties of the RBC membrane, and red blood cell aggregation rate. The apparent blood viscosity is considered convenient for the characterization of the relationship between the evolving blood viscosity and shear rate, which can be defined by Casson’s law, as shown in eq 1.

𝜇=𝜏0𝛾˙+2𝜂𝜏0𝛾˙⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√+𝜂�=�0�˙+2��0�˙+�

(1)where τ

0 is the yield stress–stress required to initiate blood flow motion, η is the Casson rheological constant, and γ̇ is the shear rate. The value of Casson’s law parameters under blood with normal hematocrit level can be defined as τ

0 = 0.0056 Pa and η = 0.0035 Pa·s. 

(23) With the known property of blood and Casson’s law parameters, an approximation can be made to the dynamic viscosity under various flow condition domains. The Power Law model is often employed to characterize the dynamic viscosity in relation to the shear rate, since precise solutions exist for specific geometries and flow circumstances, acting as a fundamental standard for definition. The Carreau and Carreau–Yasuda models can be advantageous over the Power Law model due to their ability to evaluate the dynamic viscosity at low to zero shear rate conditions. However, none of the above-mentioned models consider the memory or other elastic behavior of blood and its RBCs. Some other commonly used mathematical models and their constants for the non-Newtonian viscosity property characterization of blood are listed in Table 1 below. 

(24−26)Table 1. Comparison of Various Non-Newtonian Models for Blood Viscosity 

(24−26)

ModelNon-Newtonian ViscosityParameters
Power Law(2)n = 0.61, k = 0.42
Carreau(3)μ0 = 0.056 Pa·s, μ = 0.00345 Pa·s, λ = 3.1736 s, m = 2.406, a = 0.254
Walburn–Schneck(4)C1 = 0.000797 Pa·s, C2 = 0.0608 Pa·s, C3 = 0.00499, C4 = 14.585 g–1, TPMA = 25 g/L
Carreau–Yasuda(5)μ0 = 0.056 Pa·s, μ = 0.00345 Pa·s, λ = 1.902 s, n = 0.22, a = 1.25
Quemada(6)μp = 0.0012 Pa·s, k = 2.07, k0 = 4.33, γ̇c = 1.88 s–1

The blood rheology is commonly known to be influenced by two key physiological factors, namely, the hematocrit value (H

t) and the fibrinogen concentration (c

f), with an average value of 42% and 0.252 gd·L

–1, respectively. Particularly in low shear conditions, the presence of varying fibrinogen concentrations affects the tendency for aggregation and rouleaux formation, while the occurrence of aggregation is contingent upon specific levels of hematocrit. 

(27) The study from Apostolidis et al. 

(28) modifies the Casson model through emphasizing its reliance on hematocrit and fibrinogen concentration parameter values, owing to the extensive knowledge of the two physiological blood parameters.The viscoelastic response of blood is heavily dependent on the elasticity of the RBC, which is defined by the relationship between the deformation and stress relaxation from RBCs under a specific location of shear flow as a function of the velocity field. The stress tensor is usually characterized by constitutive equations such as the Upper-Convected Maxwell Model 

(29) and the Oldroyd-B model 

(30) to track the molecule effects under shear from different driving forces. The prominent non-Newtonian features, such as shear thinning and yield stress, have played a vital role in the characterization of blood rheology, particularly with respect to the evaluation of yield stress under low shear conditions. The nature of stress measurement in blood, typically on the order of 1 mPa, is challenging due to its low magnitude. The occurrence of the CFL complicates the measurement further due to the significant decrease in apparent viscosity near the wall over time and a consequential disparity in viscosity compared to the bulk region.In addition to shear thinning viscosity and yield stress, the formation of aggregation (rouleaux) from RBCs under low shear rates also contributes to the viscoelasticity under transient flow 

(31) and thixotropy 

(32) of whole blood. Given the difficulty in evaluating viscoelastic behavior of blood under low strain magnitudes and limitations in generalized Newtonian models, the utilization of viscoelastic models is advocated to encompass elasticity and delineate non-shear components within the stress tensor. Extending from the Oldroyd-B model, Anand et al. 

(33) developed a viscoelastic model framework for adapting elasticity within blood samples and predicting non-shear stress components. However, to also address the thixotropic effects, the model developed by Horner et al. 

(34) serves as a more comprehensive approach than the viscoelastic model from Anand et al. Thixotropy 

(32) typically occurs from the structural change of the rouleaux, where low shear rate conditions induce rouleaux formation. Correspondingly, elasticity increases, while elasticity is more representative of the isolated RBCs, under high shear rate conditions. The model of Horner et al. 

(34) considers the contribution of rouleaux to shear stress, taking into account factors such as the characteristic time for Brownian aggregation, shear-induced aggregation, and shear-induced breakage. Subsequent advancements in the model from Horner et al. often revolve around refining the three aforementioned key terms for a more substantial characterization of rouleaux dynamics. Notably, this has led to the recently developed mHAWB model 

(35) and other model iterations to enhance the accuracy of elastic and viscoelastic contributions to blood rheology, including the recently improved model suggested by Armstrong et al. 

(36)

2.2.2. Numerical Methods (FDM, FEM, FVM)

Numerical simulation has become increasingly more significant in analyzing the geometry, boundary layers of flow, and nonlinearity of hyperbolic viscoelastic flow constitutive equations. CFD is a powerful and efficient tool utilizing numerical methods to solve the governing hydrodynamic equations, such as the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, continuity equation, and energy conservation equation, for qualitative evaluation of fluid motion dynamics under different parameters. CFD overcomes the challenge of analytically solving nonlinear forms of differential equations by employing numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) to discretize and solve the partial differential equations (PDEs), allowing for qualitative reproduction of transport phenomena and experimental observations. Different numerical methods are chosen to cope with various transport systems for optimization of the accuracy of the result and control of error during the discretization process.FDM is a straightforward approach to discretizing PDEs, replacing the continuum representation of equations with a set of finite-difference equations, which is typically applied to structured grids for efficient implementation in CFD programs. 

(37) However, FDM is often limited to simple geometries such as rectangular or block-shaped geometries and struggles with curved boundaries. In contrast, FEM divides the fluid domain into small finite grids or elements, approximating PDEs through a local description of physics. 

(38) All elements contribute to a large, sparse matrix solver. However, FEM may not always provide accurate results for systems involving significant deformation and aggregation of particles like RBCs due to large distortion of grids. 

(39) FVM evaluates PDEs following the conservation laws and discretizes the selected flow domain into small but finite size control volumes, with each grid at the center of a finite volume. 

(40) The divergence theorem allows the conversion of volume integrals of PDEs with divergence terms into surface integrals of surface fluxes across cell boundaries. Due to its conservation property, FVM offers efficient outcomes when dealing with PDEs that embody mass, momentum, and energy conservation principles. Furthermore, widely accessible software packages like the OpenFOAM toolbox 

(41) include a viscoelastic solver, making it an attractive option for viscoelastic fluid flow modeling. 

(42)

2.2.3. Modeling Methods of Blood Flow Dynamics

The complexity in the blood flow simulation arises from deformability and aggregation that RBCs exhibit during their interaction with neighboring cells under different shear rate conditions induced by blood flow. Numerical models coupled with simulation programs have been applied as a groundbreaking method to predict such unique rheological behavior exhibited by RBCs and whole blood. The conventional approach of a single-phase flow simulation is often applied to blood flow simulations within large vessels possessing a moderate shear rate. However, such a method assumes the properties of plasma, RBCs and other cellular components to be evenly distributed as average density and viscosity in blood, resulting in the inability to simulate the mechanical dynamics, such as RBC aggregation under high-shear flow field, inherent in RBCs. To accurately describe the asymmetric distribution of RBC and blood flow, multiphase flow simulation, where numerical simulations of blood flows are often modeled as two immiscible phases, RBCs and blood plasma, is proposed. A common assumption is that RBCs exhibit non-Newtonian behavior while the plasma is treated as a continuous Newtonian phase.Numerous multiphase numerical models have been proposed to simulate the influence of RBCs on blood flow dynamics by different assumptions. In large-scale simulations (above the millimeter range), continuum-based methods are wildly used due to their lower computational demands. 

(43) Eulerian multiphase flow simulations offer the solution of a set of conservation equations for each separate phase and couple the phases through common pressure and interphase exchange coefficients. Xu et al. 

(44) utilized the combined finite-discrete element method (FDEM) to replicate the dynamic behavior and distortion of RBCs subjected to fluidic forces, utilizing the Johnson–Kendall–Roberts model 

(45) to define the adhesive forces of cell-to-cell interactions. The iterative direct-forcing immersed boundary method (IBM) is commonly employed in simulations of the fluid–cell interface of blood. This method effectively captures the intricacies of the thin and flexible RBC membranes within various external flow fields. 

(46) The study by Xu et al. 

(44) also adopts this approach to bridge the fluid dynamics and RBC deformation through IBM. Yoon and You utilized the Maxwell model to define the viscosity of the RBC membrane. 

(47) It was discovered that the Maxwell model could represent the stress relaxation and unloading processes of the cell. Furthermore, the reduced flexibility of an RBC under particular situations such as infection is specified, which was unattainable by the Kelvin–Voigt model 

(48) when compared to the Maxwell model in the literature. The Yeoh hyperplastic material model was also adapted to predict the nonlinear elasticity property of RBCs with FEM employed to discretize the RBC membrane using shell-type elements. Gracka et al. 

(49) developed a numerical CFD model with a finite-volume parallel solver for multiphase blood flow simulation, where an updated Maxwell viscoelasticity model and a Discrete Phase Model are adopted. In the study, the adapted IBM, based on unstructured grids, simulates the flow behavior and shape change of the RBCs through fluid-structure coupling. It was found that the hybrid Euler–Lagrange (E–L) approach 

(50) for the development of the multiphase model offered better results in the simulated CFL region in the microchannels.To study the dynamics of individual behaviors of RBCs and the consequent non-Newtonian blood flow, cell-shape-resolved computational models are often adapted. The use of the boundary integral method has become prevalent in minimizing computational expenses, particularly in the exclusive determination of fluid velocity on the surfaces of RBCs, incorporating the option of employing IBM or particle-based techniques. The cell-shaped-resolved method has enabled an examination of cell to cell interactions within complex ambient or pulsatile flow conditions 

(51) surrounding RBC membranes. Recently, Rydquist et al. 

(52) have looked to integrate statistical information from macroscale simulations to obtain a comprehensive overview of RBC behavior within the immediate proximity of the flow through introduction of respective models characterizing membrane shape definition, tension, bending stresses of RBC membranes.At a macroscopic scale, continuum models have conventionally been adapted for assessing blood flow dynamics through the application of elasticity theory and fluid dynamics. However, particle-based methods are known for their simplicity and adaptability in modeling complex multiscale fluid structures. Meshless methods, such as the boundary element method (BEM), smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH), and dissipative particle dynamics (DPD), are often used in particle-based characterization of RBCs and the surrounding fluid. By representing the fluid as discrete particles, meshless methods provide insights into the status and movement of the multiphase fluid. These methods allow for the investigation of cellular structures and microscopic interactions that affect blood rheology. Non-confronting mesh methods like IBM can also be used to couple a fluid solver such as FEM, FVM, or the Lattice Boltzmann Method (LBM) through membrane representation of RBCs. In comparison to conventional CFD methods, LBM has been viewed as a favorable numerical approach for solving the N–S equations and the simulation of multiphase flows. LBM exhibits the notable advantage of being amenable to high-performance parallel computing environments due to its inherently local dynamics. In contrast to DPD and SPH where RBC membranes are modeled as physically interconnected particles, LBM employs the IBM to account for the deformation dynamics of RBCs 

(53,54) under shear flows in complex channel geometries. 

(54,55) However, it is essential to acknowledge that the utilization of LBM in simulating RBC flows often entails a significant computational overhead, being a primary challenge in this context. Krüger et al. 

(56) proposed utilizing LBM as a fluid solver, IBM to couple the fluid and FEM to compute the response of membranes to deformation under immersed fluids. This approach decouples the fluid and membranes but necessitates significant computational effort due to the requirements of both meshes and particles.Despite the accuracy of current blood flow models, simulating complex conditions remains challenging because of the high computational load and cost. Balachandran Nair et al. 

(57) suggested a reduced order model of RBC under the framework of DEM, where the RBC is represented by overlapping constituent rigid spheres. The Morse potential force is adapted to account for the RBC aggregation exhibited by cell to cell interactions among RBCs at different distances. Based upon the IBM, the reduced-order RBC model is adapted to simulate blood flow transport for validation under both single and multiple RBCs with a resolved CFD-DEM solver. 

(58) In the resolved CFD-DEM model, particle sizes are larger than the grid size for a more accurate computation of the surrounding flow field. A continuous forcing approach is taken to describe the momentum source of the governing equation prior to discretization, which is different from a Direct Forcing Method (DFM). 

(59) As no body-conforming moving mesh is required, the continuous forcing approach offers lower complexity and reduced cost when compared to the DFM. Piquet et al. 

(60) highlighted the high complexity of the DFM due to its reliance on calculating an additional immersed boundary flux for the velocity field to ensure its divergence-free condition.The fluid–structure interaction (FSI) method has been advocated to connect the dynamic interplay of RBC membranes and fluid plasma within blood flow such as the coupling of continuum–particle interactions. However, such methodology is generally adapted for anatomical configurations such as arteries 

(61,62) and capillaries, 

(63) where both the structural components and the fluid domain undergo substantial deformation due to the moving boundaries. Due to the scope of the Review being blood flow simulation within microchannels of LOC devices without deformable boundaries, the Review of the FSI method will not be further carried out.In general, three numerical methods are broadly used: mesh-based, particle-based, and hybrid mesh–particle techniques, based on the spatial scale and the fundamental numerical approach, mesh-based methods tend to neglect the effects of individual particles, assuming a continuum and being efficient in terms of time and cost. However, the particle-based approach highlights more of the microscopic and mesoscopic level, where the influence of individual RBCs is considered. A review from Freund et al. 

(64) addressed the three numerical methodologies and their respective modeling approaches of RBC dynamics. Given the complex mechanics and the diverse levels of study concerning numerical simulations of blood and cellular flow, a broad spectrum of numerical methods for blood has been subjected to extensive review. 

(64−70) Ye at al. 

(65) offered an extensive review of the application of the DPD, SPH, and LBM for numerical simulations of RBC, while Rathnayaka et al. 

(67) conducted a review of the particle-based numerical modeling for liquid marbles through drawing parallels to the transport of RBCs in microchannels. A comparative analysis between conventional CFD methods and particle-based approaches for cellular and blood flow dynamic simulation can be found under the review by Arabghahestani et al. 

(66) Literature by Li et al. 

(68) and Beris et al. 

(69) offer an overview of both continuum-based models at micro/macroscales and multiscale particle-based models encompassing various length and temporal dimensions. Furthermore, these reviews deliberate upon the potential of coupling continuum-particle methods for blood plasma and RBC modeling. Arciero et al. 

(70) investigated various modeling approaches encompassing cellular interactions, such as cell to cell or plasma interactions and the individual cellular phases. A concise overview of the reviews is provided in Table 2 for reference.

Table 2. List of Reviews for Numerical Approaches Employed in Blood Flow Simulation

ReferenceNumerical methods
Li et al. (2013) (68)Continuum-based modeling (BIM), particle-based modeling (LBM, LB-FE, SPH, DPD)
Freund (2014) (64)RBC dynamic modeling (continuum-based modeling, complementary discrete microstructure modeling), blood flow dynamic modeling (FDM, IBM, LBM, particle-mesh methods, coupled boundary integral and mesh-based methods, DPD)
Ye et al. (2016) (65)DPD, SPH, LBM, coupled IBM-Smoothed DPD
Arciero et al. (2017) (70)LBM, IBM, DPD, conventional CFD Methods (FDM, FVM, FEM)
Arabghahestani et al. (2019) (66)Particle-based methods (LBM, DPD, direct simulation Monte Carlo, molecular dynamics), SPH, conventional CFD methods (FDM, FVM, FEM)
Beris et al. (2021) (69)DPD, smoothed DPD, IBM, LBM, BIM
Rathnayaka (2022) (67)SPH, CG, LBM

3. Capillary Driven Blood Flow in LOC Systems

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


3.1. Capillary Driven Flow Phenomena

Capillary driven (CD) flow is a pivotal mechanism in passive microfluidic flow systems 

(9) such as the blood circulation system and LOC systems. 

(71) CD flow is essentially the movement of a liquid to flow against drag forces, where the capillary effect exerts a force on the liquid at the borders, causing a liquid–air meniscus to flow despite gravity or other drag forces. A capillary pressure drops across the liquid–air interface with surface tension in the capillary radius and contact angle. The capillary effect depends heavily on the interaction between the different properties of surface materials. Different values of contact angles can be manipulated and obtained under varying levels of surface wettability treatments to manipulate the surface properties, resulting in different CD blood delivery rates for medical diagnostic device microchannels. CD flow techniques are appealing for many LOC devices, because they require no external energy. However, due to the passive property of liquid propulsion by capillary forces and the long-term instability of surface treatments on channel walls, the adaptability of CD flow in geometrically complex LOC devices may be limited.

3.2. Theoretical and Numerical Modeling of Capillary Driven Blood Flow

3.2.1. Theoretical Basis and Assumptions of Microfluidic Flow

The study of transport phenomena regarding either blood flow driven by capillary forces or externally applied forces under microfluid systems all demands a comprehensive recognition of the significant differences in flow dynamics between microscale and macroscale. The fundamental assumptions and principles behind fluid transport at the microscale are discussed in this section. Such a comprehension will lay the groundwork for the following analysis of the theoretical basis of capillary forces and their role in blood transport in LOC systems.

At the macroscale, fluid dynamics are often strongly influenced by gravity due to considerable fluid mass. However, the high surface to volume ratio at the microscale shifts the balance toward surface forces (e.g., surface tension and viscous forces), much larger than the inertial force. This difference gives rise to transport phenomena unique to microscale fluid transport, such as the prevalence of laminar flow due to a very low Reynolds number (generally lower than 1). Moreover, the fluid in a microfluidic system is often assumed to be incompressible due to the small flow velocity, indicating constant fluid density in both space and time.Microfluidic flow behaviors are governed by the fundamental principles of mass and momentum conservation, which are encapsulated in the continuity equation and the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation. The continuity equation describes the conservation of mass, while the N–S equation captures the spatial and temporal variations in velocity, pressure, and other physical parameters. Under the assumption of the negligible influence of gravity in microfluidic systems, the continuity equation and the Eulerian representation of the incompressible N–S equation can be expressed as follows:

∇·𝐮⇀=0∇·�⇀=0

(7)

−∇𝑝+𝜇∇2𝐮⇀+∇·𝝉⇀−𝐅⇀=0−∇�+�∇2�⇀+∇·�⇀−�⇀=0

(8)Here, p is the pressure, u is the fluid viscosity, 

𝝉⇀�⇀ represents the stress tensor, and F is the body force exerted by external forces if present.

3.2.2. Theoretical Basis and Modeling of Capillary Force in LOC Systems

The capillary force is often the major driving force to manipulate and transport blood without an externally applied force in LOC systems. Forces induced by the capillary effect impact the free surface of fluids and are represented not directly in the Navier–Stokes equations but through the pressure boundary conditions of the pressure term p. For hydrophilic surfaces, the liquid generally induces a contact angle between 0° and 30°, encouraging the spread and attraction of fluid under a positive cos θ condition. For this condition, the pressure drop becomes positive and generates a spontaneous flow forward. A hydrophobic solid surface repels the fluid, inducing minimal contact. Generally, hydrophobic solids exhibit a contact angle larger than 90°, inducing a negative value of cos θ. Such a value will result in a negative pressure drop and a flow in the opposite direction. The induced contact angle is often utilized to measure the wall exposure of various surface treatments on channel walls where different wettability gradients and surface tension effects for CD flows are established. Contact angles between different interfaces are obtainable through standard values or experimental methods for reference. 

(72)For the characterization of the induced force by the capillary effect, the Young–Laplace (Y–L) equation 

(73) is widely employed. In the equation, the capillary is considered a pressure boundary condition between the two interphases. Through the Y–L equation, the capillary pressure force can be determined, and subsequently, the continuity and momentum balance equations can be solved to obtain the blood filling rate. Kim et al. 

(74) studied the effects of concentration and exposure time of a nonionic surfactant, Silwet L-77, on the performance of a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) microchannel in terms of plasma and blood self-separation. The study characterized the capillary pressure force by incorporating the Y–L equation and further evaluated the effects of the changing contact angle due to different levels of applied channel wall surface treatments. The expression of the Y–L equation utilized by Kim et al. 

(74) is as follows:

𝑃=−𝜎(cos𝜃b+cos𝜃tℎ+cos𝜃l+cos𝜃r𝑤)�=−�(cos⁡�b+cos⁡�tℎ+cos⁡�l+cos⁡�r�)

(9)where σ is the surface tension of the liquid and θ

bθ

tθ

l, and θ

r are the contact angle values between the liquid and the bottom, top, left, and right walls, respectively. A numerical simulation through Coventor software is performed to evaluate the dynamic changes in the filling rate within the microchannel. The simulation results for the blood filling rate in the microchannel are expressed at a specific time stamp, shown in Figure 2. The results portray an increasing instantaneous filling rate of blood in the microchannel following the decrease in contact angle induced by a higher concentration of the nonionic surfactant treated to the microchannel wall.

Figure 2. Numerical simulation of filling rate of capillary driven blood flow under various contact angle conditions at a specific timestamp. (74) Reproduced with permission from ref (74). Copyright 2010 Elsevier.

When in contact with hydrophilic or hydrophobic surfaces, blood forms a meniscus with a contact angle due to surface tension. The Lucas–Washburn (L–W) equation 

(75) is one of the pioneering theoretical definitions for the position of the meniscus over time. In addition, the L–W equation provides the possibility for research to obtain the velocity of the blood formed meniscus through the derivation of the meniscus position. The L–W equation 

(75) can be shown below:

𝐿(𝑡)=𝑅𝜎cos(𝜃)𝑡2𝜇⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�(�)=��⁡cos(�)�2�

(10)Here L(t) represents the distance of the liquid driven by the capillary forces. However, the generalized L–W equation solely assumes the constant physical properties from a Newtonian fluid rather than considering the non-Newtonian fluid behavior of blood. Cito et al. 

(76) constructed an enhanced version of the L–W equation incorporating the power law to consider the RBC aggregation and the FL effect. The non-Newtonian fluid apparent viscosity under the Power Law model is defined as

𝜇=𝑘·(𝛾˙)𝑛−1�=�·(�˙)�−1

(11)where γ̇ is the strain rate tensor defined as 

𝛾˙=12𝛾˙𝑖𝑗𝛾˙𝑗𝑖⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�˙=12�˙���˙��. The stress tensor term τ is computed as τ = μγ̇

ij. The updated L–W equation by Cito 

(76) is expressed as

𝐿(𝑡)=𝑅[(𝑛+13𝑛+1)(𝜎cos(𝜃)𝑅𝑘)1/𝑛𝑡]𝑛/𝑛+1�(�)=�[(�+13�+1)(�⁡cos(�)��)1/��]�/�+1

(12)where k is the flow consistency index and n is the power law index, respectively. The power law index, from the Power Law model, characterizes the extent of the non-Newtonian behavior of blood. Both the consistency and power law index rely on blood properties such as hematocrit, the appearance of the FL effect, the formation of RBC aggregates, etc. The updated L–W equation computes the location and velocity of blood flow caused by capillary forces at specified time points within the LOC devices, taking into account the effects of blood flow characteristics such as RBC aggregation and the FL effect on dynamic blood viscosity.Apart from the blood flow behaviors triggered by inherent blood properties, unique flow conditions driven by capillary forces that are portrayed under different microchannel geometries also hold crucial implications for CD blood delivery. Berthier et al. 

(77) studied the spontaneous Concus–Finn condition, the condition to initiate the spontaneous capillary flow within a V-groove microchannel, as shown in Figure 3(a) both experimentally and numerically. Through experimental studies, the spontaneous Concus–Finn filament development of capillary driven blood flow is observed, as shown in Figure 3(b), while the dynamic development of blood flow is numerically simulated through CFD simulation.

Figure 3. (a) Sketch of the cross-section of Berthier’s V-groove microchannel, (b) experimental view of blood in the V-groove microchannel, (78) (c) illustration of the dynamic change of the extension of filament from FLOW 3D under capillary flow at three increasing time intervals. (78) Reproduced with permission from ref (78). Copyright 2014 Elsevier.

Berthier et al. 

(77) characterized the contact angle needed for the initiation of the capillary driving force at a zero-inlet pressure, through the half-angle (α) of the V-groove geometry layout, and its relation to the Concus–Finn filament as shown below:

𝜃<𝜋2−𝛼sin𝛼1+2(ℎ2/𝑤)sin𝛼<cos𝜃{�<�2−�sin⁡�1+2(ℎ2/�)⁡sin⁡�<cos⁡�

(13)Three possible regimes were concluded based on the contact angle value for the initiation of flow and development of Concus–Finn filament:

𝜃>𝜃1𝜃1>𝜃>𝜃0𝜃0no SCFSCF without a Concus−Finn filamentSCF without a Concus−Finn filament{�>�1no SCF�1>�>�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament

(14)Under Newton’s Law, the force balance with low Reynolds and Capillary numbers results in the neglect of inertial terms. The force balance between the capillary forces and the viscous force induced by the channel wall is proposed to derive the analytical fluid velocity. This relation between the two forces offers insights into the average flow velocity and the penetration distance function dependent on time. The apparent blood viscosity is defined by Berthier et al. 

(78) through Casson’s law, 

(23) given in eq 1. The research used the FLOW-3D program from Flow Science Inc. software, which solves transient, free-surface problems using the FDM in multiple dimensions. The Volume of Fluid (VOF) method 

(79) is utilized to locate and track the dynamic extension of filament throughout the advancing interface within the channel ahead of the main flow at three progressing time stamps, as depicted in Figure 3(c).

4. Electro-osmotic Flow (EOF) in LOC Systems

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


The utilization of external forces, such as electric fields, has significantly broadened the possibility of manipulating microfluidic flow in LOC systems. 

(80) Externally applied electric field forces induce a fluid flow from the movement of ions in fluid terms as the “electro-osmotic flow” (EOF).Unique transport phenomena, such as enhanced flow velocity and flow instability, induced by non-Newtonian fluids, particularly viscoelastic fluids, under EOF, have sparked considerable interest in microfluidic devices with simple or complicated geometries within channels. 

(81) However, compared to the study of Newtonian fluids and even other electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flows, the literature focusing on the theoretical and numerical modeling of electro-osmotic blood flow is limited due to the complexity of blood properties. Consequently, to obtain a more comprehensive understanding of the complex blood flow behavior under EOF, theoretical and numerical studies of the transport phenomena in the EOF section will be based on the studies of different viscoelastic fluids under EOF rather than that of blood specifically. Despite this limitation, we believe these studies offer valuable insights that can help understand the complex behavior of blood flow under EOF.

4.1. EOF Phenomena

Electro-osmotic flow occurs at the interface between the microchannel wall and bulk phase solution. When in contact with the bulk phase, solution ions are absorbed or dissociated at the solid–liquid interface, resulting in the formation of a charge layer, as shown in Figure 4. This charged channel surface wall interacts with both negative and positive ions in the bulk sample, causing repulsion and attraction forces to create a thin layer of immobilized counterions, known as the Stern layer. The induced electric potential from the wall gradually decreases with an increase in the distance from the wall. The Stern layer potential, commonly termed the zeta potential, controls the intensity of the electrostatic interactions between mobile counterions and, consequently, the drag force from the applied electric field. Next to the Stern layer is the diffuse mobile layer, mainly composed of a mobile counterion. These two layers constitute the “electrical double layer” (EDL), the thickness of which is directly proportional to the ionic strength (concentration) of the bulk fluid. The relationship between the two parameters is characterized by a Debye length (λ

D), expressed as

𝜆𝐷=𝜖𝑘B𝑇2(𝑍𝑒)2𝑐0⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√��=��B�2(��)2�0

(15)where ϵ is the permittivity of the electrolyte solution, k

B is the Boltzmann constant, T is the electron temperature, Z is the integer valence number, e is the elementary charge, and c

0 is the ionic density.

Figure 4. Schematic diagram of an electro-osmotic flow in a microchannel with negative surface charge. (82) Reproduced with permission from ref (82). Copyright 2012 Woodhead Publishing.

When an electric field is applied perpendicular to the EDL, viscous drag is generated due to the movement of excess ions in the EDL. Electro-osmotic forces can be attributed to the externally applied electric potential (ϕ) and the zeta potential, the system wall induced potential by charged walls (ψ). As illustrated in Figure 4, the majority of ions in the bulk phase have a uniform velocity profile, except for a shear rate condition confined within an extremely thin Stern layer. Therefore, EOF displays a unique characteristic of a “near flat” or plug flow velocity profile, different from the parabolic flow typically induced by pressure-driven microfluidic flow (Hagen–Poiseuille flow). The plug-shaped velocity profile of the EOF possesses a high shear rate above the Stern layer.Overall, the EOF velocity magnitude is typically proportional to the Debye Length (λ

D), zeta potential, and magnitude of the externally applied electric field, while a more viscous liquid reduces the EOF velocity.

4.2. Modeling on Electro-osmotic Viscoelastic Fluid Flow

4.2.1. Theoretical Basis of EOF Mechanisms

The EOF of an incompressible viscoelastic fluid is commonly governed by the continuity and incompressible N–S equations, as shown in eqs 7 and 8, where the stress tensor and the electrostatic force term are coupled. The electro-osmotic body force term F, representing the body force exerted by the externally applied electric force, is defined as 

𝐹⇀=𝑝𝐸𝐸⇀�⇀=���⇀, where ρ

E and 

𝐸⇀�⇀ are the net electric charge density and the applied external electric field, respectively.Numerous models are established to theoretically study the externally applied electric potential and the system wall induced potential by charged walls. The following Laplace equation, expressed as eq 16, is generally adapted and solved to calculate the externally applied potential (ϕ).

∇2𝜙=0∇2�=0

(16)Ion diffusion under applied electric fields, together with mass transport resulting from convection and diffusion, transports ionic solutions in bulk flow under electrokinetic processes. The Nernst–Planck equation can describe these transport methods, including convection, diffusion, and electro-diffusion. Therefore, the Nernst–Planck equation is used to determine the distribution of the ions within the electrolyte. The electric potential induced by the charged channel walls follows the Poisson–Nernst–Plank (PNP) equation, which can be written as eq 17.

∇·[𝐷𝑖∇𝑛𝑖−𝑢⇀𝑛𝑖+𝑛𝑖𝐷𝑖𝑧𝑖𝑒𝑘𝑏𝑇∇(𝜙+𝜓)]=0∇·[��∇��−�⇀��+����������∇(�+�)]=0

(17)where D

in

i, and z

i are the diffusion coefficient, ionic concentration, and ionic valence of the ionic species I, respectively. However, due to the high nonlinearity and numerical stiffness introduced by different lengths and time scales from the PNP equations, the Poisson–Boltzmann (PB) model is often considered the major simplified method of the PNP equation to characterize the potential distribution of the EDL region in microchannels. In the PB model, it is assumed that the ionic species in the fluid follow the Boltzmann distribution. This model is typically valid for steady-state problems where charge transport can be considered negligible, the EDLs do not overlap with each other, and the intrinsic potentials are low. It provides a simplified representation of the potential distribution in the EDL region. The PB equation governing the EDL electric potential distribution is described as

∇2𝜓=(2𝑒𝑧𝑛0𝜀𝜀0)sinh(𝑧𝑒𝜓𝑘b𝑇)∇2�=(2���0��0)⁡sinh(����b�)

(18)where n

0 is the ion bulk concentration, z is the ionic valence, and ε

0 is the electric permittivity in the vacuum. Under low electric potential conditions, an even further simplified model to illustrate the EOF phenomena is the Debye–Hückel (DH) model. The DH model is derived by obtaining a charge density term by expanding the exponential term of the Boltzmann equation in a Taylor series.

4.2.2. EOF Modeling for Viscoelastic Fluids

Many studies through numerical modeling were performed to obtain a deeper understanding of the effect exhibited by externally applied electric fields on viscoelastic flow in microchannels under various geometrical designs. Bello et al. 

(83) found that methylcellulose solution, a non-Newtonian polymer solution, resulted in stronger electro-osmotic mobility in experiments when compared to the predictions by the Helmholtz–Smoluchowski equation, which is commonly used to define the velocity of EOF of a Newtonian fluid. Being one of the pioneers to identify the discrepancies between the EOF of Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, Bello et al. attributed such discrepancies to the presence of a very high shear rate in the EDL, resulting in a change in the orientation of the polymer molecules. Park and Lee 

(84) utilized the FVM to solve the PB equation for the characterization of the electric field induced force. In the study, the concept of fractional calculus for the Oldroyd-B model was adapted to illustrate the elastic and memory effects of viscoelastic fluids in a straight microchannel They observed that fluid elasticity and increased ratio of viscoelastic fluid contribution to overall fluid viscosity had a significant impact on the volumetric flow rate and sensitivity of velocity to electric field strength compared to Newtonian fluids. Afonso et al. 

(85) derived an analytical expression for EOF of viscoelastic fluid between parallel plates using the DH model to account for a zeta potential condition below 25 mV. The study established the understanding of the electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow under low zeta potential conditions. Apart from the electrokinetic forces, pressure forces can also be coupled with EOF to generate a unique fluid flow behavior within the microchannel. Sousa et al. 

(86) analytically studied the flow of a standard viscoelastic solution by combining the pressure gradient force with an externally applied electric force. It was found that, at a near wall skimming layer and the outer layer away from the wall, macromolecules migrating away from surface walls in viscoelastic fluids are observed. In the study, the Phan-Thien Tanner (PTT) constitutive model is utilized to characterize the viscoelastic properties of the solution. The approach is found to be valid when the EDL is much thinner than the skimming layer under an enhanced flow rate. Zhao and Yang 

(87) solved the PB equation and Carreau model for the characterization of the EOF mechanism and non-Newtonian fluid respectively through the FEM. The numerical results depict that, different from the EOF of Newtonian fluids, non-Newtonian fluids led to an increase of electro-osmotic mobility for shear thinning fluids but the opposite for shear thickening fluids.Like other fluid transport driving forces, EOF within unique geometrical layouts also portrays unique transport phenomena. Pimenta and Alves 

(88) utilized the FVM to perform numerical simulations of the EOF of viscoelastic fluids considering the PB equation and the Oldroyd-B model, in a cross-slot and flow-focusing microdevices. It was found that electroelastic instabilities are formed due to the development of large stresses inside the EDL with streamlined curvature at geometry corners. Bezerra et al. 

(89) used the FDM to numerically analyze the vortex formation and flow instability from an electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow in a microchannel with a nozzle geometry and parallel wall geometry setting. The PNP equation is utilized to characterize the charge motion in the EOF and the PTT model for non-Newtonian flow characterization. A constriction geometry is commonly utilized in blood flow adapted in LOC systems due to the change in blood flow behavior under narrow dimensions in a microchannel. Ji et al. 

(90) recently studied the EOF of viscoelastic fluid in a constriction microchannel connected by two relatively big reservoirs on both ends (as seen in Figure 5) filled with the polyacrylamide polymer solution, a viscoelastic fluid, and an incompressible monovalent binary electrolyte solution KCl.

Figure 5. Schematic diagram of a negatively charged constriction microchannel connected to two reservoirs at both ends. An electro-osmotic flow is induced in the system by the induced potential difference between the anode and cathode. (90) Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

In studying the EOF of viscoelastic fluids, the Oldroyd-B model is often utilized to characterize the polymeric stress tensor and the deformation rate of the fluid. The Oldroyd-B model is expressed as follows:

𝜏=𝜂p𝜆(𝐜−𝐈)�=�p�(�−�)

(19)where η

p, λ, c, and I represent the polymer dynamic viscosity, polymer relaxation time, symmetric conformation tensor of the polymer molecules, and the identity matrix, respectively.A log-conformation tensor approach is taken to prevent convergence difficulty induced by the viscoelastic properties. The conformation tensor (c) in the polymeric stress tensor term is redefined by a new tensor (Θ) based on the natural logarithm of the c. The new tensor is defined as

Θ=ln(𝐜)=𝐑ln(𝚲)𝐑Θ=ln(�)=�⁡ln(�)�

(20)in which Λ is the diagonal matrix and R is the orthogonal matrix.Under the new conformation tensor, the induced EOF of a viscoelastic fluid is governed by the continuity and N–S equations adapting the Oldroyd-B model, which is expressed as

∂𝚯∂𝑡+𝐮·∇𝚯=𝛀Θ−ΘΩ+2𝐁+1𝜆(eΘ−𝐈)∂�∂�+�·∇�=�Θ−ΘΩ+2�+1�(eΘ−�)

(21)where Ω and B represent the anti-symmetric matrix and the symmetric traceless matrix of the decomposition of the velocity gradient tensor ∇u, respectively. The conformation tensor can be recovered by c = exp(Θ). The PB model and Laplace equation are utilized to characterize the charged channel wall induced potential and the externally applied potential.The governing equations are numerically solved through the FVM by RheoTool, 

(42) an open-source viscoelastic EOF solver on the OpenFOAM platform. A SIMPLEC (Semi-Implicit Method for Pressure Linked Equations-Consistent) algorithm was applied to solve the velocity-pressure coupling. The pressure field and velocity field were computed by the PCG (Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient) solver and the PBiCG (Preconditioned Biconjugate Gradient) solver, respectively.Ranging magnitudes of an applied electric field or fluid concentration induce both different streamlines and velocity magnitudes at various locations and times of the microchannel. In the study performed by Ji et al., 

(90) notable fluctuation of streamlines and vortex formation is formed at the upper stream entrance of the constriction as shown in Figure 6(a) and (b), respectively, due to the increase of electrokinetic effect, which is seen as a result of the increase in polymeric stress (τ

xx). 

(90) The contraction geometry enhances the EOF velocity within the constriction channel under high E

app condition (600 V/cm). Such phenomena can be attributed to the dependence of electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow on the system wall surface and bulk fluid properties. 

(91)

Figure 6. Schematic diagram of vortex formation and streamlines of EOF depicting flow instability at (a) 1.71 s and (b) 1.75 s. Spatial distribution of the elastic normal stress at (c) high Eapp condition. Streamline of an electro-osmotic flow under Eapp of 600 V/cm (90) for (d) non-Newtonian and (e) Newtonian fluid through a constriction geometry. Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

As elastic normal stress exceeds the local shear stress, flow instability and vortex formation occur. The induced elastic stress under EOF not only enhances the instability of the flow but often generates an irregular secondary flow leading to strong disturbance. 

(92) It is also vital to consider the effect of the constriction layout of microchannels on the alteration of the field strength within the system. The contraction geometry enhances a larger electric field strength compared with other locations of the channel outside the constriction region, resulting in a higher velocity gradient and stronger extension on the polymer within the viscoelastic solution. Following the high shear flow condition, a higher magnitude of stretch for polymer molecules in viscoelastic fluids exhibits larger elastic stresses and enhancement of vortex formation at the region. 

(93)As shown in Figure 6(c), significant elastic normal stress occurs at the inlet of the constriction microchannel. Such occurrence of a polymeric flow can be attributed to the dominating elongational flow, giving rise to high deformation of the polymers within the viscoelastic fluid flow, resulting in higher elastic stress from the polymers. Such phenomena at the entrance result in the difference in velocity streamline as circled in Figure 6(d) compared to that of the Newtonian fluid at the constriction entrance in Figure 6(e). 

(90) The difference between the Newtonian and polymer solution at the exit, as circled in Figure 6(d) and (e), can be attributed to the extrudate swell effect of polymers 

(94) within the viscoelastic fluid flow. The extrudate swell effect illustrates that, as polymers emerge from the constriction exit, they tend to contract in the flow direction and grow in the normal direction, resulting in an extrudate diameter greater than the channel size. The deformation of polymers within the polymeric flow at both the entrance and exit of the contraction channel facilitates the change in shear stress conditions of the flow, leading to the alteration in streamlines of flows for each region.

4.3. EOF Applications in LOC Systems

4.3.1. Mixing in LOC Systems

Rather than relying on the micromixing controlled by molecular diffusion under low Reynolds number conditions, active mixers actively leverage convective instability and vortex formation induced by electro-osmotic flows from alternating current (AC) or direct current (DC) electric fields. Such adaptation is recognized as significant breakthroughs for promotion of fluid mixing in chemical and biological applications such as drug delivery, medical diagnostics, chemical synthesis, and so on. 

(95)Many researchers proposed novel designs of electro-osmosis micromixers coupled with numerical simulations in conjunction with experimental findings to increase their understanding of the role of flow instability and vortex formation in the mixing process under electrokinetic phenomena. Matsubara and Narumi 

(96) numerically modeled the mixing process in a microchannel with four electrodes on each side of the microchannel wall, which generated a disruption through unstable electro-osmotic vortices. It was found that particle mixing was sensitive to both the convection effect induced by the main and secondary vortex within the micromixer and the change in oscillation frequency caused by the supplied AC voltage when the Reynolds number was varied. Qaderi et al. 

(97) adapted the PNP equation to numerically study the effect of the geometry and zeta potential configuration of the microchannel on the mixing process with a combined electro-osmotic pressure driven flow. It was reported that the application of heterogeneous zeta potential configuration enhances the mixing efficiency by around 23% while the height of the hurdles increases the mixing efficiency at most 48.1%. Cho et al. 

(98) utilized the PB model and Laplace equation to numerically simulate the electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid mixing process within a wavy and block layout of microchannel walls. The Power Law model is adapted to describe the fluid rheological characteristic. It was found that shear-thinning fluids possess a higher volumetric flow rate, which could result in poorer mixing efficiency compared to that of Newtonian fluids. Numerous studies have revealed that flow instability and vortex generation, in particular secondary vortices produced by barriers or greater magnitudes of heterogeneous zeta potential distribution, enhance mixing by increasing bulk flow velocity and reducing flow distance.To better understand the mechanism of disturbance formed in the system due to externally applied forces, known as electrokinetic instability, literature often utilize the Rayleigh (Ra) number, 

(1) as described below:

𝑅𝑎𝑣=𝑢ev𝑢eo=(𝛾−1𝛾+1)2𝑊𝛿2𝐸el2𝐻2𝜁𝛿Ra�=�ev�eo=(�−1�+1)2��2�el2�2��

(22)where γ is the conductivity ratio of the two streams and can be written as 

𝛾=𝜎el,H𝜎el,L�=�el,H�el,L. The Ra number characterizes the ratio between electroviscous and electro-osmotic flow. A high Ra

v value often results in good mixing. It is evident that fluid properties such as the conductivity (σ) of the two streams play a key role in the formation of disturbances to enhance mixing in microsystems. At the same time, electrokinetic parameters like the zeta potential (ζ) in the Ra number is critical in the characterization of electro-osmotic velocity and a slip boundary condition at the microchannel wall.To understand the mixing result along the channel, the concentration field can be defined and simulated under the assumption of steady state conditions and constant diffusion coefficient for each of the working fluid within the system through the convection–diffusion equation as below:

∂𝑐𝒊∂𝑡+∇⇀(𝑐𝑖𝑢⇀−𝐷𝑖∇⇀𝑐𝒊)=0∂��∂�+∇⇀(���⇀−��∇⇀��)=0

(23)where c

i is the species concentration of species i and D

i is the diffusion coefficient of the corresponding species.The standard deviation of concentration (σ

sd) can be adapted to evaluate the mixing quality of the system. 

(97) The standard deviation for concentration at a specific portion of the channel may be calculated using the equation below:

𝜎sd=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)−𝐶m)2d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯�sd=∫01(�*(�*)−�m)2d�*∫01d�*

(24)where C*(y*) and C

m are the non-dimensional concentration profile and the mean concentration at the portion, respectively. C* is the non-dimensional concentration and can be calculated as 

𝐶∗=𝐶𝐶ref�*=��ref, where C

ref is the reference concentration defined as the bulk solution concentration. The mean concentration profile can be calculated as 

𝐶m=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗�m=∫01(�*(�*)d�*∫01d�*. With the standard deviation of concentration, the mixing efficiency 

(97) can then be calculated as below:

𝜀𝑥=1−𝜎sd𝜎sd,0��=1−�sd�sd,0

(25)where σ

sd,0 is the standard derivation of the case of no mixing. The value of the mixing efficiency is typically utilized in conjunction with the simulated flow field and concentration field to explore the effect of geometrical and electrokinetic parameters on the optimization of the mixing results.

5. Summary

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


5.1. Conclusion

Viscoelastic fluids such as blood flow in LOC systems are an essential topic to proceed with diagnostic analysis and research through microdevices in the biomedical and pharmaceutical industries. The complex blood flow behavior is tightly controlled by the viscoelastic characteristics of blood such as the dynamic viscosity and the elastic property of RBCs under various shear rate conditions. Furthermore, the flow behaviors under varied driving forces promote an array of microfluidic transport phenomena that are critical to the management of blood flow and other adapted viscoelastic fluids in LOC systems. This review addressed the blood flow phenomena, the complicated interplay between shear rate and blood flow behaviors, and their numerical modeling under LOC systems through the lens of the viscoelasticity characteristic. Furthermore, a theoretical understanding of capillary forces and externally applied electric forces leads to an in-depth investigation of the relationship between blood flow patterns and the key parameters of the two driving forces, the latter of which is introduced through the lens of viscoelastic fluids, coupling numerical modeling to improve the knowledge of blood flow manipulation in LOC systems. The flow disturbances triggered by the EOF of viscoelastic fluids and their impact on blood flow patterns have been deeply investigated due to their important role and applications in LOC devices. Continuous advancements of various numerical modeling methods with experimental findings through more efficient and less computationally heavy methods have served as an encouraging sign of establishing more accurate illustrations of the mechanisms for multiphase blood and other viscoelastic fluid flow transport phenomena driven by various forces. Such progress is fundamental for the manipulation of unique transport phenomena, such as the generated disturbances, to optimize functionalities offered by microdevices in LOC systems.

The following section will provide further insights into the employment of studied blood transport phenomena to improve the functionality of micro devices adapting LOC technology. A discussion of the novel roles that external driving forces play in microfluidic flow behaviors is also provided. Limitations in the computational modeling of blood flow and electrokinetic phenomena in LOC systems will also be emphasized, which may provide valuable insights for future research endeavors. These discussions aim to provide guidance and opportunities for new paths in the ongoing development of LOC devices that adapt blood flow.

5.2. Future Directions

5.2.1. Electro-osmosis Mixing in LOC Systems

Despite substantial research, mixing results through flow instability and vortex formation phenomena induced by electro-osmotic mixing still deviate from the effective mixing results offered by chaotic mixing results such as those seen in turbulent flows. However, recent discoveries of a mixing phenomenon that is generally observed under turbulent flows are found within electro-osmosis micromixers under low Reynolds number conditions. Zhao 

(99) experimentally discovered a rapid mixing process in an AC applied micromixer, where the power spectrum of concentration under an applied voltage of 20 V

p-p induces a −5/3 slope within a frequency range. This value of the slope is considered as the O–C spectrum in macroflows, which is often visible under relatively high Re conditions, such as the Taylor microscale Reynolds number Re > 500 in turbulent flows. 

(100) However, the Re value in the studied system is less than 1 at the specific location and applied voltage. A secondary flow is also suggested to occur close to microchannel walls, being attributed to the increase of convective instability within the system.Despite the experimental phenomenon proposed by Zhao et al., 

(99) the range of effects induced by vital parameters of an EOF mixing system on the enhanced mixing results and mechanisms of disturbance generated by the turbulent-like flow instability is not further characterized. Such a gap in knowledge may hinder the adaptability and commercialization of the discovery of micromixers. One of the parameters for further evaluation is the conductivity gradient of the fluid flow. A relatively strong conductivity gradient (5000:1) was adopted in the system due to the conductive properties of the two fluids. The high conductivity gradients may contribute to the relatively large Rayleigh number and differences in EDL layer thickness, resulting in an unusual disturbance in laminar flow conditions and enhanced mixing results. However, high conductivity gradients are not always achievable by the working fluids due to diverse fluid properties. The reliance on turbulent-like phenomena and rapid mixing results in a large conductivity gradient should be established to prevent the limited application of fluids for the mixing system. In addition, the proposed system utilizes distinct zeta potential distributions at the top and bottom walls due to their difference in material choices, which may be attributed to the flow instability phenomena. Further studies should be made on varying zeta potential magnitude and distribution to evaluate their effect on the slip boundary conditions of the flow and the large shear rate condition close to the channel wall of EOF. Such a study can potentially offer an optimized condition in zeta potential magnitude through material choices and geometrical layout of the zeta potential for better mixing results and manipulation of mixing fluid dynamics. The two vital parameters mentioned above can be varied with the aid of numerical simulation to understand the effect of parameters on the interaction between electro-osmotic forces and electroviscous forces. At the same time, the relationship of developed streamlines of the simulated velocity and concentration field, following their relationship with the mixing results, under the impact of these key parameters can foster more insight into the range of impact that the two parameters have on the proposed phenomena and the microfluidic dynamic principles of disturbances.

In addition, many of the current investigations of electrokinetic mixers commonly emphasize the fluid dynamics of mixing for Newtonian fluids, while the utilization of biofluids, primarily viscoelastic fluids such as blood, and their distinctive response under shear forces in these novel mixing processes of LOC systems are significantly less studied. To develop more compatible microdevice designs and efficient mixing outcomes for the biomedical industry, it is necessary to fill the knowledge gaps in the literature on electro-osmotic mixing for biofluids, where properties of elasticity, dynamic viscosity, and intricate relationship with shear flow from the fluid are further considered.

5.2.2. Electro-osmosis Separation in LOC Systems

Particle separation in LOC devices, particularly in biological research and diagnostics, is another area where disturbances may play a significant role in optimization. 

(101) Plasma analysis in LOC systems under precise control of blood flow phenomena and blood/plasma separation procedures can detect vital information about infectious diseases from particular antibodies and foreign nucleic acids for medical treatments, diagnostics, and research, 

(102) offering more efficient results and simple operating procedures compared to that of the traditional centrifugation method for blood and plasma separation. However, the adaptability of LOC devices for blood and plasma separation is often hindered by microchannel clogging, where flow velocity and plasma yield from LOC devices is reduced due to occasional RBC migration and aggregation at the filtration entrance of microdevices. 

(103)It is important to note that the EOF induces flow instability close to microchannel walls, which may provide further solutions to clogging for the separation process of the LOC systems. Mohammadi et al. 

(104) offered an anti-clogging effect of RBCs at the blood and plasma separating device filtration entry, adjacent to the surface wall, through RBC disaggregation under high shear rate conditions generated by a forward and reverse EOF direction.

Further theoretical and numerical research can be conducted to characterize the effect of high shear rate conditions near microchannel walls toward the detachment of binding blood cells on surfaces and the reversibility of aggregation. Through numerical modeling with varying electrokinetic parameters to induce different degrees of disturbances or shear conditions at channel walls, it may be possible to optimize and better understand the process of disrupting the forces that bind cells to surface walls and aggregated cells at filtration pores. RBCs that migrate close to microchannel walls are often attracted by the adhesion force between the RBC and the solid surface originating from the van der Waals forces. Following RBC migration and attachment by adhesive forces adjacent to the microchannel walls as shown in Figure 7, the increase in viscosity at the region causes a lower shear condition and encourages RBC aggregation (cell–cell interaction), which clogs filtering pores or microchannels and reduces flow velocity at filtration region. Both the impact that shear forces and disturbances may induce on cell binding forces with surface walls and other cells leading to aggregation may suggest further characterization. Kinetic parameters such as activation energy and the rate-determining step for cell binding composition attachment and detachment should be considered for modeling the dynamics of RBCs and blood flows under external forces in LOC separation devices.

Figure 7. Schematic representations of clogging at a microchannel pore following the sequence of RBC migration, cell attachment to channel walls, and aggregation. (105) Reproduced with permission from ref (105). Copyright 2018 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

5.2.3. Relationship between External Forces and Microfluidic Systems

In blood flow, a thicker CFL suggests a lower blood viscosity, suggesting a complex relationship between shear stress and shear rate, affecting the blood viscosity and blood flow. Despite some experimental and numerical studies on electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow, limited literature has performed an in-depth investigation of the role that applied electric forces and other external forces could play in the process of CFL formation. Additional studies on how shear rates from external forces affect CFL formation and microfluidic flow dynamics can shed light on the mechanism of the contribution induced by external driving forces to the development of a separate phase of layer, similar to CFL, close to the microchannel walls and distinct from the surrounding fluid within the system, then influencing microfluidic flow dynamics.One of the mechanisms of phenomena to be explored is the formation of the Exclusion Zone (EZ) region following a “Self-Induced Flow” (SIF) phenomenon discovered by Li and Pollack, 

(106) as shown in Figure 8(a) and (b), respectively. A spontaneous sustained axial flow is observed when hydrophilic materials are immersed in water, resulting in the buildup of a negative layer of charges, defined as the EZ, after water molecules absorb infrared radiation (IR) energy and break down into H and OH

+.

Figure 8. Schematic representations of (a) the Exclusion Zone region and (b) the Self Induced Flow through visualization of microsphere movement within a microchannel. (106) Reproduced with permission from ref (106). Copyright 2020 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

Despite the finding of such a phenomenon, the specific mechanism and role of IR energy have yet to be defined for the process of EZ development. To further develop an understanding of the role of IR energy in such phenomena, a feasible study may be seen through the lens of the relationships between external forces and microfluidic flow. In the phenomena, the increase of SIF velocity under a rise of IR radiation resonant characteristics is shown in the participation of the external electric field near the microchannel walls under electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow systems. The buildup of negative charges at the hydrophilic surfaces in EZ is analogous to the mechanism of electrical double layer formation. Indeed, research has initiated the exploration of the core mechanisms for EZ formation through the lens of the electrokinetic phenomena. 

(107) Such a similarity of the role of IR energy and the transport phenomena of SIF with electrokinetic phenomena paves the way for the definition of the unknown SIF phenomena and EZ formation. Furthermore, Li and Pollack 

(106) suggest whether CFL formation might contribute to a SIF of blood using solely IR radiation, a commonly available source of energy in nature, as an external driving force. The proposition may be proven feasible with the presence of the CFL region next to the negatively charged hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer, coating the luminal side of blood vessels. 

(108) Further research can dive into the resonating characteristics between the formation of the CFL region next to the hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer and that of the EZ formation close to hydrophilic microchannel walls. Indeed, an increase in IR energy is known to rapidly accelerate EZ formation and SIF velocity, depicting similarity to the increase in the magnitude of electric field forces and greater shear rates at microchannel walls affecting CFL formation and EOF velocity. Such correlation depicts a future direction in whether SIF blood flow can be observed and characterized theoretically further through the lens of the relationship between blood flow and shear forces exhibited by external energy.

The intricate link between the CFL and external forces, more specifically the externally applied electric field, can receive further attention to provide a more complete framework for the mechanisms between IR radiation and EZ formation. Such characterization may also contribute to a greater comprehension of the role IR can play in CFL formation next to the endothelial glycocalyx layer as well as its role as a driving force to propel blood flow, similar to the SIF, but without the commonly assumed pressure force from heart contraction as a source of driving force.

5.3. Challenges

Although there have been significant improvements in blood flow modeling under LOC systems over the past decade, there are still notable constraints that may require special attention for numerical simulation applications to benefit the adaptability of the designs and functionalities of LOC devices. Several points that require special attention are mentioned below:

1.The majority of CFD models operate under the relationship between the viscoelasticity of blood and the shear rate conditions of flow. The relative effect exhibited by the presence of highly populated RBCs in whole blood and their forces amongst the cells themselves under complex flows often remains unclearly defined. Furthermore, the full range of cell populations in whole blood requires a much more computational load for numerical modeling. Therefore, a vital goal for future research is to evaluate a reduced modeling method where the impact of cell–cell interaction on the viscoelastic property of blood is considered.
2.Current computational methods on hemodynamics rely on continuum models based upon non-Newtonian rheology at the macroscale rather than at molecular and cellular levels. Careful considerations should be made for the development of a constructive framework for the physical and temporal scales of micro/nanoscale systems to evaluate the intricate relationship between fluid driving forces, dynamic viscosity, and elasticity.
3.Viscoelastic fluids under the impact of externally applied electric forces often deviate from the assumptions of no-slip boundary conditions due to the unique flow conditions induced by externally applied forces. Furthermore, the mechanism of vortex formation and viscoelastic flow instability at laminar flow conditions should be better defined through the lens of the microfluidic flow phenomenon to optimize the prediction of viscoelastic flow across different geometrical layouts. Mathematical models and numerical methods are needed to better predict such disturbance caused by external forces and the viscoelasticity of fluids at such a small scale.
4.Under practical situations, zeta potential distribution at channel walls frequently deviates from the common assumption of a constant distribution because of manufacturing faults or inherent surface charges prior to the introduction of electrokinetic influence. These discrepancies frequently lead to inconsistent surface potential distribution, such as excess positive ions at relatively more negatively charged walls. Accordingly, unpredicted vortex formation and flow instability may occur. Therefore, careful consideration should be given to these discrepancies and how they could trigger the transport process and unexpected results of a microdevice.

Author Information

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


  • Corresponding Authors
    • Zhe Chen – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Email: zaccooky@sjtu.edu.cn
    • Bo Ouyang – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Email: bouy93@sjtu.edu.cn
    • Zheng-Hong Luo – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0000-0001-9011-6020; Email: luozh@sjtu.edu.cn
  • Authors
    • Bin-Jie Lai – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0009-0002-8133-5381
    • Li-Tao Zhu – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0000-0001-6514-8864
  • NotesThe authors declare no competing financial interest.

Acknowledgments

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (No. 22238005) and the Postdoctoral Research Foundation of China (No. GZC20231576).

Vocabulary

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


Microfluidicsthe field of technological and scientific study that investigates fluid flow in channels with dimensions between 1 and 1000 μm
Lab-on-a-Chip Technologythe field of research and technological development aimed at integrating the micro/nanofluidic characteristics to conduct laboratory processes on handheld devices
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)the method utilizing computational abilities to predict physical fluid flow behaviors mathematically through solving the governing equations of corresponding fluid flows
Shear Ratethe rate of change in velocity where one layer of fluid moves past the adjacent layer
Viscoelasticitythe property holding both elasticity and viscosity characteristics relying on the magnitude of applied shear stress and time-dependent strain
Electro-osmosisthe flow of fluid under an applied electric field when charged solid surface is in contact with the bulk fluid
Vortexthe rotating motion of a fluid revolving an axis line

References

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


This article references 108 other publications.

  1. 1Neethirajan, S.; Kobayashi, I.; Nakajima, M.; Wu, D.; Nandagopal, S.; Lin, F. Microfluidics for food, agriculture and biosystems industries. Lab Chip 201111 (9), 1574– 1586,  DOI: 10.1039/c0lc00230eViewGoogle Scholar
  2. 2Whitesides, G. M. The origins and the future of microfluidics. Nature 2006442 (7101), 368– 373,  DOI: 10.1038/nature05058ViewGoogle Scholar
  3. 3Burklund, A.; Tadimety, A.; Nie, Y.; Hao, N.; Zhang, J. X. J. Chapter One – Advances in diagnostic microfluidics; Elsevier, 2020; DOI:  DOI: 10.1016/bs.acc.2019.08.001 .ViewGoogle Scholar
  4. 4Abdulbari, H. A. Chapter 12 – Lab-on-a-chip for analysis of blood. In Nanotechnology for Hematology, Blood Transfusion, and Artificial Blood; Denizli, A., Nguyen, T. A., Rajan, M., Alam, M. F., Rahman, K., Eds.; Elsevier, 2022; pp 265– 283.ViewGoogle Scholar
  5. 5Vladisavljević, G. T.; Khalid, N.; Neves, M. A.; Kuroiwa, T.; Nakajima, M.; Uemura, K.; Ichikawa, S.; Kobayashi, I. Industrial lab-on-a-chip: Design, applications and scale-up for drug discovery and delivery. Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 201365 (11), 1626– 1663,  DOI: 10.1016/j.addr.2013.07.017ViewGoogle Scholar
  6. 6Kersaudy-Kerhoas, M.; Dhariwal, R.; Desmulliez, M. P. Y.; Jouvet, L. Hydrodynamic blood plasma separation in microfluidic channels. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 20108 (1), 105– 114,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-009-0450-5ViewGoogle Scholar
  7. 7Popel, A. S.; Johnson, P. C. Microcirculation and Hemorheology. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 200537 (1), 43– 69,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.042604.133933ViewGoogle Scholar
  8. 8Fedosov, D. A.; Peltomäki, M.; Gompper, G. Deformation and dynamics of red blood cells in flow through cylindrical microchannels. Soft Matter 201410 (24), 4258– 4267,  DOI: 10.1039/C4SM00248BViewGoogle Scholar
  9. 9Chakraborty, S. Dynamics of capillary flow of blood into a microfluidic channel. Lab Chip 20055 (4), 421– 430,  DOI: 10.1039/b414566fViewGoogle Scholar
  10. 10Tomaiuolo, G.; Guido, S. Start-up shape dynamics of red blood cells in microcapillary flow. Microvascular Research 201182 (1), 35– 41,  DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2011.03.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  11. 11Sherwood, J. M.; Dusting, J.; Kaliviotis, E.; Balabani, S. The effect of red blood cell aggregation on velocity and cell-depleted layer characteristics of blood in a bifurcating microchannel. Biomicrofluidics 20126 (2), 24119,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4717755ViewGoogle Scholar
  12. 12Nader, E.; Skinner, S.; Romana, M.; Fort, R.; Lemonne, N.; Guillot, N.; Gauthier, A.; Antoine-Jonville, S.; Renoux, C.; Hardy-Dessources, M.-D. Blood Rheology: Key Parameters, Impact on Blood Flow, Role in Sickle Cell Disease and Effects of Exercise. Frontiers in Physiology 201910, 01329,  DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2019.01329ViewGoogle Scholar
  13. 13Trejo-Soto, C.; Lázaro, G. R.; Pagonabarraga, I.; Hernández-Machado, A. Microfluidics Approach to the Mechanical Properties of Red Blood Cell Membrane and Their Effect on Blood Rheology. Membranes 202212 (2), 217,  DOI: 10.3390/membranes12020217ViewGoogle Scholar
  14. 14Wagner, C.; Steffen, P.; Svetina, S. Aggregation of red blood cells: From rouleaux to clot formation. Comptes Rendus Physique 201314 (6), 459– 469,  DOI: 10.1016/j.crhy.2013.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  15. 15Kim, H.; Zhbanov, A.; Yang, S. Microfluidic Systems for Blood and Blood Cell Characterization. Biosensors 202313 (1), 13,  DOI: 10.3390/bios13010013ViewGoogle Scholar
  16. 16Fåhræus, R.; Lindqvist, T. THE VISCOSITY OF THE BLOOD IN NARROW CAPILLARY TUBES. American Journal of Physiology-Legacy Content 193196 (3), 562– 568,  DOI: 10.1152/ajplegacy.1931.96.3.562ViewGoogle Scholar
  17. 17Ascolese, M.; Farina, A.; Fasano, A. The Fåhræus-Lindqvist effect in small blood vessels: how does it help the heart?. J. Biol. Phys. 201945 (4), 379– 394,  DOI: 10.1007/s10867-019-09534-4ViewGoogle Scholar
  18. 18Bento, D.; Fernandes, C. S.; Miranda, J. M.; Lima, R. In vitro blood flow visualizations and cell-free layer (CFL) measurements in a microchannel network. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science 2019109, 109847,  DOI: 10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2019.109847ViewGoogle Scholar
  19. 19Namgung, B.; Ong, P. K.; Wong, Y. H.; Lim, D.; Chun, K. J.; Kim, S. A comparative study of histogram-based thresholding methods for the determination of cell-free layer width in small blood vessels. Physiological Measurement 201031 (9), N61,  DOI: 10.1088/0967-3334/31/9/N01ViewGoogle Scholar
  20. 20Hymel, S. J.; Lan, H.; Fujioka, H.; Khismatullin, D. B. Cell trapping in Y-junction microchannels: A numerical study of the bifurcation angle effect in inertial microfluidics. Phys. Fluids (1994) 201931 (8), 082003,  DOI: 10.1063/1.5113516ViewGoogle Scholar
  21. 21Li, X.; Popel, A. S.; Karniadakis, G. E. Blood-plasma separation in Y-shaped bifurcating microfluidic channels: a dissipative particle dynamics simulation study. Phys. Biol. 20129 (2), 026010,  DOI: 10.1088/1478-3975/9/2/026010ViewGoogle Scholar
  22. 22Yin, X.; Thomas, T.; Zhang, J. Multiple red blood cell flows through microvascular bifurcations: Cell free layer, cell trajectory, and hematocrit separation. Microvascular Research 201389, 47– 56,  DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2013.05.002ViewGoogle Scholar
  23. 23Shibeshi, S. S.; Collins, W. E. The Rheology of Blood Flow in a Branched Arterial System. Appl. Rheol 200515 (6), 398– 405,  DOI: 10.1515/arh-2005-0020ViewGoogle Scholar
  24. 24Sequeira, A.; Janela, J. An Overview of Some Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology. In A Portrait of State-of-the-Art Research at the Technical University of Lisbon; Pereira, M. S., Ed.; Springer Netherlands: Dordrecht, 2007; pp 65– 87.ViewGoogle Scholar
  25. 25Walburn, F. J.; Schneck, D. J. A constitutive equation for whole human blood. Biorheology 197613, 201– 210,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1976-13307ViewGoogle Scholar
  26. 26Quemada, D. A rheological model for studying the hematocrit dependence of red cell-red cell and red cell-protein interactions in blood. Biorheology 198118, 501– 516,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1981-183-615ViewGoogle Scholar
  27. 27Varchanis, S.; Dimakopoulos, Y.; Wagner, C.; Tsamopoulos, J. How viscoelastic is human blood plasma?. Soft Matter 201814 (21), 4238– 4251,  DOI: 10.1039/C8SM00061AViewGoogle Scholar
  28. 28Apostolidis, A. J.; Moyer, A. P.; Beris, A. N. Non-Newtonian effects in simulations of coronary arterial blood flow. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2016233, 155– 165,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.03.008ViewGoogle Scholar
  29. 29Luo, X. Y.; Kuang, Z. B. A study on the constitutive equation of blood. J. Biomech. 199225 (8), 929– 934,  DOI: 10.1016/0021-9290(92)90233-QViewGoogle Scholar
  30. 30Oldroyd, J. G.; Wilson, A. H. On the formulation of rheological equations of state. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences 1950200 (1063), 523– 541,  DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1950.0035ViewGoogle Scholar
  31. 31Prado, G.; Farutin, A.; Misbah, C.; Bureau, L. Viscoelastic transient of confined red blood cells. Biophys J. 2015108 (9), 2126– 2136,  DOI: 10.1016/j.bpj.2015.03.046ViewGoogle Scholar
  32. 32Huang, C. R.; Pan, W. D.; Chen, H. Q.; Copley, A. L. Thixotropic properties of whole blood from healthy human subjects. Biorheology 198724 (6), 795– 801,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1987-24630ViewGoogle Scholar
  33. 33Anand, M.; Kwack, J.; Masud, A. A new generalized Oldroyd-B model for blood flow in complex geometries. International Journal of Engineering Science 201372, 78– 88,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijengsci.2013.06.009ViewGoogle Scholar
  34. 34Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Investigation of blood rheology under steady and unidirectional large amplitude oscillatory shear. J. Rheol. 201862 (2), 577– 591,  DOI: 10.1122/1.5017623ViewGoogle Scholar
  35. 35Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Measurements of human blood viscoelasticity and thixotropy under steady and transient shear and constitutive modeling thereof. J. Rheol. 201963 (5), 799– 813,  DOI: 10.1122/1.5108737ViewGoogle Scholar
  36. 36Armstrong, M.; Tussing, J. A methodology for adding thixotropy to Oldroyd-8 family of viscoelastic models for characterization of human blood. Phys. Fluids 202032 (9), 094111,  DOI: 10.1063/5.0022501ViewGoogle Scholar
  37. 37Crank, J.; Nicolson, P. A practical method for numerical evaluation of solutions of partial differential equations of the heat-conduction type. Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 194743 (1), 50– 67,  DOI: 10.1017/S0305004100023197ViewGoogle Scholar
  38. 38Clough, R. W. Original formulation of the finite element method. Finite Elements in Analysis and Design 19907 (2), 89– 101,  DOI: 10.1016/0168-874X(90)90001-UViewGoogle Scholar
  39. 39Liu, W. K.; Liu, Y.; Farrell, D.; Zhang, L.; Wang, X. S.; Fukui, Y.; Patankar, N.; Zhang, Y.; Bajaj, C.; Lee, J.Immersed finite element method and its applications to biological systems. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 2006195 (13), 1722– 1749,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cma.2005.05.049ViewGoogle Scholar
  40. 40Lopes, D.; Agujetas, R.; Puga, H.; Teixeira, J.; Lima, R.; Alejo, J. P.; Ferrera, C. Analysis of finite element and finite volume methods for fluid-structure interaction simulation of blood flow in a real stenosed artery. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 2021207, 106650,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2021.106650ViewGoogle Scholar
  41. 41Favero, J. L.; Secchi, A. R.; Cardozo, N. S. M.; Jasak, H. Viscoelastic flow analysis using the software OpenFOAM and differential constitutive equations. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2010165 (23), 1625– 1636,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2010.08.010ViewGoogle Scholar
  42. 42Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Stabilization of an open-source finite-volume solver for viscoelastic fluid flows. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2017239, 85– 104,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.12.002ViewGoogle Scholar
  43. 43Chee, C. Y.; Lee, H. P.; Lu, C. Using 3D fluid-structure interaction model to analyse the biomechanical properties of erythrocyte. Phys. Lett. A 2008372 (9), 1357– 1362,  DOI: 10.1016/j.physleta.2007.09.067ViewGoogle Scholar
  44. 44Xu, D.; Kaliviotis, E.; Munjiza, A.; Avital, E.; Ji, C.; Williams, J. Large scale simulation of red blood cell aggregation in shear flows. J. Biomech. 201346 (11), 1810– 1817,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2013.05.010ViewGoogle Scholar
  45. 45Johnson, K. L.; Kendall, K.; Roberts, A. Surface energy and the contact of elastic solids. Proceedings of the royal society of London. A. mathematical and physical sciences 1971324 (1558), 301– 313,  DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1971.0141ViewGoogle Scholar
  46. 46Shi, L.; Pan, T.-W.; Glowinski, R. Deformation of a single red blood cell in bounded Poiseuille flows. Phys. Rev. E 201285 (1), 016307,  DOI: 10.1103/PhysRevE.85.016307ViewGoogle Scholar
  47. 47Yoon, D.; You, D. Continuum modeling of deformation and aggregation of red blood cells. J. Biomech. 201649 (11), 2267– 2279,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.027ViewGoogle Scholar
  48. 48Mainardi, F.; Spada, G. Creep, relaxation and viscosity properties for basic fractional models in rheology. European Physical Journal Special Topics 2011193 (1), 133– 160,  DOI: 10.1140/epjst/e2011-01387-1ViewGoogle Scholar
  49. 49Gracka, M.; Lima, R.; Miranda, J. M.; Student, S.; Melka, B.; Ostrowski, Z. Red blood cells tracking and cell-free layer formation in a microchannel with hyperbolic contraction: A CFD model validation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 2022226, 107117,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.107117ViewGoogle Scholar
  50. 50Aryan, H.; Beigzadeh, B.; Siavashi, M. Euler-Lagrange numerical simulation of improved magnetic drug delivery in a three-dimensional CT-based carotid artery bifurcation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 2022219, 106778,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.106778ViewGoogle Scholar
  51. 51Czaja, B.; Závodszky, G.; Azizi Tarksalooyeh, V.; Hoekstra, A. G. Cell-resolved blood flow simulations of saccular aneurysms: effects of pulsatility and aspect ratio. J. R Soc. Interface 201815 (146), 20180485,  DOI: 10.1098/rsif.2018.0485ViewGoogle Scholar
  52. 52Rydquist, G.; Esmaily, M. A cell-resolved, Lagrangian solver for modeling red blood cell dynamics in macroscale flows. J. Comput. Phys. 2022461, 111204,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2022.111204ViewGoogle Scholar
  53. 53Dadvand, A.; Baghalnezhad, M.; Mirzaee, I.; Khoo, B. C.; Ghoreishi, S. An immersed boundary-lattice Boltzmann approach to study the dynamics of elastic membranes in viscous shear flows. Journal of Computational Science 20145 (5), 709– 718,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jocs.2014.06.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  54. 54Krüger, T.; Holmes, D.; Coveney, P. V. Deformability-based red blood cell separation in deterministic lateral displacement devices─A simulation study. Biomicrofluidics 20148 (5), 054114,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4897913ViewGoogle Scholar
  55. 55Takeishi, N.; Ito, H.; Kaneko, M.; Wada, S. Deformation of a Red Blood Cell in a Narrow Rectangular Microchannel. Micromachines 201910 (3), 199,  DOI: 10.3390/mi10030199ViewGoogle Scholar
  56. 56Krüger, T.; Varnik, F.; Raabe, D. Efficient and accurate simulations of deformable particles immersed in a fluid using a combined immersed boundary lattice Boltzmann finite element method. Computers & Mathematics with Applications 201161 (12), 3485– 3505,  DOI: 10.1016/j.camwa.2010.03.057ViewGoogle Scholar
  57. 57Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Umundum, T.; Saeedipour, M. A reduced-order model for deformable particles with application in bio-microfluidics. Computational Particle Mechanics 20207 (3), 593– 601,  DOI: 10.1007/s40571-019-00283-8ViewGoogle Scholar
  58. 58Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Saeedipour, M. Resolved CFD-DEM simulation of blood flow with a reduced-order RBC model. Computational Particle Mechanics 20229 (4), 759– 774,  DOI: 10.1007/s40571-021-00441-xViewGoogle Scholar
  59. 59Mittal, R.; Iaccarino, G. IMMERSED BOUNDARY METHODS. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 200537 (1), 239– 261,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.061903.175743ViewGoogle Scholar
  60. 60Piquet, A.; Roussel, O.; Hadjadj, A. A comparative study of Brinkman penalization and direct-forcing immersed boundary methods for compressible viscous flows. Computers & Fluids 2016136, 272– 284,  DOI: 10.1016/j.compfluid.2016.06.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  61. 61Akerkouch, L.; Le, T. B. A Hybrid Continuum-Particle Approach for Fluid-Structure Interaction Simulation of Red Blood Cells in Fluid Flows. Fluids 20216 (4), 139,  DOI: 10.3390/fluids6040139ViewGoogle Scholar
  62. 62Barker, A. T.; Cai, X.-C. Scalable parallel methods for monolithic coupling in fluid-structure interaction with application to blood flow modeling. J. Comput. Phys. 2010229 (3), 642– 659,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2009.10.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  63. 63Cetin, A.; Sahin, M. A monolithic fluid-structure interaction framework applied to red blood cells. International Journal for Numerical Methods in Biomedical Engineering 201935 (2), e3171  DOI: 10.1002/cnm.3171ViewGoogle Scholar
  64. 64Freund, J. B. Numerical Simulation of Flowing Blood Cells. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 201446 (1), 67– 95,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev-fluid-010313-141349ViewGoogle Scholar
  65. 65Ye, T.; Phan-Thien, N.; Lim, C. T. Particle-based simulations of red blood cells─A review. J. Biomech. 201649 (11), 2255– 2266,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.050ViewGoogle Scholar
  66. 66Arabghahestani, M.; Poozesh, S.; Akafuah, N. K. Advances in Computational Fluid Mechanics in Cellular Flow Manipulation: A Review. Applied Sciences 20199 (19), 4041,  DOI: 10.3390/app9194041ViewGoogle Scholar
  67. 67Rathnayaka, C. M.; From, C. S.; Geekiyanage, N. M.; Gu, Y. T.; Nguyen, N. T.; Sauret, E. Particle-Based Numerical Modelling of Liquid Marbles: Recent Advances and Future Perspectives. Archives of Computational Methods in Engineering 202229 (5), 3021– 3039,  DOI: 10.1007/s11831-021-09683-7ViewGoogle Scholar
  68. 68Li, X.; Vlahovska, P. M.; Karniadakis, G. E. Continuum- and particle-based modeling of shapes and dynamics of red blood cells in health and disease. Soft Matter 20139 (1), 28– 37,  DOI: 10.1039/C2SM26891DViewGoogle Scholar
  69. 69Beris, A. N.; Horner, J. S.; Jariwala, S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J. Recent advances in blood rheology: a review. Soft Matter 202117 (47), 10591– 10613,  DOI: 10.1039/D1SM01212FViewGoogle Scholar
  70. 70Arciero, J.; Causin, P.; Malgaroli, F. Mathematical methods for modeling the microcirculation. AIMS Biophysics 20174 (3), 362– 399,  DOI: 10.3934/biophy.2017.3.362ViewGoogle Scholar
  71. 71Maria, M. S.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow-driven blood plasma separation and on-chip analyte detection in microfluidic devices. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201721 (4), 72,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-017-1907-6ViewGoogle Scholar
  72. 72Huhtamäki, T.; Tian, X.; Korhonen, J. T.; Ras, R. H. A. Surface-wetting characterization using contact-angle measurements. Nat. Protoc. 201813 (7), 1521– 1538,  DOI: 10.1038/s41596-018-0003-zViewGoogle Scholar
  73. 73Young, T., III. An essay on the cohesion of fluids. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 180595, 65– 87,  DOI: 10.1098/rstl.1805.0005ViewGoogle Scholar
  74. 74Kim, Y. C.; Kim, S.-H.; Kim, D.; Park, S.-J.; Park, J.-K. Plasma extraction in a capillary-driven microfluidic device using surfactant-added poly(dimethylsiloxane). Sens. Actuators, B 2010145 (2), 861– 868,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2010.01.017ViewGoogle Scholar
  75. 75Washburn, E. W. The Dynamics of Capillary Flow. Physical Review 192117 (3), 273– 283,  DOI: 10.1103/PhysRev.17.273ViewGoogle Scholar
  76. 76Cito, S.; Ahn, Y. C.; Pallares, J.; Duarte, R. M.; Chen, Z.; Madou, M.; Katakis, I. Visualization and measurement of capillary-driven blood flow using spectral domain optical coherence tomography. Microfluid Nanofluidics 201213 (2), 227– 237,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-012-0950-6ViewGoogle Scholar
  77. 77Berthier, E.; Dostie, A. M.; Lee, U. N.; Berthier, J.; Theberge, A. B. Open Microfluidic Capillary Systems. Anal Chem. 201991 (14), 8739– 8750,  DOI: 10.1021/acs.analchem.9b01429ViewGoogle Scholar
  78. 78Berthier, J.; Brakke, K. A.; Furlani, E. P.; Karampelas, I. H.; Poher, V.; Gosselin, D.; Cubizolles, M.; Pouteau, P. Whole blood spontaneous capillary flow in narrow V-groove microchannels. Sens. Actuators, B 2015206, 258– 267,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2014.09.040ViewGoogle Scholar
  79. 79Hirt, C. W.; Nichols, B. D. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 198139 (1), 201– 225,  DOI: 10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5ViewGoogle Scholar
  80. 80Chen, J.-L.; Shih, W.-H.; Hsieh, W.-H. AC electro-osmotic micromixer using a face-to-face, asymmetric pair of planar electrodes. Sens. Actuators, B 2013188, 11– 21,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2013.07.012ViewGoogle Scholar
  81. 81Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electrokinetics of non-Newtonian fluids: A review. Advances in Colloid and Interface Science 2013201-202, 94– 108,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cis.2013.09.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  82. 82Oh, K. W. 6 – Lab-on-chip (LOC) devices and microfluidics for biomedical applications. In MEMS for Biomedical Applications; Bhansali, S., Vasudev, A., Eds.; Woodhead Publishing, 2012; pp 150– 171.ViewGoogle Scholar
  83. 83Bello, M. S.; De Besi, P.; Rezzonico, R.; Righetti, P. G.; Casiraghi, E. Electroosmosis of polymer solutions in fused silica capillaries. ELECTROPHORESIS 199415 (1), 623– 626,  DOI: 10.1002/elps.1150150186ViewGoogle Scholar
  84. 84Park, H. M.; Lee, W. M. Effect of viscoelasticity on the flow pattern and the volumetric flow rate in electroosmotic flows through a microchannel. Lab Chip 20088 (7), 1163– 1170,  DOI: 10.1039/b800185eViewGoogle Scholar
  85. 85Afonso, A. M.; Alves, M. A.; Pinho, F. T. Analytical solution of mixed electro-osmotic/pressure driven flows of viscoelastic fluids in microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2009159 (1), 50– 63,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2009.01.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  86. 86Sousa, J. J.; Afonso, A. M.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Effect of the skimming layer on electro-osmotic─Poiseuille flows of viscoelastic fluids. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201110 (1), 107– 122,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-010-0651-yViewGoogle Scholar
  87. 87Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electro-osmotic mobility of non-Newtonian fluids. Biomicrofluidics 20115 (1), 014110,  DOI: 10.1063/1.3571278ViewGoogle Scholar
  88. 88Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic instabilities in cross-shaped microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2018259, 61– 77,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2018.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  89. 89Bezerra, W. S.; Castelo, A.; Afonso, A. M. Numerical Study of Electro-Osmotic Fluid Flow and Vortex Formation. Micromachines (Basel) 201910 (12), 796,  DOI: 10.3390/mi10120796ViewGoogle Scholar
  90. 90Ji, J.; Qian, S.; Liu, Z. Electroosmotic Flow of Viscoelastic Fluid through a Constriction Microchannel. Micromachines (Basel) 202112 (4), 417,  DOI: 10.3390/mi12040417ViewGoogle Scholar
  91. 91Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Exact solutions for electro-osmotic flow of viscoelastic fluids in rectangular micro-channels. Applied Mathematics and Computation 2009211 (2), 502– 509,  DOI: 10.1016/j.amc.2009.01.068ViewGoogle Scholar
  92. 92Gerum, R.; Mirzahossein, E.; Eroles, M.; Elsterer, J.; Mainka, A.; Bauer, A.; Sonntag, S.; Winterl, A.; Bartl, J.; Fischer, L. Viscoelastic properties of suspended cells measured with shear flow deformation cytometry. Elife 202211, e78823,  DOI: 10.7554/eLife.78823ViewGoogle Scholar
  93. 93Sadek, S. H.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic flow instabilities of viscoelastic fluids in contraction/expansion micro-geometries. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2020283, 104293,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2020.104293ViewGoogle Scholar
  94. 94Spanjaards, M.; Peters, G.; Hulsen, M.; Anderson, P. Numerical Study of the Effect of Thixotropy on Extrudate Swell. Polymers 202113 (24), 4383,  DOI: 10.3390/polym13244383ViewGoogle Scholar
  95. 95Rashidi, S.; Bafekr, H.; Valipour, M. S.; Esfahani, J. A. A review on the application, simulation, and experiment of the electrokinetic mixers. Chemical Engineering and Processing – Process Intensification 2018126, 108– 122,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cep.2018.02.021ViewGoogle Scholar
  96. 96Matsubara, K.; Narumi, T. Microfluidic mixing using unsteady electroosmotic vortices produced by a staggered array of electrodes. Chemical Engineering Journal 2016288, 638– 647,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cej.2015.12.013ViewGoogle Scholar
  97. 97Qaderi, A.; Jamaati, J.; Bahiraei, M. CFD simulation of combined electroosmotic-pressure driven micro-mixing in a microchannel equipped with triangular hurdle and zeta-potential heterogeneity. Chemical Engineering Science 2019199, 463– 477,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2019.01.034ViewGoogle Scholar
  98. 98Cho, C.-C.; Chen, C.-L.; Chen, C. o.-K. Mixing enhancement in crisscross micromixer using aperiodic electrokinetic perturbing flows. International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 201255 (11), 2926– 2933,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2012.02.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  99. 99Zhao, W.; Yang, F.; Wang, K.; Bai, J.; Wang, G. Rapid mixing by turbulent-like electrokinetic microflow. Chemical Engineering Science 2017165, 113– 121,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2017.02.027ViewGoogle Scholar
  100. 100Tran, T.; Chakraborty, P.; Guttenberg, N.; Prescott, A.; Kellay, H.; Goldburg, W.; Goldenfeld, N.; Gioia, G. Macroscopic effects of the spectral structure in turbulent flows. Nat. Phys. 20106 (6), 438– 441,  DOI: 10.1038/nphys1674ViewGoogle Scholar
  101. 101Toner, M.; Irimia, D. Blood-on-a-chip. Annu. Rev. Biomed Eng. 20057, 77– 103,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.bioeng.7.011205.135108ViewGoogle Scholar
  102. 102Maria, M. S.; Rakesh, P. E.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow of blood in a microchannel with differential wetting for blood plasma separation and on-chip glucose detection. Biomicrofluidics 201610 (5), 054108,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4962874ViewGoogle Scholar
  103. 103Tripathi, S.; Varun Kumar, Y. V. B.; Prabhakar, A.; Joshi, S. S.; Agrawal, A. Passive blood plasma separation at the microscale: a review of design principles and microdevices. Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering 201525 (8), 083001,  DOI: 10.1088/0960-1317/25/8/083001ViewGoogle Scholar
  104. 104Mohammadi, M.; Madadi, H.; Casals-Terré, J. Microfluidic point-of-care blood panel based on a novel technique: Reversible electroosmotic flow. Biomicrofluidics 20159 (5), 054106,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4930865ViewGoogle Scholar
  105. 105Kang, D. H.; Kim, K.; Kim, Y. J. An anti-clogging method for improving the performance and lifespan of blood plasma separation devices in real-time and continuous microfluidic systems. Sci. Rep 20188 (1), 17015,  DOI: 10.1038/s41598-018-35235-4ViewGoogle Scholar
  106. 106Li, Z.; Pollack, G. H. Surface-induced flow: A natural microscopic engine using infrared energy as fuel. Science Advances 20206 (19), eaba0941  DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.aba0941ViewGoogle Scholar
  107. 107Mercado-Uribe, H.; Guevara-Pantoja, F. J.; García-Muñoz, W.; García-Maldonado, J. S.; Méndez-Alcaraz, J. M.; Ruiz-Suárez, J. C. On the evolution of the exclusion zone produced by hydrophilic surfaces: A contracted description. J. Chem. Phys. 2021154 (19), 194902,  DOI: 10.1063/5.0043084ViewGoogle Scholar
  108. 108Yalcin, O.; Jani, V. P.; Johnson, P. C.; Cabrales, P. Implications Enzymatic Degradation of the Endothelial Glycocalyx on the Microvascular Hemodynamics and the Arteriolar Red Cell Free Layer of the Rat Cremaster Muscle. Front Physiol 20189, 168,  DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2018.00168ViewGoogle Scholar
Fig. 9 From: An Investigation on Hydraulic Aspects of Rectangular Labyrinth Pool and Weir Fishway Using FLOW-3D

An Investigation on Hydraulic Aspects of Rectangular Labyrinth Pool and Weir Fishway Using FLOW-3D

Abstract

웨어의 두 가지 서로 다른 배열(즉, 직선형 웨어와 직사각형 미로 웨어)을 사용하여 웨어 모양, 웨어 간격, 웨어의 오리피스 존재, 흐름 영역에 대한 바닥 경사와 같은 기하학적 매개변수의 영향을 평가했습니다.

유량과 수심의 관계, 수심 평균 속도의 변화와 분포, 난류 특성, 어도에서의 에너지 소산. 흐름 조건에 미치는 영향을 조사하기 위해 FLOW-3D® 소프트웨어를 사용하여 전산 유체 역학 시뮬레이션을 수행했습니다.

수치 모델은 계산된 표면 프로파일과 속도를 문헌의 실험적으로 측정된 값과 비교하여 검증되었습니다. 수치 모델과 실험 데이터의 결과, 급락유동의 표면 프로파일과 표준화된 속도 프로파일에 대한 평균 제곱근 오차와 평균 절대 백분율 오차가 각각 0.014m와 3.11%로 나타나 수치 모델의 능력을 확인했습니다.

수영장과 둑의 흐름 특성을 예측합니다. 각 모델에 대해 L/B = 1.83(L: 웨어 거리, B: 수로 폭) 값에서 급락 흐름이 발생할 수 있고 L/B = 0.61에서 스트리밍 흐름이 발생할 수 있습니다. 직사각형 미로보 모델은 기존 모델보다 무차원 방류량(Q+)이 더 큽니다.

수중 흐름의 기존 보와 직사각형 미로 보의 경우 Q는 각각 1.56과 1.47h에 비례합니다(h: 보 위 수심). 기존 웨어의 풀 내 평균 깊이 속도는 직사각형 미로 웨어의 평균 깊이 속도보다 높습니다.

그러나 주어진 방류량, 바닥 경사 및 웨어 간격에 대해 난류 운동 에너지(TKE) 및 난류 강도(TI) 값은 기존 웨어에 비해 직사각형 미로 웨어에서 더 높습니다. 기존의 웨어는 직사각형 미로 웨어보다 에너지 소산이 더 낮습니다.

더 낮은 TKE 및 TI 값은 미로 웨어 상단, 웨어 하류 벽 모서리, 웨어 측벽과 채널 벽 사이에서 관찰되었습니다. 보와 바닥 경사면 사이의 거리가 증가함에 따라 평균 깊이 속도, 난류 운동 에너지의 평균값 및 난류 강도가 증가하고 수영장의 체적 에너지 소산이 감소했습니다.

둑에 개구부가 있으면 평균 깊이 속도와 TI 값이 증가하고 풀 내에서 가장 높은 TKE 범위가 감소하여 두 모델 모두에서 물고기를 위한 휴식 공간이 더 넓어지고(TKE가 낮아짐) 에너지 소산율이 감소했습니다.

Two different arrangements of the weir (i.e., straight weir and rectangular labyrinth weir) were used to evaluate the effects of geometric parameters such as weir shape, weir spacing, presence of an orifice at the weir, and bed slope on the flow regime and the relationship between discharge and depth, variation and distribution of depth-averaged velocity, turbulence characteristics, and energy dissipation at the fishway. Computational fluid dynamics simulations were performed using FLOW-3D® software to examine the effects on flow conditions. The numerical model was validated by comparing the calculated surface profiles and velocities with experimentally measured values from the literature. The results of the numerical model and experimental data showed that the root-mean-square error and mean absolute percentage error for the surface profiles and normalized velocity profiles of plunging flows were 0.014 m and 3.11%, respectively, confirming the ability of the numerical model to predict the flow characteristics of the pool and weir. A plunging flow can occur at values of L/B = 1.83 (L: distance of the weir, B: width of the channel) and streaming flow at L/B = 0.61 for each model. The rectangular labyrinth weir model has larger dimensionless discharge values (Q+) than the conventional model. For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir at submerged flow, Q is proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively (h: the water depth above the weir). The average depth velocity in the pool of a conventional weir is higher than that of a rectangular labyrinth weir. However, for a given discharge, bed slope, and weir spacing, the turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) and turbulence intensity (TI) values are higher for a rectangular labyrinth weir compared to conventional weir. The conventional weir has lower energy dissipation than the rectangular labyrinth weir. Lower TKE and TI values were observed at the top of the labyrinth weir, at the corner of the wall downstream of the weir, and between the side walls of the weir and the channel wall. As the distance between the weirs and the bottom slope increased, the average depth velocity, the average value of turbulent kinetic energy and the turbulence intensity increased, and the volumetric energy dissipation in the pool decreased. The presence of an opening in the weir increased the average depth velocity and TI values and decreased the range of highest TKE within the pool, resulted in larger resting areas for fish (lower TKE), and decreased the energy dissipation rates in both models.

1 Introduction

Artificial barriers such as detour dams, weirs, and culverts in lakes and rivers prevent fish from migrating and completing the upstream and downstream movement cycle. This chain is related to the life stage of the fish, its location, and the type of migration. Several riverine fish species instinctively migrate upstream for spawning and other needs. Conversely, downstream migration is a characteristic of early life stages [1]. A fish ladder is a waterway that allows one or more fish species to cross a specific obstacle. These structures are constructed near detour dams and other transverse structures that have prevented such migration by allowing fish to overcome obstacles [2]. The flow pattern in fish ladders influences safe and comfortable passage for ascending fish. The flow’s strong turbulence can reduce the fish’s speed, injure them, and delay or prevent them from exiting the fish ladder. In adult fish, spawning migrations are usually complex, and delays are critical to reproductive success [3].

Various fish ladders/fishways include vertical slots, denil, rock ramps, and pool weirs [1]. The choice of fish ladder usually depends on many factors, including water elevation, space available for construction, and fish species. Pool and weir structures are among the most important fish ladders that help fish overcome obstacles in streams or rivers and swim upstream [1]. Because they are easy to construct and maintain, this type of fish ladder has received considerable attention from researchers and practitioners. Such a fish ladder consists of a sloping-floor channel with series of pools directly separated by a series of weirs [4]. These fish ladders, with or without underwater openings, are generally well-suited for slopes of 10% or less [12]. Within these pools, flow velocities are low and provide resting areas for fish after they enter the fish ladder. After resting in the pools, fish overcome these weirs by blasting or jumping over them [2]. There may also be an opening in the flooded portion of the weir through which the fish can swim instead of jumping over the weir. Design parameters such as the length of the pool, the height of the weir, the slope of the bottom, and the water discharge are the most important factors in determining the hydraulic structure of this type of fish ladder [3]. The flow over the weir depends on the flow depth at a given slope S0 and the pool length, either “plunging” or “streaming.” In plunging flow, the water column h over each weir creates a water jet that releases energy through turbulent mixing and diffusion mechanisms [5]. The dimensionless discharges for plunging (Q+) and streaming (Q*) flows are shown in Fig. 1, where Q is the total discharge, B is the width of the channel, w is the weir height, S0 is the slope of the bottom, h is the water depth above the weir, d is the flow depth, and g is the acceleration due to gravity. The maximum velocity occurs near the top of the weir for plunging flow. At the water’s surface, it drops to about half [6].

figure 1
Fig. 1

Extensive experimental studies have been conducted to investigate flow patterns for various physical geometries (i.e., bed slope, pool length, and weir height) [2]. Guiny et al. [7] modified the standard design by adding vertical slots, orifices, and weirs in fishways. The efficiency of the orifices and vertical slots was related to the velocities at their entrances. In the laboratory experiments of Yagci [8], the three-dimensional (3D) mean flow and turbulence structure of a pool weir fishway combined with an orifice and a slot is investigated. It is shown that the energy dissipation per unit volume and the discharge have a linear relationship.

Considering the beneficial characteristics reported in the limited studies of researchers on the labyrinth weir in the pool-weir-type fishway, and knowing that the characteristics of flow in pool-weir-type fishways are highly dependent on the geometry of the weir, an alternative design of the rectangular labyrinth weir instead of the straight weirs in the pool-weir-type fishway is investigated in this study [79]. Kim [10] conducted experiments to compare the hydraulic characteristics of three different weir types in a pool-weir-type fishway. The results show that a straight, rectangular weir with a notch is preferable to a zigzag or trapezoidal weir. Studies on natural fish passes show that pass ability can be improved by lengthening the weir’s crest [7]. Zhong et al. [11] investigated the semi-rigid weir’s hydraulic performance in the fishway’s flow field with a pool weir. The results showed that this type of fishway performed better with a lower invert slope and a smaller radius ratio but with a larger pool spacing.

Considering that an alternative method to study the flow characteristics in a fishway with a pool weir is based on numerical methods and modeling from computational fluid dynamics (CFD), which can easily change the geometry of the fishway for different flow fields, this study uses the powerful package CFD and the software FLOW-3D to evaluate the proposed weir design and compare it with the conventional one to extend the application of the fishway. The main objective of this study was to evaluate the hydraulic performance of the rectangular labyrinth pool and the weir with submerged openings in different hydraulic configurations. The primary objective of creating a new weir configuration for suitable flow patterns is evaluated based on the swimming capabilities of different fish species. Specifically, the following questions will be answered: (a) How do the various hydraulic and geometric parameters relate to the effects of water velocity and turbulence, expressed as turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) and turbulence intensity (TI) within the fishway, i.e., are conventional weirs more affected by hydraulics than rectangular labyrinth weirs? (b) Which weir configurations have the greatest effect on fish performance in the fishway? (c) In the presence of an orifice plate, does the performance of each weir configuration differ with different weir spacing, bed gradients, and flow regimes from that without an orifice plate?

2 Materials and Methods

2.1 Physical Model Configuration

This paper focuses on Ead et al. [6]’s laboratory experiments as a reference, testing ten pool weirs (Fig. 2). The experimental flume was 6 m long, 0.56 m wide, and 0.6 m high, with a bottom slope of 10%. Field measurements were made at steady flow with a maximum flow rate of 0.165 m3/s. Discharge was measured with magnetic flow meters in the inlets and water level with point meters (see Ead et al. [6]. for more details). Table 1 summarizes the experimental conditions considered for model calibration in this study.

figure 2
Fig. 2

Table 1 Experimental conditions considered for calibration

Full size table

2.2 Numerical Models

Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) simulations were performed using FLOW-3D® v11.2 to validate a series of experimental liner pool weirs by Ead et al. [6] and to investigate the effects of the rectangular labyrinth pool weir with an orifice. The dimensions of the channel and data collection areas in the numerical models are the same as those of the laboratory model. Two types of pool weirs were considered: conventional and labyrinth. The proposed rectangular labyrinth pool weirs have a symmetrical cross section and are sized to fit within the experimental channel. The conventional pool weir model had a pool length of l = 0.685 and 0.342 m, a weir height of w = 0.141 m, a weir width of B = 0.56 m, and a channel slope of S0 = 5 and 10%. The rectangular labyrinth weirs have the same front width as the offset, i.e., a = b = c = 0.186 m. A square underwater opening with a width of 0.05 m and a depth of 0.05 m was created in the middle of the weir. The weir configuration considered in the present study is shown in Fig. 3.

figure 3
Fig. 3

2.3 Governing Equations

FLOW-3D® software solves the Navier–Stokes–Reynolds equations for three-dimensional analysis of incompressible flows using the fluid-volume method on a gridded domain. FLOW -3D® uses an advanced free surface flow tracking algorithm (TruVOF) developed by Hirt and Nichols [12], where fluid configurations are defined in terms of a VOF function F (xyzt). In this case, F (fluid fraction) represents the volume fraction occupied by the fluid: F = 1 in cells filled with fluid and F = 0 in cells without fluid (empty areas) [413]. The free surface area is at an intermediate value of F. (Typically, F = 0.5, but the user can specify a different intermediate value.) The equations in Cartesian coordinates (xyz) applicable to the model are as follows:

�f∂�∂�+∂(���x)∂�+∂(���y)∂�+∂(���z)∂�=�SOR

(1)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�x+�x

(2)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�y+�y

(3)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�z+�z

(4)

where (uvw) are the velocity components, (AxAyAz) are the flow area components, (Gx, Gy, Gz) are the mass accelerations, and (fxfyfz) are the viscous accelerations in the directions (xyz), ρ is the fluid density, RSOR is the spring term, Vf is the volume fraction associated with the flow, and P is the pressure. The kε turbulence model (RNG) was used in this study to solve the turbulence of the flow field. This model is a modified version of the standard kε model that improves performance. The model is a two-equation model; the first equation (Eq. 5) expresses the turbulence’s energy, called turbulent kinetic energy (k) [14]. The second equation (Eq. 6) is the turbulent dissipation rate (ε), which determines the rate of dissipation of kinetic energy [15]. These equations are expressed as follows Dasineh et al. [4]:

∂(��)∂�+∂(����)∂��=∂∂��[������∂�∂��]+��−�ε

(5)

∂(�ε)∂�+∂(�ε��)∂��=∂∂��[�ε�eff∂ε∂��]+�1εε��k−�2ε�ε2�

(6)

In these equations, k is the turbulent kinetic energy, ε is the turbulent energy consumption rate, Gk is the generation of turbulent kinetic energy by the average velocity gradient, with empirical constants αε = αk = 1.39, C1ε = 1.42, and C2ε = 1.68, eff is the effective viscosity, μeff = μ + μt [15]. Here, μ is the hydrodynamic density coefficient, and μt is the turbulent density of the fluid.

2.4 Meshing and the Boundary Conditions in the Model Setup

The numerical area is divided into three mesh blocks in the X-direction. The meshes are divided into different sizes, a containing mesh block for the entire spatial domain and a nested block with refined cells for the domain of interest. Three different sizes were selected for each of the grid blocks. By comparing the accuracy of their results based on the experimental data, the reasonable mesh for the solution domain was finally selected. The convergence index method (GCI) evaluated the mesh sensitivity analysis. Based on this method, many researchers, such as Ahmadi et al. [16] and Ahmadi et al. [15], have studied the independence of numerical results from mesh size. Three different mesh sizes with a refinement ratio (r) of 1.33 were used to perform the convergence index method. The refinement ratio is the ratio between the larger and smaller mesh sizes (r = Gcoarse/Gfine). According to the recommendation of Celik et al. [17], the recommended number for the refinement ratio is 1.3, which gives acceptable results. Table 2 shows the characteristics of the three mesh sizes selected for mesh sensitivity analysis.Table 2 Characteristics of the meshes tested in the convergence analysis

Full size table

The results of u1 = umax (u1 = velocity component along the x1 axis and umax = maximum velocity of u1 in a section perpendicular to the invert of the fishway) at Q = 0.035 m3/s, × 1/l = 0.66, and Y1/b = 0 in the pool of conventional weir No. 4, obtained from the output results of the software, were used to evaluate the accuracy of the calculation range. As shown in Fig. 4x1 = the distance from a given weir in the x-direction, Y1 = the water depth measured in the y-direction, Y0 = the vertical distance in the Cartesian coordinate system, h = the water column at the crest, b = the distance between the two points of maximum velocity umax and zero velocity, and l = the pool length.

figure 4
Fig. 4

The apparent index of convergence (p) in the GCI method is calculated as follows:

�=ln⁡(�3−�2)(�2−�1)/ln⁡(�)

(7)

f1f2, and f3 are the hydraulic parameters obtained from the numerical simulation (f1 corresponds to the small mesh), and r is the refinement ratio. The following equation defines the convergence index of the fine mesh:

GCIfine=1.25|ε|��−1

(8)

Here, ε = (f2 − f1)/f1 is the relative error, and f2 and f3 are the values of hydraulic parameters considered for medium and small grids, respectively. GCI12 and GCI23 dimensionless indices can be calculated as:

GCI12=1.25|�2−�1�1|��−1

(9)

Then, the independence of the network is preserved. The convergence index of the network parameters obtained by Eqs. (7)–(9) for all three network variables is shown in Table 3. Since the GCI values for the smaller grid (GCI12) are lower compared to coarse grid (GCI23), it can be concluded that the independence of the grid is almost achieved. No further change in the grid size of the solution domain is required. The calculated values (GCI23/rpGCI12) are close to 1, which shows that the numerical results obtained are within the convergence range. As a result, the meshing of the solution domain consisting of a block mesh with a mesh size of 0.012 m and a block mesh within a larger block mesh with a mesh size of 0.009 m was selected as the optimal mesh (Fig. 5).Table 3 GCI calculation

Full size table

figure 5
Fig. 5

The boundary conditions applied to the area are shown in Fig. 6. The boundary condition of specific flow rate (volume flow rate-Q) was used for the inlet of the flow. For the downstream boundary, the flow output (outflow-O) condition did not affect the flow in the solution area. For the Zmax boundary, the specified pressure boundary condition was used along with the fluid fraction = 0 (P). This type of boundary condition considers free surface or atmospheric pressure conditions (Ghaderi et al. [19]). The wall boundary condition is defined for the bottom of the channel, which acts like a virtual wall without friction (W). The boundary between mesh blocks and walls were considered a symmetrical condition (S).

figure 6
Fig. 6

The convergence of the steady-state solutions was controlled during the simulations by monitoring the changes in discharge at the inlet boundary conditions. Figure 7 shows the time series plots of the discharge obtained from the Model A for the three main discharges from the numerical results. The 8 s to reach the flow equilibrium is suitable for the case of the fish ladder with pool and weir. Almost all discharge fluctuations in the models are insignificant in time, and the flow has reached relative stability. The computation time for the simulations was between 6 and 8 h using a personal computer with eight cores of a CPU (Intel Core i7-7700K @ 4.20 GHz and 16 GB RAM).

figure 7
Fig. 7

3 Results

3.1 Verification of Numerical Results

Quantitative outcomes, including free surface and normalized velocity profiles obtained using FLOW-3D software, were reviewed and compared with the results of Ead et al. [6]. The fourth pool was selected to present the results and compare the experiment and simulation. For each quantity, the percentage of mean absolute error (MAPE (%)) and root-mean-square error (RMSE) are calculated. Equations (10) and (11) show the method used to calculate the errors.

MAPE(%)100×1�∑1�|�exp−�num�exp|

(10)

RMSE(−)1�∑1�(�exp−�num)2

(11)

Here, Xexp is the value of the laboratory data, Xnum is the numerical data value, and n is the amount of data. As shown in Fig. 8, let x1 = distance from a given weir in the x-direction and Y1 = water depth in the y-direction from the bottom. The trend of the surface profiles for each of the numerical results is the same as that of the laboratory results. The surface profiles of the plunging flows drop after the flow enters and then rises to approach the next weir. The RMSE and MAPE error values for Model A are 0.014 m and 3.11%, respectively, indicating acceptable agreement between numerical and laboratory results. Figure 9 shows the velocity vectors and plunging flow from the numerical results, where x and y are horizontal and vertical to the flow direction, respectively. It can be seen that the jet in the fish ladder pool has a relatively high velocity. The two vortices, i.e., the enclosed vortex rotating clockwise behind the weir and the surface vortex rotating counterclockwise above the jet, are observed for the regime of incident flow. The point where the jet meets the fish passage bed is shown in the figure. The normalized velocity profiles upstream and downstream of the impact points are shown in Fig. 10. The figure shows that the numerical results agree well with the experimental data of Ead et al. [6].

figure 8
Fig. 8
figure 9
Fig. 9
figure 10
Fig. 10

3.2 Flow Regime and Discharge-Depth Relationship

Depending on the geometric shape of the fishway, including the distance of the weir, the slope of the bottom, the height of the weir, and the flow conditions, the flow regime in the fishway is divided into three categories: dipping, transitional, and flow regimes [4]. In the plunging flow regime, the flow enters the pool through the weir, impacts the bottom of the fishway, and forms a hydraulic jump causing two eddies [220]. In the streamwise flow regime, the surface of the flow passing over the weir is almost parallel to the bottom of the channel. The transitional regime has intermediate flow characteristics between the submerged and flow regimes. To predict the flow regime created in the fishway, Ead et al. [6] proposed two dimensionless parameters, Qt* and L/w, where Qt* is the dimensionless discharge, L is the distance between weirs, and w is the height of the weir:

��∗=���0���

(12)

Q is the total discharge, B is the width of the channel, S0 is the slope of the bed, and g is the gravity acceleration. Figure 11 shows different ranges for each flow regime based on the slope of the bed and the distance between the pools in this study. The results of Baki et al. [21], Ead et al. [6] and Dizabadi et al. [22] were used for this comparison. The distance between the pools affects the changes in the regime of the fish ladder. So, if you decrease the distance between weirs, the flow regime more likely becomes. This study determined all three flow regimes in a fish ladder. When the corresponding range of Qt* is less than 0.6, the flow regime can dip at values of L/B = 1.83. If the corresponding range of Qt* is greater than 0.5, transitional flow may occur at L/B = 1.22. On the other hand, when Qt* is greater than 1, streamwise flow can occur at values of L/B = 0.61. These observations agree well with the results of Baki et al. [21], Ead et al. [6] and Dizabadi et al. [22].

figure 11
Fig. 11

For plunging flows, another dimensionless discharge (Q+) versus h/w given by Ead et al. [6] was used for further evaluation:

�+=��ℎ�ℎ=23�d�

(13)

where h is the water depth above the weir, and Cd is the discharge coefficient. Figure 12a compares the numerical and experimental results of Ead et al. [6]. In this figure, Rehbock’s empirical equation is used to estimate the discharge coefficient of Ead et al. [6].

�d=0.57+0.075ℎ�

(14)

figure 12
Fig. 12

The numerical results for the conventional weir (Model A) and the rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B) of this study agree well with the laboratory results of Ead et al. [6]. When comparing models A and B, it is also found that a rectangular labyrinth weir has larger Q + values than the conventional weir as the length of the weir crest increases for a given channel width and fixed headwater elevation. In Fig. 12b, Models A and B’s flow depth plot shows the plunging flow regime. The power trend lines drawn through the data are the best-fit lines. The data shown in Fig. 12b are for different bed slopes and weir geometries. For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir at submerged flow, Q can be assumed to be proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively. In the results of Ead et al. [6], Q is proportional to 1.5h. If we assume that the flow through the orifice is Qo and the total outflow is Q, the change in the ratio of Qo/Q to total outflow for models A and B can be shown in Fig. 13. For both models, the flow through the orifice decreases as the total flow increases. A logarithmic trend line was also found between the total outflow and the dimensionless ratio Qo/Q.

figure 13
Fig. 13

3.3 Depth-Averaged Velocity Distributions

To ensure that the target fish species can pass the fish ladder with maximum efficiency, the average velocity in the fish ladder should be low enough [4]. Therefore, the average velocity in depth should be as much as possible below the critical swimming velocities of the target fishes at a constant flow depth in the pool [20]. The contour plot of depth-averaged velocity was used instead of another direction, such as longitudinal velocity because fish are more sensitive to depth-averaged flow velocity than to its direction under different hydraulic conditions. Figure 14 shows the distribution of depth-averaged velocity in the pool for Models A and B in two cases with and without orifice plates. Model A’s velocity within the pool differs slightly in the spanwise direction. However, no significant variation in velocity was observed. The flow is gradually directed to the sides as it passes through the rectangular labyrinth weir. This increases the velocity at the sides of the channel. Therefore, the high-velocity zone is located at the sides. The low velocity is in the downstream apex of the weir. This area may be suitable for swimming target fish. The presence of an opening in the weir increases the flow velocity at the opening and in the pool’s center, especially in Model A. The flow velocity increase caused by the models’ opening varied from 7.7 to 12.48%. Figure 15 illustrates the effect of the inverted slope on the averaged depth velocity distribution in the pool at low and high discharge. At constant discharge, flow velocity increases with increasing bed slope. In general, high flow velocity was found in the weir toe sidewall and the weir and channel sidewalls.

figure 14
Fig. 14
figure 15
Fig. 15

On the other hand, for a constant bed slope, the high-velocity area of the pool increases due to the increase in runoff. For both bed slopes and different discharges, the most appropriate path for fish to travel from upstream to downstream is through the middle of the cross section and along the top of the rectangular labyrinth weirs. The maximum dominant velocities for Model B at S0 = 5% were 0.83 and 1.01 m/s; at S0 = 10%, they were 1.12 and 1.61 m/s at low and high flows, respectively. The low mean velocities for the same distance and S0 = 5 and 10% were 0.17 and 0.26 m/s, respectively.

Figure 16 shows the contour of the averaged depth velocity for various distances from the weir at low and high discharge. The contour plot shows a large variation in velocity within short distances from the weir. At L/B = 0.61, velocities are low upstream and downstream of the top of the weir. The high velocities occur in the side walls of the weir and the channel. At L/B = 1.22, the low-velocity zone displaces the higher velocity in most of the pool. Higher velocities were found only on the sides of the channel. As the discharge increases, the velocity zone in the pool becomes wider. At L/B = 1.83, there is an area of higher velocities only upstream of the crest and on the sides of the weir. At high discharge, the prevailing maximum velocities for L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 were 1.46, 1.65, and 1.84 m/s, respectively. As the distance between weirs increases, the range of maximum velocity increases.

figure 16
Fig. 16

On the other hand, the low mean velocity for these distances was 0.27, 0.44, and 0.72 m/s, respectively. Thus, the low-velocity zone decreases with increasing distance between weirs. Figure 17 shows the pattern distribution of streamlines along with the velocity contour at various distances from the weir for Q = 0.05 m3/s. A stream-like flow is generally formed in the pool at a small distance between weirs (L/B = 0.61). The rotation cell under the jet forms clockwise between the two weirs. At the distances between the spillways (L/B = 1.22), the transition regime of the flow is formed. The transition regime occurs when or shortly after the weir is flooded. The rotation cell under the jet is clockwise smaller than the flow regime and larger than the submergence regime. At a distance L/B = 1.83, a plunging flow is formed so that the plunging jet dips into the pool and extends downstream to the center of the pool. The clockwise rotation of the cell is bounded by the dipping jet of the weir and is located between the bottom and the side walls of the weir and the channel.

figure 17
Fig. 17

Figure 18 shows the average depth velocity bar graph for each weir at different bed slopes and with and without orifice plates. As the distance between weirs increases, all models’ average depth velocity increases. As the slope of the bottom increases and an orifice plate is present, the average depth velocity in the pool increases. In addition, the average pool depth velocity increases as the discharge increases. Among the models, Model A’s average depth velocity is higher than Model B’s. The variation in velocity ranged from 8.11 to 12.24% for the models without an orifice plate and from 10.26 to 16.87% for the models with an orifice plate.

figure 18
Fig. 18

3.4 Turbulence Characteristics

The turbulent kinetic energy is one of the important parameters reflecting the turbulent properties of the flow field [23]. When the k value is high, more energy and a longer transit time are required to migrate the target species. The turbulent kinetic energy is defined as follows:

�=12(�x′2+�y′2+�z′2)

(15)

where uxuy, and uz are fluctuating velocities in the xy, and z directions, respectively. An illustration of the TKE and the effects of the geometric arrangement of the weir and the presence of an opening in the weir is shown in Fig. 19. For a given bed slope, in Model A, the highest TKE values are uniformly distributed in the weir’s upstream portion in the channel’s cross section. In contrast, for the rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B), the highest TKE values are concentrated on the sides of the pool between the crest of the weir and the channel wall. The highest TKE value in Models A and B is 0.224 and 0.278 J/kg, respectively, at the highest bottom slope (S0 = 10%). In the downstream portion of the conventional weir and within the crest of the weir and the walls of the rectangular labyrinth, there was a much lower TKE value that provided the best conditions for fish to recover in the pool between the weirs. The average of the lowest TKE for bottom slopes of 5 and 10% in Model A is 0.041 and 0.056 J/kg, and for Model B, is 0.047 and 0.064 J/kg. The presence of an opening in the weirs reduces the area of the highest TKE within the pool. It also increases the resting areas for fish (lower TKE). The highest TKE at the highest bottom slope in Models A and B with an orifice is 0.208 and 0.191 J/kg, respectively.

figure 19
Fig. 19

Figure 20 shows the effect of slope on the longitudinal distribution of TKE in the pools. TKE values significantly increase for a given discharge with an increasing bottom slope. Thus, for a low bed slope (S0 = 5%), a large pool area has expanded with average values of 0.131 and 0.168 J/kg for low and high discharge, respectively. For a bed slope of S0 = 10%, the average TKE values are 0.176 and 0.234 J/kg. Furthermore, as the discharge increases, the area with high TKE values within the pool increases. Lower TKE values are observed at the apex of the labyrinth weir, at the corner of the wall downstream of the weir, and between the side walls of the weir and the channel wall for both bottom slopes. The effect of distance between weirs on TKE is shown in Fig. 21. Low TKE values were observed at low discharge and short distances between weirs. Low TKE values are located at the top of the rectangular labyrinth weir and the downstream corner of the weir wall. There is a maximum value of TKE at the large distances between weirs, L/B = 1.83, along the center line of the pool, where the dip jet meets the bottom of the bed. At high discharge, the maximum TKE value for the distance L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 was 0.246, 0.322, and 0.417 J/kg, respectively. In addition, the maximum TKE range increases with the distance between weirs.

figure 20
Fig. 20
figure 21
Fig. 21

For TKE size, the average value (TKEave) is plotted against q in Fig. 22. For all models, the TKE values increase with increasing q. For example, in models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and a slope of 10%, the TKE value increases by 41.66 and 86.95%, respectively, as q increases from 0.1 to 0.27 m2/s. The TKE values in Model B are higher than Model A for a given discharge, bed slope, and weir distance. The TKEave in Model B is higher compared to Model A, ranging from 31.46 to 57.94%. The presence of an orifice in the weir reduces the TKE values in both weirs. The intensity of the reduction is greater in Model B. For example, in Models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and q = 0.1 m2/s, an orifice reduces TKEave values by 60.35 and 19.04%, respectively. For each model, increasing the bed slope increases the TKEave values in the pool. For example, for Model B with q = 0.18 m2/s, increasing the bed slope from 5 to 10% increases the TKEave value by 14.34%. Increasing the distance between weirs increases the TKEave values in the pool. For example, in Model B with S0 = 10% and q = 0.3 m2/s, the TKEave in the pool increases by 34.22% if you increase the distance between weirs from L/B = 0.61 to L/B = 0.183.

figure 22
Fig. 22

Cotel et al. [24] suggested that turbulence intensity (TI) is a suitable parameter for studying fish swimming performance. Figure 23 shows the plot of TI and the effects of the geometric arrangement of the weir and the presence of an orifice. In Model A, the highest TI values are found upstream of the weirs and are evenly distributed across the cross section of the channel. The TI values increase as you move upstream to downstream in the pool. For the rectangular labyrinth weir, the highest TI values were concentrated on the sides of the pool, between the top of the weir and the side wall of the channel, and along the top of the weir. Downstream of the conventional weir, within the apex of the weir, and at the corners of the walls of the rectangular labyrinth weir, the percentage of TI was low. At the highest discharge, the average range of TI in Models A and B was 24–45% and 15–62%, respectively. The diversity of TI is greater in the rectangular labyrinth weir than the conventional weir. Fish swimming performance is reduced due to higher turbulence intensity. However, fish species may prefer different disturbance intensities depending on their swimming abilities; for example, Salmo trutta prefers a disturbance intensity of 18–53% [25]. Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26] found a higher range of TI for fishways, such as natural rock weirs, of 40–60%. The presence of an orifice in the weir increases TI values within the pool, especially along the middle portion of the cross section of the fishway. With an orifice in the weir, the average range of TI in Models A and B was 28–59% and 22–73%, respectively.

figure 23
Fig. 23

The effect of bed slope on TI variation is shown in Fig. 24. TI increases in different pool areas as the bed slope increases for a given discharge. For a low bed slope (S0 = 5%), a large pool area has increased from 38 to 63% and from 56 to 71% for low and high discharge, respectively. For a bed slope of S0 = 10%, the average values of TI are 45–67% and 61–73% for low and high discharge, respectively. Therefore, as runoff increases, the area with high TI values within the pool increases. A lower TI is observed for both bottom slopes in the corner of the wall, downstream of the crest walls, and between the side walls in the weir and channel. Figure 25 compares weir spacing with the distribution of TI values within the pool. The TI values are low at low flows and short distances between weirs. A maximum value of TI occurs at long spacing and where the plunging stream impinges on the bed and the area around the bed. TI ranges from 36 to 57%, 58–72%, and 47–76% for the highest flow in a wide pool area for L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83, respectively.

figure 24
Fig. 24
figure 25
Fig. 25

The average value of turbulence intensity (TIave) is plotted against q in Fig. 26. The increase in TI values with the increase in q values is seen in all models. For example, the average values of TI for Models A and B at L/B = 0.61 and slope of 10% increased from 23.9 to 33.5% and from 42 to 51.8%, respectively, with the increase in q from 0.1 to 0.27 m2/s. For a given discharge, a given gradient, and a given spacing of weirs, the TIave is higher in Model B than Model A. The presence of an orifice in the weirs increases the TI values in both types. For example, in Models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and q = 0.1 m2/s, the presence of an orifice increases TIave from 23.9 to 37.1% and from 42 to 48.8%, respectively. For each model, TIave in the pool increases with increasing bed slope. For Model B with q = 0.18 m2/s, TIave increases from 37.5 to 45.8% when you increase the invert slope from 5 to 10%. Increasing the distance between weirs increases the TIave in the pool. In Model B with S0 = 10% and q = 0.3 m2/s, the TIave in the pool increases from 51.8 to 63.7% as the distance between weirs increases from L/B = 0.61 to L/B = 0.183.

figure 26
Fig. 26

3.5 Energy Dissipation

To facilitate the passage of various target species through the pool of fishways, it is necessary to pay attention to the energy dissipation of the flow and to keep the flow velocity in the pool slow. The average volumetric energy dissipation (k) in the pool is calculated using the following basic formula:

�=����0��

(16)

where ρ is the water density, and H is the average water depth of the pool. The change in k versus Q for all models at two bottom slopes, S0 = 5%, and S0 = 10%, is shown in Fig. 27. Like the results of Yagci [8] and Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26], at a constant bottom slope, the energy dissipation in the pool increases with increasing discharge. The trend of change in k as a function of Q from the present study at a bottom gradient of S0 = 5% is also consistent with the results of Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26] for the fishway with rock weir. The only difference between the results is the geometry of the fishway and the combination of boulders instead of a solid wall. Comparison of the models shows that the conventional model has lower energy dissipation than the rectangular labyrinth for a given discharge. Also, increasing the distance between weirs decreases the volumetric energy dissipation for each model with the same bed slope. Increasing the slope of the bottom leads to an increase in volumetric energy dissipation, and an opening in the weir leads to a decrease in volumetric energy dissipation for both models. Therefore, as a guideline for volumetric energy dissipation, if the value within the pool is too high, the increased distance of the weir, the decreased slope of the bed, or the creation of an opening in the weir would decrease the volumetric dissipation rate.

figure 27
Fig. 27

To evaluate the energy dissipation inside the pool, the general method of energy difference in two sections can use:

ε=�1−�2�1

(17)

where ε is the energy dissipation rate, and E1 and E2 are the specific energies in Sects. 1 and 2, respectively. The distance between Sects. 1 and 2 is the same. (L is the distance between two upstream and downstream weirs.) Figure 28 shows the changes in ε relative to q (flow per unit width). The rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B) has a higher energy dissipation rate than the conventional weir (Model A) at a constant bottom gradient. For example, at S0 = 5%, L/B = 0.61, and q = 0.08 m3/s.m, the energy dissipation rate in Model A (conventional weir) was 0.261. In Model B (rectangular labyrinth weir), however, it was 0.338 (22.75% increase). For each model, the energy dissipation rate within the pool increases as the slope of the bottom increases. For Model B with L/B = 1.83 and q = 0.178 m3/s.m, the energy dissipation rate at S0 = 5% and 10% is 0.305 and 0.358, respectively (14.8% increase). Figure 29 shows an orifice’s effect on the pools’ energy dissipation rate. With an orifice in the weir, both models’ energy dissipation rates decreased. Thus, the reduction in energy dissipation rate varied from 7.32 to 9.48% for Model A and from 8.46 to 10.57 for Model B.

figure 28
Fig. 28
figure 29
Fig. 29

4 Discussion

This study consisted of entirely of numerical analysis. Although this study was limited to two weirs, the hydraulic performance and flow characteristics in a pooled fishway are highlighted by the rectangular labyrinth weir and its comparison with the conventional straight weir. The study compared the numerical simulations with laboratory experiments in terms of surface profiles, velocity vectors, and flow characteristics in a fish ladder pool. The results indicate agreement between the numerical and laboratory data, supporting the reliability of the numerical model in capturing the observed phenomena.

When the configuration of the weir changes to a rectangular labyrinth weir, the flow characteristics, the maximum and minimum area, and even the location of each hydraulic parameter change compared to a conventional weir. In the rectangular labyrinth weir, the flow is gradually directed to the sides as it passes the weir. This increases the velocity at the sides of the channel [21]. Therefore, the high-velocity area is located on the sides. In the downstream apex of the weir, the flow velocity is low, and this area may be suitable for swimming target fish. However, no significant change in velocity was observed at the conventional weir within the fish ladder. This resulted in an average increase in TKE of 32% and an average increase in TI of about 17% compared to conventional weirs.

In addition, there is a slight difference in the flow regime for both weir configurations. In addition, the rectangular labyrinth weir has a higher energy dissipation rate for a given discharge and constant bottom slope than the conventional weir. By reducing the distance between the weirs, this becomes even more intense. Finally, the presence of an orifice in both configurations of the weir increased the flow velocity at the orifice and in the middle of the pool, reducing the highest TKE value and increasing the values of TI within the pool of the fish ladder. This resulted in a reduction in volumetric energy dissipation for both weir configurations.

The results of this study will help the reader understand the direct effects of the governing geometric parameters on the hydraulic characteristics of a fishway with a pool and weir. However, due to the limited configurations of the study, further investigation is needed to evaluate the position of the weir’s crest on the flow direction and the difference in flow characteristics when combining boulders instead of a solid wall for this type of labyrinth weir [26]. In addition, hydraulic engineers and biologists must work together to design an effective fishway with rectangular labyrinth configurations. The migration habits of the target species should be considered when designing the most appropriate design [27]. Parametric studies and field observations are recommended to determine the perfect design criteria.

The current study focused on comparing a rectangular labyrinth weir with a conventional straight weir. Further research can explore other weir configurations, such as variations in crest position, different shapes of labyrinth weirs, or the use of boulders instead of solid walls. This would help understand the influence of different geometric parameters on hydraulic characteristics.

5 Conclusions

A new layout of the weir was evaluated, namely a rectangular labyrinth weir compared to a straight weir in a pool and weir system. The differences between the weirs were highlighted, particularly how variations in the geometry of the structures, such as the shape of the weir, the spacing of the weir, the presence of an opening at the weir, and the slope of the bottom, affect the hydraulics within the structures. The main findings of this study are as follows:

  • The calculated dimensionless discharge (Qt*) confirmed three different flow regimes: when the corresponding range of Qt* is smaller than 0.6, the regime of plunging flow occurs for values of L/B = 1.83. (L: distance of the weir; B: channel width). When the corresponding range of Qt* is greater than 0.5, transitional flow occurs at L/B = 1.22. On the other hand, if Qt* is greater than 1, the streaming flow is at values of L/B = 0.61.
  • For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir with the plunging flow, it can be assumed that the discharge (Q) is proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively (h: water depth above the weir). This information is useful for estimating the discharge based on water depth in practical applications.
  • In the rectangular labyrinth weir, the high-velocity zone is located on the side walls between the top of the weir and the channel wall. A high-velocity variation within short distances of the weir. Low velocity occurs within the downstream apex of the weir. This area may be suitable for swimming target fish.
  • As the distance between weirs increased, the zone of maximum velocity increased. However, the zone of low speed decreased. The prevailing maximum velocity for a rectangular labyrinth weir at L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 was 1.46, 1.65, and 1.84 m/s, respectively. The low mean velocities for these distances were 0.27, 0.44, and 0.72 m/s, respectively. This finding highlights the importance of weir spacing in determining the flow characteristics within the fishway.
  • The presence of an orifice in the weir increased the flow velocity at the orifice and in the middle of the pool, especially in a conventional weir. The increase ranged from 7.7 to 12.48%.
  • For a given bottom slope, in a conventional weir, the highest values of turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) are uniformly distributed in the upstream part of the weir in the cross section of the channel. In contrast, for the rectangular labyrinth weir, the highest TKE values were concentrated on the sides of the pool between the crest of the weir and the channel wall. The highest TKE value for the conventional and the rectangular labyrinth weir was 0.224 and 0.278 J/kg, respectively, at the highest bottom slope (S0 = 10%).
  • For a given discharge, bottom slope, and weir spacing, the average values of TI are higher for the rectangular labyrinth weir than for the conventional weir. At the highest discharge, the average range of turbulence intensity (TI) for the conventional and rectangular labyrinth weirs was between 24 and 45% and 15% and 62%, respectively. This reveals that the rectangular labyrinth weir may generate more turbulent flow conditions within the fishway.
  • For a given discharge and constant bottom slope, the rectangular labyrinth weir has a higher energy dissipation rate than the conventional weir (22.75 and 34.86%).
  • Increasing the distance between weirs decreased volumetric energy dissipation. However, increasing the gradient increased volumetric energy dissipation. The presence of an opening in the weir resulted in a decrease in volumetric energy dissipation for both model types.

Availability of data and materials

Data is contained within the article.

References

  1. Katopodis C (1992) Introduction to fishway design, working document. Freshwater Institute, Central Arctic Region
  2. Marriner, B.A.; Baki, A.B.M.; Zhu, D.Z.; Thiem, J.D.; Cooke, S.J.; Katopodis, C.: Field and numerical assessment of turning pool hydraulics in a vertical slot fishway. Ecol. Eng. 63, 88–101 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2013.12.010Article Google Scholar 
  3. Dasineh, M.; Ghaderi, A.; Bagherzadeh, M.; Ahmadi, M.; Kuriqi, A.: Prediction of hydraulic jumps on a triangular bed roughness using numerical modeling and soft computing methods. Mathematics 9, 3135 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  4. Silva, A.T.; Bermúdez, M.; Santos, J.M.; Rabuñal, J.R.; Puertas, J.: Pool-type fishway design for a potamodromous cyprinid in the Iberian Peninsula: the Iberian barbel—synthesis and future directions. Sustainability 12, 3387 (2020). https://doi.org/10.3390/su12083387Article Google Scholar 
  5. Santos, J.M.; Branco, P.; Katopodis, C.; Ferreira, T.; Pinheiro, A.: Retrofitting pool-and-weir fishways to improve passage performance of benthic fishes: effect of boulder density and fishway discharge. Ecol. Eng. 73, 335–344 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2014.09.065Article Google Scholar 
  6. Ead, S.; Katopodis, C.; Sikora, G.; Rajaratnam, N.J.J.: Flow regimes and structure in pool and weir fishways. J. Environ. Eng. Sci. 3, 379–390 (2004)Article Google Scholar 
  7. Guiny, E.; Ervine, D.A.; Armstrong, J.D.: Hydraulic and biological aspects of fish passes for Atlantic salmon. J. Hydraul. Eng. 131, 542–553 (2005)Article Google Scholar 
  8. Yagci, O.: Hydraulic aspects of pool-weir fishways as ecologically friendly water structure. Ecol. Eng. 36, 36–46 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2009.09.007Article Google Scholar 
  9. Dizabadi, S.; Hakim, S.S.; Azimi, A.H.: Discharge characteristics and structure of flow in labyrinth weirs with a downstream pool. Flow Meas. Instrum. 71, 101683 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2019.101683Article Google Scholar 
  10. Kim, J.H.: Hydraulic characteristics by weir type in a pool-weir fishway. Ecol. Eng. 16, 425–433 (2001). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0925-8574(00)00125-7Article Google Scholar 
  11. Zhong, Z.; Ruan, T.; Hu, Y.; Liu, J.; Liu, B.; Xu, W.: Experimental and numerical assessment of hydraulic characteristic of a new semi-frustum weir in the pool-weir fishway. Ecol. Eng. 170, 106362 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2021.106362Article Google Scholar 
  12. Hirt, C.W.; Nichols, B.D.: Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 39, 201–225 (1981). https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5Article Google Scholar 
  13. Roache, P.J.: Perspective: a method for uniform reporting of grid refinement studies. J. Fluids Eng. 1994(116), 405–413 (1994)Article Google Scholar 
  14. Guo, S.; Chen, S.; Huang, X.; Zhang, Y.; Jin, S.: CFD and experimental investigations of drag force on spherical leak detector in pipe flows at high Reynolds number. Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 101(1), 59–80 (2014)Google Scholar 
  15. Ahmadi, M.; Kuriqi, A.; Nezhad, H.M.; Ghaderi, A.; Mohammadi, M.: Innovative configuration of vertical slot fishway to enhance fish swimming conditions. J. Hydrodyn. 34, 917–933 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-022-0071-yArticle Google Scholar 
  16. Ahmadi, M.; Ghaderi, A.; MohammadNezhad, H.; Kuriqi, A.; Di Francesco, S.J.W.: Numerical investigation of hydraulics in a vertical slot fishway with upgraded configurations. Water 13, 2711 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  17. Celik, I.B.; Ghia, U.; Roache, P.J.; Freitas, C.J.J.: Procedure for estimation and reporting of uncertainty due to discretization in CFD applications. J. Fluids Eng. Trans. ASME (2008). https://doi.org/10.1115/1.2960953Article Google Scholar 
  18. Li, S.; Yang, J.; Ansell, A.: Evaluation of pool-type fish passage with labyrinth weirs. Sustainability (2022). https://doi.org/10.3390/su14031098Article Google Scholar 
  19. Ghaderi, A.; Dasineh, M.; Aristodemo, F.; Aricò, C.: Numerical simulations of the flow field of a submerged hydraulic jump over triangular macroroughnesses. Water 13(5), 674 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  20. Branco, P.; Santos, J.M.; Katopodis, C.; Pinheiro, A.; Ferreira, M.T.: Pool-type fishways: two different morpho-ecological cyprinid species facing plunging and streaming flows. PLoS ONE 8, e65089 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0065089Article Google Scholar 
  21. Baki, A.B.M.; Zhu, D.Z.; Harwood, A.; Lewis, A.; Healey, K.: Rock-weir fishway I: flow regimes and hydraulic characteristics. J. Ecohydraulics 2, 122–141 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1080/24705357.2017.1369182Article Google Scholar 
  22. Dizabadi, S.; Azimi, A.H.: Hydraulic and turbulence structure of triangular labyrinth weir-pool fishways. River Res. Appl. 36, 280–295 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1002/rra.3581Article Google Scholar 
  23. Faizal, W.M.; Ghazali, N.N.N.; Khor, C.Y.; Zainon, M.Z.; Ibrahim, N.B.; Razif, R.M.: Turbulent kinetic energy of flow during inhale and exhale to characterize the severity of obstructive sleep apnea patient. Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 136(1), 43–61 (2023)Google Scholar 
  24. Cotel, A.J.; Webb, P.W.; Tritico, H.: Do brown trout choose locations with reduced turbulence? Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 135, 610–619 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1577/T04-196.1Article Google Scholar 
  25. Hargreaves, D.M.; Wright, N.G.: On the use of the k–ε model in commercial CFD software to model the neutral atmospheric boundary layer. J. Wind Eng. Ind. Aerodyn. 95, 355–369 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jweia.2006.08.002Article Google Scholar 
  26. Kupferschmidt, C.; Zhu, D.Z.: Physical modelling of pool and weir fishways with rock weirs. River Res. Appl. 33, 1130–1142 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1002/rra.3157Article Google Scholar 
  27. Romão, F.; Quaresma, A.L.; Santos, J.M.; Amaral, S.D.; Branco, P.; Pinheiro, A.N.: Multislot fishway improves entrance performance and fish transit time over vertical slots. Water (2021). https://doi.org/10.3390/w13030275Article Google Scholar 

Download references

Figura 1 – Mapa de localização da PCH Salto Paraopeba

하천 저수지 물리적 모델의 침적 과정에 대한 전산 유체 역학 모델링(CFD) 기준

Natália Melo da Silva1 1; Jorge Luis Zegarra Tarqui2,Edna Maria de Faria Viana 3

Abstract

저수지 침전은 수력 발전의 지속 가능한 발전을 위한 주요 문제 중 하나이며 브라질에 매우 중요합니다. 브라질의 주요 에너지원은 수력발전소에서 나옵니다. 소규모 수력 발전소(SHP)는 재생 에너지의 보완적 발전을 위한 중요한 대안입니다.

이들의 설계, 건설, 운영 및 재동력을 최적화하기 위해 저수지 내 퇴적물의 유체 역학 및 이동을 연구하는 것이 매우 중요합니다.

3차원 전산유체역학 – CFD 3D 모델링은 복잡한 흐름 문제에 가장 적합한 방법입니다. 제안된 방법은 MG Jeceaba 자치구에 위치한 PCH Salto Paraopeba의 유체 역학 및 퇴적물 이동 현상을 재현하고 평가하는 것을 목표로 하며, 취수구의 완전한 침전으로 인해 작동이 중단되었습니다.

모델의 검증은 미나스제라이스 연방대학교의 수력학 연구 센터(CPH)에 구축된 축소된 물리적 모델의 실험 데이터를 사용하여 수행됩니다.

Abstract: The reservoir silting is one of the main problems for sustainable development in the
generation of hydroelectric energy and it is of great significance for Brazil. The main source of energy
in Brazil comes from hydroelectric power plant. The Small Hydroelectric Power Plant (SHP) are an
important alternative for complementary generation of renewable energy.
Seeking to optimize the design, construction, operation, and repowering of these, it is extremely
important to study the hydrodynamics and transport of sediments in their reservoirs. Threedimensional Computational Fluid Dynamics – CFD 3D modeling is the most appropriate method for
complex flow problems. The proposed method aims to reproduce and evaluate the hydrodynamic and
sediment transport phenomena of the PCH Salto Paraopeba, located in the municipality of Jeceaba,
MG, which stopped working due to the complete silting up of its water intake. The validation of the
model will be done using experimental data from the reduced physical model, built at the Hydraulic
Research Center (CPH) at the Federal University of Minas Gerais.

Keywords

퇴적물 수송, 물리적 모델, 소규모 수력 발전소, Sediment transport, physical model, Small Hydroelectric Power Plant.

Figura 1 – Mapa de localização da PCH Salto Paraopeba
Figura 1 – Mapa de localização da PCH Salto Paraopeba
Figura 2 – PCH Salto Paraopeba e modelo reduzido.
Figura 2 – PCH Salto Paraopeba e modelo reduzido.

REFERÊNCIAS

ALBARELLO, L. “Guia para implantação de pequenas centrais hidrelétricas- PCHs”. Dissertação de Mestrado. Trabalho de Conclusão de Curso de Especialista. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Eficiência Energética Aplicada aos Processos Produtivos. UFSM, Panambi /RS, 2014.

ANEEL, SIGA – Sistema de Informações de Geração da ANEEL. Disponível em: . Acesso em 10 de maio de 2023.

CAMPELLO, B.S.C. “Estudo Da Velocidade de Queda e do Início do Movimento das Partículas de Borracha e Areia”. Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Saneamento, Meio Ambiente e Recursos Hídricos. UFMG, Belo Horizonte /MG, 2017.

CAMPOS, A.S. “A Importância do Coeficiente de Rugosidade de Manning na Avaliação Numérica
do Assoreamento de Reservatórios A Fio D’água”. Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de PósGraduação em Saneamento, Meio Ambiente e Recursos Hídricos. UFMG, Belo Horizonte /MG,
2018.

CARVALHO, N. O. et al. Guia de avaliação de assoreamento de reservatórios, ANEEL, Brasília,
2000.

CARVALHO, N. O. Hidrossedimentologia prática, CPRM, Rio de Janeiro, 1994.

CARVALHO, N. O. Hidrossedimentologia prática, CPRM, Rio de Janeiro, 2008.

EMIG, PCH Salto do Paraopeba. Disponível em: < https://www.cemig.com.br/usina/pch-salto-doparaopeba/>. Acesso em 12 de maio de 2023.

ELETROBRÁS; Instituto de Pesquisas Hidráulicas – IPH. Diagnóstico das Condições sedimentológicas dos Principais Rios Brasileiros. UFRGS, Rio de Janeiro, 1992.

FLOW-3D®. FLOW-3D® 2022R2 – User Manual. Disponível em: < https://users.flow3d.com/flow3d/> FORTUNA, A.O. (2000). Técnicas Computacionais para Dinâmica dos Fluidos – Conceitos Básicos e Aplicações. São Paulo – SP.

GONÇALVES, M.O. “Análise Comparativa Entre Modelo Reduzido e Modelos Computacionais Uni
e Bidimensionais”. Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Engenharia de
Recursos Hídricos e Ambiental. UFRP, Curitiba/PR, 2017.

HILLEBRAND, G.; KLASSEN, I.; OLSEN, N. R. B. (2017). “3D CFD modelling of velocities and
sediment transport in the Iffezheim hydropower reservoir”. Hydrology Research 48 (1), pp. 147–159.
JULIEN, P. Y. (2010). Erosion and sedimentation, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 2nd
edn.

MAHMOOD, K. (1987). Reservoir sedimentation – impact, extent and mitigation. World Bank Tech.
Paper No. 71. Washington, DC.

MIRANDA, R.B. “A influência do assoreamento na geração de energia hidrelétrica: estudo de caso
na Usina de Três Irmãos – SP”. Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Ciências
da Engenharia Ambiental. USP, São Carlos/SP, 2011.

MOHAMMAD, M.E.; AL-ANSARI, N.; KNUTSSON, S.; LAUE, J. (2020). “A Computational
Fluid Dynamics Simulation Model of Sediment Deposition in a Storage Reservoir Subject to Water
Withdrawal”. Water, 12, 959.

OLIVEIRA, M. A.“Repotenciação de pequenas centrais hidrelétricas: Avaliação técnica e
econômica”. Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Engenharia de Energia.
UNIFEI, Itajubá/MG, 2012.

SALIBA, A.P.M. Notas de aula, Modelos fundo móvel, Disciplina Introdução a Modelagem Física
em Engenharia, Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais. Belo Horizonte, 2020.

SOARES, W.S. “Taxa de Assoreamento no Reservatório da Usina Hidrelétrica do Funil, MG”.
Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Tecnologias e Inovações Ambientais.
UFLA, Lavras/MG, 2015.

비선형 파력의 영향에 따른 잔해 언덕 방파제 형상의 효과에 대한 수치 분석

비선형 파력의 영향에 따른 잔해 언덕 방파제 형상의 효과에 대한 수치 분석

Numerical Analysis of the Effects of Rubble Mound Breakwater Geometry Under the Effect of Nonlinear Wave Force

Arabian Journal for Science and EngineeringAims and scopeSubmit manuscript

Cite this article

Abstract

Assessing the interaction of waves and porous offshore structures such as rubble mound breakwaters plays a critical role in designing such structures optimally. This study focused on the effect of the geometric parameters of a sloped rubble mound breakwater, including the shape of the armour, method of its arrangement, and the breakwater slope. Thus, three main design criteria, including the wave reflection coefficient (Kr), transmission coefficient (Kt), and depreciation wave energy coefficient (Kd), are discussed. Based on the results, a decrease in wavelength reduced the Kr and increased the Kt and Kd. The rubble mound breakwater with the Coreloc armour layer could exhibit the lowest Kr compared to other armour geometries. In addition, a decrease in the breakwater slope reduced the Kr and Kd by 3.4 and 1.25%, respectively. In addition, a decrease in the breakwater slope from 33 to 25° increased the wave breaking height by 6.1% on average. Further, a decrease in the breakwater slope reduced the intensity of turbulence depreciation. Finally, the armour geometry and arrangement of armour layers on the breakwater with its different slopes affect the wave behaviour and interaction between the wave and breakwater. Thus, layering on the breakwater and the correct use of the geometric shapes of the armour should be considered when designing such structures.

파도와 잔해 더미 방파제와 같은 다공성 해양 구조물의 상호 작용을 평가하는 것은 이러한 구조물을 최적으로 설계하는 데 중요한 역할을 합니다. 본 연구는 경사진 잔해 둔덕 방파제의 기하학적 매개변수의 효과에 초점을 맞추었는데, 여기에는 갑옷의 형태, 배치 방법, 방파제 경사 등이 포함된다. 따라서 파동 반사 계수(Kr), 투과 계수(Kt) 및 감가상각파 에너지 계수(Kd)에 대해 논의합니다. 결과에 따르면 파장이 감소하면 K가 감소합니다.r그리고 K를 증가시켰습니다t 및 Kd. Coreloc 장갑 층이 있는 잔해 언덕 방파제는 가장 낮은 K를 나타낼 수 있습니다.r 다른 갑옷 형상과 비교했습니다. 또한 방파제 경사가 감소하여 K가 감소했습니다.r 및 Kd 각각 3.4%, 1.25% 증가했다. 또한 방파제 경사가 33°에서 25°로 감소하여 파도 파쇄 높이가 평균 6.1% 증가했습니다. 또한, 방파제 경사의 감소는 난류 감가상각의 강도를 감소시켰다. 마지막으로, 경사가 다른 방파제의 장갑 형상과 장갑 층의 배열은 파도 거동과 파도와 방파제 사이의 상호 작용에 영향을 미칩니다. 따라서 이러한 구조를 설계 할 때 방파제에 층을 쌓고 갑옷의 기하학적 모양을 올바르게 사용하는 것을 고려해야합니다.

Keywords

  • Rubble mound breakwater
  • Computational fluid dynamics
  • Armour layer
  • Wave reflection coefficient
  • Wave transmission coefficient
  • Wave energy dissipation coefficient

References

  1. Sollitt, C.K.; Cross, R.H.: Wave transmission through permeable breakwaters. In Coastal Engineering. pp. 1827–1846. (1973)
  2. Sulisz, W.: Wave reflection and transmission at permeable breakwaters of arbitrary cross-section. Coast. Eng. 9(4), 371–386 (1985)Article  Google Scholar 
  3. Kobayashi, N.; Wurjanto, A.: Numerical model for waves on rough permeable slopes. J. Coast. Res.149–166. (1990)
  4. Wurjanto, A.; Kobayashi, N.: Irregular wave reflection and runup on permeable slopes. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 119(5), 537–557 (1993)Article  Google Scholar 
  5. van Gent, M.R.: Numerical modelling of wave interaction with dynamically stable structures. In Coastal Engineering 1996. pp. 1930–1943. (1997)
  6. Liu, P.L.F.; Wen, J.: Nonlinear diffusive surface waves in porous media. J. Fluid Mech. 347, 119–139 (1997)Article  MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 
  7. Troch, P.; De Rouck, J.: Development of two-dimensional numerical wave flume for wave interaction with rubble mound breakwaters. In Coastal Engineering. pp. 1638–1649. (1999)
  8. Liu, P.L.F.; Lin, P.; Chang, K.A.; Sakakiyama, T.: Numerical modeling of wave interaction with porous structures. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 125(6), 322–330 (1999)Article  Google Scholar 
  9. Abdolmaleki, K.; Thiagarajan, K.P.; Morris-Thomas, M.T.: Simulation of the dam break problem and impact flows using a Navier-Stokes solver. Simulation 13, 17 (2004)Google Scholar 
  10. Higuera, P.; Lara, J.L.; Losada, I.J.: Realistic wave generation and active wave absorption for Navier-Stokes models: application to OpenFOAM®. Coast. Eng. 71, 102–118 (2013)Article  Google Scholar 
  11. Higuera, P.; Lara, J.L.; Losada, I.J.: Three-dimensional interaction of waves and porous coastal structures using OpenFOAM®. Part II: application. Coast. Eng. 83, 259–270 (2014)Article  Google Scholar 
  12. Gui, Q.; Dong, P.; Shao, S.; Chen, Y.: Incompressible SPH simulation of wave interaction with porous structure. Ocean Eng. 110, 126–139 (2015)Article  Google Scholar 
  13. Dentale, F.; Donnarumma, G.; Carratelli, E.P.; Reale, F.: A numerical method to analyze the interaction between sea waves and rubble mound emerged breakwaters. WSEAS Trans. Fluid Mech 10, 106–116 (2015)Google Scholar 
  14. Dentale, F.; Reale, F.; Di Leo, A.; Carratelli, E.P.: A CFD approach to rubble mound breakwater design. Int. J. Naval Archit. Ocean Eng. 10(5), 644–650 (2018)Article  Google Scholar 
  15. Koley, S.: Wave transmission through multilayered porous breakwater under regular and irregular incident waves. Eng. Anal. Bound. Elem. 108, 393–401 (2019)Article  MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 
  16. Koley, S.; Panduranga, K.; Almashan, N.; Neelamani, S.; Al-Ragum, A.: Numerical and experimental modeling of water wave interaction with rubble mound offshore porous breakwaters. Ocean Eng. 218, 108218 (2020)Article  Google Scholar 
  17. Pourteimouri, P.; Hejazi, K.: Development of an integrated numerical model for simulating wave interaction with permeable submerged breakwaters using extended Navier-Stokes equations. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 8(2), 87 (2020)Article  Google Scholar 
  18. Cao, D.; Yuan, J.; Chen, H.: Towards modelling wave-induced forces on an armour layer unit of rubble mound coastal revetments. Ocean Eng. 239, 109811 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  19. Díaz-Carrasco, P.; Eldrup, M.R.; Andersen, T.L.: Advance in wave reflection estimation for rubble mound breakwaters: the importance of the relative water depth. Coast. Eng. 168, 103921 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  20. Vieira, F.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Rosa-Santos, P.: Damage evolution in single-layer cube armoured breakwaters with a regular placement pattern. Coast. Eng. 169, 103943 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  21. Booshi, S.; Ketabdari, M.J.: Modeling of solitary wave interaction with emerged porous breakwater using PLIC-VOF method. Ocean Eng. 241, 110041 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  22. Aristodemo, F.; Filianoti, P.; Tripepi, G.; Gurnari, L.; Ghaderi, A.: On the energy transmission by a submerged barrier interacting with a solitary wave. Appl. Ocean Res. 122, 103123 (2022)Article  Google Scholar 
  23. Teixeira, P.R.; Didier, E.: Numerical analysis of performance of an oscillating water column wave energy converter inserted into a composite breakwater with rubble mound foundation. Ocean Eng. 278, 114421 (2023)Article  Google Scholar 
  24. Burgan, H.I.: Numerical modeling of structural irregularities on unsymmetrical buildings. Tehnički vjesnik 28(3), 856–861 (2021)Google Scholar 
  25. Jones, I.P.: CFDS-Flow3D user guide. (1994)
  26. Al Shaikhli, H.I.; Khassaf, S.I.: Stepped mound breakwater simulation by using flow 3D. Eurasian J. Eng. Technol. 6, 60–68 (2022)Google Scholar 
  27. Hirt, C.W.; Nichols, B.D.: Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 39(1), 201–225 (1981)Article  MATH  Google Scholar 
  28. Ghaderi, A.; Dasineh, M.; Aristodemo, F.; Aricò, C.: Numerical simulations of the flow field of a submerged hydraulic jump over triangular macroroughnesses. Water 13(5), 674 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  29. Yakhot, V.; Orszag, S.A.; Thangam, S.; Gatski, T.B.; Speziale, C.G.: Development of turbulence models for shear flows by a double expansion technique. Phys. Fluids A 4(7), 1510–1520 (1992)Article  MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 
  30. Van der Meer, J.W.; Stam, C.J.M.: Wave runup on smooth and rock slopes of coastal structures. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 118(5), 534–550 (1992)Article  Google Scholar 
  31. Goda, Y.; Suzuki, Y. Estimation of incident and reflected waves in random wave experiments. In: ASCE, Proceedings of 15th International Conference on Coastal Engineering, (Honolulu, Hawaii). vol. 1, pp. 828–845. (1976)
  32. Zanuttigh, B.; Van der Meer, J.W.: Wave reflection from coastal structures. In: AA.VV., Proceedings of the XXX International Conference on Coastal Engineering, World Scientific, (San Diego, CA, USA, September 2006). pp. 4337–4349. (2006)
  33. Seelig W.N.; Ahrens J.P.: Estimation of wave reflection and energy dissipation coefficients for beaches, revetments, and breakwaters. CERC, Technical Paper, Fort Belvoir. vol. 81, p. 41 (1981)
  34. Mase, H.: Random wave runup height on gentle slope. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 115(5), 649–661 (1989)Article  Google Scholar 

FLOW-3D 2024R1 의 새로운 기능

FLOW-3D 2024R1 의 새로운 기능

FLOW-3D 2024R1은 버블 및 상변화 모델의 수정을 통해 제품 및 공정 개발 소프트웨어를 계속 개선하고 있으며, 이를 통해 특히 열 전달 또는 액체-증기 상변화 옵션을 사용할 때 일반적인 설정 오류를 피하면서 더 쉽게 사용할 수 있습니다. 사용자 인터페이스를 재구성하여 액체-증기 상변화 옵션을 고체-액체 상변화 옵션으로 그룹화합니다. 단열 버블 및 열 버블 모델을 통합된 이상 기체 상태 방정식으로 대체하고, 유체 특성 입력을 통합했으며, 상태 방정식을 정의하는 데 사용되는 매개 변수를 제어하는 옵션을 추가했습니다. 이 개발은 엔지니어링 오류의 가능성을 줄이고, 입력을 단순화하며, 상전이 모델에 대한 보다 자연스러운 그룹화를 제공합니다. 두 번째 개발은 새로운 EXODUS II 기반 출력 파일에서 유체-구조 상호작용 및 열 응력 진화 모델을 지원하여 후처리 성능을 크게 향상시킵니다.

FLOW-3D 2023R2 의 새로운 기능

새로운 결과 파일 형식

FLOW-3D POST 2023R2 는 EXODUS II 형식을 기반으로 하는 완전히 새로운 결과 파일 형식을 도입하여 더 빠른 후처리를 가능하게 합니다. 이 새로운 파일 형식은 크고 복잡한 시뮬레이션의 후처리 작업에 소요되는 시간을 크게 줄이는 동시에(평균 최대 5배!) 다른 시각화 도구와의 연결성을 향상시킵니다.

FLOW-3D POST 2023R2 에서 사용자는 이제 selected data를 flsgrf , EXODUS II 둘중 하나 또는 flsgrf 와 EXODUS II 둘다 파일 형식으로 쓸 수 있습니다 . 새로운 EXODUS II 파일 형식은 각 객체에 대해 유한 요소 메쉬를 활용하므로 사용자는 다른 호환 가능한 포스트 프로세서 및 FEA 코드를 사용하여 FLOW-3D 결과를 열 수도 있습니다. 새로운 워크플로우를 통해 사용자는 크고 복잡한 사례를 신속하게 시각화하고 임의 위치에서의 슬라이싱, 볼륨 렌더링 및 통계를 사용하여 추가 정보를 추출할 수 있습니다. 

레이 트레이싱을 이용한 화장품 크림 충전
FLOW-3D POST 의 새로운 EXODUS II 파일 형식으로 채워진 화장품 크림 모델의 향상된 광선 추적 기능의 예

새로운 결과 파일 형식은 솔버 엔진의 성능을 저하시키지 않으면서 flsgrf 에 비해 시각화 작업 흐름에서 놀라운 속도 향상을 자랑합니다. 이 흥미로운 새로운 개발은 결과 분석의 속도와 유연성이 향상되어 원활한 시뮬레이션 경험을 제공합니다. 

FLOW-3D POST 의 새로운 시각화 기능 에 대해 자세히 알아보세요 .

난류 모델 개선

FLOW-3D 2023R2는 two-equation(RANS) 난류 모델에 대한 dynamic mixing length 계산을 크게 개선했습니다. 거의 층류 흐름 체계와 같은 특정 제한 사례에서는 이전 버전의 코드 계산 한계가 때때로 과도하게 예측되어 사용자가 특정 mixing length를 수동으로 입력해야 할 수 있습니다. 

새로운 dynamic mixing length 계산은 이러한 상황에서 난류 길이와 시간 척도를 더 잘 설명합니다. 이제 사용자는 고정된(물리 기반) mixing length를 설정하는 대신 더 넓은 범위의 흐름에 동적 모델을 적용할 수 있습니다.

접촉식 탱크 혼합 시뮬레이션
적절한 고정 mixing length와 비교하여 접촉 탱크의 혼합 시뮬레이션을 위한 기존 동적 mixing length 모델과 새로운 동적 mixing length 모델 간의 비교

정수압 초기화

사용자가 미리 정의된 유체 영역에서 정수압을 초기화해야 하는 경우가 많습니다. 이전에는 대규모의 복잡한 시뮬레이션에서 정수압 솔버의 수렴 속도가 느려지는 경우가 있었습니다. FLOW-3D 2023R2는 정수압 솔버의 성능을 크게 향상시켜 전처리 단계에서 최대 6배 빠르게 수렴할 수 있도록 해줍니다.

압축성 흐름 솔버 성능

FLOW-3D 2023R2는 최적화된 압력 솔버를 도입하여 압축성 흐름 문제에 대해 상당한 성능 향상을 제공합니다. 압축성 제트 흐름의 예에서 2023R2 솔버는 2023R1 버전보다 최대 4배 빠릅니다.

압축성 제트 시뮬레이션
FLOW-3D 의 압축성 제트 시뮬레이션의 예

FLOW-3D 2023R2 의 새로운 기능

FLOW-3D 소프트웨어 제품군의 모든 제품은 2023R2에서 IT 관련 개선 사항을 받았습니다.  FLOW-3D 2023R2은 이제 Windows 11 및 RHEL 8을 지원합니다. Linux 설치 프로그램은 누락된 종속성을 보고하도록 개선되었으며 더 이상 루트 수준 권한이 필요하지 않으므로 설치가 더 쉽고 안전해집니다. 그리고 워크플로우를 자동화한 분들을 위해 입력 파일 변환기에 명령줄 인터페이스를 추가하여 스크립트 환경에서도 워크플로우가 업데이트된 입력 파일로 작동하는지 확인할 수 있습니다.

확장된 PQ 2 분석

제조에 사용되는 유압 시스템은 PQ 2 곡선을 사용하여 모델링할 수 있습니다. 장치의 세부 사항을 건너뛰고 흐름에 미치는 영향을 포함하기 위해 질량 운동량 소스 또는 속도 경계 조건을 사용하여 유압 시스템을 근사화하는 것이 편리하도록 단순화하는 경우가 많습니다. 우리는 기존 PQ 2 분석 모델을 확장하여 이러한 유형의 기하학적 단순화를 허용하면서도 현실적인 결과를 제공했습니다. 이로써 시뮬레이션 시간을 줄이고 모델 복잡성의 감소시킬 수 있습니다.

FLOW-3D 2022R2 의 새로운 기능

FLOW-3D 2022R2 제품군 출시로 Flow Science는 FLOW-3D 의 워크스테이션과 HPC 버전을 통합하여 노드 병렬 고성능 컴퓨팅 실행할 수 있도록 단일 노드 CPU 구성에서 다중 노드에 이르기까지 모든 유형의 하드웨어 아키텍처를 활용할 수 있는 단일 솔버 엔진을 제공합니다. 추가 개발에는 점탄성 흐름을 위한 새로운 로그 형태 텐서 방법, 지속적인 솔버 속도 성능 개선, 고급 냉각 채널 및 팬텀 구성요소 제어, entrained air 기능이 개선되었습니다.

통합 솔버

FLOW-3D 제품을 단일 통합 솔버로 마이그레이션하여 로컬 워크스테이션이나 고성능 컴퓨팅 하드웨어 환경에서 원활하게 실행할 수 있습니다.

많은 사용자가 노트북이나 로컬 워크스테이션에서 모델을 실행하지만, 고성능 컴퓨팅 클러스터에서 더 큰 모델을 실행합니다. 2022R2 릴리스에서는 통합 솔버를 통해 사용자가 HPC 솔루션의 Open MP/MPI 하이브리드 병렬화와 동일한 이점을 활용하여 워크스테이션과 노트북에서 실행할 수 있습니다.

성능 확장의 예
CPU 코어 수 증가에 따른 성능 확장의 예
메쉬 분해의 예
Open MP/MPI 하이브리드 병렬화를 위한 메시 분해의 예

솔버 성능 개선

멀티 소켓 워크스테이션

다중 소켓 워크스테이션은 이제 매우 일반적이며 대규모 시뮬레이션을 실행할 수 있습니다. 새로운 통합 솔버를 사용하면 이러한 유형의 하드웨어를 사용하는 사용자는 일반적으로 HPC 클러스터 구성에서만 사용할 수 있었던 OpenMP/MPI 하이브리드 병렬화를 활용하여 모델을 실행할 수 있어 성능이 향상되는 것을 확인할 수 있습니다.

낮은 수준의 루틴으로 향상된 벡터화 및 메모리 액세스

대부분의 테스트 사례에서 10~20% 정도의 성능 향상이 관찰되었으며 일부 사례에서는 20%를 초과하는 런타임 이점이 나타났습니다.

정제된 체적 대류 안정성 한계

Time step 안정성 한계는 모델 런타임의 주요 요인이며, 2022R2에서는 새로운 time step 안정성 한계인 3D 대류 안정성 한계를 Numerics 탭에서 사용할 수 있습니다. 실행 중이고 대류가 제한된(cx, cy 또는 cz 제한) 모델의 경우 새 옵션은 일반적인 속도 향상을 30% 정도 보여줍니다.

압력 솔버 프리컨디셔너

경우에 따라 까다로운 유동 해석의 경우 과도한 압력 솔버 반복으로 인해 실행 시간이 길어질 수 있습니다. 이러한 어려운 경우 2022R2에서는 모델이 너무 많이 반복되면 FLOW-3D가 자동으로 새로운 프리컨디셔너 기능을 활성화하여 압력 수렴을 돕습니다. 런타임이 1.9~335배 더 빨라졌습니다!

점탄성 유체에 대한 로그 형태 텐서 방법

점탄성 유체에 대한 새로운 솔버 옵션을 사용자가 사용할 수 있으며 특히 높은 Weissenberg 수에 효과적입니다.

점탄성 흐름을 위한 개선된 솔루션
로그 구조 텐서 솔루션을 사용하여 점탄성 흐름에 대한 높은 Weissenberg 수의 개선된 솔루션의 예입니다. 제공: MF Tome 외, J. Non-Newton. Fluid. Mech. 175-176 (2012) 44–54

활성 시뮬레이션 제어 확장

Active simulation 제어 기능이 확장되어 연속 주조 및 적층 제조 응용 분야에 일반적으로 사용되는 팬텀 개체는 물론 주조 및 기타 여러 열 관리 응용 분야에 사용되는 냉각 채널에도 사용됩니다.

팬텀 물체 속도 제어의 예
연속 주조 응용 분야에 대한 가상 물체 속도 제어의 예
동적 열 제어의 예
융합 증착 모델링 애플리케이션을 위한 동적 열 제어의 예
동적 냉각 채널 제어의 예
산업용 탱크 적용을 위한 동적 냉각 채널 제어의 예

향상된 공기 동반 기능

디퓨저 및 이와 유사한 산업용 기포 흐름 응용 분야의 경우 이제 질량 공급원을 사용하여 물기둥에 공기를 유입할 수 있습니다. 또한, 동반된 공기 및 용존 산소의 난류 확산에 대한 기본값이 업데이트되었으며 매우 낮은 공기 농도에 대한 모델 정확도가 향상되었습니다.

디퓨저 모델의 예
디퓨저 모델의 예: 이제 질량 소스를 사용하여 물기둥에 공기를 유입할 수 있습니다.

FLOW-3D 아카이브 의 새로운 기능

FLOW-3D 2022R1 의 새로운 기능

FLOW-3D v12.0 의 새로운 기능

Predicting solid-state phase transformations during metal additive manufacturing: A case study on electron-beam powder bed fusion of Inconel-738

Predicting solid-state phase transformations during metal additive manufacturing: A case study on electron-beam powder bed fusion of Inconel-738

금속 적층 제조 중 고체 상 변형 예측: Inconel-738의 전자빔 분말층 융합에 대한 사례 연구

Nana Kwabena Adomako a, Nima Haghdadi a, James F.L. Dingle bc, Ernst Kozeschnik d, Xiaozhou Liao bc, Simon P. Ringer bc, Sophie Primig a

Abstract

Metal additive manufacturing (AM) has now become the perhaps most desirable technique for producing complex shaped engineering parts. However, to truly take advantage of its capabilities, advanced control of AM microstructures and properties is required, and this is often enabled via modeling. The current work presents a computational modeling approach to studying the solid-state phase transformation kinetics and the microstructural evolution during AM. Our approach combines thermal and thermo-kinetic modelling. A semi-analytical heat transfer model is employed to simulate the thermal history throughout AM builds. Thermal profiles of individual layers are then used as input for the MatCalc thermo-kinetic software. The microstructural evolution (e.g., fractions, morphology, and composition of individual phases) for any region of interest throughout the build is predicted by MatCalc. The simulation is applied to an IN738 part produced by electron beam powder bed fusion to provide insights into how γ′ precipitates evolve during thermal cycling. Our simulations show qualitative agreement with our experimental results in predicting the size distribution of γ′ along the build height, its multimodal size character, as well as the volume fraction of MC carbides. Our findings indicate that our method is suitable for a range of AM processes and alloys, to predict and engineer their microstructures and properties.

Graphical Abstract

ga1

Keywords

Additive manufacturing, Simulation, Thermal cycles, γ′ phase, IN738

1. Introduction

Additive manufacturing (AM) is an advanced manufacturing method that enables engineering parts with intricate shapes to be fabricated with high efficiency and minimal materials waste. AM involves building up 3D components layer-by-layer from feedstocks such as powder [1]. Various alloys, including steel, Ti, Al, and Ni-based superalloys, have been produced using different AM techniques. These techniques include directed energy deposition (DED), electron- and laser powder bed fusion (E-PBF and L-PBF), and have found applications in a variety of industries such as aerospace and power generation [2][3][4]. Despite the growing interest, certain challenges limit broader applications of AM fabricated components in these industries and others. One of such limitations is obtaining a suitable and reproducible microstructure that offers the desired mechanical properties consistently. In fact, the AM as-built microstructure is highly complex and considerably distinctive from its conventionally processed counterparts owing to the complicated thermal cycles arising from the deposition of several layers upon each other [5][6].

Several studies have reported that the solid-state phases and solidification microstructure of AM processed alloys such as CMSX-4, CoCr [7][8], Ti-6Al-4V [9][10][11]IN738 [6]304L stainless steel [12], and IN718 [13][14] exhibit considerable variations along the build direction. For instance, references [9][10] have reported that there is a variation in the distribution of α and β phases along the build direction in Ti-alloys. Similarly, the microstructure of an L-PBF fabricated martensitic steel exhibits variations in the fraction of martensite [15]. Furthermore, some of the present authors and others [6][16][17][18][19][20] have recently reviewed and reported that there is a difference in the morphology and fraction of nanoscale precipitates as a function of build height in Ni-based superalloys. These non-uniformities in the as-built microstructure result in an undesired heterogeneity in mechanical and other important properties such as corrosion and oxidation [19][21][22][23]. To obtain the desired microstructure and properties, additional processing treatments are utilized, but this incurs extra costs and may lead to precipitation of detrimental phases and grain coarsening. Therefore, a through-process understanding of the microstructure evolution under repeated heating and cooling is now needed to further advance 3D printed microstructure and property control.

It is now commonly understood that the microstructure evolution during printing is complex, and most AM studies concentrate on the microstructure and mechanical properties of the final build only. Post-printing studies of microstructure characteristics at room temperature miss crucial information on how they evolve. In-situ measurements and modelling approaches are required to better understand the complex microstructural evolution under repeated heating and cooling. Most in-situ measurements in AM focus on monitoring the microstructural changes, such as phase transformations and melt pool dynamics during fabrication using X-ray scattering and high-speed X-ray imaging [24][25][26][27]. For example, Zhao et al. [25] measured the rate of solidification and described the α/β phase transformation during L-PBF of Ti-6Al-4V in-situ. Also, Wahlmann et al. [21] recently used an L-PBF machine coupled with X-ray scattering to investigate the changes in CMSX-4 phase during successive melting processes. Although these techniques provide significant understanding of the basic principles of AM, they are not widely accessible. This is due to the great cost of the instrument, competitive application process, and complexities in terms of the experimental set-up, data collection, and analysis [26][28].

Computational modeling techniques are promising and more widely accessible tools that enable advanced understanding, prediction, and engineering of microstructures and properties during AM. So far, the majority of computational studies have concentrated on physics based process models for metal AM, with the goal of predicting the temperature profile, heat transfer, powder dynamics, and defect formation (e.g., porosity) [29][30]. In recent times, there have been efforts in modeling of the AM microstructure evolution using approaches such as phase-field [31], Monte Carlo (MC) [32], and cellular automata (CA) [33], coupled with finite element simulations for temperature profiles. However, these techniques are often restricted to simulating the evolution of solidification microstructures (e.g., grain and dendrite structure) and defects (e.g., porosity). For example, Zinovieva et al. [33] predicted the grain structure of L-PBF Ti-6Al-4V using finite difference and cellular automata methods. However, studies on the computational modelling of the solid-state phase transformations, which largely determine the resulting properties, remain limited. This can be attributed to the multi-component and multi-phase nature of most engineering alloys in AM, along with the complex transformation kinetics during thermal cycling. This kind of research involves predictions of the thermal cycle in AM builds, and connecting it to essential thermodynamic and kinetic data as inputs for the model. Based on the information provided, the thermokinetic model predicts the history of solid-state phase microstructure evolution during deposition as output. For example, a multi-phase, multi-component mean-field model has been developed to simulate the intermetallic precipitation kinetics in IN718 [34] and IN625 [35] during AM. Also, Basoalto et al. [36] employed a computational framework to examine the contrasting distributions of process-induced microvoids and precipitates in two Ni-based superalloys, namely IN718 and CM247LC. Furthermore, McNamara et al. [37] established a computational model based on the Johnson-Mehl-Avrami model for non-isothermal conditions to predict solid-state phase transformation kinetics in L-PBF IN718 and DED Ti-6Al-4V. These models successfully predicted the size and volume fraction of individual phases and captured the repeated nucleation and dissolution of precipitates that occur during AM.

In the current study, we propose a modeling approach with appreciably short computational time to investigate the detailed microstructural evolution during metal AM. This may include obtaining more detailed information on the morphologies of phases, such as size distribution, phase fraction, dissolution and nucleation kinetics, as well as chemistry during thermal cycling and final cooling to room temperature. We utilize the combination of the MatCalc thermo-kinetic simulator and a semi-analytical heat conduction model. MatCalc is a software suite for simulation of phase transformations, microstructure evolution and certain mechanical properties in engineering alloys. It has successfully been employed to simulate solid-state phase transformations in Ni-based superalloys [38][39], steels [40], and Al alloys [41] during complex thermo-mechanical processes. MatCalc uses the classical nucleation theory as well as the so-called Svoboda-Fischer-Fratzl-Kozeschnik (SFFK) growth model as the basis for simulating precipitation kinetics [42]. Although MatCalc was originally developed for conventional thermo-mechanical processes, we will show that it is also applicable for AM if the detailed time-temperature profile of the AM build is known. The semi-analytical heat transfer code developed by Stump and Plotkowski [43] is used to simulate these profile throughout the AM build.

1.1. Application to IN738

Inconel-738 (IN738) is a precipitation hardening Ni-based superalloy mainly employed in high-temperature components, e.g. in gas turbines and aero-engines owing to its exceptional mechanical properties at temperatures up to 980 °C, coupled with high resistance to oxidation and corrosion [44]. Its superior high-temperature strength (∼1090 MPa tensile strength) is provided by the L12 ordered Ni3(Al,Ti) γ′ phase that precipitates in a face-centered cubic (FCC) γ matrix [45][46]. Despite offering great properties, IN738, like most superalloys with high γ′ fractions, is challenging to process owing to its propensity to hot cracking [47][48]. Further, machining of such alloys is challenging because of their high strength and work-hardening rates. It is therefore difficult to fabricate complex INC738 parts using traditional manufacturing techniques like casting, welding, and forging.

The emergence of AM has now made it possible to fabricate such parts from IN738 and other superalloys. Some of the current authors’ recent research successfully applied E-PBF to fabricate defect-free IN738 containing γ′ throughout the build [16][17]. The precipitated γ′ were heterogeneously distributed. In particular, Haghdadi et al. [16] studied the origin of the multimodal size distribution of γ′, while Lim et al. [17] investigated the gradient in γ′ character with build height and its correlation to mechanical properties. Based on these results, the present study aims to extend the understanding of the complex and site-specific microstructural evolution in E-PBF IN738 by using a computational modelling approach. New experimental evidence (e.g., micrographs not published previously) is presented here to support the computational results.

2. Materials and Methods

2.1. Materials preparation

IN738 Ni-based superalloy (59.61Ni-8.48Co-7.00Al-17.47Cr-3.96Ti-1.01Mo-0.81W-0.56Ta-0.49Nb-0.47C-0.09Zr-0.05B, at%) gas-atomized powder was used as feedstock. The powders, with average size of 60 ± 7 µm, were manufactured by Praxair and distributed by Astro Alloys Inc. An Arcam Q10 machine by GE Additive with an acceleration voltage of 60 kV was used to fabricate a 15 × 15 × 25 mm3 block (XYZ, Z: build direction) on a 316 stainless steel substrate. The block was 3D-printed using a ‘random’ spot melt pattern. The random spot melt pattern involves randomly selecting points in any given layer, with an equal chance of each point being melted. Each spot melt experienced a dwell time of 0.3 ms, and the layer thickness was 50 µm. Some of the current authors have previously characterized the microstructure of the very same and similar builds in more detail [16][17]. A preheat temperature of ∼1000 °C was set and kept during printing to reduce temperature gradients and, in turn, thermal stresses [49][50][51]. Following printing, the build was separated from the substrate through electrical discharge machining. It should be noted that this sample was simultaneously printed with the one used in [17] during the same build process and on the same build plate, under identical conditions.

2.2. Microstructural characterization

The printed sample was longitudinally cut in the direction of the build using a Struers Accutom-50, ground, and then polished to 0.25 µm suspension via standard techniques. The polished x-z surface was electropolished and etched using Struers A2 solution (perchloric acid in ethanol). Specimens for image analysis were polished using a 0.06 µm colloidal silica. Microstructure analyses were carried out across the height of the build using optical microscopy (OM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM) with focus on the microstructure evolution (γ′ precipitates) in individual layers. The position of each layer being analyzed was determined by multiplying the layer number by the layer thickness (50 µm). It should be noted that the position of the first layer starts where the thermal profile is tracked (in this case, 2 mm from the bottom). SEM images were acquired using a JEOL 7001 field emission microscope. The brightness and contrast settings, acceleration voltage of 15 kV, working distance of 10 mm, and other SEM imaging parameters were all held constant for analysis of the entire build. The ImageJ software was used for automated image analysis to determine the phase fraction and size of γ′ precipitates and carbides. A 2-pixel radius Gaussian blur, following a greyscale thresholding and watershed segmentation was used [52]. Primary γ′ sizes (>50 nm), were measured using equivalent spherical diameters. The phase fractions were considered equal to the measured area fraction. Secondary γ′ particles (<50 nm) were not considered here. The γ′ size in the following refers to the diameter of a precipitate.

2.3. Hardness testing

A Struers DuraScan tester was utilized for Vickers hardness mapping on a polished x-z surface, from top to bottom under a maximum load of 100 mN and 10 s dwell time. 30 micro-indentations were performed per row. According to the ASTM standard [53], the indentations were sufficiently distant (∼500 µm) to assure that strain-hardened areas did not interfere with one another.

2.4. Computational simulation of E-PBF IN738 build

2.4.1. Thermal profile modeling

The thermal history was generated using the semi-analytical heat transfer code (also known as the 3DThesis code) developed by Stump and Plotkowski [43]. This code is an open-source C++ program which provides a way to quickly simulate the conductive heat transfer found in welding and AM. The key use case for the code is the simulation of larger domains than is practicable with Computational Fluid Dynamics/Finite Element Analysis programs like FLOW-3D AM. Although simulating conductive heat transfer will not be an appropriate simplification for some investigations (for example the modelling of keyholding or pore formation), the 3DThesis code does provide fast estimates of temperature, thermal gradient, and solidification rate which can be useful for elucidating microstructure formation across entire layers of an AM build. The mathematics involved in the code is as follows:

In transient thermal conduction during welding and AM, with uniform and constant thermophysical properties and without considering fluid convection and latent heat effects, energy conservation can be expressed as:(1)��∂�∂�=�∇2�+�̇where � is density, � specific heat, � temperature, � time, � thermal conductivity, and �̇ a volumetric heat source. By assuming a semi-infinite domain, Eq. 1 can be analytically solved. The solution for temperature at a given time (t) using a volumetric Gaussian heat source is presented as:(2)��,�,�,�−�0=33�����32∫0�1������exp−3�′�′2��+�′�′2��+�′�′2����′(3)and��=12��−�′+��2for�=�,�,�(4)and�′�′=�−���′Where � is the vector �,�,� and �� is the location of the heat source.

The numerical integration scheme used is an adaptive Gaussian quadrature method based on the following nondimensionalization:(5)�=��xy2�,�′=��xy2�′,�=��xy,�=��xy,�=��xy,�=���xy

A more detailed explanation of the mathematics can be found in reference [43].

The main source of the thermal cycling present within a powder-bed fusion process is the fusion of subsequent layers. Therefore, regions near the top of a build are expected to undergo fewer thermal cycles than those closer to the bottom. For this purpose, data from the single scan’s thermal influence on multiple layers was spliced to represent the thermal cycles experienced at a single location caused by multiple subsequent layers being fused.

The cross-sectional area simulated by this model was kept constant at 1 × 1 mm2, and the depth was dependent on the build location modelled with MatCalc. For a build location 2 mm from the bottom, the maximum number of layers to simulate is 460. Fig. 1a shows a stitched overview OM image of the entire build indicating the region where this thermal cycle is simulated and tracked. To increase similarity with the conditions of the physical build, each thermal history was constructed from the results of two simulations generated with different versions of a random scan path. The parameters used for these thermal simulations can be found in Table 1. It should be noted that the main purpose of the thermal profile modelling was to demonstrate how the conditions at different locations of the build change relative to each other. Accurately predicting the absolute temperature during the build would require validation via a temperature sensor measurement during the build process which is beyond the scope of the study. Nonetheless, to establish the viability of the heat source as a suitable approximation for this study, an additional sensitivity analysis was conducted. This analysis focused on the influence of energy input on γ′ precipitation behavior, the central aim of this paper. This was achieved by employing varying beam absorption energies (0.76, 0.82 – the values utilized in the simulation, and 0.9). The direct impact of beam absorption efficiency on energy input into the material was investigated. Specifically, the initial 20 layers of the build were simulated and subsequently compared to experimental data derived from SEM. While phase fractions were found to be consistent across all conditions, disparities emerged in the mean size of γ′ precipitates. An absorption efficiency of 0.76 yielded a mean size of approximately 70 nm. Conversely, absorption efficiencies of 0.82 and 0.9 exhibited remarkably similar mean sizes of around 130 nm, aligning closely with the outcomes of the experiments.

Fig. 1

Table 1. A list of parameters used in thermal simulation of E-PBF.

ParameterValue
Spatial resolution5 µm
Time step0.5 s
Beam diameter200 µm
Beam penetration depth1 µm
Beam power1200 W
Beam absorption efficiency0.82
Thermal conductivity25.37 W/(m⋅K)
Chamber temperature1000 °C
Specific heat711.756 J/(kg⋅K)
Density8110 kg/m3

2.4.2. Thermo-kinetic simulation

The numerical analyses of the evolution of precipitates was performed using MatCalc version 6.04 (rel 0.011). The thermodynamic (‘mc_ni.tdb’, version 2.034) and diffusion (‘mc_ni.ddb’, version 2.007) databases were used. MatCalc’s basic principles are elaborated as follows:

The nucleation kinetics of precipitates are computed using a computational technique based on a classical nucleation theory [54] that has been modified for systems with multiple components [42][55]. Accordingly, the transient nucleation rate (�), which expresses the rate at which nuclei are formed per unit volume and time, is calculated as:(6)�=�0��*∙�xp−�*�∙�∙exp−��where �0 denotes the number of active nucleation sites, �* the rate of atomic attachment, � the Boltzmann constant, � the temperature, �* the critical energy for nucleus formation, τ the incubation time, and t the time. � (Zeldovich factor) takes into consideration that thermal excitation destabilizes the nucleus as opposed to its inactive state [54]. Z is defined as follows:(7)�=−12�kT∂2∆�∂�2�*12where ∆� is the overall change in free energy due to the formation of a nucleus and n is the nucleus’ number of atoms. ∆�’s derivative is evaluated at n* (critical nucleus size). �* accounts for the long-range diffusion of atoms required for nucleation, provided that the matrix’ and precipitates’ composition differ. Svoboda et al. [42] developed an appropriate multi-component equation for �*, which is given by:(8)�*=4��*2�4�∑�=1��ki−�0�2�0��0�−1where �* denotes the critical radius for nucleation, � represents atomic distance, and � is the molar volume. �ki and �0� represent the concentration of elements in the precipitate and matrix, respectively. The parameter �0� denotes the rate of diffusion of the ith element within the matrix. The expression for the incubation time � is expressed as [54]:(9)�=12�*�2

and �*, which represents the critical energy for nucleation:(10)�*=16�3�3∆�vol2where � is the interfacial energy, and ∆Gvol the change in the volume free energy. The critical nucleus’ composition is similar to the γ′ phase’s equilibrium composition at the same temperature. � is computed based on the precipitate and matrix compositions, using a generalized nearest neighbor broken bond model, with the assumption of interfaces being planar, sharp, and coherent [56][57][58].

In Eq. 7, it is worth noting that �* represents the fundamental variable in the nucleation theory. It contains �3/∆�vol2 and is in the exponent of the nucleation rate. Therefore, even small variations in γ and/or ∆�vol can result in notable changes in �, especially if �* is in the order of �∙�. This is demonstrated in [38] for UDIMET 720 Li during continuous cooling, where these quantities change steadily during precipitation due to their dependence on matrix’ and precipitate’s temperature and composition. In the current work, these changes will be even more significant as the system is exposed to multiple cycles of rapid cooling and heating.

Once nucleated, the growth of a precipitate is assessed using the radius and composition evolution equations developed by Svoboda et al. [42] with a mean-field method that employs the thermodynamic extremal principle. The expression for the total Gibbs free energy of a thermodynamic system G, which consists of n components and m precipitates, is given as follows:(11)�=∑���0��0�+∑�=1�4���33��+∑�=1��ki�ki+∑�=1�4���2��.

The chemical potential of component � in the matrix is denoted as �0�(�=1,…,�), while the chemical potential of component � in the precipitate is represented by �ki(�=1,…,�,�=1,…,�). These chemical potentials are defined as functions of the concentrations �ki(�=1,…,�,�=1,…,�). The interface energy density is denoted as �, and �� incorporates the effects of elastic energy and plastic work resulting from the volume change of each precipitate.

Eq. (12) establishes that the total free energy of the system in its current state relies on the independent state variables: the sizes (radii) of the precipitates �� and the concentrations of each component �ki. The remaining variables can be determined by applying the law of mass conservation to each component �. This can be represented by the equation:(12)��=�0�+∑�=1�4���33�ki,

Furthermore, the global mass conservation can be expressed by equation:(13)�=∑�=1���When a thermodynamic system transitions to a more stable state, the energy difference between the initial and final stages is dissipated. This model considers three distinct forms of dissipation effects [42]. These include dissipations caused by the movement of interfaces, diffusion within the precipitate and diffusion within the matrix.

Consequently, �̇� (growth rate) and �̇ki (chemical composition’s rate of change) of the precipitate with index � are derived from the linear system of equation system:(14)�ij��=��where �� symbolizes the rates �̇� and �̇ki [42]. Index i contains variables for precipitate radius, chemical composition, and stoichiometric boundary conditions suggested by the precipitate’s crystal structure. Eq. (10) is computed separately for every precipitate �. For a more detailed description of the formulae for the coefficients �ij and �� employed in this work please refer to [59].

The MatCalc software was used to perform the numerical time integration of �̇� and �̇ki of precipitates based on the classical numerical method by Kampmann and Wagner [60]. Detailed information on this method can be found in [61]. Using this computational method, calculations for E-PBF thermal cycles (cyclic heating and cooling) were computed and compared to experimental data. The simulation took approximately 2–4 hrs to complete on a standard laptop.

3. Results

3.1. Microstructure

Fig. 1 displays a stitched overview image and selected SEM micrographs of various γ′ morphologies and carbides after observations of the X-Z surface of the build from the top to 2 mm above the bottom. Fig. 2 depicts a graph that charts the average size and phase fraction of the primary γ′, as it changes with distance from the top to the bottom of the build. The SEM micrographs show widespread primary γ′ precipitation throughout the entire build, with the size increasing in the top to bottom direction. Particularly, at the topmost height, representing the 460th layer (Z = 22.95 mm), as seen in Fig. 1b, the average size of γ′ is 110 ± 4 nm, exhibiting spherical shapes. This is representative of the microstructure after it solidifies and cools to room temperature, without experiencing additional thermal cycles. The γ′ size slightly increases to 147 ± 6 nm below this layer and remains constant until 0.4 mm (∼453rd layer) from the top. At this position, the microstructure still closely resembles that of the 460th layer. After the 453rd layer, the γ′ size grows rapidly to ∼503 ± 19 nm until reaching the 437th layer (1.2 mm from top). The γ′ particles here have a cuboidal shape, and a small fraction is coarser than 600 nm. γ′ continue to grow steadily from this position to the bottom (23 mm from the top). A small fraction of γ′ is > 800 nm.

Fig. 2

Besides primary γ′, secondary γ′ with sizes ranging from 5 to 50 nm were also found. These secondary γ′ precipitates, as seen in Fig. 1f, were present only in the bottom and middle regions. A detailed analysis of the multimodal size distribution of γ′ can be found in [16]. There is no significant variation in the phase fraction of the γ′ along the build. The phase fraction is ∼ 52%, as displayed in Fig. 2. It is worth mentioning that the total phase fraction of γ′ was estimated based on the primary γ′ phase fraction because of the small size of secondary γ′. Spherical MC carbides with sizes ranging from 50 to 400 nm and a phase fraction of 0.8% were also observed throughout the build. The carbides are the light grey precipitates in Fig. 1g. The light grey shade of carbides in the SEM images is due to their composition and crystal structure [52]. These carbides are not visible in Fig. 1b-e because they were dissolved during electro-etching carried out after electropolishing. In Fig. 1g, however, the sample was examined directly after electropolishing, without electro-etching.

Table 2 shows the nominal and measured composition of γ′ precipitates throughout the build by atom probe microscopy as determined in our previous study [17]. No build height-dependent composition difference was observed in either of the γ′ precipitate populations. However, there was a slight disparity between the composition of primary and secondary γ′. Among the main γ′ forming elements, the primary γ′ has a high Ti concentration while secondary γ′ has a high Al concentration. A detailed description of the atom distribution maps and the proxigrams of the constituent elements of γ′ throughout the build can be found in [17].

Table 2. Bulk IN738 composition determined using inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES). Compositions of γ, primary γ′, and secondary γ′ at various locations in the build measured by APT. This information is reproduced from data in Ref. [17] with permission.

at%NiCrCoAlMoWTiNbCBZrTaOthers
Bulk59.1217.478.487.001.010.813.960.490.470.050.090.560.46
γ matrix
Top50.4832.9111.591.941.390.820.440.80.030.030.020.24
Mid50.3732.6111.931.791.540.890.440.10.030.020.020.010.23
Bot48.1034.5712.082.141.430.880.480.080.040.030.010.12
Primary γ′
Top72.172.513.4412.710.250.397.780.560.030.020.050.08
Mid71.602.573.2813.550.420.687.040.730.010.030.040.04
Bot72.342.473.8612.500.260.447.460.500.050.020.020.030.04
Secondary γ′
Mid70.424.203.2314.190.631.035.340.790.030.040.040.05
Bot69.914.063.6814.320.811.045.220.650.050.100.020.11

3.2. Hardness

Fig. 3a shows the Vickers hardness mapping performed along the entire X-Z surface, while Fig. 3b shows the plot of average hardness at different build heights. This hardness distribution is consistent with the γ′ precipitate size gradient across the build direction in Fig. 1Fig. 2. The maximum hardness of ∼530 HV1 is found at ∼0.5 mm away from the top surface (Z = 22.5), where γ′ particles exhibit the smallest observed size in Fig. 2b. Further down the build (∼ 2 mm from the top), the hardness drops to the 440–490 HV1 range. This represents the region where γ′ begins to coarsen. The hardness drops further to 380–430 HV1 at the bottom of the build.

Fig. 3

3.3. Modeling of the microstructural evolution during E-PBF

3.3.1. Thermal profile modeling

Fig. 4 shows the simulated thermal profile of the E-PBF build at a location of 23 mm from the top of the build, using a semi-analytical heat conduction model. This profile consists of the time taken to deposit 460 layers until final cooling, as shown in Fig. 4a. Fig. 4b-d show the magnified regions of Fig. 4a and reveal the first 20 layers from the top, a single layer (first layer from the top), and the time taken for the build to cool after the last layer deposition, respectively.

Fig. 4

The peak temperatures experienced by previous layers decrease progressively as the number of layers increases but never fall below the build preheat temperature (1000 °C). Our simulated thermal cycle may not completely capture the complexity of the actual thermal cycle utilized in the E-PBF build. For instance, the top layer (Fig. 4c), also representing the first deposit’s thermal profile without additional cycles (from powder heating, melting, to solidification), recorded the highest peak temperature of 1390 °C. Although this temperature is above the melting range of the alloy (1230–1360 °C) [62], we believe a much higher temperature was produced by the electron beam to melt the powder. Nevertheless, the solidification temperature and dynamics are outside the scope of this study as our focus is on the solid-state phase transformations during deposition. It takes ∼25 s for each layer to be deposited and cooled to the build temperature. The interlayer dwell time is 125 s. The time taken for the build to cool to room temperature (RT) after final layer deposition is ∼4.7 hrs (17,000 s).

3.3.2. MatCalc simulation

During the MatCalc simulation, the matrix phase is defined as γ. γ′, and MC carbide are included as possible precipitates. The domain of these precipitates is set to be the matrix (γ), and nucleation is assumed to be homogenous. In homogeneous nucleation, all atoms of the unit volume are assumed to be potential nucleation sitesTable 3 shows the computational parameters used in the simulation. All other parameters were set at default values as recommended in the version 6.04.0011 of MatCalc. The values for the interfacial energies are automatically calculated according to the generalized nearest neighbor broken bond model and is one of the most outstanding features in MatCalc [56][57][58]. It should be noted that the elastic misfit strain was not included in the calculation. The output of MatCalc includes phase fraction, size, nucleation rate, and composition of the precipitates. The phase fraction in MatCalc is the volume fraction. Although the experimental phase fraction is the measured area fraction, it is relatively similar to the volume fraction. This is because of the generally larger precipitate size and similar morphology at the various locations along the build [63]. A reliable phase fraction comparison between experiment and simulation can therefore be made.

Table 3. Computational parameters used in the simulation.

Precipitation domainγ
Nucleation site γ′Bulk (homogenous)
Nucleation site MC carbideBulk (Homogenous)
Precipitates class size250
Regular solution critical temperature γ′2500 K[64]
Calculated interfacial energyγ′ = 0.080–0.140 J/m2 and MC carbide = 0.410–0.430 J/m2
3.3.2.1. Precipitate phase fraction

Fig. 5a shows the simulated phase fraction of γ′ and MC carbide during thermal cycling. Fig. 5b is a magnified view of 5a showing the simulated phase fraction at the center points of the top 70 layers, whereas Fig. 5c corresponds to the first two layers from the top. As mentioned earlier, the top layer (460th layer) represents the microstructure after solidification. The microstructure of the layers below is determined by the number of thermal cycles, which increases with distance to the top. For example, layers 459, 458, 457, up to layer 1 (region of interest) experience 1, 2, 3 and 459 thermal cycles, respectively. In the top layer in Fig. 5c, the volume fraction of γ′ and carbides increases with temperature. For γ′, it decreases to zero when the temperature is above the solvus temperature after a few seconds. Carbides, however, remain constant in their volume fraction reaching equilibrium (phase fraction ∼ 0.9%) in a short time. The topmost layer can be compared to the first deposit, and the peak in temperature symbolizes the stage where the electron beam heats the powder until melting. This means γ′ and carbide precipitation might have started in the powder particles during heating from the build temperature and electron beam until the onset of melting, where γ′ dissolves, but carbides remain stable [28].

Fig. 5

During cooling after deposition, γ′ reprecipitates at a temperature of 1085 °C, which is below its solvus temperature. As cooling progresses, the phase fraction increases steadily to ∼27% and remains constant at 1000 °C (elevated build temperature). The calculated equilibrium fraction of phases by MatCalc is used to show the complex precipitation characteristics in this alloy. Fig. 6 shows that MC carbides form during solidification at 1320 °C, followed by γ′, which precipitate when the solidified layer cools to 1140 °C. This indicates that all deposited layers might contain a negligible amount of these precipitates before subsequent layer deposition, while being at the 1000 °C build temperature or during cooling to RT. The phase diagram also shows that the equilibrium fraction of the γ′ increases as temperature decreases. For instance, at 1000, 900, and 800 °C, the phase fractions are ∼30%, 38%, and 42%, respectively.

Fig. 6

Deposition of subsequent layers causes previous layers to undergo phase transformations as they are exposed to several thermal cycles with different peak temperatures. In Fig. 5c, as the subsequent layer is being deposited, γ′ in the previous layer (459th layer) begins to dissolve as the temperature crosses the solvus temperature. This is witnessed by the reduction of the γ′ phase fraction. This graph also shows how this phase dissolves during heating. However, the phase fraction of MC carbide remains stable at high temperatures and no dissolution is seen during thermal cycling. Upon cooling, the γ′ that was dissolved during heating reprecipitates with a surge in the phase fraction until 1000 °C, after which it remains constant. This microstructure is similar to the solidification microstructure (layer 460), with a similar γ′ phase fraction (∼27%).

The complete dissolution and reprecipitation of γ′ continue for several cycles until the 50th layer from the top (layer 411), where the phase fraction does not reach zero during heating to the peak temperature (see Fig. 5d). This indicates the ‘partial’ dissolution of γ′, which continues progressively with additional layers. It should be noted that the peak temperatures for layers that underwent complete dissolution were much higher (1170–1300 °C) than the γ′ solvus.

The dissolution and reprecipitation of γ′ during thermal cycling are further confirmed in Fig. 7, which summarizes the nucleation rate, phase fraction, and concentration of major elements that form γ′ in the matrix. Fig. 7b magnifies a single layer (3rd layer from top) within the full dissolution region in Fig. 7a to help identify the nucleation and growth mechanisms. From Fig. 7b, γ′ nucleation begins during cooling whereby the nucleation rate increases to reach a maximum value of approximately 1 × 1020 m−3s−1. This fast kinetics implies that some rearrangement of atoms is required for γ′ precipitates to form in the matrix [65][66]. The matrix at this stage is in a non-equilibrium condition. Its composition is similar to the nominal composition and remains unchanged. The phase fraction remains insignificant at this stage although nucleation has started. The nucleation rate starts declining upon reaching the peak value. Simultaneously, diffusion-controlled growth of existing nuclei occurs, depleting the matrix of γ′ forming elements (Al and Ti). Thus, from (7)(11), ∆�vol continuously decreases until nucleation ceases. The growth of nuclei is witnessed by the increase in phase fraction until a constant level is reached at 27% upon cooling to and holding at build temperature. This nucleation event is repeated several times.

Fig. 7

At the onset of partial dissolution, the nucleation rate jumps to 1 × 1021 m−3s−1, and then reduces sharply at the middle stage of partial dissolution. The nucleation rate reaches 0 at a later stage. Supplementary Fig. S1 shows a magnified view of the nucleation rate, phase fraction, and thermal profile, underpinning this trend. The jump in nucleation rate at the onset is followed by a progressive reduction in the solute content of the matrix. The peak temperatures (∼1130–1160 °C) are lower than those in complete dissolution regions but still above or close to the γ′ solvus. The maximum phase fraction (∼27%) is similar to that of the complete dissolution regions. At the middle stage, the reduction in nucleation rate is accompanied by a sharp drop in the matrix composition. The γ′ fraction drops to ∼24%, where the peak temperatures of the layers are just below or at γ′ solvus. The phase fraction then increases progressively through the later stage of partial dissolution to ∼30% towards the end of thermal cycling. The matrix solute content continues to drop although no nucleation event is seen. The peak temperatures are then far below the γ′ solvus. It should be noted that the matrix concentration after complete dissolution remains constant. Upon cooling to RT after final layer deposition, the nucleation rate increases again, indicating new nucleation events. The phase fraction reaches ∼40%, with a further depletion of the matrix in major γ′ forming elements.

3.3.2.2. γ′ size distribution

Fig. 8 shows histograms of the γ′ precipitate size distributions (PSD) along the build height during deposition. These PSDs are predicted at the end of each layer of interest just before final cooling to room temperature, to separate the role of thermal cycles from final cooling on the evolution of γ′. The PSD for the top layer (layer 460) is shown in Fig. 8a (last solidified region with solidification microstructure). The γ′ size ranges from 120 to 230 nm and is similar to the 44 layers below (2.2 mm from the top).

Fig. 8

Further down the build, γ′ begins to coarsen after layer 417 (44th layer from top). Fig. 8c shows the PSD after the 44th layer, where the γ′ size exhibits two peaks at ∼120–230 and ∼300 nm, with most of the population being in the former range. This is the onset of partial dissolution where simultaneously with the reprecipitation and growth of fresh γ′, the undissolved γ′ grows rapidly through diffusive transport of atoms to the precipitates. This is shown in Fig. 8c, where the precipitate class sizes between 250 and 350 represent the growth of undissolved γ′. Although this continues in the 416th layer, the phase fractions plot indicates that the onset of partial dissolution begins after the 411th layer. This implies that partial dissolution started early, but the fraction of undissolved γ′ was too low to impact the phase fraction. The reprecipitated γ′ are mostly in the 100–220 nm class range and similar to those observed during full dissolution.

As the number of layers increases, coarsening intensifies with continued growth of more undissolved γ′, and reprecipitation and growth of partially dissolved ones. Fig. 8d, e, and f show this sequence. Further down the build, coarsening progresses rapidly, as shown in Figs. 8d, 8e, and 8f. The γ′ size ranges from 120 to 1100 nm, with the peaks at 160, 180, and 220 nm in Figs. 8d, 8e, and 8f, respectively. Coarsening continues until nucleation ends during dissolution, where only the already formed γ′ precipitates continue to grow during further thermal cycling. The γ′ size at this point is much larger, as observed in layers 361 and 261, and continues to increase steadily towards the bottom (layer 1). Two populations in the ranges of ∼380–700 and ∼750–1100 nm, respectively, can be seen. The steady growth of γ′ towards the bottom is confirmed by the gradual decrease in the concentration of solute elements in the matrix (Fig. 7a). It should be noted that for each layer, the γ′ class with the largest size originates from continuous growth of the earliest set of the undissolved precipitates.

Fig. 9Fig. 10 and supplementary Figs. S2 and S3 show the γ′ size evolution during heating and cooling of a single layer in the full dissolution region, and early, middle stages, and later stages of partial dissolution, respectively. In all, the size of γ′ reduces during layer heating. Depending on the peak temperature of the layer which varies with build height, γ′ are either fully or partially dissolved as mentioned earlier. Upon cooling, the dissolved γ′ reprecipitate.

Fig. 9
Fig. 10

In Fig. 9, those layers that underwent complete dissolution (top layers) were held above γ′ solvus temperature for longer. In Fig. 10, layers at the early stage of partial dissolution spend less time in the γ′ solvus temperature region during heating, leading to incomplete dissolution. In such conditions, smaller precipitates are fully dissolved while larger ones shrink [67]. Layers in the middle stages of partial dissolution have peak temperatures just below or at γ′ solvus, not sufficient to achieve significant γ′ dissolution. As seen in supplementary Fig. S2, only a few smaller γ′ are dissolved back into the matrix during heating, i.e., growth of precipitates is more significant than dissolution. This explains the sharp decrease in concentration of Al and Ti in the matrix in this layer.

The previous sections indicate various phenomena such as an increase in phase fraction, further depletion of matrix composition, and new nucleation bursts during cooling. Analysis of the PSD after the final cooling of the build to room temperature allows a direct comparison to post-printing microstructural characterization. Fig. 11 shows the γ′ size distribution of layer 1 (460th layer from the top) after final cooling to room temperature. Precipitation of secondary γ′ is observed, leading to the multimodal size distribution of secondary and primary γ′. The secondary γ′ size falls within the 10–80 nm range. As expected, a further growth of the existing primary γ′ is also observed during cooling.

Fig. 11
3.3.2.3. γ′ chemistry after deposition

Fig. 12 shows the concentration of the major elements that form γ′ (Al, Ti, and Ni) in the primary and secondary γ′ at the bottom of the build, as calculated by MatCalc. The secondary γ′ has a higher Al content (13.5–14.5 at% Al), compared to 13 at% Al in the primary γ′. Additionally, within the secondary γ′, the smallest particles (∼10 nm) have higher Al contents than larger ones (∼70 nm). In contrast, for the primary γ′, there is no significant variation in the Al content as a function of their size. The Ni concentration in secondary γ′ (71.1–72 at%) is also higher in comparison to the primary γ′ (70 at%). The smallest secondary γ′ (∼10 nm) have higher Ni contents than larger ones (∼70 nm), whereas there is no substantial change in the Ni content of primary γ′, based on their size. As expected, Ti shows an opposite size-dependent variation. It ranges from ∼ 7.7–8.7 at% Ti in secondary γ′ to ∼9.2 at% in primary γ′. Similarly, within the secondary γ′, the smallest (∼10 nm) have lower Al contents than the larger ones (∼70 nm). No significant variation is observed for Ti content in primary γ′.

Fig. 12

4. Discussion

A combined modelling method is utilized to study the microstructural evolution during E-PBF of IN738. The presented results are discussed by examining the precipitation and dissolution mechanism of γ′ during thermal cycling. This is followed by a discussion on the phase fraction and size evolution of γ′ during thermal cycling and after final cooling. A brief discussion on carbide morphology is also made. Finally, a comparison is made between the simulation and experimental results to assess their agreement.

4.1. γ′ morphology as a function of build height

4.1.1. Nucleation of γ′

The fast precipitation kinetics of the γ′ phase enables formation of γ′ upon quenching from higher temperatures (above solvus) during thermal cycling [66]. In Fig. 7b, for a single layer in the full dissolution region, during cooling, the initial increase in nucleation rate signifies the first formation of nuclei. The slight increase in nucleation rate during partial dissolution, despite a decrease in the concentration of γ′ forming elements, may be explained by the nucleation kinetics. During partial dissolution and as the precipitates shrink, it is assumed that the regions at the vicinity of partially dissolved precipitates are enriched in γ′ forming elements [68][69]. This differs from the full dissolution region, in which case the chemical composition is evenly distributed in the matrix. Several authors have attributed the solute supersaturation of the matrix around primary γ′ to partial dissolution during isothermal ageing [69][70][71][72]. The enhanced supersaturation in the regions close to the precipitates results in a much higher driving force for nucleation, leading to a higher nucleation rate upon cooling. This phenomenon can be closely related to the several nucleation bursts upon continuous cooling of Ni-based superalloys, where second nucleation bursts exhibit higher nucleation rates [38][68][73][74].

At middle stages of partial dissolution, the reduction in the nucleation rate indicates that the existing composition and low supersaturation did not trigger nucleation as the matrix was closer to the equilibrium state. The end of a nucleation burst means that the supersaturation of Al and Ti has reached a low level, incapable of providing sufficient driving force during cooling to or holding at 1000 °C for further nucleation [73]. Earlier studies on Ni-based superalloys have reported the same phenomenon during ageing or continuous cooling from the solvus temperature to RT [38][73][74].

4.1.2. Dissolution of γ′ during thermal cycling

γ′ dissolution kinetics during heating are fast when compared to nucleation due to exponential increase in phase transformation and diffusion activities with temperature [65]. As shown in Fig. 9Fig. 10, and supplementary Figs. S2 and S3, the reduction in γ′ phase fraction and size during heating indicates γ′ dissolution. This is also revealed in Fig. 5 where phase fraction decreases upon heating. The extent of γ′ dissolution mostly depends on the temperature, time spent above γ′ solvus, and precipitate size [75][76][77]. Smaller γ′ precipitates are first to be dissolved [67][77][78]. This is mainly because more solute elements need to be transported away from large γ′ precipitates than from smaller ones [79]. Also, a high temperature above γ′ solvus temperature leads to a faster dissolution rate [80]. The equilibrium solvus temperature of γ′ in IN738 in our MatCalc simulation (Fig. 6) and as reported by Ojo et al. [47] is 1140 °C and 1130–1180 °C, respectively. This means the peak temperature experienced by previous layers decreases progressively from γ′ supersolvus to subsolvus, near-solvus, and far from solvus as the number of subsequent layers increases. Based on the above, it can be inferred that the degree of dissolution of γ′ contributes to the gradient in precipitate distribution.

Although the peak temperatures during later stages of partial dissolution are much lower than the equilibrium γ′ solvus, γ′ dissolution still occurs but at a significantly lower rate (supplementary Fig. S3). Wahlmann et al. [28] also reported a similar case where they observed the rapid dissolution of γ′ in CMSX-4 during fast heating and cooling cycles at temperatures below the γ′ solvus. They attributed this to the γ′ phase transformation process taking place in conditions far from the equilibrium. While the same reasoning may be valid for our study, we further believe that the greater surface area to volume ratio of the small γ′ precipitates contributed to this. This ratio means a larger area is available for solute atoms to diffuse into the matrix even at temperatures much below the solvus [81].

4.2. γ′ phase fraction and size evolution

4.2.1. During thermal cycling

In the first layer, the steep increase in γ′ phase fraction during heating (Fig. 5), which also represents γ′ precipitation in the powder before melting, has qualitatively been validated in [28]. The maximum phase fraction of 27% during the first few layers of thermal cycling indicates that IN738 theoretically could reach the equilibrium state (∼30%), but the short interlayer time at the build temperature counteracts this. The drop in phase fraction at middle stages of partial dissolution is due to the low number of γ′ nucleation sites [73]. It has been reported that a reduction of γ′ nucleation sites leads to a delay in obtaining the final volume fraction as more time is required for γ′ precipitates to grow and reach equilibrium [82]. This explains why even upon holding for 150 s before subsequent layer deposition, the phase fraction does not increase to those values that were observed in the previous full γ′ dissolution regions. Towards the end of deposition, the increase in phase fraction to the equilibrium value of 30% is as a result of the longer holding at build temperature or close to it [83].

During thermal cycling, γ′ particles begin to grow immediately after they first precipitate upon cooling. This is reflected in the rapid increase in phase fraction and size during cooling in Fig. 5 and supplementary Fig. S2, respectively. The rapid growth is due to the fast diffusion of solute elements at high temperatures [84]. The similar size of γ′ for the first 44 layers from the top can be attributed to the fact that all layers underwent complete dissolution and hence, experienced the same nucleation event and growth during deposition. This corresponds with the findings by Balikci et al. [85], who reported that the degree of γ′ precipitation in IN738LC does not change when a solution heat treatment is conducted above a certain critical temperature.

The increase in coarsening rate (Fig. 8) during thermal cycling can first be ascribed to the high peak temperature of the layers [86]. The coarsening rate of γ′ is known to increase rapidly with temperature due to the exponential growth of diffusion activity. Also, the simultaneous dissolution with coarsening could be another reason for the high coarsening rate, as γ′ coarsening is a diffusion-driven process where large particles grow by consuming smaller ones [78][84][86][87]. The steady growth of γ′ towards the bottom of the build is due to the much lower layer peak temperature, which is almost close to the build temperature, and reduced dissolution activity, as is seen in the much lower solute concentration in γ′ compared to those in the full and partial dissolution regions.

4.2.2. During cooling

The much higher phase fraction of ∼40% upon cooling signifies the tendency of γ′ to reach equilibrium at lower temperatures (Fig. 4). This is due to the precipitation of secondary γ′ and a further increase in the size of existing primary γ′, which leads to a multimodal size distribution of γ′ after cooling [38][73][88][89][90]. The reason for secondary γ′ formation during cooling is as follows: As cooling progresses, it becomes increasingly challenging to redistribute solute elements in the matrix owing to their lower mobility [38][73]. A higher supersaturation level in regions away from or free of the existing γ′ precipitates is achieved, making them suitable sites for additional nucleation bursts. More cooling leads to the growth of these secondary γ′ precipitates, but as the temperature and in turn, the solute diffusivity is low, growth remains slow.

4.3. Carbides

MC carbides in IN738 are known to have a significant impact on the high-temperature strength. They can also act as effective hardening particles and improve the creep resistance [91]. Precipitation of MC carbides in IN738 and several other superalloys is known to occur during solidification or thermal treatments (e.g., hot isostatic pressing) [92]. In our case, this means that the MC carbides within the E-PBF build formed because of the thermal exposure from the E-PBF thermal cycle in addition to initial solidification. Our simulation confirms this as MC carbides appear during layer heating (Fig. 5). The constant and stable phase fraction of MC carbides during thermal cycling can be attributed to their high melting point (∼1360 °C) and the short holding time at peak temperatures [75][93][94]. The solvus temperature for most MC carbides exceeds most of the peak temperatures observed in our simulation, and carbide dissolution kinetics at temperatures above the solvus are known to be comparably slow [95]. The stable phase fraction and random distribution of MC carbides signifies the slight influence on the gradient in hardness.

4.4. Comparison of simulations and experiments

4.4.1. Precipitate phase fraction and morphology as a function of build height

A qualitative agreement is observed for the phase fraction of carbides, i.e. ∼0.8% in the experiment and ∼0.9% in the simulation. The phase fraction of γ′ differs, with the experiment reporting a value of ∼51% and the simulation, 40%. Despite this, the size distribution of primary γ′ along the build shows remarkable consistency between experimental and computational analyses. It is worth noting that the primary γ′ morphology in the experimental analysis is observed in the as-fabricated state, whereas the simulation (Fig. 8) captures it during deposition process. The primary γ′ size in the experiment is expected to experience additional growth during the cooling phase. Regardless, both show similar trends in primary γ′ size increments from the top to the bottom of the build. The larger primary γ’ size in the simulation versus the experiment can be attributed to the fact that experimental and simulation results are based on 2D and 3D data, respectively. The absence of stereological considerations [96] in our analysis could have led to an underestimation of the precipitate sizes from SEM measurements. The early starts of coarsening (8th layer) in the experiment compared to the simulation (45th layer) can be attributed to a higher actual γ′ solvus temperature than considered in our simulation [47]. The solvus temperature of γ′ in a Ni-based superalloy is mainly determined by the detailed composition. A high amount of Cr and Co are known to reduce the solvus temperature, whereas Ta and Mo will increase it [97][98][99]. The elemental composition from our experimental work was used for the simulation except for Ta. It should be noted that Ta is not included in the thermodynamic database in MatCalc used, and this may have reduced the solvus temperature. This could also explain the relatively higher γ′ phase fraction in the experiment than in simulation, as a higher γ′ solvus temperature will cause more γ′ to precipitate and grow early during cooling [99][100].

Another possible cause of this deviation can be attributed to the extent of γ′ dissolution, which is mainly determined by the peak temperature. It can be speculated that individual peak temperatures at different layers in the simulation may have been over-predicted. However, one needs to consider that the true thermal profile is likely more complicated in the actual E-PBF process [101]. For example, the current model assumes that the thermophysical properties of the material are temperature-independent, which is not realistic. Many materials, including IN738, exhibit temperature-dependent properties such as thermal conductivityspecific heat capacity, and density [102]. This means that heat transfer simulations may underestimate or overestimate the temperature gradients and cooling rates within the powder bed and the solidified part. Additionally, the model does not account for the reduced thermal diffusivity through unmelted powder, where gas separating the powder acts as insulation, impeding the heat flow [1]. In E-PBF, the unmelted powder regions with trapped gas have lower thermal diffusivity compared to the fully melted regions, leading to localized temperature variations, and altered solidification behavior. These limitations can impact the predictions, particularly in relation to the carbide dissolution, as the peak temperatures may be underestimated.

While acknowledging these limitations, it is worth emphasizing that achieving a detailed and accurate representation of each layer’s heat source would impose tough computational challenges. Given the substantial layer count in E-PBF, our decision to employ a semi-analytical approximation strikes a balance between computational feasibility and the capture of essential trends in thermal profiles across diverse build layers. In future work, a dual-calibration strategy is proposed to further reduce simulation-experiment disparities. By refining temperature-independent thermophysical property approximations and absorptivity in the heat source model, and by optimizing interfacial energy descriptions in the kinetic model, the predictive precision could be enhanced. Further refining the simulation controls, such as adjusting the precipitate class size may enhance quantitative comparisons between modeling outcomes and experimental data in future work.

4.4.2. Multimodal size distribution of γ′ and concentration

Another interesting feature that sees qualitative agreement between the simulation and the experiment is the multimodal size distribution of γ′. The formation of secondary γ′ particles in the experiment and most E-PBF Ni-based superalloys is suggested to occur at low temperatures, during final cooling to RT [16][73][90]. However, so far, this conclusion has been based on findings from various continuous cooling experiments, as the study of the evolution during AM would require an in-situ approach. Our simulation unambiguously confirms this in an AM context by providing evidence for secondary γ′ precipitation during slow cooling to RT. Additionally, it is possible to speculate that the chemical segregation occurring during solidification, due to the preferential partitioning of certain elements between the solid and liquid phases, can contribute to the multimodal size distribution during deposition [51]. This is because chemical segregation can result in variations in the local composition of superalloys, which subsequently affects the nucleation and growth of γ′. Regions with higher concentrations of alloying elements will encourage the formation of larger γ′ particles, while regions with lower concentrations may favor the nucleation of smaller precipitates. However, it is important to acknowledge that the elevated temperature during the E-PBF process will largely homogenize these compositional differences [103][104].

A good correlation is also shown in the composition of major γ′ forming elements (Al and Ti) in primary and secondary γ′. Both experiment and simulation show an increasing trend for Al content and a decreasing trend for Ti content from primary to secondary γ′. The slight composition differences between primary and secondary γ′ particles are due to the different diffusivity of γ′ stabilizers at different thermal conditions [105][106]. As the formation of multimodal γ′ particles with different sizes occurs over a broad temperature range, the phase chemistry of γ′ will be highly size dependent. The changes in the chemistry of various γ′ (primary, secondary, and tertiary) have received significant attention since they have a direct influence on the performance [68][105][107][108][109]. Chen et al. [108][109], reported a high Al content in the smallest γ′ precipitates compared to the largest, while Ti showed an opposite trend during continuous cooling in a RR1000 Ni-based superalloy. This was attributed to the temperature and cooling rate at which the γ′ precipitates were formed. The smallest precipitates formed last, at the lowest temperature and cooling rate. A comparable observation is evident in the present investigation, where the secondary γ′ forms at a low temperature and cooling rate in comparison to the primary. The temperature dependence of γ′ chemical composition is further evidenced in supplementary Fig. S4, which shows the equilibrium chemical composition of γ′ as a function of temperature.

5. Conclusions

A correlative modelling approach capable of predicting solid-state phase transformations kinetics in metal AM was developed. This approach involves computational simulations with a semi-analytical heat transfer model and the MatCalc thermo-kinetic software. The method was used to predict the phase transformation kinetics and detailed morphology and chemistry of γ′ and MC during E-PBF of IN738 Ni-based superalloy. The main conclusions are:

  • 1.The computational simulations are in qualitative agreement with the experimental observations. This is particularly true for the γ′ size distribution along the build height, the multimodal size distribution of particles, and the phase fraction of MC carbides.
  • 2.The deviations between simulation and experiment in terms of γ′ phase fraction and location in the build are most likely attributed to a higher γ′ solvus temperature during the experiment than in the simulation, which is argued to be related to the absence of Ta in the MatCalc database.
  • 3.The dissolution and precipitation of γ′ occur fast and under non-equilibrium conditions. The level of γ′ dissolution determines the gradient in γ′ size distribution along the build. After thermal cycling, the final cooling to room temperature has further significant impacts on the final γ′ size, morphology, and distribution.
  • 4.A negligible amount of γ′ forms in the first deposited layer before subsequent layer deposition, and a small amount of γ′ may also form in the powder induced by the 1000 °C elevated build temperature before melting.

Our findings confirm the suitability of MatCalc to predict the microstructural evolution at various positions throughout a build in a Ni-based superalloy during E-PBF. It also showcases the suitability of a tool which was originally developed for traditional thermo-mechanical processing of alloys to the new additive manufacturing context. Our simulation capabilities are likely extendable to other alloy systems that undergo solid-state phase transformations implemented in MatCalc (various steels, Ni-based superalloys, and Al-alloys amongst others) as well as other AM processes such as L-DED and L-PBF which have different thermal cycle characteristics. New tools to predict the microstructural evolution and properties during metal AM are important as they provide new insights into the complexities of AM. This will enable control and design of AM microstructures towards advanced materials properties and performances.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Primig Sophie: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Resources, Project administration, Funding acquisition, Conceptualization. Adomako Nana Kwabena: Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization, Software, Investigation, Formal analysis, Conceptualization. Haghdadi Nima: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Project administration, Methodology, Conceptualization. Dingle James F.L.: Methodology, Conceptualization, Software, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Kozeschnik Ernst: Writing – review & editing, Software, Methodology. Liao Xiaozhou: Writing – review & editing, Project administration, Funding acquisition. Ringer Simon P: Writing – review & editing, Project administration, Funding acquisition.

Declaration of Competing Interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgements

This research was sponsored by the Department of Industry, Innovation, and Science under the auspices of the AUSMURI program – which is a part of the Commonwealth’s Next Generation Technologies Fund. The authors acknowledge the facilities and the scientific and technical assistance at the Electron Microscope Unit (EMU) within the Mark Wainwright Analytical Centre (MWAC) at UNSW Sydney and Microscopy Australia. Nana Adomako is supported by a UNSW Scientia PhD scholarship. Michael Haines’ (UNSW Sydney) contribution to the revised version of the original manuscript is thankfully acknowledged.

Appendix A. Supplementary material

Download : Download Word document (462KB)

Supplementary material.

Data Availability

Data will be made available on request.

References

Study on the critical sediment concentration determining the optimal transport capability of submarine sediment flows with different particle size composition

Study on the critical sediment concentration determining the optimal transport capability of submarine sediment flows with different particle size composition

Yupeng Ren abc, Huiguang Zhou cd, Houjie Wang ab, Xiao Wu ab, Guohui Xu cd, Qingsheng Meng cd

Abstract

해저 퇴적물 흐름은 퇴적물을 심해로 운반하는 주요 수단 중 하나이며, 종종 장거리를 이동하고 수십 또는 수백 킬로미터에 걸쳐 상당한 양의 퇴적물을 운반합니다. 그것의 강력한 파괴력은 종종 이동 과정에서 잠수함 유틸리티에 심각한 손상을 초래합니다.

퇴적물 흐름의 퇴적물 농도는 주변 해수와의 밀도차를 결정하며, 이 밀도 차이는 퇴적물 흐름의 흐름 능력을 결정하여 이송된 퇴적물의 최종 퇴적 위치에 영향을 미칩니다. 본 논문에서는 다양한 미사 및 점토 중량비(미사/점토 비율이라고 함)를 갖는 다양한 퇴적물 농도의 퇴적물 흐름을 수로 테스트를 통해 연구합니다.

우리의 테스트 결과는 특정 퇴적물 구성에 대해 퇴적물 흐름이 가장 빠르게 이동하는 임계 퇴적물 농도가 있음을 나타냅니다. 4가지 미사/점토 비율 각각에 대한 임계 퇴적물 농도와 이에 상응하는 최대 속도가 구해집니다. 결과는 점토 함량이 임계 퇴적물 농도와 선형적으로 음의 상관 관계가 있음을 나타냅니다.

퇴적물 농도가 증가함에 따라 퇴적물의 흐름 거동은 흐름 상태에서 붕괴된 상태로 변환되고 흐름 거동이 변화하는 두 탁한 현탁액의 유체 특성은 모두 Bingham 유체입니다.

또한 본 논문에서는 퇴적물 흐름 내 입자 배열을 분석하여 위에서 언급한 결과에 대한 미시적 설명도 제공합니다.

Submarine sediment flows is one of the main means for transporting sediment to the deep sea, often traveling long-distance and transporting significant volumes of sediment for tens or even hundreds of kilometers. Its strong destructive force often causes serious damage to submarine utilities on its course of movement. The sediment concentration of the sediment flow determines its density difference with the ambient seawater, and this density difference determines the flow ability of the sediment flow, and thus affects the final deposition locations of the transported sediment. In this paper, sediment flows of different sediment concentration with various silt and clay weight ratios (referred to as silt/clay ratio) are studied using flume tests. Our test results indicate that there is a critical sediment concentration at which sediment flows travel the fastest for a specific sediment composition. The critical sediment concentrations and their corresponding maximum velocities for each of the four silt/clay ratios are obtained. The results further indicate that the clay content is linearly negatively correlated with the critical sediment concentration. As the sediment concentration increases, the flow behaviors of sediment flows transform from the flow state to the collapsed state, and the fluid properties of the two turbid suspensions with changing flow behaviors are both Bingham fluids. Additionally, this paper also provides a microscopic explanation of the above-mentioned results by analyzing the arrangement of particles within the sediment flow.

Introduction

Submarine sediment flows are important carriers for sea floor sediment movement and may carry and transport significant volumes of sediment for tens or even hundreds of kilometers (Prior et al., 1987; Pirmez and Imran, 2003; Zhang et al., 2018). Earthquakes, storms, and floods may all trigger submarine sediment flow events (Hsu et al., 2008; Piper and Normark, 2009; Pope et al., 2017b; Gavey et al., 2017). Sediment flows have strong forces during the movement, which will cause great harm to submarine structures such as cables and pipelines (Pope et al., 2017a). It was first confirmed that the cable breaking event caused by the sediment flow occurred in 1929. The sediment flow triggered by the Grand Banks earthquake damaged 12 cables. According to the time sequence of the cable breaking, the maximum velocity of the sediment flow is as high as 28 m/s (Heezen and Ewing, 1952; Kuenen, 1952; Heezen et al., 1954). Subsequent research shows that the lowest turbidity velocity that can break the cable also needs to reach 19 m/s (Piper et al., 1988). Since then, there have been many damage events of submarine cables and oil and gas pipelines caused by sediment flows in the world (Hsu et al., 2008; Carter et al., 2012; Cattaneo et al., 2012; Carter et al., 2014). During its movement, the sediment flow will gradually deposit a large amount of sediment carried by it along the way, that is, the deposition process of the sediment flow. On the one hand, this process brings a large amount of terrestrial nutrients and other materials to the ocean, while on the other hand, it causes damage and burial to benthic organisms, thus forming the largest sedimentary accumulation on Earth – submarine fans, which are highly likely to become good reservoirs for oil and gas resources (Daly, 1936; Yuan et al., 2010; Wu et al., 2022). The study on sediment flows (such as, the study of flow velocity and the forces acting on seabed structures) can provide important references for the safe design of seabed structures, the protection of submarine ecosystems, and exploration of turbidity sediments related oil and gas deposits. Therefore, it is of great significance to study the movement of sediment flows.

The sediment flow, as a highly sediment-concentrated fluid flowing on the sea floor, has a dense bottom layer and a dilute turbulent cloud. Observations at the Monterey Canyon indicated that the sediment flow can maintain its movement over long distances if its bottom has a relatively high sediment concentration. This dense bottom layer can be very destructive along its movement path to any facilities on the sea floor (Paull et al., 2018; Heerema et al., 2020; Wang et al., 2020). The sediment flow mentioned in this research paper is the general term of sediment density flow.

The sediment flow, which occurs on the seafloor, has the potential to cause erosion along its path. In this process, the suspended sediment is replenished, allowing the sediment flow to maintain its continuous flow capacity (Zhao et al., 2018). The dynamic force of sediment flow movement stem from its own gravity and density difference with surrounding water. In cases that the gravity drive of the slope is absent (on a flat sea floor), the flow velocity and distance of sediment flows are essentially determined by the sediment composition and concentration of the sediment flows as previous studies have demonstrated. Ilstad et al. (2004) conducted underwater flow tests in a sloped tank and employed high speed video camera to perform particle tracking. The results indicated that the premixed sand-rich and clay-rich slurries demonstrated different flow velocity and flow behavior. Using mixed kaolinite(d50 = 6 μm) and silica flour(d50 = 9 μm) in three compositions with total volumetric concentration ranged 22% or 28%, Felix and Peakall (2006) carried out underwater flow tests in a 5° slope Perspex channel and found that the flow ability of sediment flows is different depending on sediment compositions and concentrations. Sumner et al. (2009) used annular flume experiments to investigate the depositional dynamics and deposits of waning sediment-laden flows, finding that decelerating fast flows with fixed sand content and variable mud content resulted in four different deposit types. Chowdhury and Testik (2011) used lock-exchange tank, and experimented the kaolin clay sediment flows in the concentration range of 25–350 g/L, and predicted the fluid mud sediment flows propagation characteristics, but this study focused on giving sediment flows propagate phase transition time parameters, and is limited to clay. Lv et al. (2017) found through experiments that the rheological properties and flow behavior of kaolin clay (d50 = 3.7 μm) sediment flows were correlated to clay concentrations. In the field monitoring conducted by Liu et al. (2023) at the Manila Trench in the South China Sea in 2021, significant differences in the velocity, movement distance, and flow morphology of turbidity currents were observed. These differences may be attributed to variations in the particle composition of the turbidity currents.

On low and gentle slopes, although sediment flow with sand as the main sediment composition moves faster, it is difficult to propagate over long distances because sand has greater settling velocity and subaqueous angle of repose. Whereas the sediment flows with silt and clay as main composition may maintain relatively stable currents. Although its movement speed is slow, it has the ability to propagate over long distances because of the low settling rate of the fine particles (Ilstad et al., 2004; Liu et al., 2023). In a field observation at the Gaoping submarine canyon, the sediments collected from the sediment flows exhibited grain size gradation and the sediment was mostly composed of silt and clay (Liu et al., 2012). At the largest deltas in the world, for instance, the Mississippi River Delta, the sediments are mainly composed of silt and clay, which generally distributed along the coast in a wide range and provided the sediment sources for further distribution. The sediment flows originated and transported sediment from the coast to the deep sea are therefore share the same sediment compositions as delta sediments. To study the sediment flows composed of silt and clay is of great importance.

The sediment concentration of the sediment flows determines the density difference between the sediment flows and the ambient water and plays a key role in its flow ability. For the sediment flow with sediment composed of silt and clay, low sediment concentration means low density and therefore leads to low flow ability; however, although high sediment concentration results in high density, since there is cohesion between fine particles, it changes fluid properties and leads to low flow ability as well. Therefore, there should be a critical sediment concentration with mixed composition of silt and clay, at which the sediment flow maintains its strongest flow capacity and have the highest movement speed. In other words, the two characteristics of particle diameter and concentration of the sediment flow determine its own motion ability, which, if occurs, may become the most destructive force to submarine structures.

The objectives of this work was to study how the sediment composition (measured in relative weight of silt and clay, and referred as silt/clay ratio) and sediment concentration affect flow ability and behavior of the sediment flows, and to quantify the critical sediment concentration at which the sediment flows reached the greatest flow velocity under the experiment setting. We used straight flume without slope and conducted a series of flume tests with varying sediment compositions (silt-rich or clay-rich) and concentrations (96 to 1212 g/L). Each sediment flow sample was tested and analyzed for rheological properties using a rheometer, in order to characterize the relationship between flow behavior and rheological properties. Combined with the particle diameter, density and viscosity characteristics of the sediment flows measured in the experiment, a numerical modeling study is conducted, which are mutually validated with the experimental results.

The sediment concentration determines the arrangements of the sediment particles in the turbid suspension, and the arrangement impacts the fluid properties of the turbid suspension. The microscopic mode of particle arrangement in the turbid suspension can be constructed to further analyze the relationship between the fluid properties of turbid suspension and the flow behaviors of the sediment flow, and then characterize the critical sediment concentration at which the sediment flow runs the fastest. A simplified microscopic model of particle arrangement in turbid suspension was constructed to analyze the microscopic arrangement characteristics of sediment particles in turbid suspension with the fastest velocity.

Section snippets

Equipment and materials

The sediment flows flow experiments were performed in a Perspex channel with smooth transparent walls. The layout and dimensions of the experimental set-up were shown in Fig. 1. The bottom of the channel was flat and straight, and a gate was arranged to separate the two tanks. In order to study the flow capacity of turbidity currents from the perspective of their own composition (particle size distribution and concentration), we used a straight channel instead of an inclined one, to avoid any

Relationship between sediment flow flow velocity and sediment concentration

After the sediment flow is generated, its movement in the first half (50 cm) of the channel is relatively stable, and there is obvious shock diffusion in the second half. The reason is that the excitation wave (similar to the surge) will be formed during the sediment flow movement, and its speed is much faster than the speed of the sediment flow head. When the excitation wave reaches the tail of the channel, it will be reflected, thus affecting the subsequent flow of the sediment flow.

Sediment flows motion simulation based on FLOW-3D

As a relatively mature 3D fluid simulation software, FLOW-3D can accurately predict the free surface flow, and has been used to simulate the movement process of sediment flows for many times (Heimsund, 2007). The model adopted in this paper is RNG turbulence model, which can better deal with the flow with high strain rate and is suitable for the simulation of sediment flows with variable shape during movement. The governing equations of the numerical model involved include continuity equation,

Conclusions

In this study, we conducted a series of sediment flow flume tests with mixed silt and clay sediment samples in four silt/clay ratios on a flat slope. Rheological measurements were carried out on turbid suspension samples and microstructure analysis of the sediment particle arrangements was conducted, we concluded that:

  • (1)The flow velocity of the sediment flow is controlled by the sediment concentration and its own particle diameter composition, the flow velocity increased with the increase of the

Declaration of Competing Interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgements

This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China [Grant no. 42206055]; the National Natural Science Foundation of China [Grant no. 41976049]; and the National Natural Science Foundation of China [Grant no. 42272327].

References (39)

There are more references available in the full text version of this article.

Figure 2-15: Système expérimental du plan incliné

새로운 콘크리트의 유체 흐름 모델링

Sous la direction de :
Marc Jolin, directeur de recherche
Benoit Bissonnette, codirecteur de recherche

Modélisation de l’écoulement du béton frais

Abstract

현재의 기후 비상 사태와 기후 변화에 관한 다양한 과학적 보고서를 고려할 때 인간이 만든 오염을 대폭 줄이는 것은 필수적이며 심지어 중요합니다. 최신 IPCC(기후변화에 관한 정부 간 패널) 보고서(2022)는 2030년까지 배출량을 절반으로 줄여야 함을 나타내며, 지구 보존을 위해 즉각적인 조치를 취해야 한다고 강력히 강조합니다.

이러한 의미에서 콘크리트 생산 산업은 전체 인간 이산화탄소 배출량의 4~8%를 담당하고 있으므로 환경에 미치는 영향을 줄이기 위한 진화가 시급히 필요합니다.

본 연구의 주요 목적은 이미 사용 가능한 기술적 품질 관리 도구를 사용하여 생산을 최적화하고 혼합 시간을 단축하며 콘크리트 폐기물을 줄이기 위한 신뢰할 수 있고 활용 가능한 수치 모델을 개발함으로써 이러한 산업 전환에 참여하는 것입니다.

실제로, 혼합 트럭 내부의 신선한 콘크리트의 거동과 흐름 프로파일을 더 잘 이해할 수 있는 수치 시뮬레이션을 개발하면 혼합 시간과 비용을 더욱 최적화할 수 있으므로 매우 유망합니다. 이러한 복잡한 수치 도구를 활용할 수 있으려면 수치 시뮬레이션을 검증, 특성화 및 보정하기 위해 기본 신 콘크리트 흐름 모델의 구현이 필수적입니다.

이 논문에서는 세 가지 단순 유동 모델의 개발이 논의되고 얻은 결과는 신선한 콘크리트 유동의 수치적 거동을 검증하는 데 사용됩니다. 이러한 각 모델은 강점과 약점을 갖고 있으며, 신선한 콘크리트의 유변학과 유동 거동을 훨씬 더 잘 이해할 수 있는 수치 작업 환경을 만드는 데 기여합니다.

따라서 이 연구 프로젝트는 새로운 콘크리트 생산의 완전한 모델링을 위한 진정한 관문입니다.

In view of the current climate emergency and the various scientific reports on climate change, it is essential and even vital to drastically reduce man-made pollution. The latest IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) report (2022) indicates that emissions must be halved by 2030 and strongly emphasizes the need to act immediately to preserve the planet. In this sense, the concrete production industry is responsible for 4-8% of total human carbon dioxide emissions and therefore urgently needs to evolve to reduce its environmental impact. The main objective of this study is to participate in this industrial transition by developing a reliable and exploitable numerical model to optimize the production, reduce mixing time and also reduce concrete waste by using technological quality control tools already available. Indeed, developing a numerical simulation allowing to better understand the behavior and flow profiles of fresh concrete inside a mixing-truck is extremely promising as it allows for further optimization of mixing times and costs. In order to be able to exploit such a complex numerical tool, the implementation of elementary fresh concrete flow models is essential to validate, characterize and calibrate the numerical simulations. In this thesis, the development of three simple flow models is discussed and the results obtained are used to validate the numerical behavior of fresh concrete flow. Each of these models has strengths and weaknesses and contributes to the creation of a numerical working environment that provides a much better understanding of the rheology and flow behavior of fresh concrete. This research project is therefore a real gateway to a full modelling of fresh concrete production.


Key words

fresh concrete, rheology, numerical simulation, mixer-truck, rheological probe.

Figure 2-15: Système expérimental du plan incliné
Figure 2-15: Système expérimental du plan incliné
Figure 2-19: Essai d'affaissement au cône d'Abrams
Figure 2-19: Essai d’affaissement au cône d’Abrams

Reference

Amziane, S., Ferraris, C. F., & Koehler, E. (2006). Feasibility of Using a Concrete
Mixing Truck as a Rheometer.
Anderson, J. D. (1991). Fundamentals of aerodynamics. McGraw-Hill.
Balmforth, N. J., Craster, R. V., & Sassi, R. (2002). Shallow viscoplastic flow on an
inclined plane. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 470, 1-29.
https://doi.org/10.1017/S0022112002001660
Banfill, P., Beaupré, D., Chapdelaine, F., de Larrard, F., Domone, P., Nachbaur, L.,
Sedran, T., Wallevik, O., & Wallevik, J. E. (2000). Comparison of concrete
rheometers International tests at LCPC (Nantes, France) in October 2000. In
NIST.
Baracu T. (2012). Computational analysis of the flow around a cylinder and of the
drag force.
Barreto, D., & Leak, J. (2020). A guide to modeling the geotechnical behavior of soils
using the discrete element method. In Modeling in Geotechnical Engineering (p.
79-100). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-821205-9.00016-2
Baudez, J. C., Chabot, F., & Coussot, P. (2002). Rheological interpretation of the
slump test. Applied Rheology, 12(3), 133-141. https://doi.org/10.1515/arh-2002-
0008
Beaupre, D. (2012). Mixer-mounted probe measures concrete workability.
Berger, X. (2023). Proposition de recherche et préparation orale de doctorat (GCI8084).
Bergeron, P. (1953). Considérations sur les facteurs influençant l’usure due au
transport hydraulique de matériaux solides. Application plus particulière aux
machines. https://www.persee.fr/doc/jhydr_0000-0001_1953_act_2_1_3256
Bingham, E. (1922). Fluidity and Plasticity (Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2007).
http://www.archive.org/details/fluidityplasticiOObinguoft
Bruschi, G., Nishioka, T., Tsang, K., & Wang, R. (2003). A comparison of analytical
methods drag coefficient of a cylinder.

Caceres, E. C. (2019). Impact de la rhéologie des matériaux cimentaires sur l’aspect
des parements et les procédés de mise en place. https://tel.archivesouvertes.fr/tel-01982159
Chanson, H., Jarny, ; S, & Coussot, P. (2006). Dam Break Wave of Thixotropic Fluid.
https://doi.org/10.1061/ASCE0733-94292006132:3280
Chi, Z. P., Yang, H., Li, R., & Sun, Q. C. (2021). Measurements of unconfined fresh
concrete flow on a slope using spatial filtering velocimetry. Powder Technology,
393, 349-356. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2021.07.088
Cochard, S., & Ancey, C. (2009). Experimental investigation of the spreading of
viscoplastic fluids on inclined planes. Journal of Non-Newtonian Fluid
Mechanics, 158(1-3), 73-84. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jnnfm.2008.08.007
Coussot, Philippe., & Ancey, C. (Christophe). (1999). Rhéophysique des pâtes et
des suspensions. EDP Sciences.
CSA Group. (2019). CSA A23.1:19 / CSA A23.2:19 : Concrete materials and
methods of concret construction / Test methods and standard practices for
concrete.
Daczko, J. A. (2000). A proposal for measuring rheology of production concrete.
De Larrard, F. (1999). Structures granulaires et formulation des bétons.
http://www.lcpc.fr/betonlabpro
De Larrard, F., Ferraris, C. F., & Sedran, T. (1998). Fresh concrete: A HerscheIBulkley material (Vol. 31).
Domone P.L.J., J. J. (1999). Properties of mortar for self-compacting concrete.
RILEM, 109-120.
El-Reedy, M. (2009). Advanced Materials and Techniques for Reinforced Concrete
Structures.
Emborg M. (1999). Rheology tests for self-compacting concrete – how useful are
they for the design of concrete mix for full-scale production.
Fall A. (2008). Rhéophysique des fluides complexes : Ecoulement et Blocage de
suspensions concentrées. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/30515545
Ferraris, C. F., Brower, L. E., Beaupré, D., Chapdelaine, F., Domone, P., Koehler,
E., Shen, L., Sonebi, M., Struble, L., Tepke, D., Wallevik, O., & Wallevik, J. E.

(2003). Comparison of concrete rheometers: International tests at MB.
https://doi.org/10.6028/NIST.IR.7154
Ferraris, C. F., & de Larrard, F. (1998a). Rhéologie du béton frais remanié III – L’essai
au cône d’Abrams modifié.
Ferraris, C. F., & de Larrard, F. (1998b, février). NISTIR 6094 Testing and modelling
of fresh concrete rheology. NISTIR 6094.
https://ciks.cbt.nist.gov/~garbocz/rheologyNISTIR/FR97html.htm
Fischedick, M., Roy, J., Abdel-Aziz, A., Acquaye Ghana, A., Allwood, J., Baiocchi,
G., Clift, R., Nenov, V., Yetano Roche Spain, M., Roy, J., Abdel-Aziz, A.,
Acquaye, A., Allwood, J. M., Ceron, J., Geng, Y., Kheshgi, H., Lanza, A.,
Perczyk, D., Price, L., … Minx, J. (2014). Climate Change 2014.
Fox R., & McDonald A. (2004). Introduction to fluid mechanics.
Franco Correa I.-D. (2019). Étude tribologique à hautes températures de matériaux
céramiques structurés à différentes échelles.
GIEC. (2022). Climate Change 2022 : Mitigation of Climate Change. www.ipcc.ch
Gouvernement du Canada. (2021, mai 31). Déclaration commune : L’industrie
canadienne du ciment et le gouvernement du Canada annoncent un partenariat.
https://www.ic.gc.ca/eic/site/icgc.nsf/fra/07730.html
Grenier, M. (1998). Microstructure et résistance à l’usure de revêtements crées par
fusion laser avec gaz réactifs sur du titane.
Herschel, W. H., & Bulkley, R. (1926). Konsistenzmessungen von GummiBenzollösungen. Kolloid-Zeitschrift, 39(4), 291-300.
https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01432034
Hirt, C. W., & Nichols, B. D. (1981). Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics
of free boundaries. Journal of Computational Physics, 39(1), 201-225.
https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5
Hoornahad, H., & Koenders, E. A. B. (2012). Simulation of the slump test based on
the discrete element method (DEM). Advanced Materials Research, 446-449,
3766-3773. https://doi.org/10.4028/www.scientific.net/AMR.446-449.3766

Hu, C., de Larrard, F., Sedran, T., Boulay, C., Bosd, F., & Deflorenne, F. (1996).
Validation of BTRHEOM, the new rheometer for soft-to-fluid concrete. In
Materials and Structures/Mat~riaux et Constructions (Vol. 29).
Jeong, S. W., Locat, J., Leroueil, S., & Malet, J. P. (2007). Rheological properties of
fine-grained sediments in modeling submarine mass movements: The role of
texture. Submarine Mass Movements and Their Consequences, 3rd
International Symposium, 191-198. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6512-
5_20
Kabagire, K. D. (2018). Modélisation expérimentale et analytique des propriétés
rhéologiques des bétons autoplaçants.
Katopodes, N. D. (2019). Volume of Fluid Method. In Free-Surface Flow (p.
766-802). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12-815485-4.00018-8
Khayat. (2008). Personnal Communication.
Kosmatka, S. (2011). Dosage et contrôle des mélanges de béton (8ème édition).
Li, H., Wu, A., & Cheng, H. (2022). Generalized models of slump and spread in
combination for higher precision in yield stress determination. Cement and
Concrete Research, 159. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cemconres.2022.106863
Massey, B., & Smith, J. (2012). Mechanics of fluids 9ème édition.
Mokéddem, S. (2014). Contrôle de la rhéologie d’un béton et de son évolution lors
du malaxage par des mesures en ligne à l’aide de la sonde Viscoprobe.
https://tel.archives-ouvertes.fr/tel-00993153
Munson, B. R., & Young, D. R. (2006). Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics (5th éd.).
Munson, M., Young, M. , & Okiishi, M. (2020). Mécanique des fluides (8ème édition).
Murata, J., & Kikukawa, H. (1992). Viscosity Equation for Fresh Concrete.
Nakayama, Y., & Boucher, R. F. (2000). Introduction to fluid mechanics. ButterworthHeinemann.
Němeček, J. (2021). Numerical simulation of slump flow test of cement paste
composites. Acta Polytechnica CTU Proceedings, 30, 58-62.
https://doi.org/10.14311/APP.2021.30.0058
Nikitin, K. D., Olshanskii, M. A., Terekhov, K. M., & Vassilevski, Y. V. (2011). A
numerical method for the simulation of free surface flows of viscoplastic fluid in

3D. Journal of Computational Mathematics, 29(6), 605-622.
https://doi.org/10.4208/jcm.1109-m11si01
Noh, W. F., & Woodward, P. (1976). SLIC (Simple Line Interface Calculation).
Odabas, D. (2018). Effects of Load and Speed on Wear Rate of Abrasive Wear for
2014 Al Alloy. IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering,
295(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899X/295/1/012008
Pintaude, G. (s. d.). Characteristics of Abrasive Particles and Their Implications on
Wear. www.intechopen.com
Poullain, P. (2003). Étude comparative de l’écoulement d’un fluide viscoplastique
dans une maquette de malaxeur pour béton.
R. J. Cattolica. (2003). Experiment F2: Water Tunnel. In MAE171A/175A Mechanical
Engineering Laboratory Manual (Winter Quarter).
Raper, R. M. (1966). Drag force and pressure distribution on cylindrical
protuberances immersed in a turbulent channel flow.
RMCAO. (2013). CSA A23.2-5C: Concrete Basics Slump Test.
Roques, A., & School, H. (2006). High resolution seismic imaging applied to the
geometrical characterization of very high voltage electric pylons.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/281566156
Roussel, N. (2006). Correlation between yield stress and slump: Comparison
between numerical simulations and concrete rheometers results. Materials and
Structures/Materiaux et Constructions, 39(4), 501-509.
https://doi.org/10.1617/s11527-005-9035-2
Roussel, N., & Coussot, P. (2005). “Fifty-cent rheometer” for yield stress
measurements: From slump to spreading flow. Journal of Rheology, 49(3),
705-718. https://doi.org/10.1122/1.1879041
Roussel, N., Geiker, M. R., Dufour, F., Thrane, L. N., & Szabo, P. (2007).
Computational modeling of concrete flow: General overview. Cement and
Concrete Research, 37(9), 1298-1307.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cemconres.2007.06.007
Schaer, N. (2019). Modélisation des écoulements à surface libre de fluides nonnewtoniens. https://theses.hal.science/tel-02166968

Schowalter, W. R., & Christensen, G. (1998). Toward a rationalization of the slump
test for fresh concrete: Comparisons of calculations and experiments. Journal
of Rheology, 42(4), 865-870. https://doi.org/10.1122/1.550905
Sofiane Amziane, Chiara F. Ferraris, & Eric P. Koehler. (2005). Measurement of
Workability of Fresh Concrete Using a Mixing Truck. Journal of Research of the
National Institute of Standards Technology, 55-56.
Sooraj, P., Agrawal, A., & Sharma, A. (2018). Measurement of Drag Coefficient for
an Elliptical Cylinder. Journal of Energy and Environmental Sustainability, 5,
1-7. https://doi.org/10.47469/jees.2018.v05.100050
Stachowiak G. (2006). Wear – Materials, Mechanisms and Pratice.
Stachowiak G.W. (1993). Tribology Series (Vol. 24, p. 557-612). Elsevier.
Tattersall, G., & Banfill, P. F. G. (1983). The rheology of fresh concrete.
The European Guidelines for Self-Compacting Concrete Specification, Production
and Use « The European Guidelines for Self Compacting Concrete ». (2005).
www.efnarc.org
University College London. (2010). Pressure around a cylinder and cylinder drag.
Van Oudheusden, B. W., Scarano, F., Roosenboom, E. W. M., Casimiri, E. W. F., &
Souverein, L. J. (2007). Evaluation of integral forces and pressure fields from
planar velocimetry data for incompressible and compressible flows.
Experiments in Fluids, 43(2-3), 153-162. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00348-007-
0261-y
Vasilic, K., Gram, A., & Wallevik, J. E. (2019). Numerical simulation of fresh concrete
flow: Insight and challenges. RILEM Technical Letters, 4, 57-66.
https://doi.org/10.21809/rilemtechlett.2019.92
Viccione, G., Ferlisi, S., & Marra, E. (2010). A numerical investigation of the
interaction between debris flows and defense barriers.
http://www.unisa.it/docenti/giacomoviccione/en/index
Wallevik J. (2006). Relation between the Bingham parameters and slump.
Wallevik, J. E. (2006). Relationship between the Bingham parameters and slump.
Cement and Concrete Research, 36(7), 1214-1221.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cemconres.2006.03.001

Wallevik, J. E., & Wallevik, O. H. (2020). Concrete mixing truck as a rheometer.
Cement and Concrete Research, 127.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cemconres.2019.105930

Figure 1. Three-dimensional finite element model of local scouring of semi-exposed submarine cable.

반노출 해저케이블의 국부 정련과정 및 영향인자에 대한 수치적 연구

Numerical Study of the Local Scouring Process and Influencing Factors of Semi-Exposed Submarine Cables

by Qishun Li,Yanpeng Hao *,Peng Zhang,Haotian Tan,Wanxing Tian,Linhao Chen andLin Yang

School of Electric Power Engineering, South China University of Technology, Guangzhou 510640, China

*Author to whom correspondence should be addressed.J. Mar. Sci. Eng.202311(7), 1349; https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse11071349

Received: 10 June 2023 / Revised: 19 June 2023 / Accepted: 27 June 2023 / Published: 1 July 2023(This article belongs to the Section Ocean Engineering)

일부 수식이 손상되어 표시될 수 있습니다. 이 경우 원문을 참조하시기 바랍니다.

Abstract

Local scouring might result in the spanning of submarine cables, endangering their mechanical and electrical properties. In this contribution, a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics simulation model is developed using FLOW-3D, and the scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables is investigated. The effects of the sediment critical Shields number, sediment density, and ocean current velocity on local scouring are discussed, and variation rules for the submarine cables’ spanning time are provided. The results indicate that three scouring holes are formed around the submarine cables. The location of the bottom of the holes corresponds to that of the maximum shear velocity. The continuous development of scouring holes at the wake position leads to the spanning of the submarine cables. The increase in the sediment’s critical Shields number and sediment density, as well as the decrease in the ocean current velocity, will extend the time for maintaining the stability of the upstream scouring hole and retard the development velocity of the wake position and downstream scouring holes. The spanning time has a cubic relationship with the sediment’s critical Shields number, a linear relationship with the sediment density, and an exponential relationship with the ocean current velocity. In this paper, the local scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables is studied, which provides a theoretical basis for the operation and maintenance of submarine cables.

Keywords: 

submarine cablelocal scouringnumerical simulationcomputational fluid dynamics

1. Introduction

As a key piece of equipment in cross-sea power grids, submarine cables are widely used to connect autonomous power grids, supply power to islands or offshore platforms, and transmit electric power generated by marine renewable energy installations to onshore substations [1]. Once submarine cables break down due to natural disasters or human-made damage, the normal operation of other marine electric power equipment connected to them may be affected. These chain reactions will cause great economic losses and serious social impacts [2].

To protect submarine cables, they are usually buried 1 to 3 m below the seabed [3]. However, submarine cables are still confronted with potential threats from the complex subsea environment. Under the influence of fishing, anchor damage, ocean current scouring, and other factors, the sediment above submarine cables will always inevitably migrate. When a submarine cable is partially exposed, the scouring at this position will be exacerbated; eventually, it will cause the submarine cable to span. According to a field investigation of the 500 kV oil-filled submarine cable that is part of the Hainan networking system, the total length of the span is 49 m [4]. Under strong ocean currents, spanning submarine cables may experience vortex-induced vibrations. Fatigue stress caused by vortex-induced vibrations may lead to metal sheath rupture [5], which endangers the mechanical and electrical properties of submarine cables. Therefore, understanding the local scouring processes of partially exposed submarine cables is crucial for predicting scouring patterns. This is the basis for developing effective operation and maintenance strategies for submarine cables.

The mechanism and influencing factors of sediment erosion have been examined by researchers around the world. In 1988, Sumer [6] conducted experiments to show that the shedding vortex in the wake of a pipeline would increase the Shields parameter by 3–4 times, which would result in severe scouring. In 1991, Chiew [7] performed experiments to prove that the maximum scouring depth could be obtained when the pipeline was located on a flat bed and was scoured by a unidirectional water flow. Based on the test results, they provided a prediction formula for the maximum scouring depth. In 2003, Mastbergen [8] proposed a one-dimensional, steady-state numerical model of turbidity currents, which considered the negative pore pressures in the seabed. The calculated results of this model were basically consistent with the actual scouring of a submarine canyon. In 2007, Dey [9] presented a semitheoretical model for the computation of the maximum clear-water scour depth below underwater pipelines in uniform sediments under a steady flow, and the predicted scour depth in clear water satisfactorily agreed with the observed values. In 2008, Dey [10] conducted experiments on clear-water scour below underwater pipelines under a steady flow and obtained a variation pattern of the depth of the scouring hole. In 2008, Liang [11] used a two-dimensional numerical simulation to study the scouring process of a tube bundle under the action of currents and waves. They discovered that, compared with the scouring of a single tube, the scouring depth of the tube bundle was deeper, and the scouring time was longer. In 2012, Yang [12] found that placing rubber sheets under pipes can greatly accelerate their self-burial. The rubber sheets had the best performance when their length was about 1.5 times the size of the pipe. In 2020, Li [13] investigated the two-dimensional local scour beneath two submarine pipelines in tandem under wave-plus-current conditions via numerical simulation. They found that for conditions involving waves plus a low-strength current, the scour pattern beneath the two pipelines behaved like that in the pure-wave condition. Conversely, when the current had equal strength to the wave-induced flow, the scour pattern beneath the two pipelines resembled that in the pure-current condition. In 2020, Guan [14] studied and discussed the interactive coupling effects among a vibrating pipeline, flow field, and scour process through experiments, and the experimental data showed that the evolution of the scour hole had significant influences on the pipeline vibrations. In 2021, Liu [15] developed a two-dimensional finite element numerical model and researched the local scour around a vibrating pipeline. The numerical results showed that the maximum vibration amplitude of the pipeline could reach about 1.2 times diameter, and the maximum scour depth occurred on the wake side of the vibrating pipeline. In 2021, Huang [16] carried out two-dimensional numerical simulations to investigate the scour beneath a single pipeline and piggyback pipelines subjected to an oscillatory flow condition at a KC number of 11 and captured typical steady-streaming structures around the pipelines due to the oscillatory flow condition. In 2021, Cui [17] investigated the characteristics of the riverbed scour profile for a pipeline buried at different depths under the condition of riverbed sediments with different particle sizes. The results indicated that, in general, the equilibrium scour depth changed in a spoon shape with the gradual increase in the embedment ratio. In 2022, Li [18] used numerical simulation to study the influence of the burial depth of partially buried pipelines on the surrounding flow field, but they did not investigate the scour depth. In 2022, Zhu [19] performed experiments to prove that the scour hole propagation rate under a pipeline decreases with an increasing pipeline embedment ratio and rises with the KC number. In 2022, Najafzadeh [20] proposed equations for the prediction of the scouring propagation rate around pipelines due to currents based on a machine learning model, and the prediction results were consistent with the experimental data. In 2023, Ma [21] used the computational fluid dynamics coarse-grained discrete element method to simulate the scour process around a pipeline. The results showed that this method can effectively reduce the considerable need for computing resources and excessive computation time. In 2023, through numerical simulations, Hu [22] discovered that the water velocity and the pipeline diameter had a significant effect on the depth of scouring.

In the preceding works, the researchers investigated the mechanism of sediment scouring and the effect of various factors on the local scouring of submarine pipelines. However, submarine cables are buried beneath the seabed, while submarine pipelines are erected above the seabed. The difference in laying methods leads to a large discrepancy between their local scouring processes. Therefore, the conclusions of the above investigations are not applicable to the local scouring of submarine cables. Currently, there is no report on the research of the local scouring of partially exposed submarine cables.

In this paper, a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics (CFD) finite element model, based on two-phase flow, is established using FLOW-3D. The local scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables under steady-state ocean currents is studied, and the variation rules of the depth and the shape of the scouring holes, as well as the shear velocity with time, are obtained. By setting different critical Shields numbers of the sediment, different sediment densities, and different ocean current velocities, the change rule of the scouring holes’ development rate and the time required for the spanning of submarine cables are explored.

2. Sediment Scouring Model

In the sediment scouring model, the sediment is set as the dispersed particle, which is regarded as a kind of quasifluid. In this context, sediment scouring is considered as a two-phase flow process between the liquid phase and solid particle phase. The sediment in this process is further divided into two categories: one is suspended in the fluid, and the other is deposited on the bottom.When the local Shields number of sediment is greater than the critical Shields number, the deposited sediment will be transformed into the suspended sediment under the action of ocean currents. The calculation formulae of the local Shields numbers θ and the critical Shields numbers 

θcr of sediment is given as [23,24

]

𝜃=𝑈2𝑓(𝜌𝑠/𝜌𝑓−1)𝑔𝑑50,�=��2(��/��−1)��50,(1)

𝜃𝑐𝑟=0.31+1.2𝐷∗+0.055(1−𝑒−0.02𝐷∗),���=0.31+1.2�*+0.055(1−�−0.02�*),(2)

𝐷∗=𝑑50𝜌𝑓(𝜌𝑠−𝜌𝑓)𝑔/𝜇2−−−−−−−−−−−−−−√3,�*=�50��(��−��)�/�23,(3)where 

Uf is the shearing velocity of bed surface, 

ρs is the density of the sediment particle, 

ρf is the fluid density, g is the acceleration of gravity, d

50 is the median size of sediment, and μ is the dynamic viscosity of sediment.And each sediment particle suspended in the fluid obeys the equations for mass conservation and energy conservation

∂𝑐𝑠∂𝑡+∇⋅(𝑢𝑐𝑠)=0,∂��∂�+∇⋅(�¯��)=0,(4)

∂𝑢𝑠∂𝑡+𝑢⋅∇𝑢𝑠=−1𝜌𝑠∇𝑃+𝐹−𝐾𝑓𝑠𝜌𝑠𝑢𝑟,∂��∂�+�¯⋅∇��=−1��∇�+�−�������,(5)where 

cs is the concentration of the sediment particle, 

𝑢�¯ is the mean velocity vector of the fluid and the sediment particle, 

us is the velocity of the sediment particle, 

fs is the volume fraction of the sediment particle, P is the pressure, F is the volumetric and viscous force, K is the drag force, and 

ur is the relative velocity.

3. Numerical Setup and Modeling

In this paper, a three-dimensional submarine cable local scouring simulation model is established by FLOW-3D. Based on the numerical simulation, the process of the submarine cable, which gradually changes from semi-exposed to the spanning state under the steady-state ocean current, is studied. The geometric modeling, the mesh division, the physical field setup, and the grid independent test of CFD numerical model are as follows.

3.1. Geometric Modeling and Mesh Division

A three-dimensional (3D) numerical model of the local scouring of a semi-exposed submarine cable is established, which is shown in Figure 1. The dimensions of the model are marked in Figure 1. The inlet direction of the ocean current is defined as the upstream of the submarine cable (referred to as upstream), and the outlet direction of the ocean current is defined as the downstream of the submarine cable (referred to as downstream).

Jmse 11 01349 g001 550

Figure 1. Three-dimensional finite element model of local scouring of semi-exposed submarine cable.

The submarine cable with a diameter of 0.2 m is positioned on sediment that is initially in a semi-exposed state. When the length of the span is short, the submarine cable will not show obvious deformation due to gravity or scouring from the ocean current. Therefore, the submarine cable surface is set as the fixed boundary. The model’s left boundary is set as the inlet, the right boundary is set as the outlet, the front and rear boundaries are set as symmetry, and the bottom boundary is set as the non-slip wall. Since the water depth above the submarine cable is more than 0.6 m in practice, the top boundary of the model is also set as symmetry. The sediment near the inlet and the outlet will be carried by ocean currents, which leads to the abnormal scouring terrain. At each end of the sediment, a baffle (thickness of 3 cm) is installed to ensure that the simulation results can reflect the real situation.

Due to the fact that the flow field around the semi-exposed submarine cable is not a simple two-dimensional symmetrical distribution, it should be solved by three-dimensional numerical simulation. Considering the accuracy and efficiency of the calculation, the size of mesh is set to 0.02 m. The total number of meshes after the dissection is 133,254.

3.2. Physical Field Setup

The CFD finite element model contains four physical field modules: sediment scouring module, gravity and non-inertial reference frame module, density evaluation module, and viscosity and turbulence module. In this paper, the renormalization group (RNG) kε turbulence model is used, which has high computational accuracy for turbulent vortices. Therefore, this turbulence model is suitable for calculating the sediment scouring process around the semi-exposed submarine cable [25]. The key parameters of the numerical simulation are referring to the survey results of submarine sediments in the Korean Peninsula [26], as listed in Table 1.Table 1. Key parameters of numerical simulation.

Table

3.3. Mesh Independent Test

In order to eliminate errors caused by the quantity of grids in the calculation process, two sizes of mesh are set on the validation model, and the scour profiles under different mesh sizes are compared. The validation model is shown in Figure 2, and the scouring terrain under different mesh size is given in Figure 3.

Jmse 11 01349 g002 550

Figure 2. Validation model.

Jmse 11 01349 g003 550

Figure 3. Scouring terrain under different mesh sizes.

It can be seen from Figure 3 that with the increase in the number of meshes, the scouring terrain of the verification model changes slightly, and the scouring depth is basically unchanged. Considering the accuracy of the numerical simulation and the calculation’s time cost, it is reasonable to consider setting the mesh size to 0.02 m.

4. Results and Analysis

4.1. Analysis of Local Scouring Process

Based on the CFD finite element numerical simulation, the local scouring process of the submarine cable under the steady-state ocean current is analyzed. The end time of the simulation is 9 h, the initial time step is 0.01 s, and the fluid velocity is 0.40 m/s. Simulation results are saved every minute. Figure 4 illustrates the scouring terrain around the semi-exposed submarine cable, which has been scoured by the steady-state current for 5 h.

Jmse 11 01349 g004 550

Figure 4. Scouring terrain around semi-exposed submarine cable (scour for 5 h).

As can be seen from Figure 4, three scouring holes were separately formed in the upstream wake position and downstream of the semi-exposed submarine cable. The scouring holes are labeled according to their locations. The variation of the scouring terrain around the semi-exposed submarine cable over time is given in Figure 5. The red circle in the picture corresponds to the position of the submarine cable, and the red box in the legend marks the time when the submarine cable is spanning.

Jmse 11 01349 g005 550

Figure 5. Variation of scouring terrain around semi-exposed submarine cable adapted to time.

From Figure 5, in the first hour of scouring, the upstream (−0.5 m to −0.1 m) and downstream (0.43 m to 1.5 m) scouring holes appeared. The upstream scouring hole was relatively flat with depth of 0.04 m. The depth of the downstream scouring hole increased with the increase in distance, and the maximum depth was 0.13 m. The scouring hole that developed at the wake position was very shallow, and its depth was only 0.007 m.

In the second hour of scouring, the upstream scouring hole’s depth remained nearly constant. The depth of the downstream scouring hole only increased by 0.002 m. The scouring hole at the wake position developed steadily, and its depth increased from 0.007 m to 0.014 m.

The upstream and downstream scouring holes did not continue to develop during the third to the sixth hour. Compared to the first two hours, the development of scouring holes at the wake position accelerated significantly, with an average growth rate of 0.028 m/h. The growth rate in the fifth hour of the scouring hole at the wake position was slightly faster than the other times. After 6 h of scouring, the sediment on the right side of the submarine cable had been hollowed out.

In the seventh and the eighth hour of scouring, the upstream scouring hole’s depth increased slightly, the downstream scouring hole still remained stable, and the depth of the scouring hole at wake position increased by 0.019 m. The sediment under the submarine cable was gradually eroded as well. By the end of the eighth hour, the lower right part of the submarine cable had been exposed to water as well.

At 8 h 21 min of the scouring, the submarine cable was completely spanned, and the scouring holes were connected to each other. Within the next 10 min, the development of the scouring holes sped up significantly, and the maximum depth of scouring holes increased greatly to 0.27 m.

In reference [17], researchers have studied the local scouring process of semi-buried pipelines in sandy riverbeds through experiments. The test results show that the scouring process can be divided into a start-up stage, micropore formation stage, extension stage, and equilibrium stage. In this paper, the first three stages are simulated, and the results are in good agreement with the experiment, which proves the accuracy of the present numerical model.

In this research, the velocity of ocean currents at the sediment surface is defined as the shear velocity, which plays an important role in the process of local scouring. Figure 6 provides visual data on how the shear velocity varies over time.

Jmse 11 01349 g006 550

Figure 6. Shear velocity changes in the scouring process.

The semi-exposed submarine cable protrudes from the seabed, which makes the shear velocity of its surface much higher than other locations. After the submarine cable is spanned, the shear velocity of the scouring hole surface below it is taken. This is the reason for the sudden change of shear velocity at the submarine cable’s location in Figure 6.The shear velocity in the initial state of the upstream scouring hole is obviously greater than in subsequent times. After 1 h of scouring, the shear velocity in the upstream scouring hole rapidly decreased from 1.1 × 10

−2 m/s to 3.98 × 10

−3 m/s and remained stable until the end of the sixth hour. This phenomenon explains why the upstream scouring hole developed rapidly in the first hour but remained stable for the following 5 h.The shear velocity in the downstream scouring hole reduced at first and then increased; its initial value was 1.41 × 10

−2 m/s. It took approximately 5 h for the shear velocity to stabilize, and the stable shear velocity was 2.26 × 10

−3 m/s. Therefore, compared with the upstream scouring hole, the downstream scouring hole was deeper and required more time to reach stability.The initial shear velocity in the scouring hole at the wake position was only 7.1 × 10

−3 m/s, which almost does not change in the first hour. This leads to a very slow development of the scouring hole at the wake position in the early stages. The maximum shear velocity in this scouring hole gradually increased to 1.05 × 10

−2 m/s from the second to the fifth hour, and then decreased to 6.61 × 10

−3 m/s by the end of the eighth hour. This is why the scouring hole at the wake position grows fastest around the fifth hour. Consistent with the pattern of change in the scouring hole’s terrain, the location of the maximal shear velocity also shifted to the right with time.

The shear velocity of all three scouring holes rose dramatically in the last hour. Combined with the terrain in Figure 5, this can be attributed to the complete spanning of the submarine cable.

From Equations (3)–(5), one can see the movement of the sediment is related directly with the sediment’s critical Shields number, sediment density, and ocean current velocity. Based on the parameters in Table 1, the influence of the above parameters on the local scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables will be discussed.

4.2. Influence Factors

4.2.1. Sediment’s Critical Shields Number

The sediment’s critical Shields number 

θcr is set as 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, and 0.07, and the variations of scouring terrain over time under each 

θcr are displayed in Figure 7.

Jmse 11 01349 g007 550

Figure 7. Influence of sediment’s critical Shields number 

θcr on local scouring around semi-exposed submarine cable: (a

θcr = 0.02; (b

θcr = 0.03; (c

θcr = 0.04; (d

θcr = 0.05; (e

θcr = 0.06; and (f

θcr = 0.07.From Figure 7, one can see that a change in 

θcr will affect the depth of the upstream scouring hole and the development speed of the scouring hole at the wake position, but it will have no significant impact on the expansion of the downstream scouring hole.Under conditions of different 

θcr, the upstream scouring hole will reach a temporary plateau within 1 h, at which time the stable depth will be about 0.04 m. When 

θcr ≤ 0.05, the upstream scouring hole will continue to expand after a few hours. The stable time is obviously affected by 

θcr, which will gradually increase from 1 h to 11 h with the increase in 

θcr. The terrain of the upstream scouring hole will gradually convert to deep on the left and to shallow on the right. Since the scouring hole at the wake position has not been stable, its state at the time of submarine cable spanning is studied emphatically. In the whole process of scouring, the scouring hole at the wake position continues to develop and does not reach a stable state. With the increase in 

θcr, the development velocity of the scouring hole at the wake position will decrease considerably. Its average evolution velocity decreases from 3.88 cm/h to 1.62 cm/h, and its depth decreases from 21.9 cm to 18.8 cm. Under the condition of each 

θcr, the downstream scouring hole will stabilize within 1 h, and the stable depth will be basically unchanged (all about 13.5 cm).As 

θcr increases, so does the sediment’s ability to withstand shearing forces, which will cause it to become increasingly difficult to be eroded or carried away by ocean currents. This effect has been directly reflected in the depth of scouring holes (upstream and wake position). Due to the blocking effect of semi-exposed submarine cables, the wake is elongated, which is why the downstream scouring hole develops before the scouring hole at the wake position and quickly reaches a stable state. However, due to the high wake intensity, this process is not significantly affected by the change of 

θcr.

4.2.2. Sediment Density

The density of sediment 

ρs is set as 1550 kg/m

3, 1600 kg/m

3, 1650 kg/m

3, 1700 kg/m

3, 1750 kg/m

3, and 1800 kg/m

3, and the variation of scouring terrain over time under each 

ρs are displayed in Figure 8.

Jmse 11 01349 g008 550

Figure 8. Influence of sediment density 

ρs on local scouring around semi-exposed submarine cable: (a

ρs = 1550 kg/m

3; (bρs = 1600 kg/m

3; (cρs = 1650 kg/m

3; (dρs = 1700 kg/m

3; (eρs = 1750 kg/m

3; and (f

ρs = 1800 kg/m

3.From Figure 8, one can see that a change in 

ρs will also affect the depth of the upstream scouring hole and the development speed of the scouring hole at the wake position. In addition, it can even have an impact on the downstream scouring hole depth.Under different 

ρs conditions, the upstream scouring hole will always reach a temporary stable state in 1 h, at which time the stable depth will be 0.04 m. When 

ρs ≤ 1750 kg/m

3, the upstream scouring hole will continue to expand after a few hours. The stabilization time of upstream scouring hole is more clearly affected by 

ρs, which will gradually increase from 3 h to 13 h with the increase in 

ρs. The terrain of the upstream scouring hole will gradually change to deep on the left and to shallow on the right. Since the scouring hole at the wake position has not been stable, its state at the time of the submarine cable spanning is studied emphatically, too. In the whole process of scouring, the scouring hole at the wake position continues to develop and does not reach a stable state. When 

ρs is large, the development rate of scouring hole obviously decreased with time. With the increase in 

ρs, the development velocity of the scouring hole at the wake position reduces from 3.38 cm/h to 1.14 cm/h, and the depth of this scouring hole declines from 20 cm to 15 cm. As 

ρs increases, the stabilization time of the downstream scouring hole increases from less than 1 h to about 2 h, but the stabilization depth of the downstream scouring hole remains essentially the same (all around 13.5 cm).As can be seen from Equation (1), the increase in 

ρs will reduce the Shields number, thus weakening the shear action of the sediment by the ocean current, which explains the extension of the stability time of the upstream scouring hole. At the same time, with the increase in the depth of scouring hole at the wake position, its shear velocity will decreases. Therefore, under a larger 

ρs value, the development speed of scouring hole at the wake position will decrease significantly with time. Possibly for the same reason, 

ρs can affect the development rate of downstream scouring hole.

4.2.3. Ocean Current Velocity

The ocean current velocity v is set as 0.35 m/s, 0.40 m/s, 0.45 m/s, 0.50 m/s, 0.55 m/s, and 0.60 m/s. Figure 9 presents the variation in scouring terrain with time for each v.

Jmse 11 01349 g009 550

Figure 9. Influence of ocean current velocity v on local scouring around semi-exposed submarine cable: (av = 0.35 m/s; (bv = 0.40 m/s; (cv = 0.45 m/s; (dv = 0.50 m/s; (ev = 0.55 m/s; and (fv = 0.60 m/s.

Changes in v affect the depth of the upstream and downstream scouring holes, as well as the development velocity of the wake position and downstream scouring holes.

When v ≤ 0.45 m/s, the upstream scouring hole will reach a temporary stable state within 1 h, at which point the stable depth will be 0.04 m. The stabilization time of the upstream scouring hole is affected by v, which will gradually decrease from 15 h to 3 h with the increase in v. When v > 0.45 m/s, the upstream scouring hole is going to expand continuously. With the increase in v, its average development velocity increases from 6.68 cm/h to 8.66 cm/h, and its terrain changes to deep on the left and to shallow on the right. When the submarine cable is spanning, special attention should be paid to the depth of the scouring hole at the wake position. Throughout whole scouring process, the scouring hole at the wake position continues to develop and does not reach a stable state. With the increase in v, the depth of scouring hole at the wake position will increase from 14 cm to 20 cm, and the average development velocity will increase from 0.91 cm/h to 10.43 cm/h. As v increases, the time required to stabilize the downstream scouring hole is shortened from 1to 2 h to less than 1 h, but the stable depth is remains nearly constant at 13.5 cm.

An increase in v will increase the shear velocity. Therefore, when the depth of the scouring hole increases, the shear velocity in the hole will also increase, which can deepen both the upstream and downstream scouring hole. According to Equation (1), the Shields number is proportional to the square of the shear velocity. The increase in shear velocity significantly intensifies local scouring, which increases the development rate of scouring holes at the wake position and downstream.

4.3. Variation Rule of Spanning Time

In this paper, the spanning time is defined as the time taken for a semi-exposed submarine cable (initial state) to become a spanning submarine cable. Figure 10 illustrates the effect of the above parameters on the spanning time of the semi-exposed submarine cable.

Jmse 11 01349 g010 550

Figure 10. Influence of different parameters on spanning time of the semi-exposed submarine cable: (a) Sediment critical Shields number; (b) Sediment density; and (c) Ocean current velocity.From Figure 10a, the spanning time monotonically increases with the increase in the critical Shields number of sediment. However, the slope of the curve decreases first and then increases, and the inflection point is at 

θcr = 4.59 × 10

−2. The relationship between spanning time t and sediment’s critical Shields number 

θcr can be formulated by a cubic function as shown in Equation (6):

𝑡=−2.98+6.76𝜃𝑐𝑟−1.45𝜃2𝑐𝑟+0.11𝜃3𝑐𝑟.�=−2.98+6.76���−1.45���2+0.11���3.(6)It can be seen from Figure 10b that with the increase in the sediment density, the spanning time increases monotonically and linearly. The relationship between the spanning time t and the sediment’s density 

ρs can be formulated by the first order function as shown in Equation (7):

𝑡=−41.59+30.54𝜌𝑠.�=−41.59+30.54��.(7)Figure 10c shows that with the increase in the ocean current velocity, the spanning time decreases monotonically. The slope of the curve increases with the increase in the ocean current velocity, so it can be considered that there is saturation of the ocean current velocity effect. The relationship between the spanning time t and the ocean current velocity v can be formulated by the exponential function

𝑡=0.15𝑣−4.38.�=0.15�−4.38.(8)

5. Conclusions

In this paper, a three-dimensional CFD finite element numerical simulation model is established, which is used to research the local scouring process of the semi-exposed submarine cable under the steady-state ocean current. The relationship between shear velocity and scouring terrain is discussed, the influence of sediment critical Shields number, sediment density and ocean current velocity on the local scouring process is analyzed, and the variation rules of the spanning time of the semi-exposed submarine cable is given. The conclusions are as follows:

  • Under the steady-state ocean currents, scouring holes will be formed at the upstream, wake position and downstream of the semi-exposed submarine cable. The upstream and downstream scouring holes develop faster, which will reach a temporary stable state at about 1 h after the start of the scouring. The scouring hole at the wake position will continue to expand at a slower rate and eventually lead to the spanning of the submarine cable.
  • There is a close relationship between the distribution of shear velocity and the scouring terrain. As the local scouring process occurs, the location of the maximum shear velocity within the scouring hole shifts and causes the bottom of the hole to move as well.
  • When the sediment’s critical Shields number and density are significantly large and ocean current velocity is sufficiently low, the duration of the stable state of the upstream scouring hole will be prolonged, and the average development velocity of the scouring holes at the wake position and downstream will be reduced.
  • The relationship between the spanning time and the critical Shields number θcr can be formulated as a cubic function, in which the curve’s inflection point is θcr = 4.59 × 10−2. The relationship between spanning time and sediment density can be formulated as a linear function. The relationship between spanning time and ocean current velocity can be formulated by exponential function.

Based on the conclusions of this paper, even when it is too late to take measures or when the exposed position of the submarine cable cannot be located, the degree of burial depth development still can be predicted. This prediction is important for the operation and maintenance of the submarine cable. However, the study still leaves something to be desired. Only the local scouring process under the steady-state ocean current was studied, which is an extreme condition. In practice, exposed submarine cables are more likely to be scoured by reciprocating ocean currents. In the future, we will investigate the local scouring of submarine cables under the reciprocating ocean current.

Author Contributions

Conceptualization, Y.H. and Q.L.; methodology, Q.L., P.Z. and H.T.; software, Q.L.; validation, Q.L., L.C. and W.T.; writing—original draft preparation, Q.L.; writing—review and editing, Y.H. and Q.L.; supervision, Y.H. and L.Y. All authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript.

Funding

This research was funded by the [Smart Grid Joint Fund Key Project between National Natural Science Foundation of China and State Grid Corporation] grant number [U1766220].

Institutional Review Board Statement

Not applicable.

Informed Consent Statement

Not applicable.

Data Availability Statement

The data supporting the reported results cannot be shared at this time, as they have been used in producing more publications on this research.

Acknowledgments

This work is supported by the Smart Grid Joint Fund Key Project of the National Natural Science Foundation of China and State Grid Corporation (Grant No. U1766220).

Conflicts of Interest

The authors declare no conflict of interest.

References

  1. Taormina, B.; Bald, J.; Want, A.; Thouzeau, G.; Lejart, M.; Desroy, N.; Carlier, A. A review of potential impacts of submarine power cables on the marine environment: Knowledge gaps, recommendations and future directions. Renew. Sust. Energ. Rev. 201896, 380–391. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  2. Gulski, E.; Anders, G.J.; Jogen, R.A.; Parciak, J.; Siemiński, J.; Piesowicz, E.; Paszkiewicz, S.; Irska, I. Discussion of electrical and thermal aspects of offshore wind farms’ power cables reliability. Renew. Sust. Energ. Rev. 2021151, 111580. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  3. Wang, W.; Yan, X.; Li, S.; Zhang, L.; Ouyang, J.; Ni, X. Failure of submarine cables used in high-voltage power transmission: Characteristics, mechanisms, key issues and prospects. IET Gener. Transm. Distrib. 202115, 1387–1402. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  4. Chen, H.; Chen, Z.; Lu, H.; Wu, C.; Liang, J. Protection method for submarine cable detection and exposed suspension problem in Qiongzhou straits. Telecom Pow. Technol. 201936, 60–61+63. [Google Scholar]
  5. Zhu, J.; Ren, B.; Dong, P.; Chen, W. Vortex-induced vibrations of a free spanning submarine power cable. Ocean Eng. 2023272, 113792. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  6. Sumer, B.M.; Jensen, H.R.; Mao, Y.; Fredsøe, J. Effect of lee-wake on scour below pipelines in current. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean. Eng. 1988114, 599–614. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  7. Chiew, Y.M. Prediction of maximum scour depth at submarine pipelines. J. Hydraul. Eng. 1991117, 452–466. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  8. Mastbergen, D.R.; Vandenberg, J.H. Breaching in fine sands and the generation of sustained turbidity currents in submarine canyons. Sedimentology 200350, 625–637. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  9. Dey, S.; Singh, N.P. Clear-water scour depth below underwater pipelines. J. Hydro-Env. Res. 20071, 157–162. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  10. Dey, S.; Singh, N.P. Clear-water scour below underwater pipelines under steady flow. J. Hydraul. Eng. 2008134, 588–600. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  11. Liang, D.; Cheng, L. Numerical study of scour around a pipeline bundle. Proc. Inst. Civil Eng. Mar. Eng. 2008161, 89–95. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  12. Yang, L.; Guo, Y.; Shi, B.; Kuang, C.; Xu, W.; Cao, S. Study of scour around submarine pipeline with a rubber plate or rigid spoiler in wave conditions. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 2012138, 484–490. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  13. Li, Y.; Ong, M.C.; Fuhrman, D.R.; Larsen, B.E. Numerical investigation of wave-plus-current induced scour beneath two submarine pipelines in tandem. Coast. Eng. 2020156, 103619. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  14. Guan, D.; Hsieh, S.C.; Chiew, Y.M.; Low, Y.M.; Wei, M. Local scour and flow characteristics around pipeline subjected to vortex-induced vibrations. J. Hydraul. Eng. 2020146, 04019048. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  15. Liu, M.M.; Jin, X.; Wang, L.; Yang, F.; Tang, J. Numerical investigation of local scour around a vibrating pipeline under steady currents. Ocean Eng. 2021221, 108546. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  16. Huang, J.; Yin, G.; Ong, M.C.; Myrhaug, D.; Jia, X. Numerical investigation of scour beneath pipelines subjected to an oscillatory flow condition. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 20219, 1102. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  17. Cui, F.; Du, Y.; Hao, X.; Peng, S.; Bao, Z.; Peng, S. Experimental study on local scour and related mechanical effects at river-crossing underwater oil and gas pipelines. Adv. Civ. Eng. 20212021, 6689212. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  18. Li, B.; Ma, H. Scouring mechanism of suspended and partially-buried pipelines under steady flow. Coast. Eng. 2022177, 104201. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  19. Najafzadeh, M.; Oliveto, G. Scour propagation rates around offshore pipelines exposed to currents by applying data-driven models. Water 202214, 493. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  20. Zhu, Y.; Xie, L.; Wong, T.; Su, T. Development of three-dimensional scour below pipelines in regular waves. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 202210, 124. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  21. Ma, H.; Li, B. CFD-CGDEM coupling model for scour process simulation of submarine pipelines. Ocean Eng. 2023271, 113789. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  22. Hu, K.; Bai, X.; Vaz, M.A. Numerical simulation on the local scour processing and influencing factors of submarine pipeline. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 202311, 234. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  23. Yang, B.; Gao, F.; Wu, Y. Experimental study on local scour of sandy seabed under submarine pipeline in unidirectional currents. Eng. Mech. 200825, 206–210. [Google Scholar]
  24. Cheng, Y.; Wang, X.; Luo, W.; Huang, X.; Lyu, X. Experimental study of local scour around a downstream inclined pile under combined waves and current. Adv. Eng. Sci. 202153, 64–71. [Google Scholar]
  25. Lu, Y.; Zhou, L.; Shen, X. Different turbulence models for simulating a liquid-liquid hydro cyclone. J. Tsinghua Univ. 200141, 105–109. [Google Scholar]
  26. Yun, D.H.; Kim, Y.T. Experimental study on settlement and scour characteristics of artificial reef with different reinforcement type and soil type. Geotext. Geomembr. 201846, 448–454. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Validity evaluation of popular liquid-vapor phase change models for cryogenic self-pressurization process

극저온 자체 가압 공정을 위한 인기 있는 액체-증기 상 변화 모델의 타당성 평가

액체-증기 상 변화 모델은 밀폐된 용기의 자체 가압 프로세스 시뮬레이션에 매우 큰 영향을 미칩니다. Hertz-Knudsen 관계, 에너지 점프 모델 및 그 파생물과 같은 널리 사용되는 액체-증기 상 변화 모델은 실온 유체를 기반으로 개발되었습니다. 액체-증기 전이를 통한 극저온 시뮬레이션에 널리 적용되었지만 각 모델의 성능은 극저온 조건에서 명시적으로 조사 및 비교되지 않았습니다. 본 연구에서는 171가지 일반적인 액체-증기 상 변화 모델을 통합한 통합 다상 솔버가 제안되었으며, 이를 통해 이러한 모델을 실험 데이터와 직접 비교할 수 있습니다. 증발 및 응축 모델의 예측 정확도와 계산 속도를 평가하기 위해 총 <>개의 자체 가압 시뮬레이션이 수행되었습니다. 압력 예측은 최적화 전략이 서로 다른 모델 계수에 크게 의존하는 것으로 나타났습니다. 에너지 점프 모델은 극저온 자체 가압 시뮬레이션에 적합하지 않은 것으로 나타났습니다. 평균 편차와 CPU 소비량에 따르면 Lee 모델과 Tanasawa 모델은 다른 모델보다 안정적이고 효율적인 것으로 입증되었습니다.

Elsevier

International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer

Volume 181, December 2021, 121879

International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer

Validity evaluation of popular liquid-vapor phase change models for cryogenic self-pressurization process

Author links open overlay panelZhongqi Zuo, Jingyi Wu, Yonghua HuangShow moreAdd to MendeleyShareCite

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2021.121879Get rights and content

Abstract

Liquid-vapor phase change models vitally influence the simulation of self-pressurization processes in closed containers. Popular liquid-vapor phase change models, such as the Hertz-Knudsen relation, energy jump model, and their derivations were developed based on room-temperature fluids. Although they had widely been applied in cryogenic simulations with liquid-vapor transitions, the performance of each model was not explicitly investigated and compared yet under cryogenic conditions. A unified multi-phase solver incorporating four typical liquid-vapor phase change models has been proposed in the present study, which enables direct comparison among those models against experimental data. A total number of 171 self-pressurization simulations were conducted to evaluate the evaporation and condensation models’ prediction accuracy and calculation speed. It was found that the pressure prediction highly depended on the model coefficients, whose optimization strategies differed from each other. The energy jump model was found inadequate for cryogenic self-pressurization simulations. According to the average deviation and CPU consumption, the Lee model and the Tanasawa model were proven to be more stable and more efficient than the others.

Introduction

The liquid-vapor phase change of cryogenic fluids is widely involved in industrial applications, such as the hydrogen transport vehicles [1], shipborne liquid natural gas (LNG) containers [2] and on-orbit cryogenic propellant tanks [3]. These applications require cryogenic fluids to be stored for weeks to months. Although high-performance insulation measures are adopted, heat inevitably enters the tank via radiation and conduction. The self-pressurization in the tank induced by the heat leakage eventually causes the venting loss of the cryogenic fluids and threatens the safety of the craft in long-term missions. To reduce the boil-off loss and extend the cryogenic storage duration, a more comprehensive understanding of the self-pressurization mechanism is needed.

Due to the difficulties and limitations in implementing cryogenic experiments, numerical modeling is a convenient and powerful way to study the self-pressurization process of cryogenic fluids. However, how the phase change models influence the mass and heat transfer under cryogenic conditions is still unsettled [4]. As concluded by Persad and Ward [5], a seemingly slight variation in the liquid-vapor phase change models can lead to erroneous predictions.

Among the liquid-vapor phase change models, the kinetic theory gas (KTG) based models and the energy jump model are the most popular ones used in recent self-pressurization simulations [6]. The KTG based models, also known as the Hertz-Knudsen relation models, were developed on the concept of the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution of the gas molecular [7]. The Hertz-Knudsen relation has evolved to several models, including the Schrage model [8], the Tanasawa model [9], the Lee model [10] and the statistical rate theory (SRT) [11], which will be described in Section 2.2. Since the Schrage model and the Lee model are embedded and configured as the default ones in the commercial CFD solvers Flow-3D® and Ansys Fluent® respectively, they have been widely used in self-pressurization simulations for liquid nitrogen [12], [13] and liquid hydrogen [14], [15]. The major drawback of the KTG models lies in the difficulty of selecting model coefficients, which were reported in a considerably wide range spanning three magnitudes even for the same working fluid [16], [17], [18], [19], [20], [21]. Studies showed that the liquid level, pressure and mass transfer rate are directly influenced by the model coefficients [16], [22], [23], [24], [25]. Wrong coefficients will lead to deviation or even divergence of the results. The energy jump model is also known as the thermal limitation model. It assumes that the evaporation and condensation at the liquid-vapor interface are induced only by heat conduction. The model is widely adopted in lumped node simulations due to its simplicity [6], [26], [27]. To improve the accuracy of mass flux prediction, the energy jump model was modified by including the convection heat transfer [28], [29]. However, the convection correlations are empirical and developed mainly for room-temperature fluids. Whether the correlation itself can be precisely applied in cryogenic simulations still needs further investigation.

Fig. 1 summarizes the cryogenic simulations involving the modeling of evaporation and condensation processes in recent years. The publication has been increasing rapidly. However, the characteristics of each evaporation and condensation model are not explicitly revealed when simulating self-pressurization. A comparative study of the phase change models is highly needed for cryogenic fluids for a better simulation of the self-pressurization processes.

In the present paper, a unified multi-phase solver incorporating four typical liquid-vapor phase change models, namely the Tanasawa model, the Lee model, the energy jump model, and the modified energy jump model has been proposed, which enables direct comparison among different models. The models are used to simulate the pressure and temperature evolutions in an experimental liquid nitrogen tank in normal gravity, which helps to evaluate themselves in the aspects of accuracy, calculation speed and robustness.

Section snippets

Governing equations for the self-pressurization tank

In the present study, both the fluid domain and the solid wall of the tank are modeled and discretized. The heat transportation at the solid boundaries is considered to be irrelevant with the nearby fluid velocity. Consequently, two sets of the solid and the fluid governing equations can be decoupled and solved separately. The pressures in the cryogenic container are usually from 100 kPa to 300 kPa. Under these conditions, the Knudsen number is far smaller than 0.01, and the fluids are

Self-pressurization results and phase change model comparison

This section compares the simulation results by different phase change models. Section 3.1 compares the pressure and temperature outputs from two KTG based models, namely the Lee model and the Tanasawa model. Section 3.2 presents the pressure predictions from the energy transport models, namely the energy jump model and the modified energy jump model, and compares pressure prediction performances between the KTG based models and the energy transport models. Section 3.3 evaluates the four models 

Conclusion

A unified vapor-liquid-solid multi-phase numerical solver has been accomplished for the self pressurization simulation in cryogenic containers. Compared to the early fluid-only solver, the temperature prediction in the vicinity of the tank wall improves significantly. Four liquid-vapor phase change models were integrated into the solver, which enables fair and effective comparison for performances between each other. The pressure and temperature prediction accuracies, and the calculation speed

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Zhongqi Zuo: Data curation, Formal analysis, Writing – original draft, Validation. Jingyi Wu: Conceptualization, Writing – review & editing, Validation. Yonghua Huang: Conceptualization, Formal analysis, Writing – review & editing, Validation.

Declaration of Competing Interest

Authors declare that they have no financial and personal relationships with other people or organizations that can inappropriately influence our work, there is no professional or other personal interest of any nature or kind in any product, service and/or company that could be construed as influencing the position presented in, or the review of, the manuscript entitled, “Validity evaluation of popular liquid-vapor phase change models for cryogenic self-pressurization process”.

Acknowledgement

This project is supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (No. 51936006).

References (40)

There are more references available in the full text version of this article.

Cited by (7)

Intrusion of fine sediments into river bed and its effect on river environment – a research review

미세한 퇴적물이 강바닥에 침투하고 하천 환경에 미치는 영향 – 연구 검토

Intrusion of fine sediments into river bed and its effect on river environment – a research review

Nilav Karna,K.S. Hari Prasad, Sanjay Giri & A.S. Lodhi

Abstract

Fine sediments enter into the river through various sources such as channel bed, bank, and catchment. It has been regarded as a type of pollution in river. Fine sediments present in a river have a significant effect on river health. Benthic micro-organism, plants, and large fishes, all are part of food chain of river biota. Any detrimental effect on any of these components of food chain misbalances the entire riverine ecosystem. Numerous studies have been carried out on the various environmental aspects of rivers considering the presence of fine sediment in river flow. The present paper critically reviews many of these aspects to understand the various environmental impacts of suspended sediment on river health, flora and fauna.

Keywords: 

  1. Introduction
    The existence of fine sediment in a river system is a natural phenomenon. But in many cases it is exacerbated by the manmade activities. The natural cause of fines being in flow generally keeps the whole system in equilibrium except during some calamites whereas anthropogenic activities leading to fines entering into the flow puts several adverse impacts on the entire river system and its ecology. Presence of fines in flow is considered as a type of pollution in water. In United States,
    the fine sediment in water along with other non point source pollution is considered as a major obstacle in providing quality water for fishes and recreation activities (Diplas and Parker 1985).
    Sediments in a river are broadly of two types, organic and inorganic, and they both move in two ways either along the bed of the channel called bed load or in suspension called suspended load and their movements depend upon fluid flow and sediment characteristics. Further many investigators have divided the materials in suspension into two different types.
    One which originates from channel bed and bank is called bed material suspended load and another that migrates from feeding catchment area is called wash load. A general perception is that wash loads are very fine materials like clay, silt but it may not always be true (Woo et al. 1986). In general, suspended materials are of size less than 2 mm. The impact of sand on the various aspects of river is comparatively less than that of silt and clay. The latter are chemically active and good carrier of many contaminants and nutrients such as dioxins, phosphorous, heavy and trace metals, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCBs), radionuclide, etc. (Foster and Charlesworth 1996; Horowitz et al. 1995; Owens et al. 2001; Salomons and Förstner 1984; Stone and Droppo 1994; Thoms 1987). Foy and Bailey-Watt (1998) reported that out of 129 lakes in England and Wales, 69% have phosphorous contamination. Ten percent lakes, rivers, and bays of United States have sediment contaminants with chemicals as reported by USEPA. Several field and experimental studies have been conducted
    considering, sand, silt, and clay as suspended material. Hence, the subject reported herein is based on considering the fine sediment size smaller than 2 mm.
    Fine sediments have the ability to alter the hydraulics of the flow. Presence of fines in flow can change the magnitude of turbulence, it can change the friction resistance to flow. Fines can change the mobility and permeability of the bed material. In some extreme cases, fines in flow may even change the morphology of the river (Doeg and Koehn 1994; Nuttall 1972; Wright and Berrie 1987). Fines in the flow adversely affect the producer by increasing the turbidity, hindering the
    photosynthesis process by limiting the light penetration. This is ultimately reflected in the entire food ecosystem of river (Davis-Colley et al. 1992; Van Niewenhuyre and Laparrieve 1986). In addition, abrasion due to flowing sediment kills the aquatic flora (Edwards 1969; Brookes 1986). Intrusion of fines into the pores of river bed reduces space for several invertebrates, affects the spawning process (Petts 1984; Richards and Bacon 1994; Schalchli 1992). There are several other direct
    or indirect, short-term or long-term impacts of fines in river.
    The present paper reports the physical/environmental significance of fines in river. The hydraulic significance of presence of fines in the river has been reviewed in another paper (Effect of fine sediments on river hydraulics – a research review – http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09715010.2014.982001).

References

  • Adams, J.N., and Beschta, R.L. (1980). “Gravel bed composition in oregon coastal streams.” Can. J. Fish. Aquat.Sci., 37, 1514–1521.10.1139/f80-196  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Alabaster, J.S., and Llyod, R.L. (1980). Water quality criteria for fresh water, Butterworth, London, 297. [Google Scholar]
  • Aldridge, D.W., Payne, B.S., and Miller, A.C. (1987). “The effects of intermittent exposure to suspended solids and turbulence on three species of freshwater mussels.” Environ. Pollution, 45, 17–28.10.1016/0269-7491(87)90013-3  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Barton, B.A. (1977). “Short-term effects of highway construction on the limnology of a small stream in southern Ontario.” Freshwater Biol., 7, 99–108.10.1111/fwb.1977.7.issue-2  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Bash, J., Berman, C., and Bolton, S. (2001). Effects of turbidity and suspended solids on salmonids, Center for Streamside Studies, University of Washington, Seattle, WA. [Google Scholar]
  • Baxter, C.V., and Hauer, F.R. (2000). “Geomorphology, hyporheic exchange, and selection of spawning habitat by bull trout (Salvelinus confuentus).” Can. J. Fish. Aquat.Sci., 57, 1470–1481.10.1139/f00-056  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Berkman, H.E., and Rabeni, C.F. (1987). “Effect of siltation on stream fish communities.” Environ. Biol. Fish., 18, 285–294.10.1007/BF00004881  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Beschta, R.L., and Jackson, W.L. (1979). “The intrusion of fine sediments into a stable gravel bed.” J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 36, 204–210.10.1139/f79-030  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Boon, P.J. (1988). “The impact of river regulation on invertebrate communities in the UK.” Reg. River Res. Manage., 2, 389–409.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Brookes, A. (1986). “Response of aquatic vegetation to sedimentation downstream from river channelization works in England and Wales.” Biol. Conserv., 38, 352–367. [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Bruton, M.N. (1985). “The effects of suspensoids on fish.” Hydrobiologia, 125, 221–241.10.1007/BF00045937  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Carling, P.A. (1984). “Deposition of fine and coarse sand in an open-work gravel bed.” Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci., 41, 263–270.10.1139/f84-030  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Carling, P.A., and McCahon, C.P. (1987). “Natural siltation of brown trout (Salmo trutta L.) spawning gravels during low-flow conditions.” Regulated streams, J.F. Craig and J.B. Kemper, eds., Plenum Press, New York, NY, 229–244.10.1007/978-1-4684-5392-8  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Carter, J., Owens, P.N., Walling, D.E., and Leeks, G.J.L. (2003). “Fingerprinting suspended sediment sources in a large urban river system.” Sci. Total Environ., 314–316, 513–534.10.1016/S0048-9697(03)00071-8  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Chang, H.H. (1988). Fluvial processes in river engineering, Krieger, Malabar Florida, 432. [Google Scholar]
  • Chapman, D.W. (1988). “Critical review of variables used to define effects of fines in redds of large salmonids.” Trans. Am. Fish. Soc., 117, 1–21.10.1577/1548-8659(1988)117<0001:CROVUT>2.3.CO;2  [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Church, M.A., Mclean, D.G., and Wolcott, J.F. (1987). “River bed gravel sampling and analysis.” Sediment transport in gravel-bed rivers, C.R. Thorne, J.C. Bathrust, and R.D. Hey, eds., John Willey, Chichester, 43–79. [Google Scholar]
  • Cline, L.D., Short, R.A., and Ward, J.V. (1982). “The influence of highway construction on the macroinvertebrates and epilithic algae of a high mountain stream.” Hydrobiologia, 96, 149–159.10.1007/BF02185430  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Collins, A.L., Walling, D.E., and Leeks, G.J.L. (1997). “Fingerprinting the origin of fluvial suspended sediment in larger river basins: combining assessment of spatial provenance and source type.” Geografiska Annaler, 79A, 239–254.10.1111/1468-0459.00020  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Cordone, A.J., and Kelly, D.W. (1961). “The influence of inorganic sediment on the aquatic life of stream.” Calif. Fish Game, 47, 189–228. [Google Scholar]
  • Culp, J.M., Wrona, F.J., and Davies, R.W. (1985). “Response of stream benthos and drift to fine sediment depositionversus transport.” Can. J. Zool., 64, 1345–1351. [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Davies-Colley, R.J., Hickey, C.W., Quinn, J.M., and Ryan, P.A. (1992). “Effects of clay discharges on streams.” Hydrobiologia, 248, 215–234.10.1007/BF00006149  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Dhamotharan, S., Wood, A., Parker, G., and Stefan, H. (1980). Bed load transport in a model gravel stream. Project Report No. 190. St. Anthony Falls Hydraulic Laboratory, University of Minnesota. [Google Scholar]
  • Diplas, P., and Parker, G. (1985). Pollution of gravel spawning grounds due to fine sediment. Project Report, No. 240. St. Anthony Falls Laboratory, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. [Google Scholar]
  • Doeg, T.J., and Koehn, J.D. (1994). “Effects of draining and desilting a small weir on downstream fish and macroinvertebrates.” Reg. River Res. Manage., 9, 263–277.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Droppo, I.G. (2001). “Rethinking what constitutes suspended sediment.” Hydrol. Process., 15, 1551–1564.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Droppo, I.G., and Ongley, E.D. (1994). “Flocculation of suspended sediment in rivers of southeastern Canada.” Water Res., 28, 1799–1809.10.1016/0043-1354(94)90253-4  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Einstein, H.A. (1968). “Deposition of suspended particles in a gravel bed.” J. Hydraul. Eng., 94, 1197–1205. [Google Scholar]
  • Erman, D.C., and Ligon, F.K. (1988). “Effects of discharge fluctuation and the addition of fine sediment on stream fish and macroinvertebrates below a water-filtration facility.” Environ. Manage., 12, 85–97.10.1007/BF01867380  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Farnsworth, K.L., and Milliman, J.D. (2003). “Effects of climatic and anthropogenic change on small mountainous rivers: the Salinas River example.” Global Planet. Change, 39, 53–64.10.1016/S0921-8181(03)00017-1  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Foster, I.D.L., and Charlesworth, S.M. (1996). “Heavy metals in the hydrological cycle: trends and explanation.” Hydrol. Process., 10, 227–261.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Foy, R.H., and Bailey-Watts, A.E. (1998). “Observations on the spatial and temporal variation in the phosphorus status of lakes in the British Isles.” Soil Use Manage., 14, 131–138.10.1111/sum.1998.14.issue-s4  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Frostick, L.E., Lucas, P.M., and Reid, I. (1984). “The infiltration of fine matrices into coarse-grained alluvial sediments and its implications for stratigraphical interpretation.” J. Geol. Soc. London, 141, 955–965.10.1144/gsjgs.141.6.0955  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gagnier, D.L., and Bailey, R.C. (1994). “Balancing loss of information and gains in efficiency in characterizing stream sediment samples.” J. North Am. Benthol. Soc., 13, 170–180.10.2307/1467236  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gammon, J.R. (1970). The effect of inorganic sediment on stream biota. Environmental Protection Agency, Water Pollution Control Research, Series, 18050 DWC 12/70. USGPO, Washington, DC. [Google Scholar]
  • Graham, A.A. (1990). “Siltation of stone-surface periphyton in rivers by clay-sized particles from low concentrations in suspention.” Hydrobiologia, 199, 107–115.10.1007/BF00005603  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Greig, S.M., Sear, D.A., and Carling, P.A. (2005). “The impact of fine sediment accumulation on the survival of incubating salmon progeny: Implications for sediment management.” Sci. Total Environ., 344, 241–258.10.1016/j.scitotenv.2005.02.010  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Harrod, T.R., and Theurer, F.D. (2002). “Sediment.” Agriculture, hydrology and water quality, P.M. Haygarth and S.C. Jarvis, eds., CABI, Wallingford, 502. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Horowitz, A.J., Elrick, K.A., Robbins, J.A., and Cook, R.B. (1995). “Effect of mining and related activities on the sediment trace element geochemistry of Lake Coeur D’Alene, Idaho, USA part II: Subsurface sediments.” Hydrol. Process., 9, 35–54.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Hynes, H.B.N. (1970). The ecology of running waters, Liverpool University Press, Liverpool. [Google Scholar]
  • Khullar, N.K. (2002). “Effect of wash load on transport of uniform and nonuniform sediments.” Ph.D. thesis, Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee. [Google Scholar]
  • Kondolf, G.M. (1995). “Managing bedload sediment in regulated rivers: Examples from California, USA.” Geophys. Monograph, 89, 165–176. [Google Scholar]
  • Kondolf, G.M. (1997). “Hungry water: effects of dams and gravel mining on river channels.” Environ. Manage., 21, 533–551.10.1007/s002679900048  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Langer, O.E. (1980). “Effects of sedimentation on salmonid stream life.” Report on the Technical Workshop on Suspended Solids and the Aquatic Environment, K. Weagle, ed., Whitehorse. [Google Scholar]
  • Lemly, A.D. (1982). “Modification of benthic insect communities in polluted streams: combined effects of sedimentation and nutrient enrichment.” Hydrobiologia, 87, 229–245.10.1007/BF00007232  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Levasseur, M., Bergeron, N.E., Lapointe, M.F., and Bérubé, F. (2006). “Effects of silt and very fine sand dynamics in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) redds on embryo hatching success.” Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci., 63, 1450–1459.10.1139/f06-050  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Lewis, K. (1973a). “The effect of suspended coal particles on the life forms of the aquatic moss Eurhynchium riparioides (Hedw.).” Fresh Water Biol., 3, 251–257.10.1111/fwb.1973.3.issue-3  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lewis, K. (1973b). “The effect of suspended coal particles on the life forms of the aquatic moss Eurhynchium riparioides (Hedw.).” Fresh Water Biol., 3, 391–395.10.1111/fwb.1973.3.issue-4  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lisle, T. (1980). “Sedimentation of Spawning Areas during Storm Flows, Jacoby Creek, North Coastal California.” Presented at the fall meeting of the American Geophysical Union, San Francisco, CA. [Google Scholar]
  • Marchant, R. (1989). “Changes in the benthic invertebrate communities of the thomson river, southeastern Australia, after dam construction.” Reg. River Res. Manage., 4, 71–89.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • McNeil, W.J., and Ahnell, W.H. (1964). Success of pink salmon spawning relative to size of spawning bed material. US Fish and Wildlife Service. Special Scientific Report, Fisheries 469. Washington, DC. [Google Scholar]
  • Milhous, R.T. (1973). “Sediment transport in a gravel bottomed stream.” Ph.D. thesis, Oregon State University, Corvallis, OR. [Google Scholar]
  • Milliman, J.D., and Syvitski, J.P.M. (1992). “Geomorphic/tectonic control of sediment discharge to the oceans: the importance of small mountainous rivers.” J. Geol., 100, 525–544.10.1086/jg.1992.100.issue-5  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Mohnakrishnan, A. (2001). Reservoir sedimentation, Seminar on Reservoir Sedimentation, Ooty. [Google Scholar]
  • Mohta, J.A., Wallbrink, P.J., Hairsine, P.B., and Grayson, R.B. (2003). “Determining the sources of suspended sediment in a forested catchment in southeastern Australia.” Water Resour. Res., 39, 1056. [Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Morris, G.L. (1993). “A global perspective of sediment control measures in reservoirs.” Notes on sediment management in reservoirs, S. Fan and G. Morris, eds., Water Resources Publications, Colorado, 13–44. [Google Scholar]
  • Morris, L.G., and Fan, J. (2010). Reservoir Sedimentation hand book – design and management of dams, reservoirs and watershed for sustainable use. McGraw-Hill, 440 and 499. [Google Scholar]
  • Newcombe, C.P., and Macdonald, D.D. (1991). “Effects of suspended sediments on aquatic ecosystems.” North Am. J. Fish. Manage., 11, 72–82.10.1577/1548-8675(1991)011<0072:EOSSOA>2.3.CO;2  [Taylor & Francis Online][Google Scholar]
  • Nuttal, P.M. (1972). “The effects of sand deposition upon the macroinvertebrate fauna of the River Camel, Cornwall.” Freshwater Biol., 2, 181–186.10.1111/fwb.1972.2.issue-3  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Olsson, T.I., and Petersen, B. (1986). “Effects of gravel size and peat material on embryo survival and alevin emergence of brown trout, Salmo trutta L.” Hydrobiologia, 135, 9–14.10.1007/BF00006453  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Owens, P.N., Walling, D.E., and Leeks, G.J.L. (2000). “Tracing fluvial suspended sediment sources in the catchment of the River Tweed, Scotland, using composite fingerprints and a numerical mixing model.” Tracers in eomorphology, I.D.L. Foster, ed., Wiley, Chichester, 291–308. [Google Scholar]
  • Owens, P.N., Walling, D.E., Carton, J., Meharg, A.A., Wright, J., and Leeks, G.J.L. (2001). “Downstream changes in the transport and storage of sediment-associated contaminants (P, Cr and PCBs) in agricultural and industrialized drainage basins.” Sci. Total Environ., 266, 177–186.10.1016/S0048-9697(00)00729-4  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Petts, G.E. (1984). Impounded rivers: Perspectives for ecological management, Wiley, Chichester, 326. [Google Scholar]
  • Phillips, J.M., and Walling, D.E. (1995). “An assessment of the effects of sample collection, storage and resuspension on the representativeness of measurements of the effective particle size distribution of fluvial suspended sediment.” Water Res., 29, 2498–2508.10.1016/0043-1354(95)00087-2  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Quinn, J.M., Davies-Coley, R.J., Hickey, C.W., Vickers, M.L., and Ryan, P.A. (1992). “Effects of clay discharges on streams.” Hydrobiologia, 248, 235–247.10.1007/BF00006150  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Reiser, D.W., and White, R.G. (1990). “Effects of stream flow reduction on Chinook salmon egg incubation and fry quality.” Rivers, 1, 110–118. [Google Scholar]
  • Richards, C., and Bacon, K.L. (1994). “Influence of fine sediment on macroibvertebrates colonization of surface and hyporheic stream substrate.” Great Basin Nat., 54, 106–113. [Google Scholar]
  • Richards, C., Host, G.H., and Arthur, J.W. (1993). “Identification of predominant environmental factors structuring stream macroinvertebrate communities within a large agricultural catchment.” Freshwater Biol., 29, 285–294.10.1111/fwb.1993.29.issue-2  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Rosenberg, D.M., and Wiens, A.P. (1978). “Effects of sediment addition on macrobenthic invertebrates in a Northern Canadian River.” Water Res., 12, 753–763.10.1016/0043-1354(78)90024-6  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Ryan, P.A. (1991). “Environmental effects of sediment on New Zealand streams: A review.” New Zeal. J. Mar. Freshwater Res., 25, 207–221.10.1080/00288330.1991.9516472  [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Salomons, W., and Förstner, U. (1984). Metals in the hydrocycle, Sringer Verglag, New York, NY.10.1007/978-3-642-69325-0  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Schalchli, U. (1992). “The clogging of coarse gravel river beds by fine sediment.” Hydrobiologia, 235–236, 189–197.10.1007/BF00026211  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Scrivener, J.C., and Brownlee, M.J. (1989). “Effects of forest harvesting on spawning gravel and incubation survival of chum (Oncorhynchus keta) andcoho salmon (O. kisutch) in Carnation Creek, British Columbia.” Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci., 46, 681–696.10.1139/f89-087  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Sear, D.A. (1993). “Fine sediment infiltration into gravel spawning beds within a regulated river experiencing floods: Ecological implications for salmonids.” Reg Rivers Res. Manage., 8, 373–390.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Soutar, R.G. (1989). “Afforestation and sediment yields in British fresh waters.” Soil Use Manage., 5, 82–86.10.1111/sum.1989.5.issue-2  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Stone, M., and Droppo, I.G. (1994). “In-channel surficial fine-grained sediment laminae: Part II: Chemical characteristics and implications for contaminant transport in fluvial systems.” Hydrol. Process., 8, 113–124.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Thoms, M.C. (1987). “Channel sedimentation within the urbanized River Tame, UK.” Reg. Rivers Res. Manage., 1, 229–246.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Trimble, S.W. (1983). “A sediment budget for Coon Creek, Driftless area, Wisconsin, 1853–1977.” Am. J. Sci., 283, 454–474.10.2475/ajs.283.5.454  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare. (1965). Environmental Health Practices in recreational Areas, Public Health Service, Publication No. 1195. [Google Scholar]
  • Van Nieuwenhuyse, E.E., and LaPerriere, J.D. (1986). “Effects of placer gold mining on primary production in subarctic streams of Alaska.” J. Am. Water Res. Assoc., 22, 91–99. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Vörösmarty, C.J., Meybeck, M., Fekete, B., Sharma, K., Green, P., and Syvitski, J.P.M. (2003). “Anthropogenic sediment retention: major global impact from registered river impoundments.” Global Planet. Change, 39, 169–190.10.1016/S0921-8181(03)00023-7  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Walling, D.E. (1995). “Suspended sediment yields in a changing environment.” Changing river channels, A. Gurnell and G. Petts, eds., Wiley, Chichester, 149–176. [Google Scholar]
  • Walling, D.E., and Moorehead, D.W. (1989). “The particle size characteristics of fluvial suspended sediment: an overview.” Hydrobiologia, 176–177, 125–149.10.1007/BF00026549  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Walling, D.E., Owens, P.N., and Leeks, G.J.L. (1999). “Fingerprinting suspended sediment sources in the catchment of the River Ouse, Yorkshire, UK.” Hydrol. Process., 13, 955–975.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Walling, D.E., Owens, P.N., Waterfall, B.D., Leeks, G.J.L., and Wass, P.D. (2000). “The particle size characteristics of fluvial suspended sediment in the Humber and Tweed catchments, UK.” Sci. Total Environ., 251–252, 205–222.10.1016/S0048-9697(00)00384-3  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Wilbur, C.G. (1983). Turbidity in the aquatic environment: an environmental factor in fresh and oceanic waters, Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, IL, 133. [Google Scholar]
  • Woo, H.S., Julien, P.Y., and Richardson, E.V. (1986). “Washload and fine sediment load.” J. Hydraul. Eng., 112, 541–545.10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1986)112:6(541)  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Wood, P.J., and Armitage, P.D. (1997). “Biological effects of fine sediment in the lotic environment.” Environ. Manage., 21, 203–217.10.1007/s002679900019  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Wooster, J.K., Dusterhoff, S.R., Cui, Y., Sklar, L.S., Dietrich, W.E., and Malko, M. (2008). “Sediment supply and relative size distribution effects on fine sediment infiltration into immobile gravels.” Water Res. Res., 44, 1–18. [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Wren, G.Daniel, Bennett, J.Sean, Barkdoll, D.Brian, and Khunle, A.Roger. (2000). Studies in suspended sediment and turbulence in open channel flows, USDA, Agriculture Research Service, Research Report No. 18. [Google Scholar]
  • Wright, J.F., and Berrie, A.D. (1987). “Ecological effects of groundwater pumping and a natural drought on the upper reaches of a chalk stream.” Reg. River Res. Manage., 1, 145–160.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Zhang, H., Xia, M., Chen, S.J., Li, Z., and Xia, H.B. (1976). “Regulation of sediments in some medium and small-sized reservoirs on heavily silt-laden streams in China.” 12th International Commission on Large Dams (ICOLD) Congress, Q. 47, R. 32, Mexico City, 1123–1243. [Google Scholar]
The distribution of the computed maximum current speed during the entire duration of the NAMI DANCE and FLOW-3D simulations. The resolution of computational domain is 10 m

Performance Comparison of NAMI DANCE and FLOW-3D® Models in Tsunami Propagation, Inundation and Currents using NTHMP Benchmark Problems

NTHMP 벤치마크 문제를 사용하여 쓰나미 전파, 침수 및 해류에서 NAMI DANCE 및 FLOW-3D® 모델의 성능 비교

Pure and Applied Geophysics volume 176, pages3115–3153 (2019)Cite this article

Abstract

Field observations provide valuable data regarding nearshore tsunami impact, yet only in inundation areas where tsunami waves have already flooded. Therefore, tsunami modeling is essential to understand tsunami behavior and prepare for tsunami inundation. It is necessary that all numerical models used in tsunami emergency planning be subject to benchmark tests for validation and verification. This study focuses on two numerical codes, NAMI DANCE and FLOW-3D®, for validation and performance comparison. NAMI DANCE is an in-house tsunami numerical model developed by the Ocean Engineering Research Center of Middle East Technical University, Turkey and Laboratory of Special Research Bureau for Automation of Marine Research, Russia. FLOW-3D® is a general purpose computational fluid dynamics software, which was developed by scientists who pioneered in the design of the Volume-of-Fluid technique. The codes are validated and their performances are compared via analytical, experimental and field benchmark problems, which are documented in the ‘‘Proceedings and Results of the 2011 National Tsunami Hazard Mitigation Program (NTHMP) Model Benchmarking Workshop’’ and the ‘‘Proceedings and Results of the NTHMP 2015 Tsunami Current Modeling Workshop”. The variations between the numerical solutions of these two models are evaluated through statistical error analysis.

현장 관찰은 연안 쓰나미 영향에 관한 귀중한 데이터를 제공하지만 쓰나미 파도가 이미 범람한 침수 지역에서만 가능합니다. 따라서 쓰나미 모델링은 쓰나미 행동을 이해하고 쓰나미 범람에 대비하는 데 필수적입니다.

쓰나미 비상 계획에 사용되는 모든 수치 모델은 검증 및 검증을 위한 벤치마크 테스트를 받아야 합니다. 이 연구는 검증 및 성능 비교를 위해 NAMI DANCE 및 FLOW-3D®의 두 가지 숫자 코드에 중점을 둡니다.

NAMI DANCE는 터키 중동 기술 대학의 해양 공학 연구 센터와 러시아 해양 연구 자동화를 위한 특별 조사국 연구소에서 개발한 사내 쓰나미 수치 모델입니다. FLOW-3D®는 Volume-of-Fluid 기술의 설계를 개척한 과학자들이 개발한 범용 전산 유체 역학 소프트웨어입니다.

코드의 유효성이 검증되고 분석, 실험 및 현장 벤치마크 문제를 통해 코드의 성능이 비교되며, 이는 ‘2011년 NTHMP(National Tsunami Hazard Mitigation Program) 모델 벤치마킹 워크숍의 절차 및 결과’와 ”절차 및 NTHMP 2015 쓰나미 현재 모델링 워크숍 결과”. 이 두 모델의 수치 해 사이의 변동은 통계적 오류 분석을 통해 평가됩니다.

The distribution of the computed maximum current speed during the entire duration of the NAMI DANCE and FLOW-3D simulations. The resolution of computational domain is 10 m
The distribution of the computed maximum current speed during the entire duration of the NAMI DANCE and FLOW-3D simulations. The resolution of computational domain is 10 m

References

  • Allan, J. C., Komar, P. D., Ruggiero, P., & Witter, R. (2012). The March 2011 Tohoku tsunami and its impacts along the U.S. West Coast. Journal of Coastal Research, 28(5), 1142–1153. https://doi.org/10.2112/jcoastres-d-11-00115.1.Article Google Scholar 
  • Apotsos, A., Buckley, M., Gelfenbaum, G., Jafe, B., & Vatvani, D. (2011). Nearshore tsunami inundation and sediment transport modeling: towards model validation and application. Pure and Applied Geophysics, 168(11), 2097–2119. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00024-011-0291-5.Article Google Scholar 
  • Barberopoulou, A., Legg, M. R., & Gica, E. (2015). Time evolution of man-made harbor modifications in San Diego: effects on Tsunamis. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering, 3, 1382–1403.Article Google Scholar 
  • Basu, D., Green, S., Das, K., Janetzke, R. and Stamatakos, J. (2009). Numerical Simulation of Surface Waves Generated by a Subaerial Landslide at Lituya Bay, Alaska. Proceedings of 28th International Conference on Ocean, Offshore and Arctic Engineering. Honolulu, Hawaii, USA.
  • Briggs, M. J., Synolakis, C. E., Harkins, G. S., & Green, D. R. (1995). Laboratory experiments of tsunami run-up on a circular island. Pure and Applied Geophysics, 144(3/4), 569–593.Article Google Scholar 
  • Cheung, K. F., Bai, Y., & Yamazaki, Y. (2013). Surges around the Hawaiian Islands from the 2011 Tohoku Tsunami. Journal of Geophysical Research: Oceans, 118, 5703–5719. https://doi.org/10.1002/jgrc.20413.Google Scholar 
  • Choi, B. H., Dong, C. K., Pelinovsky, E., & Woo, S. B. (2007). Three-dimensional Simulation of Tsunami Run-up Around Conical Island. Coastal Engineering, 54, 618–629.Article Google Scholar 
  • Cox, D., T. Tomita, P. Lynett, R.A., Holman. (2008). Tsunami Inundation with Macroroughness in the Constructed Environment. Proceedings of 31st International Conference on Coastal Engineering, ASCE, pp. 1421–1432.
  • Flow Science. (2002). FLOW-3D User’s Manual.
  • Hirt, C. W., & Nichols, B. D. (1981). Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. Journal of Computational Physics, 39, 201–225.Article Google Scholar 
  • Horrillo, J., Grilli, S. T., Nicolsky, D., Roeber, V., & Zang, J. (2015). Performance benchmarking Tsunami models for NTHMP’s inundation mapping activities. Pure and Applied Geophysics, 172, 869–884.Article Google Scholar 
  • http://nws.weather.gov/nthmp/documents/nthmpWorkshopProcMerged.pdf.
  • http://nws.weather.gov/nthmp/documents/NTHMP_Currents_Workshop_Report.pdf.
  • Kim, K. O., Kim, D. C., Choi, B.-H., Jung, T. K., Yuk, J. H., & Pelinovsky, E. (2015). The role of diffraction effects in extreme run-up inundation at Okushiri Island due to 1993 Tsunami. Natural Hazards and Earth Systems Sciences, 15, 747–755.Article Google Scholar 
  • Liu, P. L.-F. (1994). Model equations for wave propagations from deep to shallow water. (P.-F. Liu, Ed.) Advances in Coastal and Ocean Engineering, 1, 125–158.
  • Liu, P. L.-F., Yeh, H., & Synolakis, C. E. (2008). Advanced numerical models for simulating Tsunami waves and run-up. Advances in Coastal and Ocean Engineering, 10, 344.Google Scholar 
  • Lynett, P. J., Borrero, J., Son, S., Wilson, R., & Miller, K. (2014). Assessment of the tsunami-induced current hazard. Geophysical Research Letters, 41, 2048–2055. https://doi.org/10.1002/2013GL058680.Article Google Scholar 
  • Lynett, P. J., Gately, K., Wilson, R., Montoya, L., Arcas, D., Aytore, B., et al. (2017). Inter-model analysis of Tsunami-induced coastal currents. Ocean Modelling, 114, 14–32.Article Google Scholar 
  • Lynett, P. J., Wu, T.-R., & Liu, P. L.-F. (2002). Modeling wave run-up with depth-integrated equations. Coastal Engineering, 46(2), 89–107.Article Google Scholar 
  • Macias, J., Castro, M. J., Ortega, S., Escalante, C., & Gonzalez-Vida, J. M. (2017). Performance benchmarking of Tsunami-HySEA model for nthmp’s inundation mapping activities. Pure and Applied Geophysics, 174, 3147–3183.Article Google Scholar 
  • Matsuyama, M., & Tanaka, H. (2001). An experimental study of the highest run-up height in the 1993 Hokkaidō Nansei-Oki Earthquake Tsunami. Proceedings of ITS, 2001, 879–889.Google Scholar 
  • National Tsunami Hazard Mitigation Program. 2012. Proceedings and Results of the 2011 NTHMP Model Benchmarking Workshop. Boulder: U.S. Department of Commerce/NOAA/NTHMP; (NOAA Special Report). p. 436.
  • National Tsunami Hazard Mitigation Program. (2017). Proceedings and Results of the National Tsunami Hazard Mitigation Program 2015 Tsunami Current Modeling Workshop, February 9-10, 2015, Portland, Oregon: compiled by Patrick Lynett and Rick Wilson, p 194.
  • Necmioglu, O., & Ozel, N. M. (2014). An earthquake source sensitivity analysis for Tsunami propagation in the Eastern Mediterranean. Oceanography, 27(2), 76–85.Article Google Scholar 
  • Nichols, B.D. and Hirt, C.W. (1975). Methods for Calculating Multi-Dimensional, Transient Free Surface Flows Past Bodies. Proceedings of 1st International Conference Num. Ship Hydrodynamics. Gaithersburg.
  • Nicolsky, D. J., Suleimani, E. N., & Hansen, R. A. (2011). Validation and verification of a numerical model for Tsunami propagation and run-up. Pure and Applied Geophysics, 168(6), 1199–1222.Article Google Scholar 
  • NOAA Center for Tsunami Research: Tsunami Run-up onto a Complex Three-dimensional Beach; Monai Valley. (n.d). Retrieved from: https://nctr.pmel.noaa.gov/benchmark/Laboratory/Laboratory_MonaiValley/.
  • Park, H., Cox, D. T., Lynett, P. J., Wiebe, D. M., & Shin, S. (2013). Tsunami inundation modeling in constructed environments: a physical and numerical comparison of free-surface elevation, velocity, and momentum flux. Coastal Engineering, 79, 9–21.Article Google Scholar 
  • Patel, V. M., Dholakia, M. B., & Singh, A. P. (2016). Emergency preparedness in the case of Makran Tsunami: a case study on Tsunami risk visualization for the Western Parts of Gujarat, India. Geomatics Natural Hazard and Risk, 7(2), 826–842.Article Google Scholar 
  • Pelinovsky, E., Kim, D.-C., Kim, K.-O., & Choi, B.-H. (2013). Three-dimensional simulation of extreme run-up heights during the 2004 Indonesian and 2011 Japanese Tsunamis. Vienna: EGU General Assembly.Google Scholar 
  • Rueben, M., Holman, R., Cox, D., Shin, S., Killian, J., & Stanley, J. (2011). Optical measurements of Tsunami inundation through an urban waterfront modeled in a large-scale laboratory basin. Coastal Engineering, 58, 229–238.Article Google Scholar 
  • Shuto, N. (1991). Numerical simulation of Tsunamis—its present and near future. Natural Hazards, 4, 171–191.Article Google Scholar 
  • Synolakis, C. E. (1986). The run-up of long waves. Ph.D. Thesis. California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California.
  • Synolakis, C. E., Bernard, E. N., Titov, V. V., Kanoglu, U. & Gonzalez, F. (2007). Standards, criteria, and procedures for NOAA evaluation of Tsunami Numerical Models. 55 p. Seattle, Washington: NOAA OAR Special Report, Contribution No 3053, NOAA/OAR/PMEL.
  • Synolakis, C. E., Bernard, E. N., Titov, V. V., Kanoglu, U., & Gonzalez, F. I. (2008). Validation and verification of Tsunami numerical models. Pure and Applied Geophysics, 165, 2197–2228.Article Google Scholar 
  • Tolkova, E. (2014). Land-water boundary treatment for a tsunami model with dimensional splitting. Pure and Applied Geophysics, 171(9), 2289–2314.Article Google Scholar 
  • Velioglu, D. (2017). Advanced two- and three-dimensional Tsunami models: benchmarking and validation. Ph.D. Thesis. Middle East Technical University, Ankara.
  • Velioglu, D., Kian, R., Yalciner, A.C. and Zaytsev, A. (2016). Performance assessment of NAMI DANCE in Tsunami evolution and currents using a benchmark problem. (R. Signell, Ed.) J. Mar. Sci. Eng., 4(3), 49.
  • Wu, T. (2001). A unified theory for modeling water waves. Advances in Applied Mechanics, 37, 1–88.Article Google Scholar 
  • Wu, N.-J., Hsiao, S.-C., Chen, H.-H., & Yang, R.-Y. (2016). The study on solitary waves generated by a piston-type wave maker. Ocean Engineering, 117, 114–129.Article Google Scholar 
  • Yalciner, A. C., Dogan, P. and Sukru. E. (2005). December 26 2004, Indian Ocean Tsunami Field Survey, North of Sumatra Island. UNESCO.
  • Yalciner, A. C., Gülkan, P., Dilmen, I., Aytore, B., Ayca, A., Insel, I., et al. (2014). Evaluation of Tsunami scenarios For Western Peloponnese, Greece. Bollettino di Geofisica Teorica ed Applicata, 55, 485–500.Google Scholar 
  • Yen, B. C. (1991). Hydraulic resistance in open channels. In B. C. Yen (Ed.), Channel flow resistance: centennial of manning’s formula (pp. 1–135). Highlands Ranch: Water Resource Publications.Google Scholar 
  • Zaitsev, A. I., Kovalev, D. P., Kurkin, A. A., Levin, B. V., Pelinovskii, E. N., Chernov, A. G., et al. (2009). The Tsunami on Sakhalin on August 2, 2007: mareograph evidence and numerical simulation. Tikhookeanskaya Geologiya, 28, 30–35.Google Scholar 

Download references

Acknowledgements

The authors wish to thank Dr. Andrey Zaytsev due to his undeniable contributions to the development of in-house numerical model, NAMI DANCE. The Turkish branch of Flow Science, Inc. is also acknowledged. Finally, the National Tsunami Hazard Mitigation Program (NTHMP), who provided most of the benchmark data, is appreciated. This research did not receive any specific grant from funding agencies in the public, commercial, or not-for-profit sectors.

Author information

Author notes

  1. Deniz Velioglu SogutPresent address: 1212 Computer Science, Department of Civil Engineering, Stony Brook University, Stony Brook, NY, 11794, USA

Authors and Affiliations

  1. Middle East Technical University, 06800, Ankara, TurkeyDeniz Velioglu Sogut & Ahmet Cevdet Yalciner

Corresponding author

Correspondence to Deniz Velioglu Sogut.

Ethics declarations

Conflicts of Interest

The authors declare no conflict of interest.

Reprints and Permissions

About this article

Cite this article

Velioglu Sogut, D., Yalciner, A.C. Performance Comparison of NAMI DANCE and FLOW-3D® Models in Tsunami Propagation, Inundation and Currents using NTHMP Benchmark Problems. Pure Appl. Geophys. 176, 3115–3153 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00024-018-1907-9

Download citation

  • Received22 December 2017
  • Revised16 May 2018
  • Accepted24 May 2018
  • Published07 June 2018
  • Issue Date01 July 2019
  • DOIhttps://doi.org/10.1007/s00024-018-1907-9

Keywords

  • Tsunami
  • depth-averaged shallow water
  • Reynolds-averaged Navier–Stokes
  • benchmarking
  • NAMI DANCE
  • FLOW-3D®
Fig. 1. Protection matt over the scour pit.

그물형 세굴방지매트를 사용한 수직말뚝의 흐름에 대한 수치적 연구

Numerical study of the flow at a vertical pile with net-like scour protection matt
Minxi Zhanga,b
, Hanyan Zhaoc
, Dongliang Zhao d, Shaolin Yuee
, Huan Zhoue
,
Xudong Zhaoa
, Carlo Gualtierif
, Guoliang Yua,b,∗
a SKLOE, School of Naval Architecture, Ocean & Civil Engineering, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, China b KLMIES, MOE, School of Naval Architecture, Ocean & Civil Engineering, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, China c Guangdong Research Institute of Water Resources and Hydropower, Guangzhou 510610, China d CCCC Second Harbor Engineering Co., Ltd., Wuhan 430040, China e CCCC Road & Bridge Special Engineering Co., Ltd, Wuhan 430071, China f Department of Structures for Engineering and Architecture, University of Naples Federico II, Italy

Abstract

현재 또는 파도 환경에서 말뚝 또는 부두의 국부 세굴은 전 세계적으로 상부 구조물의 안전을 위협합니다. 말뚝이나 부두에서 세굴 방지 덮개로 그물 모양의 매트를 적용하는 것이 제안되었습니다. 매트는 국부 세굴 구덩이의 흐름을 약화 및 확산시켜 국부 세굴을 줄이고 퇴적물 퇴적을 강화합니다. 매트로 덮힌 말뚝의 흐름을 조사하기 위해 수치 시뮬레이션을 수행했습니다. 시뮬레이션 결과는 매트의 두께 dt(2.6d95 ~ 17.9d95)와 개구부 크기 dn(7.7d95 ~ 28.2d95)을 최적화하는 데 사용되었습니다. 매트가 국부 속도를 상당히 감소시키고 말뚝에서 와류를 소멸시켜 국부 세굴 범위를 실질적으로 감소시키는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다. 매트의 개구부 크기가 작을수록 베드에서의 유동확산이 더 효과적이었으며 말뚝에서 더 작은 베드전단응력이 관찰되었다. 본 연구에서 고려한 유동 조건의 경우 상대 두께 T = 7.7 및 상대 개구 크기 S = 7.7인 매트가 세굴 방지에 효과적일 수 있습니다.

Fig. 1. Protection matt over the scour pit.
Fig. 26. Distribution of the turbulent kinetic energy on the y-z plane (X = 0.5) for various S
Fig. 26. Distribution of the turbulent kinetic energy on the y-z plane (X = 0.5) for various S

References

[1] C. He, Mod. Transp. Technol. 17 (3) (2020) 46–59 in Chinese.
[2] X. Wen, D. Zhang, J. Tianjin Univ. 54 (10) (2021) 998–1007 (Science and Technology)in Chinese.
[3] M. Zhang, H. Sun, W. Yao, G. Yu, Ocean Eng. 265 (2020) 112652, doi:10.1016/j.
oceaneng.2022.112652.
[4] K. Wardhana, F.C. Hadipriono, J. Perform. Constr. Fac. 17 (3) (2003) 144–150,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0887-3828(2003)17:3(144).
[5] R. Ettema, G. Constantinescu, B.W. Melville, J. Hydraul. Eng. 143 (9) (2017)
03117006, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001330.
[6] C. Valela, C.D. Rennie, I. Nistor, Int. J. Sediment Res. 37 (1) (2021) 37–46,
doi:10.1016/j.ijsrc.2021.04.004.
[7] B.W. Melville, A.J. Sutherland, J. Hydraul. Eng. 114 (10) (1988) 1210–1226,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1988)114:10(1210).
[8] E.V. Richardson, S.R. Davis, Evaluating Scour At Bridges, 4th ed., United States
Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Washington,
DC., 2001.
[9] D.M. Sheppard, B. Melville, H. Demir, J. Hydraul. Eng. 140 (1) (2014) 14–23,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000800.
[10] A.O. Aksoy, G. Bombar, T. Arkis, M.S. Guney, J. Hydrol. Hydromech. 65 (1)
(2017) 26–34.
[11] D.T. Bui, A. Shirzadi, A. Amini, et al., Sustainability 12 (3) (2020) 1063, doi:10.
3390/su12031063.
[12] B.M. Sumer, J. Fredsoe, The Mechanics of Scour in Marine Environments. World
Advanced Series on Ocean Engineering, 17, World Scientific, Singapore, 2002.
[13] J. Unger, W.H. Hager, Exp. Fluids 42 (1) (2007) 1–19.
[14] G. Kirkil, S.G. Constantinescu, R. Ettema, J. Hydraul. Eng. 134 (5) (2008) 82–84,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2008)134:5(572).
[15] B. Dargahi, J. Hydraul. Eng. 116 (10) (1990) 1197–1214.
[16] A. Bestawy, T. Eltahawy, A. Alsaluli, M. Alqurashi, Water Supply 20 (3) (2020)
1006–1015, doi:10.2166/ws.2020.022.
[17] Y.M. Chiew, J. Hydraul. Eng. 118 (9) (1992) 1260–1269.
[18] D. Bertoldi, R. Kilgore, in: Hydraulic Engineering ’93, ASCE, San Francisco, California, United States, 1993, pp. 1385–1390.
[19] Y.M. Chiew, J. Hydraul. Eng. 121 (9) (1997) 635–642.
[20] C.S. Lauchlan, B.W. Melville, J. Hydraul. Eng. 127 (5) (2001) 412–418, doi:10.
1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2001)127:5(412).
[21] P.F. Lagasse, P.E. Clopper, L.W. Zevenbergen, L.G. Girard, National Cooperative
Highway Research Program (NCHRPReport 593), Countermeasures to protect
bridge piers from scour, Washington, DC, NCHRP, 2007.
[22] S. Jiang, Z. Zhou, J. Ou, J. Sediment Res. (4) (2013) 63–67 in Chinese.
[23] A. Galan, G. Simarro, G. Sanchez-Serrano, J. Hydraul. Eng. 141 (6) (2015)
06015004, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001003.
[24] Z. Zhang, H. Ding, J. Liu, Ocean Eng. 33 (2) (2015) 77–83 in Chinese.
[25] C. Valela, C.N. Whittaker, C.D. Rennie, I. Nistor, B.W. Melville, J. Hydraul. Eng.
148 (3) (2022) 04022002 10.1061/%28ASCE%29HY.1943-7900.0001967.
[26] B.W. Melville, A.C. Hadfield, J. Hydraul. Eng. 6 (2) (1999) 1221–1224, doi:10.
1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1999)125:11(1221).
[27] V. Kumar, K.G. Rangaraju, N. Vittal, J. Hydraul. Eng. 125 (12) (1999) 1302–1305.
[28] A.M. Yasser, K.S. Yasser, M.A. Abdel-Azim, Alex. Eng. J. 54 (2) (2015) 197–203,
doi:10.1016/j.aej.2015.03.004.
[29] S. Khaple, P.R. Hanmaiahgari, R. Gaudio, S. Dey, Acta Geophys. 65 (2017) 957–
975, doi:10.1007/s11600-017-0084-z.
[30] C. Valela, I. Nistor, C.D. Rennie, in: Proceedings of the 6th International Disaster Mitigation Specialty Conference, Fredericton, Canada, Canadian Society for
Civil Engineering, 2018, pp. 235–244.
[31] A. Tafarojnoruz, R. Gaudio, F. Calomino, J. Hydraul. Eng. 138 (3) (2012) 297–
305, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000512.
[32] H. Tang, S. Fang, Y. Zhou, K. Cai, Y.M. Chiew, S.Y. Lim, N.S. Cheng, in: Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference Scour and Erosion (ICSE-2), Singapore.
Singapore, Nanyang Technological University, 2004.
[33] W. Zhang, Y. Li, X. Wang, Z. Sun, J. Sichuan Univ. 06 (2005) 34–40 (Engineering
Science Edition)in Chinese.
[34] S. Yang, B. Shi, Trans. Oceanol. Limnol. 5 (2017) 43–47 in Chinese.
[35] H. Wang, F. Si, G. Lou, W. Yang, G. Yu, J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 141
(1) (2015) 04014030, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)WW.1943-5460.0000270.
[36] L.D. Meyer, S.M. Dabney, W.C. Harmon, Trans. ASAE 38 (3) (1995) 809–815.
[37] G. Spyreas, B.W. Wilm, A.E. Plocher, D.M. Ketzner, J.W. Matthews, J.L. Ellis, E.J. Heske, Biol. Invasions 12 (5) (2010) 1253–1267, doi:10.1007/
s10530-009-9544-y.
[38] T. Lambrechts, S. François, S. Lutts, R. Muñoz-Carpena, C.L. Bielders, J. Hydrol.
511 (2014) 800–810, doi:10.1016/j.jhydrol.2014.02.030.
[39] G. Yu, Dynamic Embedded Anchor with High Frequency Micro Amplitude Vibrations. CN patent No: ZL200810038546.0, 2008.
[40] X. Chen, M. Zhang, G. Yu, Ocean Eng. 236 (2021) 109315, doi:10.1016/j.
oceaneng.2021.109315.
[41] F. Gumgum, M.S. Guney, in: Proceedings of the 6th International Conference
Engineering and Natural Sciences (ICENS), Serbia, Belgrade, 2020.
[42] H. Zhao, S. Yue, H. Zhou, M. Zhang, G. Yu, Ocean Eng. 40 (5) (2022) 111–120
in Chinese.
[43] B. Blocken, C. Gualtieri, Environ. Modell. Softw. 33 (2012) 1–22, doi:10.1016/j.
envsoft.2012.02.001.
[44] N.D. Bennett, B.F. Croke, G. Guariso, et al., Modell. Softw. 40 (2013) 1–20,
doi:10.1016/j.envsoft.2012.09.011.
[45] X. Zhao, Effectiveness and Mechanism of Lattice On Sedimentation and Anti-Erosion of Local Scour Hole At Piers, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai, China, 2023.
[46] M. Zhang, G. Yu, Water Resour. Res. 53 (9) (2017) 7798–7815, doi:10.1002/
2017WR021066.

Effects of pile-cap elevation on scour and turbulence around a complex bridge pier

복잡한 교각 주변의 세굴 및 난기류에 대한 말뚝 뚜껑 높이의 영향

ABSTRACT

이 연구에서는 세 가지 다른 말뚝 뚜껑 높이에서 직사각형 말뚝 캡이 있는 복잡한 부두 주변의 지역 세굴 및 관련 흐름 유체 역학을 조사합니다. 말뚝 캡 높이가 초기 모래층에 대해 선택되었으며, 말뚝 캡이 흐름에 노출되지 않고(사례 I), 부분적으로 노출되고(사례 II) 완전히 노출(사례 III)되도록 했습니다. 실험은 맑은 물 세굴 조건 하에서 재순환 수로에서 수행되었으며, 입자 이미지 유속계 (PIV) 기술을 사용하여 다른 수직면에서 순간 유속을 얻었습니다. 부분적으로 노출된 파일 캡 케이스는 최대 수세미 깊이(MSD)를 보여주었습니다. 사례 II에서 MSD가 발생한 이유는 난류 유동장 분석을 통해 밝혀졌는데, 이는 말뚝 캡이 흐름에 노출됨에 따라 더 높은 세굴 깊이를 담당하는 말뚝 가장자리에서 와류 생성에 지배적으로 영향을 미친다는 것을 보여주었습니다. 유동장에 대한 파일 캡의 영향은 평균 속도, 소용돌이, 레이놀즈 전단 응력 및 난류 운동 에너지 윤곽을 통해 사례 III에서 두드러지게 나타났지만 파일 캡이 베드에서 떨어져 있었기 때문에 파일 캡 모서리는 수세미에 직접적인 영향을 미치지 않았습니다.

In this study, the local scour and the associated flow hydrodynamics around a complex pier with rectangular pile-cap at three different pile-cap elevations are investigated. The pile-cap elevations were selected with respect to the initial sand bed, such that the pile-cap was unexposed (case I), partially exposed (case II), and fully exposed (case III) to the flow. The experiments were performed in a recirculating flume under clear-water scour conditions, and the instantaneous flow velocity was obtained at different vertical planes using the particle image velocimetry (PIV) technique. The partially exposed pile-cap case showed the maximum obtained scour-depth (MSD). The reason behind the MSD occurrence in case II was enunciated through the analysis of turbulent flow field which showed that as the pile-cap got exposed to the flow, it dominantly affected the generation of vortices from the pile-cap corners responsible for the higher scour depth. The effect of the pile-cap on the flow field was prominently seen in case III through the mean velocities, vorticity, Reynolds shear stresses and turbulent kinetic energy contours, but since the pile-cap was away from the bed, the pile-cap corners did not show any direct effect on the scour.

KEYWORDS: 

References

  • Adrian, R. J. (2013). Structure of turbulent boundary layers. In Jeremy G. Venditti, James L. Best, Michael Church, & Richard J. Hardy (Eds.), Coherent flow structures at earth’s surface (pp. 17–24). John Wiley and Sons. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Adrian, R. J., & Westerweel, J. (2011). Particle image velocimetry, No. 30. Cambridge University Press. [Google Scholar]
  • Alemi, M., & Maia, R. (2018). Numerical simulation of the flow and local scour process around single and complex bridge piers. International Journal of Civil Engineering16(5), 475–487. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40999-016-0137-8 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Alemi, M., Pêgo, J. P., & Maia, R. (2019). Numerical simulation of the turbulent flow around a complex bridge pier on the scoured bed. European Journal of Mechanics – B/Fluids76, 316–331. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.euromechflu.2019.03.011 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Amini, A., Hamidi, S., Shirzadi, A., Behmanesh, J., & Akib, S. (2021). Efficiency of artificial neural networks in determining scour depth at composite bridge piers. International Journal of River Basin Management19(3), 327–333. https://doi.org/10.1080/15715124.2020.1742138 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Arneson, L. A., Zevenbergen, L. W., Lagasse, P. F., & Clopper, P. E. (2015). Evaluating scour at bridges, 5th ed. hydraulic engineering circular No. 18 (HEC-18). Federal Highway Administration. [Google Scholar]
  • Ataie-Ashtiani, B., & Aslani-Kordkandi, A. (2012). Flow field around side-by-side piers with and without a scour hole. European Journal of Mechanics – B/Fluids36, 152–166. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.euromechflu.2012.03.007 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Ataie-Ashtiani, B., Baratian-Ghorghi, Z., & Beheshti, A. A. (2010). Experimental investigation of clear-water local scour of compound piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering136(6), 343–351. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2010)136:6(343) [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Avallone, F., Discetti, S., Astarita, T., & Cardone, G. (2015). Convergence enhancement of single-pixel PIV with symmetric double correlation. Experiments in Fluids56(4), 71. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00348-015-1938-2 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Beheshti, A. A., & Ataie-Ashtiani, B. (2010). Experimental study of three-dimensional flow field around a complex bridge pier. Journal of Engineering Mechanics136(2), 143–154. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)EM.1943-7889.0000073 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Beheshti, A. A., & Ataie-Ashtiani, B. (2016). Scour hole influence on turbulent flow field around complex bridge piers. Flow, Turbulence and Combustion97(2), 451–474. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10494-016-9707-8 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Cameron, S. M., Nikora, V. I., & Marusic, I. (2019). Drag forces on a bed particle in open-channel flow: Effects of pressure spatial fluctuations and very-large-scale motions. Journal of Fluid Mechanics863, 494–512. https://doi.org/10.1017/jfm.2018.1003 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Cheng, N., & Emadzadeh, A. (2017). Laboratory measurements of vortex-induced sediment pickup rates. International Journal of Sediment Research32(1), 98–104. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijsrc.2016.04.005 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Coleman, S. E. (2005). Clearwater local scour at complex piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering131(4), 330–334. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2005)131:4(330) [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Das, S., & Mazumdar, A. (2015). Turbulence flow field around two eccentric circular piers in scour hole. International Journal of River Basin Management13(3), 343–361. https://doi.org/10.1080/15715124.2015.1012515 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Esmaeili Varaki, M., Radice, A., Samira Hossini, S., & Fazl Ola, R. (2019). Local scour at a complex pier with inclined columns footed on capped piles: Effect of the pile arrangement and of the cap thickness and elevation. ISH Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1080/09715010.2019.1702109 [Taylor & Francis Online][Google Scholar]
  • Ferraro, D., Tafarojnoruz, A., Gaudio, R., & Cardoso, A. H. (2013). Effects of pile cap thickness on the maximum scour depth at a complex pier. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering139(5), 482–491. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000704 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gaudio, R., Tafarojnoruz, A., & Calomino, F. (2012). Combined flow-altering countermeasures against bridge pier scour. Journal of Hydraulic Research50(1), 35–43. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2011.649548 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gautam, P., Eldho, T., & Behera, M. (2016). Experimental study of scour around a complex pier with elliptical pile-cap. In J. Harris, R. Whitehouse, & S. Moxon (Eds.), Scour and Erosion: Proceedings of the 8th International Conference on Scour and Erosion (Oxford, UK, 12-15 September 2016) (pp. 759–765). CRC Press. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Gautam, P., Eldho, T. I., Mazumder, B. S., & Behera, M. R. (2019). Experimental study of flow and turbulence characteristics around simple and complex piers using PIV. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science100, 193–206. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2018.09.010 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Graf, W. H., & Istiarto, I. (2002). Flow pattern in the scour hole around a cylinder. Journal of Hydraulic Research40(1), 13–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221680209499869 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Hjulstrom, F. (1935). Study of the morphological activity of Rivers as illustrated by the River fyris bulletin, vol. 25. Geological Institute of Upsala. [Google Scholar]
  • Kumar, A., & Kothyari, U. C. (2012). Three-dimensional flow characteristics within the scour hole around circular uniform and compound piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering138(5), 420–429. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000527 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Mashahir, M. B., Zarrati, A. R., & Rezayi, M. J. (2004). Time development of scouring around a bridge pier protected by collar. In Proceedings 2nd International Conference on Scour and Erosion (ICSE-2). November 14–17, 2004, Singapore[Google Scholar]
  • Melville, B. W. (2008). The physics of local scour at bridge piers. In Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on Scour and Erosion (ICSE-4). November 5-7, 2008, Tokyo, Japan (pp. 28–40). [Google Scholar]
  • Melville, B. W., & Chiew, Y. M. (1999). Time scale for local scour at bridge piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering125(1), 59–65. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1999)125:1(59) [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Melville, B. W., & Raudkivi, A. J. (1977). Flow characteristics in local scour at bridge piers. Journal of Hydraulic Research15(4), 373–380. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221687709499641 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Moreno, M., Maia, R., & Couto, L. (2016a). Effects of relative column width and pile-cap elevation on local scour depth around complex piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering142(2), 04015051. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001080 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Moreno, M., Maia, R., & Couto, L. (2016b). Prediction of equilibrium local scour depth at complex bridge piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering142(11), 04016045. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001153 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Nezu, I., & Rodi, W. (1986). Open-channel flow measurements with a laser Doppler anemometer. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering112(5), 335–355. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1986)112:5(335) [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Radice, A., & Tran, C. K. (2012). Study of sediment motion in scour hole of a circular pier. Journal of Hydraulic Research50(1), 44–51. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2011.641764 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Richardson, J. R., & York, K. (1999). Hydrodynamic countermeasures for local pier scour. Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board1690(1), 186–192. https://doi.org/10.3141/1690-21 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Saw, E., Debue, P., Kuzzay, D., Daviaud, F., & Dubrulle, B. (2018). On the universality of anomalous scaling exponents of structure functions in turbulent flows. Journal of Fluid Mechanics837, 657–669. https://doi.org/10.1017/jfm.2017.848 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Schlichting, H. (1968). Boundary layer theory (Vol. 960). McGraw-Hill. [Google Scholar]
  • Sheppard, D. M., Demir, H., & Melville, B. W. (2011). Scour at wide piers and long skewed piers (Vol. 682). Transportation Research Board. [Google Scholar]
  • Tafarojnoruz, A., Gaudio, R., & Calomino, F. (2012). Bridge pier scour mitigation under steady and unsteady flow conditions. Acta Geophysica60(4), 1076–1097. https://doi.org/10.2478/s11600-012-0040-x [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Tafarojnoruz, A., Gaudio, R., & Dey, S. (2010). Flow-altering countermeasures against scour at bridge piers: A review. Journal of Hydraulic Research48(4), 441–452. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2010.491645 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Tennekes, H., & Lumley, J. L. (1972). A first course in turbulence. MIT press. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Veerappadevaru, G., Gangadharaiah, T., & Jagadeesh, T. R. (2011). Vortex scouring process around bridge pier with a caisson. Journal of Hydraulic Research49(3), 378–383. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2011.568195 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Veerappadevaru, G., Gangadharaiah, T., & Jagadeesh, T. R. (2012). Temporal variation of vortex scour process around caisson piers. Journal of Hydraulic Research50(2), 200–207. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2012.666832 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Vijayasree, B. A., Eldho, T. I., Mazumder, B. S., & Ahmad, N. (2019). Influence of bridge pier shape on flow field and scour geometry. International Journal of River Basin Management17(1), 109–129. https://doi.org/10.1080/15715124.2017.1394315 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Yang, Y., Melville, B. W., Sheppard, D. M., & Shamseldin, A. Y. (2018). Clear-water local scour at skewed complex bridge piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering144(6), 04018019. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001458 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Yang, Y., Melville, B. W., Macky, G. H., & Shamseldin, A. Y. (2020). Temporal evolution of clear-water local scour at aligned and skewed complex bridge piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering146(4), 04020026. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001732 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
Figure 4.2 Protrusion length investigation under R1 regime Q=1 m³/s with non-constrained BC elevation, 3 cm, 4 cm, 5 cm, 6cm & 7 cm from up to down respectively (grid M3 is employed).

Mathematical Modelling of Air-water flow Structure in Circular Dropshafts

Alternate title: Dairesel Düşülü Bacalarda Hava-Su Karışımının Matematiksel Modellemesi
Uçar, Muhammed.   Necmettin Erbakan University (Turkey) ProQuest Dissertations Publishing,  2021. 28840631.

Abstract

Citizens’ daily needs such as; transportation, communication, clean water and sewage are supplied with infrastructure systems. Horizontal and vertical expansion in the cities due to the increase in population leads to serious demand for infrastructural improvements. The infrastructure systems in developing cities are required to be designed in a satisfactory capacity to supply the increasing demand for residential and industrial constructions. The districts having insufficient infrastructure systems inevitably confront heavy traffic, flood, air pollution problems, and also having difficulties with the inadequacy of parking area, clear and potable water, communication. The problems may cause social and health problems over time. At this point, it is wished to emphasize that the primary factor of citycivilization development depends on infrastructural systems and it is meaningful to name the engineering field like civil engineering, literally leads civilization. Dropshafts, commonly used in the urban storm and sewage water systems produced generally circular are used for energy dissipation and flow direction control. Aeration is significant for the working principle of the flow in dropshaft and this study is made mainly for this two-phase (air-water) physics of dropshafts. Chanson showed that aeration and energy dissipation is directly linked to each other (2002), but the influencing factors and the action mechanisms of the factors on the phenomena are not discovered entirely. By the comprehension of the factors, more effective dropshafts will be able to design. This study aims to guide the more comprehensive investigation of design factors using Computational Fluid Dynamics-CFD programs. The reasons for the preference of the programs are the cost-effectiveness of material, workmanship and duration relative to hydraulic modelling. The competence of the inputs, outputs and solution system of the CFD code is validated by the comparison of previous hydraulic modelling results.

Keywords

CFD, Dropshaft, Sewer system, Storm Water System, Two-Phase Flow

Figure 11. Sketch of scour mechanism around USAF under random waves.

Scour Characteristics and Equilibrium Scour Depth Prediction around Umbrella Suction Anchor Foundation under Random Waves

by Ruigeng Hu 1,Hongjun Liu 2,Hao Leng 1,Peng Yu 3 andXiuhai Wang 1,2,*

1College of Environmental Science and Engineering, Ocean University of China, Qingdao 266000, China

2Key Lab of Marine Environment and Ecology (Ocean University of China), Ministry of Education, Qingdao 266000, China

3Qingdao Geo-Engineering Survering Institute, Qingdao 266100, China

*Author to whom correspondence should be addressed.

J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 20219(8), 886; https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse9080886

Received: 6 July 2021 / Revised: 8 August 2021 / Accepted: 13 August 2021 / Published: 17 August 2021

(This article belongs to the Section Ocean Engineering)

Download 

Abstract

A series of numerical simulation were conducted to study the local scour around umbrella suction anchor foundation (USAF) under random waves. In this study, the validation was carried out firstly to verify the accuracy of the present model. Furthermore, the scour evolution and scour mechanism were analyzed respectively. In addition, two revised models were proposed to predict the equilibrium scour depth Seq around USAF. At last, a parametric study was carried out to study the effects of the Froude number Fr and Euler number Eu for the Seq. The results indicate that the present numerical model is accurate and reasonable for depicting the scour morphology under random waves. The revised Raaijmakers’s model shows good agreement with the simulating results of the present study when KCs,p < 8. The predicting results of the revised stochastic model are the most favorable for n = 10 when KCrms,a < 4. The higher Fr and Eu both lead to the more intensive horseshoe vortex and larger Seq.

Keywords: 

scournumerical investigationrandom wavesequilibrium scour depthKC number

1. Introduction

The rapid expansion of cities tends to cause social and economic problems, such as environmental pollution and traffic jam. As a kind of clean energy, offshore wind power has developed rapidly in recent years. The foundation of offshore wind turbine (OWT) supports the upper tower, and suffers the cyclic loading induced by waves, tides and winds, which exerts a vital influence on the OWT system. The types of OWT foundation include the fixed and floating foundation, and the fixed foundation was used usually for nearshore wind turbine. After the construction of fixed foundation, the hydrodynamic field changes in the vicinity of the foundation, leading to the horseshoe vortex formation and streamline compression at the upside and sides of foundation respectively [1,2,3,4]. As a result, the neighboring soil would be carried away by the shear stress induced by vortex, and the scour hole would emerge in the vicinity of foundation. The scour holes increase the cantilever length, and weaken the lateral bearing capacity of foundation [5,6,7,8,9]. Moreover, the natural frequency of OWT system increases with the increase of cantilever length, causing the resonance occurs when the system natural frequency equals the wave or wind frequency [10,11,12]. Given that, an innovative foundation called umbrella suction anchor foundation (USAF) has been designed for nearshore wind power. The previous studies indicated the USAF was characterized by the favorable lateral bearing capacity with the low cost [6,13,14]. The close-up of USAF is shown in Figure 1, and it includes six parts: 1-interal buckets, 2-external skirt, 3-anchor ring, 4-anchor branch, 5-supporting rod, 6-telescopic hook. The detailed description and application method of USAF can be found in reference [13].

Jmse 09 00886 g001 550

Figure 1. The close-up of umbrella suction anchor foundation (USAF).

Numerical and experimental investigations of scour around OWT foundation under steady currents and waves have been extensively studied by many researchers [1,2,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24]. The seabed scour can be classified as two types according to Shields parameter θ, i.e., clear bed scour (θ < θcr) or live bed scour (θ > θcr). Due to the set of foundation, the adverse hydraulic pressure gradient exists at upstream foundation edges, resulting in the streamline separation between boundary layer flow and seabed. The separating boundary layer ascended at upstream anchor edges and developed into the horseshoe vortex. Then, the horseshoe vortex moved downstream gradually along the periphery of the anchor, and the vortex shed off continually at the lee-side of the anchor, i.e., wake vortex. The core of wake vortex is a negative pressure center, liking a vacuum cleaner. Hence, the soil particles were swirled into the negative pressure core and carried away by wake vortexes. At the same time, the onset of scour at rear side occurred. Finally, the wake vortex became downflow when the turbulence energy could not support the survival of wake vortex. According to Tavouktsoglou et al. [25], the scale of pile wall boundary layer is proportional to 1/ln(Rd) (Rd is pile Reynolds), which means the turbulence intensity induced by the flow-structure interaction would decrease with Rd increases, but the effects of Rd can be neglected only if the flow around the foundation is fully turbulent [26]. According to previous studies [1,15,27,28,29,30,31,32], the scour development around pile foundation under waves was significantly influenced by Shields parameter θ and KC number simultaneously (calculated by Equation (1)). Sand ripples widely existed around pile under waves in the case of live bed scour, and the scour morphology is related with θ and KC. Compared with θKC has a greater influence on the scour morphology [21,27,28]. The influence mechanism of KC on the scour around the pile is reflected in two aspects: the horseshoe vortex at upstream and wake vortex shedding at downstream.

KC=UwmTD��=�wm��(1)

where, Uwm is the maximum velocity of the undisturbed wave-induced oscillatory flow at the sea bottom above the wave boundary layer, T is wave period, and D is pile diameter.

There are two prerequisites to satisfy the formation of horseshoe vortex at upstream pile edges: (1) the incoming flow boundary layer with sufficient thickness and (2) the magnitude of upstream adverse pressure gradient making the boundary layer separating [1,15,16,18,20]. The smaller KC results the lower adverse pressure gradient, and the boundary layer cannot separate, herein, there is almost no horseshoe vortex emerging at upside of pile. Sumer et al. [1,15] carried out several sets of wave flume experiments under regular and irregular waves respectively, and the experiment results show that there is no horseshoe vortex when KC is less than 6. While the scale and lifespan of horseshoe vortex increase evidently with the increase of KC when KC is larger than 6. Moreover, the wake vortex contributes to the scour at lee-side of pile. Similar with the case of horseshoe vortex, there is no wake vortex when KC is less than 6. The wake vortex is mainly responsible for scour around pile when KC is greater than 6 and less than O(100), while horseshoe vortex controls scour nearly when KC is greater than O(100).

Sumer et al. [1] found that the equilibrium scour depth was nil around pile when KC was less than 6 under regular waves for live bed scour, while the equilibrium scour depth increased with the increase of KC. Based on that, Sumer proposed an equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (2)). Carreiras et al. [33] revised Sumer’s equation with m = 0.06 for nonlinear waves. Different with the findings of Sumer et al. [1] and Carreiras et al. [33], Corvaro et al. [21] found the scour still occurred for KC ≈ 4, and proposed the revised equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (3)) for KC > 4.

Rudolph and Bos [2] conducted a series of wave flume experiments to investigate the scour depth around monopile under waves only, waves and currents combined respectively, indicting KC was one of key parameters in influencing equilibrium scour depth, and proposed the equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (4)) for low KC (1 < KC < 10). Through analyzing the extensive data from published literatures, Raaijmakers and Rudolph [34] developed the equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (5)) for low KC, which was suitable for waves only, waves and currents combined. Khalfin [35] carried out several sets of wave flume experiments to study scour development around monopile, and proposed the equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (6)) for low KC (0.1 < KC < 3.5). Different with above equations, the Khalfin’s equation considers the Shields parameter θ and KC number simultaneously in predicting equilibrium scour depth. The flow reversal occurred under through in one wave period, so sand particles would be carried away from lee-side of pile to upside, resulting in sand particles backfilled into the upstream scour hole [20,29]. Considering the backfilling effects, Zanke et al. [36] proposed the equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (7)) around pile by theoretical analysis, and the equation is suitable for the whole range of KC number under regular waves and currents combined.

S/D=1.3(1−exp([−m(KC−6)])�/�=1.3(1−exp(−�(��−6))(2)

where, m = 0.03 for linear waves.

S/D=1.3(1−exp([−0.02(KC−4)])�/�=1.3(1−exp(−0.02(��−4))(3)

S/D=1.3γKwaveKhw�/�=1.3��wave�ℎw(4)

where, γ is safety factor, depending on design process, typically γ = 1.5, Kwave is correction factor considering wave action, Khw is correction factor considering water depth.

S/D=1.5[tanh(hwD)]KwaveKhw�/�=1.5tanh(ℎw�)�wave�ℎw(5)

where, hw is water depth.

S/D=0.0753(θθcr−−−√−0.5)0.69KC0.68�/�=0.0753(��cr−0.5)0.69��0.68(6)

where, θ is shields parameter, θcr is critical shields parameter.

S/D=2.5(1−0.5u/uc)xrelxrel=xeff/(1+xeff)xeff=0.03(1−0.35ucr/u)(KC−6)⎫⎭⎬⎪⎪�/�=2.5(1−0.5�/��)��������=����/(1+����)����=0.03(1−0.35�cr/�)(��−6)(7)

where, u is near-bed orbital velocity amplitude, uc is critical velocity corresponding the onset of sediment motion.

S/D=1.3{1−exp[−0.03(KC2lnn+36)1/2−6]}�/�=1.31−exp−0.03(��2ln�+36)1/2−6(8)

where, n is the 1/n’th highest wave for random waves

For predicting equilibrium scour depth under irregular waves, i.e., random waves, Sumer and Fredsøe [16] found it’s suitable to take Equation (2) to predict equilibrium scour depth around pile under random waves with the root-mean-square (RMS) value of near-bed orbital velocity amplitude Um and peak wave period TP to calculate KC. Khalfin [35] recommended the RMS wave height Hrms and peak wave period TP were used to calculate KC for Equation (6). References [37,38,39,40] developed a series of stochastic theoretical models to predict equilibrium scour depth around pile under random waves, nonlinear random waves plus currents respectively. The stochastic approach thought the 1/n’th highest wave were responsible for scour in vicinity of pile under random waves, and the KC was calculated in Equation (8) with Um and mean zero-crossing wave period Tz. The results calculated by Equation (8) agree well with experimental values of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] if the 1/10′th highest wave was used. To author’s knowledge, the stochastic approach proposed by Myrhaug and Rue [37] is the only theoretical model to predict equilibrium scour depth around pile under random waves for the whole range of KC number in published documents. Other methods of predicting scour depth under random waves are mainly originated from the equation for regular waves-only, waves and currents combined, which are limited to the large KC number, such as KC > 6 for Equation (2) and KC > 4 for Equation (3) respectively. However, situations with relatively low KC number (KC < 4) often occur in reality, for example, monopile or suction anchor for OWT foundations in ocean environment. Moreover, local scour around OWT foundations under random waves has not yet been investigated fully. Therefore, further study are still needed in the aspect of scour around OWT foundations with low KC number under random waves. Given that, this study presents the scour sediment model around umbrella suction anchor foundation (USAF) under random waves. In this study, a comparison of equilibrium scour depth around USAF between this present numerical models and the previous theoretical models and experimental results was presented firstly. Then, this study gave a comprehensive analysis for the scour mechanisms around USAF. After that, two revised models were proposed according to the model of Raaijmakers and Rudolph [34] and the stochastic model developed by Myrhaug and Rue [37] respectively to predict the equilibrium scour depth. Finally, a parametric study was conducted to study the effects of the Froude number (Fr) and Euler number (Eu) to equilibrium scour depth respectively.

2. Numerical Method

2.1. Governing Equations of Flow

The following equations adopted in present model are already available in Flow 3D software. The authors used these theoretical equations to simulate scour in random waves without modification. The incompressible viscous fluid motion satisfies the Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) equation, so the present numerical model solves RANS equations:

∂u∂t+1VF(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂u∂y+wAz∂u∂z)=−1ρf∂p∂x+Gx+fx∂�∂�+1��(���∂�∂�+���∂�∂�+���∂�∂�)=−1�f∂�∂�+��+��(9)

∂v∂t+1VF(uAx∂v∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂v∂z)=−1ρf∂p∂y+Gy+fy∂�∂�+1��(���∂�∂�+���∂�∂�+���∂�∂�)=−1�f∂�∂�+��+��(10)

∂w∂t+1VF(uAx∂w∂x+vAy∂w∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=−1ρf∂p∂z+Gz+fz∂�∂�+1��(���∂�∂�+���∂�∂�+���∂�∂�)=−1�f∂�∂�+��+��(11)

where, VF is the volume fraction; uv, and w are the velocity components in xyz direction respectively with Cartesian coordinates; Ai is the area fraction; ρf is the fluid density, fi is the viscous fluid acceleration, Gi is the fluid body acceleration (i = xyz).

2.2. Turbulent Model

The turbulence closure is available by the turbulent model, such as one-equation, the one-equation k-ε model, the standard k-ε model, RNG k-ε turbulent model and large eddy simulation (LES) model. The LES model requires very fine mesh grid, so the computational time is large, which hinders the LES model application in engineering. The RNG k-ε model can reduce computational time greatly with high accuracy in the near-wall region. Furthermore, the RNG k-ε model computes the maximum turbulent mixing length dynamically in simulating sediment scour model. Therefore, the RNG k-ε model was adopted to study the scour around anchor under random waves [41,42].

∂kT∂T+1VF(uAx∂kT∂x+vAy∂kT∂y+wAz∂kT∂z)=PT+GT+DiffkT−εkT∂��∂�+1��(���∂��∂�+���∂��∂�+���∂��∂�)=��+��+������−���(12)

∂εT∂T+1VF(uAx∂εT∂x+vAy∂εT∂y+wAz∂εT∂z)=CDIS1εTkT(PT+CDIS3GT)+Diffε−CDIS2ε2TkT∂��∂�+1��(���∂��∂�+���∂��∂�+���∂��∂�)=����1����(��+����3��)+�����−����2��2��(13)

where, kT is specific kinetic energy involved with turbulent velocity, GT is the turbulent energy generated by buoyancy; εT is the turbulent energy dissipating rate, PT is the turbulent energy, Diffε and DiffkT are diffusion terms associated with VFAiCDIS1CDIS2 and CDIS3 are dimensionless parameters, and CDIS1CDIS3 have default values of 1.42, 0.2 respectively. CDIS2 can be obtained from PT and kT.

2.3. Sediment Scour Model

The sand particles may suffer four processes under waves, i.e., entrainment, bed load transport, suspended load transport, and deposition, so the sediment scour model should depict the above processes efficiently. In present numerical simulation, the sediment scour model includes the following aspects:

2.3.1. Entrainment and Deposition

The combination of entrainment and deposition determines the net scour rate of seabed in present sediment scour model. The entrainment lift velocity of sand particles was calculated as [43]:

ulift,i=αinsd0.3∗(θ−θcr)1.5∥g∥di(ρi−ρf)ρf−−−−−−−−−−−−√�lift,i=�����*0.3(�−�cr)1.5���(��−�f)�f(14)

where, αi is the entrainment parameter, ns is the outward point perpendicular to the seabed, d* is the dimensionless diameter of sand particles, which was calculated by Equation (15), θcr is the critical Shields parameter, g is the gravity acceleration, di is the diameter of sand particles, ρi is the density of seabed species.

d∗=di(∥g∥ρf(ρi−ρf)μ2f)1/3�*=��(��f(��−�f)�f2)1/3(15)

where μf is the fluid dynamic viscosity.

In Equation (14), the entrainment parameter αi confirms the rate at which sediment erodes when the given shear stress is larger than the critical shear stress, and the recommended value 0.018 was adopted according to the experimental data of Mastbergen and Von den Berg [43]. ns is the outward pointing normal to the seabed interface, and ns = (0,0,1) according to the Cartesian coordinates used in present numerical model.

The shields parameter was obtained from the following equation:

θ=U2f,m(ρi/ρf−1)gd50�=�f,m2(��/�f−1)��50(16)

where, Uf,m is the maximum value of the near-bed friction velocity; d50 is the median diameter of sand particles. The detailed calculation procedure of θ was available in Soulsby [44].

The critical shields parameter θcr was obtained from the Equation (17) [44]

θcr=0.31+1.2d∗+0.055[1−exp(−0.02d∗)]�cr=0.31+1.2�*+0.0551−exp(−0.02�*)(17)

The sand particles begin to deposit on seabed when the turbulence energy weaken and cann’t support the particles suspending. The setting velocity of the particles was calculated from the following equation [44]:

usettling,i=νfdi[(10.362+1.049d3∗)0.5−10.36]�settling,�=�f��(10.362+1.049�*3)0.5−10.36(18)

where νf is the fluid kinematic viscosity.

2.3.2. Bed Load Transport

This is called bed load transport when the sand particles roll or bounce over the seabed and always have contact with seabed. The bed load transport velocity was computed by [45]:

ubedload,i=qb,iδicb,ifb�bedload,�=�b,����b,��b(19)

where, qb,i is the bed load transport rate, which was obtained from Equation (20), δi is the bed load thickness, which was calculated by Equation (21), cb,i is the volume fraction of sand i in the multiple species, fb is the critical packing fraction of the seabed.

qb,i=8[∥g∥(ρi−ρfρf)d3i]1/2�b,�=8�(��−�f�f)��31/2(20)

δi=0.3d0.7∗(θθcr−1)0.5di��=0.3�*0.7(��cr−1)0.5��(21)

2.3.3. Suspended Load Transport

Through the following transport equation, the suspended sediment concentration could be acquired.

∂Cs,i∂t+∇(us,iCs,i)=∇∇(DfCs,i)∂�s,�∂�+∇(�s,��s,�)=∇∇(�f�s,�)(22)

where, Cs,i is the suspended sand particles mass concentration of sand i in the multiple species, us,i is the sand particles velocity of sand iDf is the diffusivity.

The velocity of sand i in the multiple species could be obtained from the following equation:

us,i=u¯¯+usettling,ics,i�s,�=�¯+�settling,��s,�(23)

where, u¯�¯ is the velocity of mixed fluid-particles, which can be calculated by the RANS equation with turbulence model, cs,i is the suspended sand particles volume concentration, which was computed from Equation (24).

cs,i=Cs,iρi�s,�=�s,���(24)

3. Model Setup

The seabed-USAF-wave three-dimensional scour numerical model was built using Flow-3D software. As shown in Figure 2, the model includes sandy seabed, USAF model, sea water, two baffles and porous media. The dimensions of USAF are shown in Table 1. The sandy bed (210 m in length, 30 m in width and 11 m in height) is made up of uniform fine sand with median diameter d50 = 0.041 cm. The USAF model includes upper steel tube with the length of 20 m, which was installed in the middle of seabed. The location of USAF is positioned at 140 m from the upstream inflow boundary and 70 m from the downstream outflow boundary. Two baffles were installed at two ends of seabed. In order to eliminate the wave reflection basically, the porous media was set at the outflow side on the seabed.

Jmse 09 00886 g002 550

Figure 2. (a) The sketch of seabed-USAF-wave three-dimensional model; (b) boundary condation:Wv-wave boundary, S-symmetric boundary, O-outflow boundary; (c) USAF model.

Table 1. Numerical simulating cases.

Table

3.1. Mesh Geometric Dimensions

In the simulation of the scour under the random waves, the model includes the umbrella suction anchor foundation, seabed and fluid. As shown in Figure 3, the model mesh includes global mesh grid and nested mesh grid, and the total number of grids is 1,812,000. The basic procedure for building mesh grid consists of two steps. Step 1: Divide the global mesh using regular hexahedron with size of 0.6 × 0.6. The global mesh area is cubic box, embracing the seabed and whole fluid volume, and the dimensions are 210 m in length, 30 m in width and 32 m in height. The details of determining the grid size can see the following mesh sensitivity section. Step 2: Set nested fine mesh grid in vicinity of the USAF with size of 0.3 × 0.3 so as to shorten the computation cost and improve the calculation accuracy. The encryption range is −15 m to 15 m in x direction, −15 m to 15 m in y direction and 0 m to 32 m in z direction, respectively. In order to accurately capture the free-surface dynamics, such as the fluid-air interface, the volume of fluid (VOF) method was adopted for tracking the free water surface. One specific algorithm called FAVORTM (Fractional Area/Volume Obstacle Representation) was used to define the fractional face areas and fractional volumes of the cells which are open to fluid flow.

Jmse 09 00886 g003 550

Figure 3. The sketch of mesh grid.

3.2. Boundary Conditions

As shown in Figure 2, the initial fluid length is 210 m as long as seabed. A wave boundary was specified at the upstream offshore end. The details of determining the random wave spectrum can see the following wave parameters section. The outflow boundary was set at the downstream onshore end. The symmetry boundary was used at the top and two sides of the model. The symmetric boundaries were the better strategy to improve the computation efficiency and save the calculation cost [46]. At the seabed bottom, the wall boundary was adopted, which means the u = v = w= 0. Besides, the upper steel tube of USAF was set as no-slip condition.

3.3. Wave Parameters

The random waves with JONSWAP wave spectrum were used for all simulations as realistic representation of offshore conditions. The unidirectional JONSWAP frequency spectrum was described as [47]:

S(ω)=αg2ω5exp[−54(ωpω)4]γexp[−(ω−ωp)22σ2ω2p]�(�)=��2�5exp−54(�p�)4�exp−(�−�p)22�2�p2(25)

where, α is wave energy scale parameter, which is calculated by Equation (26), ω is frequency, ωp is wave spectrum peak frequency, which can be obtained from Equation (27). γ is wave spectrum peak enhancement factor, in this study γ = 3.3. σ is spectral width factor, σ equals 0.07 for ω ≤ ωp and 0.09 for ω > ωp respectively.

α=0.0076(gXU2)−0.22�=0.0076(���2)−0.22(26)

ωp=22(gU)(gXU2)−0.33�p=22(��)(���2)−0.33(27)

where, X is fetch length, U is average wind velocity at 10 m height from mean sea level.

In present numerical model, the input key parameters include X and U for wave boundary with JONSWAP wave spectrum. The objective wave height and period are available by different combinations of X and U. In this study, we designed 9 cases with different wave heights, periods and water depths for simulating scour around USAF under random waves (see Table 2). For random waves, the wave steepness ε and Ursell number Ur were acquired form Equations (28) and (29) respectively

ε=2πgHsT2a�=2���s�a2(28)

Ur=Hsk2h3w�r=�s�2ℎw3(29)

where, Hs is significant wave height, Ta is average wave period, k is wave number, hw is water depth. The Shield parameter θ satisfies θ > θcr for all simulations in current study, indicating the live bed scour prevails.

Table 2. Numerical simulating cases.

Table

3.4. Mesh Sensitivity

In this section, a mesh sensitivity analysis was conducted to investigate the influence of mesh grid size to results and make sure the calculation is mesh size independent and converged. Three mesh grid size were chosen: Mesh 1—global mesh grid size of 0.75 × 0.75, nested fine mesh grid size of 0.4 × 0.4, and total number of grids 1,724,000, Mesh 2—global mesh grid size of 0.6 × 0.6, nested fine mesh grid size of 0.3 × 0.3, and total number of grids 1,812,000, Mesh 3—global mesh grid size of 0.4 × 0.4, nested fine mesh grid size of 0.2 × 0.2, and total number of grids 1,932,000. The near-bed shear velocity U* is an important factor for influencing scour process [1,15], so U* at the position of (4,0,11.12) was evaluated under three mesh sizes. As the Figure 4 shown, the maximum error of shear velocity ∆U*1,2 is about 39.8% between the mesh 1 and mesh 2, and 4.8% between the mesh 2 and mesh 3. According to the mesh sensitivity criterion adopted by Pang et al. [48], it’s reasonable to think the results are mesh size independent and converged with mesh 2. Additionally, the present model was built according to prototype size, and the mesh size used in present model is larger than the mesh size adopted by Higueira et al. [49] and Corvaro et al. [50]. If we choose the smallest cell size, it will take too much time. For example, the simulation with Mesh3 required about 260 h by using a computer with Intel Xeon Scalable Gold 4214 CPU @24 Cores, 2.2 GHz and 64.00 GB RAM. Therefore, in this case, considering calculation accuracy and computation efficiency, the mesh 2 was chosen for all the simulation in this study.

Jmse 09 00886 g004 550

Figure 4. Comparison of near-bed shear velocity U* with different mesh grid size.

The nested mesh block was adopted for seabed in vicinity of the USAF, which was overlapped with the global mesh block. When two mesh blocks overlap each other, the governing equations are by default solved on the mesh block with smaller average cell size (i.e., higher grid resolution). It is should be noted that the Flow 3D software used the moving mesh captures the scour evolution and automatically adjusts the time step size to be as large as possible without exceeding any of the stability limits, affecting accuracy, or unduly increasing the effort required to enforce the continuity condition [51].

3.5. Model Validation

In order to verify the reliability of the present model, the results of present study were compared with the experimental data of Khosronejad et al. [52]. The experiment was conducted in an open channel with a slender vertical pile under unidirectional currents. The comparison of scour development between the present results and the experimental results is shown in Figure 5. The Figure 5 reveals that the present results agree well with the experimental data of Khosronejad et al. [52]. In the first stage, the scour depth increases rapidly. After that, the scour depth achieves a maximum value gradually. The equilibrium scour depth calculated by the present model is basically corresponding with the experimental results of Khosronejad et al. [52], although scour depth in the present model is slightly larger than the experimental results at initial stage.

Jmse 09 00886 g005 550

Figure 5. Comparison of time evolution of scour between the present study and Khosronejad et al. [52], Petersen et al. [17].

Secondly, another comparison was further conducted between the results of present study and the experimental data of Petersen et al. [17]. The experiment was carried out in a flume with a circular vertical pile in combined waves and current. Figure 4 shows a comparison of time evolution of scour depth between the simulating and the experimental results. As Figure 5 indicates, the scour depth in this study has good overall agreement with the experimental results proposed in Petersen et al. [17]. The equilibrium scour depth calculated by the present model is 0.399 m, which equals to the experimental value basically. Overall, the above verifications prove the present model is accurate and capable in dealing with sediment scour under waves.

In addition, in order to calibrate and validate the present model for hydrodynamic parameters, the comparison of water surface elevation was carried out with laboratory experiments conducted by Stahlmann [53] for wave gauge No. 3. The Figure 6 depicts the surface wave profiles between experiments and numerical model results. The comparison indicates that there is a good agreement between the model results and experimental values, especially the locations of wave crest and trough. Comparison of the surface elevation instructs the present model has an acceptable relative error, and the model is a calibrated in terms of the hydrodynamic parameters.

Jmse 09 00886 g006 550

Figure 6. Comparison of surface elevation between the present study and Stahlmann [53].

Finally, another comparison was conducted for equilibrium scour depth or maximum scour depth under random waves with the experimental data of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Schendel et al. [22]. The Figure 7 shows the comparison between the numerical results and experimental data of Run01, Run05, Run21 and Run22 in Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and test A05 and A09 in Schendel et al. [22]. As shown in Figure 7, the equilibrium scour depth or maximum scour depth distributed within the ±30 error lines basically, meaning the reliability and accuracy of present model for predicting equilibrium scour depth around foundation in random waves. However, compared with the experimental values, the present model overestimated the equilibrium scour depth generally. Given that, a calibration for scour depth was carried out by multiplying the mean reduced coefficient 0.85 in following section.

Jmse 09 00886 g007 550

Figure 7. Comparison of equilibrium (or maximum) scour depth between the present study and Sumer and Fredsøe [16], Schendel et al. [22].

Through the various examination for hydrodynamic and morphology parameters, it can be concluded that the present model is a validated and calibrated model for scour under random waves. Thus, the present numerical model would be utilized for scour simulation around foundation under random waves.

4. Numerical Results and Discussions

4.1. Scour Evolution

Figure 8 displays the scour evolution for case 1–9. As shown in Figure 8a, the scour depth increased rapidly at the initial stage, and then slowed down at the transition stage, which attributes to the backfilling occurred in scour holes under live bed scour condition, resulting in the net scour decreasing. Finally, the scour reached the equilibrium state when the amount of sediment backfilling equaled to that of scouring in the scour holes, i.e., the net scour transport rate was nil. Sumer and Fredsøe [16] proposed the following formula for the scour development under waves

St=Seq(1−exp(−t/Tc))�t=�eq(1−exp(−�/�c))(30)

where Tc is time scale of scour process.

Jmse 09 00886 g008 550

Figure 8. Time evolution of scour for case 1–9: (a) Case 1–5; (b) Case 6–9.

The computing time is 3600 s and the scour development curves in Figure 8 kept fluctuating, meaning it’s still not in equilibrium scour stage in these cases. According to Sumer and Fredsøe [16], the equilibrium scour depth can be acquired by fitting the data with Equation (30). From Figure 8, it can be seen that the scour evolution obtained from Equation (30) is consistent with the present study basically at initial stage, but the scour depth predicted by Equation (30) developed slightly faster than the simulating results and the Equation (30) overestimated the scour depth to some extent. Overall, the whole tendency of the results calculated by Equation (30) agrees well with the simulating results of the present study, which means the Equation (30) is applicable to depict the scour evolution around USAF under random waves.

4.2. Scour Mechanism under Random Waves

The scour morphology and scour evolution around USAF are similar under random waves in case 1~9. Taking case 7 as an example, the scour morphology is shown in Figure 9.

Jmse 09 00886 g009 550

Figure 9. Scour morphology under different times for case 7.

From Figure 9, at the initial stage (t < 1200 s), the scour occurred at upstream foundation edges between neighboring anchor branches. The maximum scour depth appeared at the lee-side of the USAF. Correspondingly, the sediments deposited at the periphery of the USAF, and the location of the maximum accretion depth was positioned at an angle of about 45° symmetrically with respect to the wave propagating direction in the lee-side of the USAF. After that, when t > 2400 s, the location of the maximum scour depth shifted to the upside of the USAF at an angle of about 45° with respect to the wave propagating direction.

According to previous studies [1,15,16,19,30,31], the horseshoe vortex, streamline compression and wake vortex shedding were responsible for scour around foundation. The Figure 10 displays the distribution of flow velocity in vicinity of foundation, which reflects the evolving processes of horseshoe vertex.

Jmse 09 00886 g010a 550
Jmse 09 00886 g010b 550

Figure 10. Velocity profile around USAF: (a) Flow runup and down stream at upstream anchor edges; (b) Horseshoe vortex at upstream anchor edges; (c) Flow reversal during wave through stage at lee side.

As shown in Figure 10, the inflow tripped to the upstream edges of the USAF and it was blocked by the upper tube of USAF. Then, the downflow formed the horizontal axis clockwise vortex and rolled on the seabed bypassing the tube, that is, the horseshoe vortex (Figure 11). The Figure 12 displays the turbulence intensity around the tube on the seabed. From Figure 12, it can be seen that the turbulence intensity was high-intensity with respect to the region of horseshoe vortex. This phenomenon occurred because of drastic water flow momentum exchanging in the horseshoe vortex. As a result, it created the prominent shear stress on the seabed, causing the local scour at the upstream edges of USAF. Besides, the horseshoe vortex moved downstream gradually along the periphery of the tube and the wake vortex shed off continually at the lee-side of the USAF, i.e., wake vortex.

Jmse 09 00886 g011 550

Figure 11. Sketch of scour mechanism around USAF under random waves.

Jmse 09 00886 g012 550

Figure 12. Turbulence intensity: (a) Turbulence intensity of horseshoe vortex; (b) Turbulence intensity of wake vortex; (c) Turbulence intensity of accretion area.

The core of wake vortex is a negative pressure center, liking a vacuum cleaner [11,42]. Hence, the soil particles were swirled into the negative pressure core and carried away by wake vortex. At the same time, the onset of scour at rear side occurred. Finally, the wake vortex became downflow at the downside of USAF. As is shown in Figure 12, the turbulence intensity was low where the downflow occurred at lee-side, which means the turbulence energy may not be able to support the survival of wake vortex, leading to accretion happening. As mentioned in previous section, the formation of horseshoe vortex was dependent with adverse pressure gradient at upside of foundation. As shown in Figure 13, the evaluated range of pressure distribution is −15 m to 15 m in x direction. The t = 450 s and t = 1800 s indicate that the wave crest and trough arrived at the upside and lee-side of the foundation respectively, and the t = 350 s was neither the wave crest nor trough. The adverse gradient pressure reached the maximum value at t = 450 s corresponding to the wave crest phase. In this case, it’s helpful for the wave boundary separating fully from seabed, which leads to the formation of horseshoe vortex with high turbulence intensity. Therefore, the horseshoe vortex is responsible for the local scour between neighboring anchor branches at upside of USAF. What’s more, due to the combination of the horseshoe vortex and streamline compression, the maximum scour depth occurred at the upside of the USAF with an angle of about 45° corresponding to the wave propagating direction. This is consistent with the findings of Pang et al. [48] and Sumer et al. [1,15] in case of regular waves. At the wave trough phase (t = 1800 s), the pressure gradient became positive at upstream USAF edges, which hindered the separating of wave boundary from seabed. In the meantime, the flow reversal occurred (Figure 10) and the adverse gradient pressure appeared at downstream USAF edges, but the magnitude of adverse gradient pressure at lee-side was lower than the upstream gradient pressure under wave crest. In this way, the intensity of horseshoe vortex behind the USAF under wave trough was low, which explains the difference of scour depth at upstream and downstream, i.e., the scour asymmetry. In other words, the scour asymmetry at upside and downside of USAF was attributed to wave asymmetry for random waves, and the phenomenon became more evident for nonlinear waves [21]. Briefly speaking, the vortex system at wave crest phase was mainly related to the scour process around USAF under random waves.

Jmse 09 00886 g013 550

Figure 13. Pressure distribution around USAF.

4.3. Equilibrium Scour Depth

The KC number is a key parameter for horseshoe vortex emerging and evolving under waves. According to Equation (1), when pile diameter D is fixed, the KC depends on the maximum near-bed velocity Uwm and wave period T. For random waves, the Uwm can be denoted by the root-mean-square (RMS) value of near-bed velocity amplitude Uwm,rms or the significant value of near-bed velocity amplitude Uwm,s. The Uwm,rms and Uwm,s for all simulating cases of the present study are listed in Table 3 and Table 4. The T can be denoted by the mean up zero-crossing wave period Ta, peak wave period Tp, significant wave period Ts, the maximum wave period Tm, 1/10′th highest wave period Tn = 1/10 and 1/5′th highest wave period Tn = 1/5 for random waves, so the different combinations of Uwm and T will acquire different KC. The Table 3 and Table 4 list 12 types of KC, for example, the KCrms,s was calculated by Uwm,rms and Ts. Sumer and Fredsøe [16] conducted a series of wave flume experiments to investigate the scour depth around monopile under random waves, and found the equilibrium scour depth predicting equation (Equation (2)) for regular waves was applicable for random waves with KCrms,p. It should be noted that the Equation (2) is only suitable for KC > 6 under regular waves or KCrms,p > 6 under random waves.

Table 3. Uwm,rms and KC for case 1~9.

Table

Table 4. Uwm,s and KC for case 1~9.

Table

Raaijmakers and Rudolph [34] proposed the equilibrium scour depth predicting model (Equation (5)) around pile under waves, which is suitable for low KC. The format of Equation (5) is similar with the formula proposed by Breusers [54], which can predict the equilibrium scour depth around pile at different scour stages. In order to verify the applicability of Raaijmakers’s model for predicting the equilibrium scour depth around USAF under random waves, a validation of the equilibrium scour depth Seq between the present study and Raaijmakers’s equation was conducted. The position where the scour depth Seq was evaluated is the location of the maximum scour depth, and it was depicted in Figure 14. The Figure 15 displays the comparison of Seq with different KC between the present study and Raaijmakers’s model.

Jmse 09 00886 g014 550

Figure 14. Sketch of the position where the Seq was evaluated.

Jmse 09 00886 g015a 550
Jmse 09 00886 g015b 550

Figure 15. Comparison of the equilibrium scour depth between the present model and the model of Raaijmakers and Rudolph [34]: (aKCrms,sKCrms,a; (bKCrms,pKCrms,m; (cKCrms,n = 1/10KCrms,n = 1/5; (dKCs,sKCs,a; (eKCs,pKCs,m; (fKCs,n = 1/10KCs,n = 1/5.

As shown in Figure 15, there is an error in predicting Seq between the present study and Raaijmakers’s model, and Raaijmakers’s model underestimates the results generally. Although the error exists, the varying trend of Seq with KC obtained from Raaijmakers’s model is consistent with the present study basically. What’s more, the error is minimum and the Raaijmakers’s model is of relatively high accuracy for predicting scour around USAF under random waves by using KCs,p. Based on this, a further revision was made to eliminate the error as much as possible, i.e., add the deviation value ∆S/D in the Raaijmakers’s model. The revised equilibrium scour depth predicting equation based on Raaijmakers’s model can be written as

S′eq/D=1.95[tanh(hD)](1−exp(−0.012KCs,p))+ΔS/D�eq′/�=1.95tanh(ℎ�)(1−exp(−0.012��s,p))+∆�/�(31)

As the Figure 16 shown, through trial-calculation, when ∆S/D = 0.05, the results calculated by Equation (31) show good agreement with the simulating results of the present study. The maximum error is about 18.2% and the engineering requirements have been met basically. In order to further verify the accuracy of the revised model for large KC (KCs,p > 4) under random waves, a validation between the revised model and the previous experimental results [21]. The experiment was conducted in a flume (50 m in length, 1.0 m in width and 1.3 m in height) with a slender vertical pile (D = 0.1 m) under random waves. The seabed is composed of 0.13 m deep layer of sand with d50 = 0.6 mm and the water depth is 0.5 m for all tests. The significant wave height is 0.12~0.21 m and the KCs,p is 5.52~11.38. The comparison between the predicting results by Equation (31) and the experimental results of Corvaro et al. [21] is shown in Figure 17. From Figure 17, the experimental data evenly distributes around the predicted results and the prediction accuracy is favorable when KCs,p < 8. However, the gap between the predicting results and experimental data becomes large and the Equation (31) overestimates the equilibrium scour depth to some extent when KCs,p > 8.

Jmse 09 00886 g016 550

Figure 16. Comparison of Seq between the simulating results and the predicting values by Equation (31).

Jmse 09 00886 g017 550

Figure 17. Comparison of Seq/D between the Experimental results of Corvaro et al. [21] and the predicting values by Equation (31).

In ocean environment, the waves are composed of a train of sinusoidal waves with different frequencies and amplitudes. The energy of constituent waves with very large and very small frequencies is relatively low, and the energy of waves is mainly concentrated in a certain range of moderate frequencies. Myrhaug and Rue [37] thought the 1/n’th highest wave was responsible for scour and proposed the stochastic model to predict the equilibrium scour depth around pile under random waves for full range of KC. Noteworthy is that the KC was denoted by KCrms,a in the stochastic model. To verify the application of the stochastic model for predicting scour depth around USAF, a validation between the simulating results of present study and predicting results by the stochastic model with n = 2,3,5,10,20,500 was carried out respectively.

As shown in Figure 18, compared with the simulating results, the stochastic model underestimates the equilibrium scour depth around USAF generally. Although the error exists, the varying trend of Seq with KCrms,a obtained from the stochastic model is consistent with the present study basically. What’s more, the gap between the predicting values by stochastic model and the simulating results decreases with the increase of n, but for large n, for example n = 500, the varying trend diverges between the predicting values and simulating results, meaning it’s not feasible only by increasing n in stochastic model to predict the equilibrium scour depth around USAF.

Jmse 09 00886 g018 550

Figure 18. Comparison of Seq between the simulating results and the predicting values by Equation (8).

The Figure 19 lists the deviation value ∆Seq/D′ between the predicting values and simulating results with different KCrms,a and n. Then, fitted the relationship between the ∆S′and n under different KCrms,a, and the fitting curve can be written by Equation (32). The revised stochastic model (Equation (33)) can be acquired by adding ∆Seq/D′ to Equation (8).

ΔSeq/D=0.052*exp(−n/6.566)+0.068∆�eq/�=0.052*exp(−�/6.566)+0.068(32)

S′eq¯/D=S′eq/D+0.052*exp(−n/6.566)+0.068�eq′¯/�=�eq′/�+0.052*exp(−�/6.566)+0.068(33)

Jmse 09 00886 g019 550

Figure 19. The fitting line between ∆S′and n.

The comparison between the predicting results by Equation (33) and the simulating results of present study is shown in Figure 20. According to the Figure 20, the varying trend of Seq with KCrms,a obtained from the stochastic model is consistent with the present study basically. Compared with predicting results by the stochastic model, the results calculated by Equation (33) is favorable. Moreover, comparison with simulating results indicates that the predicting results are the most favorable for n = 10, which is consistent with the findings of Myrhaug and Rue [37] for equilibrium scour depth predicting around slender pile in case of random waves.

Jmse 09 00886 g020 550

Figure 20. Comparison of Seq between the simulating results and the predicting values by Equation (33).

In order to further verify the accuracy of the Equation (33) for large KC (KCrms,a > 4) under random waves, a validation was conducted between the Equation (33) and the previous experimental results of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Corvaro et al. [21]. The details of experiments conducted by Corvaro et al. [21] were described in above section. Sumer and Fredsøe [16] investigated the local scour around pile under random waves. The experiments were conducted in a wave basin with a slender vertical pile (D = 0.032, 0.055 m). The seabed is composed of 0.14 m deep layer of sand with d50 = 0.2 mm and the water depth was maintained at 0.5 m. The JONSWAP wave spectrum was used and the KCrms,a was 5.29~16.95. The comparison between the predicting results by Equation (33) and the experimental results of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Corvaro et al. [21] are shown in Figure 21. From Figure 21, contrary to the case of low KCrms,a (KCrms,a < 4), the error between the predicting values and experimental results increases with decreasing of n for KCrms,a > 4. Therefore, the predicting results are the most favorable for n = 2 when KCrms,a > 4.

Jmse 09 00886 g021 550

Figure 21. Comparison of Seq between the experimental results of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Corvaro et al. [21] and the predicting values by Equation (33).

Noteworthy is that the present model was built according to prototype size, so the errors between the numerical results and experimental data of References [16,21] may be attribute to the scale effects. In laboratory experiments on scouring process, it is typically impossible to ensure a rigorous similarity of all physical parameters between the model and prototype structure, leading to the scale effects in the laboratory experiments. To avoid a cohesive behaviour, the bed material was not scaled geometrically according to model scale. As a consequence, the relatively large-scaled sediments sizes may result in the overestimation of bed load transport and underestimation of suspended load transport compared with field conditions. What’s more, the disproportional scaled sediment presumably lead to the difference of bed roughness between the model and prototype, and thus large influences for wave boundary layer on the seabed and scour process. Besides, according to Corvaro et al. [21] and Schendel et al. [55], the pile Reynolds numbers and Froude numbers both affect the scour depth for the condition of non fully developed turbulent flow in laboratory experiments.

4.4. Parametric Study

4.4.1. Influence of Froude Number

As described above, the set of foundation leads to the adverse pressure gradient appearing at upstream, leading to the wave boundary layer separating from seabed, then horseshoe vortex formatting and the horseshoe vortex are mainly responsible for scour around foundation (see Figure 22). The Froude number Fr is the key parameter to influence the scale and intensity of horseshoe vortex. The Fr under waves can be calculated by the following formula [42]

Fr=UwgD−−−√�r=�w��(34)

where Uw is the mean water particle velocity during 1/4 cycle of wave oscillation, obtained from the following formula. Noteworthy is that the root-mean-square (RMS) value of near-bed velocity amplitude Uwm,rms is used for calculating Uwm.

Uw=1T/4∫0T/4Uwmsin(t/T)dt=2πUwm�w=1�/4∫0�/4�wmsin(�/�)��=2��wm(35)

Jmse 09 00886 g022 550

Figure 22. Sketch of flow field at upstream USAF edges.

Tavouktsoglou et al. [25] proposed the following formula between Fr and the vertical location of the stagnation y

yh∝Fer�ℎ∝�r�(36)

where e is constant.

The Figure 23 displays the relationship between Seq/D and Fr of the present study. In order to compare with the simulating results, the experimental data of Corvaro et al. [21] was also depicted in Figure 23. As shown in Figure 23, the equilibrium scour depth appears a logarithmic increase as Fr increases and approaches the mathematical asymptotic value, which is also consistent with the experimental results of Corvaro et al. [21]. According to Figure 24, the adverse pressure gradient pressure at upstream USAF edges increases with the increase of Fr, which is benefit for the wave boundary layer separating from seabed, resulting in the high-intensity horseshoe vortex, hence, causing intensive scour around USAF. Based on the previous study of Tavouktsoglou et al. [25] for scour around pile under currents, the high Fr leads to the stagnation point is closer to the mean sea level for shallow water, causing the stronger downflow kinetic energy. As mentioned in previous section, the energy of downflow at upstream makes up the energy of the subsequent horseshoe vortex, so the stronger downflow kinetic energy results in the more intensive horseshoe vortex. Therefore, the higher Fr leads to the more intensive horseshoe vortex by influencing the position of stagnation point y presumably. Qi and Gao [19] carried out a series of flume tests to investigate the scour around pile under regular waves, and proposed the fitting formula between Seq/D and Fr as following

lg(Seq/D)=Aexp(B/Fr)+Clg(�eq/�)=�exp(�/�r)+�(37)

where AB and C are constant.

Jmse 09 00886 g023 550

Figure 23. The fitting curve between Seq/D and Fr.

Jmse 09 00886 g024 550

Figure 24. Sketch of adverse pressure gradient at upstream USAF edges.

Took the Equation (37) to fit the simulating results with A = −0.002, B = 0.686 and C = −0.808, and the results are shown in Figure 23. From Figure 23, the simulating results evenly distribute around the Equation (37) and the varying trend of Seq/D and Fr in present study is consistent with Equation (37) basically, meaning the Equation (37) is applicable to express the relationship of Seq/D with Fr around USAF under random waves.

4.4.2. Influence of Euler Number

The Euler number Eu is the influencing factor for the hydrodynamic field around foundation. The Eu under waves can be calculated by the following formula. The Eu can be represented by the Equation (38) for uniform cylinders [25]. The root-mean-square (RMS) value of near-bed velocity amplitude Um,rms is used for calculating Um.

Eu=U2mgD�u=�m2��(38)

where Um is depth-averaged flow velocity.

The Figure 25 displays the relationship between Seq/D and Eu of the present study. In order to compare with the simulating results, the experimental data of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Corvaro et al. [21] were also plotted in Figure 25. As shown in Figure 25, similar with the varying trend of Seq/D and Fr, the equilibrium scour depth appears a logarithmic increase as Eu increases and approaches the mathematical asymptotic value, which is also consistent with the experimental results of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Corvaro et al. [21]. According to Figure 24, the adverse pressure gradient pressure at upstream USAF edges increases with the increasing of Eu, which is benefit for the wave boundary layer separating from seabed, inducing the high-intensity horseshoe vortex, hence, causing intensive scour around USAF.

Jmse 09 00886 g025 550

Figure 25. The fitting curve between Seq/D and Eu.

Therefore, the variation of Fr and Eu reflect the magnitude of adverse pressure gradient pressure at upstream. Given that, the Equation (37) also was used to fit the simulating results with A = 8.875, B = 0.078 and C = −9.601, and the results are shown in Figure 25. From Figure 25, the simulating results evenly distribute around the Equation (37) and the varying trend of Seq/D and Eu in present study is consistent with Equation (37) basically, meaning the Equation (37) is also applicable to express the relationship of Seq/D with Eu around USAF under random waves. Additionally, according to the above description of Fr, it can be inferred that the higher Fr and Eu both lead to the more intensive horseshoe vortex by influencing the position of stagnation point y presumably.

5. Conclusions

A series of numerical models were established to investigate the local scour around umbrella suction anchor foundation (USAF) under random waves. The numerical model was validated for hydrodynamic and morphology parameters by comparing with the experimental data of Khosronejad et al. [52], Petersen et al. [17], Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Schendel et al. [22]. Based on the simulating results, the scour evolution and scour mechanisms around USAF under random waves were analyzed respectively. Two revised models were proposed according to the model of Raaijmakers and Rudolph [34] and the stochastic model developed by Myrhaug and Rue [37] to predict the equilibrium scour depth around USAF under random waves. Finally, a parametric study was carried out with the present model to study the effects of the Froude number Fr and Euler number Eu to the equilibrium scour depth around USAF under random waves. The main conclusions can be described as follows.(1)

The packed sediment scour model and the RNG k−ε turbulence model were used to simulate the sand particles transport processes and the flow field around UASF respectively. The scour evolution obtained by the present model agrees well with the experimental results of Khosronejad et al. [52], Petersen et al. [17], Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Schendel et al. [22], which indicates that the present model is accurate and reasonable for depicting the scour morphology around UASF under random waves.(2)

The vortex system at wave crest phase is mainly related to the scour process around USAF under random waves. The maximum scour depth appeared at the lee-side of the USAF at the initial stage (t < 1200 s). Subsequently, when t > 2400 s, the location of the maximum scour depth shifted to the upside of the USAF at an angle of about 45° with respect to the wave propagating direction.(3)

The error is negligible and the Raaijmakers’s model is of relatively high accuracy for predicting scour around USAF under random waves when KC is calculated by KCs,p. Given that, a further revision model (Equation (31)) was proposed according to Raaijmakers’s model to predict the equilibrium scour depth around USAF under random waves and it shows good agreement with the simulating results of the present study when KCs,p < 8.(4)

Another further revision model (Equation (33)) was proposed according to the stochastic model established by Myrhaug and Rue [37] to predict the equilibrium scour depth around USAF under random waves, and the predicting results are the most favorable for n = 10 when KCrms,a < 4. However, contrary to the case of low KCrms,a, the predicting results are the most favorable for n = 2 when KCrms,a > 4 by the comparison with experimental results of Sumer and Fredsøe [16] and Corvaro et al. [21].(5)

The same formula (Equation (37)) is applicable to express the relationship of Seq/D with Eu or Fr, and it can be inferred that the higher Fr and Eu both lead to the more intensive horseshoe vortex and larger Seq.

Author Contributions

Conceptualization, H.L. (Hongjun Liu); Data curation, R.H. and P.Y.; Formal analysis, X.W. and H.L. (Hao Leng); Funding acquisition, X.W.; Writing—original draft, R.H. and P.Y.; Writing—review & editing, X.W. and H.L. (Hao Leng); The final manuscript has been approved by all the authors. All authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript.

Funding

This research was funded by the Fundamental Research Funds for the Central Universities (grant number 202061027) and the National Natural Science Foundation of China (grant number 41572247).

Institutional Review Board Statement

Not applicable.

Informed Consent Statement

Not applicable.

Data Availability Statement

The data presented in this study are available on request from the corresponding author.

Conflicts of Interest

The authors declare no conflict of interest.

References

  1. Sumer, B.M.; Fredsøe, J.; Christiansen, N. Scour Around Vertical Pile in Waves. J. Waterw. Port. Coast. Ocean Eng. 1992118, 15–31. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  2. Rudolph, D.; Bos, K. Scour around a monopile under combined wave-current conditions and low KC-numbers. In Proceedings of the 6th International Conference on Scour and Erosion, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1–3 November 2006; pp. 582–588. [Google Scholar]
  3. Nielsen, A.W.; Liu, X.; Sumer, B.M.; Fredsøe, J. Flow and bed shear stresses in scour protections around a pile in a current. Coast. Eng. 201372, 20–38. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  4. Ahmad, N.; Bihs, H.; Myrhaug, D.; Kamath, A.; Arntsen, Ø.A. Three-dimensional numerical modelling of wave-induced scour around piles in a side-by-side arrangement. Coast. Eng. 2018138, 132–151. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  5. Li, H.; Ong, M.C.; Leira, B.J.; Myrhaug, D. Effects of Soil Profile Variation and Scour on Structural Response of an Offshore Monopile Wind Turbine. J. Offshore Mech. Arct. Eng. 2018140, 042001. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  6. Li, H.; Liu, H.; Liu, S. Dynamic analysis of umbrella suction anchor foundation embedded in seabed for offshore wind turbines. Géoméch. Energy Environ. 201710, 12–20. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  7. Fazeres-Ferradosa, T.; Rosa-Santos, P.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Vanem, E.; Carvalho, H.; Correia, J.A.F.D.O. Editorial: Advanced research on offshore structures and foundation design: Part 1. Proc. Inst. Civ. Eng. Marit. Eng. 2019172, 118–123. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  8. Chavez, C.E.A.; Stratigaki, V.; Wu, M.; Troch, P.; Schendel, A.; Welzel, M.; Villanueva, R.; Schlurmann, T.; De Vos, L.; Kisacik, D.; et al. Large-Scale Experiments to Improve Monopile Scour Protection Design Adapted to Climate Change—The PROTEUS Project. Energies 201912, 1709. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
  9. Wu, M.; De Vos, L.; Chavez, C.E.A.; Stratigaki, V.; Fazeres-Ferradosa, T.; Rosa-Santos, P.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Troch, P. Large Scale Experimental Study of the Scour Protection Damage Around a Monopile Foundation Under Combined Wave and Current Conditions. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 20208, 417. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  10. Sørensen, S.P.H.; Ibsen, L.B. Assessment of foundation design for offshore monopiles unprotected against scour. Ocean Eng. 201363, 17–25. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  11. Prendergast, L.; Gavin, K.; Doherty, P. An investigation into the effect of scour on the natural frequency of an offshore wind turbine. Ocean Eng. 2015101, 1–11. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
  12. Fazeres-Ferradosa, T.; Chambel, J.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Rosa-Santos, P.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Giannini, G.; Haerens, P. Scour Protections for Offshore Foundations of Marine Energy Harvesting Technologies: A Review. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 20219, 297. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  13. Yang, Q.; Yu, P.; Liu, Y.; Liu, H.; Zhang, P.; Wang, Q. Scour characteristics of an offshore umbrella suction anchor foundation under the combined actions of waves and currents. Ocean Eng. 2020202, 106701. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  14. Yu, P.; Hu, R.; Yang, J.; Liu, H. Numerical investigation of local scour around USAF with different hydraulic conditions under currents and waves. Ocean Eng. 2020213, 107696. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  15. Sumer, B.M.; Christiansen, N.; Fredsøe, J. The horseshoe vortex and vortex shedding around a vertical wall-mounted cylinder exposed to waves. J. Fluid Mech. 1997332, 41–70. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  16. Sumer, B.M.; Fredsøe, J. Scour around Pile in Combined Waves and Current. J. Hydraul. Eng. 2001127, 403–411. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  17. Petersen, T.U.; Sumer, B.M.; Fredsøe, J. Time scale of scour around a pile in combined waves and current. In Proceedings of the 6th International Conference on Scour and Erosion, Paris, France, 27–31 August 2012. [Google Scholar]
  18. Petersen, T.U.; Sumer, B.M.; Fredsøe, J.; Raaijmakers, T.C.; Schouten, J.-J. Edge scour at scour protections around piles in the marine environment—Laboratory and field investigation. Coast. Eng. 2015106, 42–72. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  19. Qi, W.; Gao, F. Equilibrium scour depth at offshore monopile foundation in combined waves and current. Sci. China Ser. E Technol. Sci. 201457, 1030–1039. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
  20. Larsen, B.E.; Fuhrman, D.R.; Baykal, C.; Sumer, B.M. Tsunami-induced scour around monopile foundations. Coast. Eng. 2017129, 36–49. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
  21. Corvaro, S.; Marini, F.; Mancinelli, A.; Lorenzoni, C.; Brocchini, M. Hydro- and Morpho-dynamics Induced by a Vertical Slender Pile under Regular and Random Waves. J. Waterw. Port. Coast. Ocean Eng. 2018144, 04018018. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  22. Schendel, A.; Welzel, M.; Schlurmann, T.; Hsu, T.-W. Scour around a monopile induced by directionally spread irregular waves in combination with oblique currents. Coast. Eng. 2020161, 103751. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  23. Fazeres-Ferradosa, T.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Romão, X.; Reis, M.; das Neves, L. Reliability assessment of offshore dynamic scour protections using copulas. Wind. Eng. 201843, 506–538. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  24. Fazeres-Ferradosa, T.; Welzel, M.; Schendel, A.; Baelus, L.; Santos, P.R.; Pinto, F.T. Extended characterization of damage in rubble mound scour protections. Coast. Eng. 2020158, 103671. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  25. Tavouktsoglou, N.S.; Harris, J.M.; Simons, R.R.; Whitehouse, R.J.S. Equilibrium Scour-Depth Prediction around Cylindrical Structures. J. Waterw. Port. Coast. Ocean Eng. 2017143, 04017017. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
  26. Ettema, R.; Melville, B.; Barkdoll, B. Scale Effect in Pier-Scour Experiments. J. Hydraul. Eng. 1998124, 639–642. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  27. Umeda, S. Scour Regime and Scour Depth around a Pile in Waves. J. Coast. Res. Spec. Issue 201164, 845–849. [Google Scholar]
  28. Umeda, S. Scour process around monopiles during various phases of sea storms. J. Coast. Res. 2013165, 1599–1604. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  29. Baykal, C.; Sumer, B.; Fuhrman, D.R.; Jacobsen, N.; Fredsøe, J. Numerical simulation of scour and backfilling processes around a circular pile in waves. Coast. Eng. 2017122, 87–107. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
  30. Miles, J.; Martin, T.; Goddard, L. Current and wave effects around windfarm monopile foundations. Coast. Eng. 2017121, 167–178. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
  31. Miozzi, M.; Corvaro, S.; Pereira, F.A.; Brocchini, M. Wave-induced morphodynamics and sediment transport around a slender vertical cylinder. Adv. Water Resour. 2019129, 263–280. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  32. Yu, T.; Zhang, Y.; Zhang, S.; Shi, Z.; Chen, X.; Xu, Y.; Tang, Y. Experimental study on scour around a composite bucket foundation due to waves and current. Ocean Eng. 2019189, 106302. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  33. Carreiras, J.; Larroudé, P.; Seabra-Santos, F.; Mory, M. Wave Scour Around Piles. In Proceedings of the Coastal Engineering 2000, American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), Sydney, Australia, 16–21 July 2000; pp. 1860–1870. [Google Scholar]
  34. Raaijmakers, T.; Rudolph, D. Time-dependent scour development under combined current and waves conditions—Laboratory experiments with online monitoring technique. In Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on Scour and Erosion, Tokyo, Japan, 5–7 November 2008; pp. 152–161. [Google Scholar]
  35. Khalfin, I.S. Modeling and calculation of bed score around large-diameter vertical cylinder under wave action. Water Resour. 200734, 357. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
  36. Zanke, U.C.; Hsu, T.-W.; Roland, A.; Link, O.; Diab, R. Equilibrium scour depths around piles in noncohesive sediments under currents and waves. Coast. Eng. 201158, 986–991. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  37. Myrhaug, D.; Rue, H. Scour below pipelines and around vertical piles in random waves. Coast. Eng. 200348, 227–242. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  38. Myrhaug, D.; Ong, M.C.; Føien, H.; Gjengedal, C.; Leira, B.J. Scour below pipelines and around vertical piles due to second-order random waves plus a current. Ocean Eng. 200936, 605–616. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  39. Myrhaug, D.; Ong, M.C. Random wave-induced onshore scour characteristics around submerged breakwaters using a stochastic method. Ocean Eng. 201037, 1233–1238. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  40. Ong, M.C.; Myrhaug, D.; Hesten, P. Scour around vertical piles due to long-crested and short-crested nonlinear random waves plus a current. Coast. Eng. 201373, 106–114. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  41. Yakhot, V.; Orszag, S.A. Renormalization group analysis of turbulence. I. Basic theory. J. Sci. Comput. 19861, 3–51. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  42. Yakhot, V.; Smith, L.M. The renormalization group, the e-expansion and derivation of turbulence models. J. Sci. Comput. 19927, 35–61. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  43. Mastbergen, D.R.; Berg, J.V.D. Breaching in fine sands and the generation of sustained turbidity currents in submarine canyons. Sedimentology 200350, 625–637. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  44. Soulsby, R. Dynamics of Marine Sands; Thomas Telford Ltd.: London, UK, 1998. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  45. Van Rijn, L.C. Sediment Transport, Part I: Bed Load Transport. J. Hydraul. Eng. 1984110, 1431–1456. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
  46. Zhang, Q.; Zhou, X.-L.; Wang, J.-H. Numerical investigation of local scour around three adjacent piles with different arrangements under current. Ocean Eng. 2017142, 625–638. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  47. Yu, Y.X.; Liu, S.X. Random Wave and Its Applications to Engineering, 4th ed.; Dalian University of Technology Press: Dalian, China, 2011. [Google Scholar]
  48. Pang, A.; Skote, M.; Lim, S.; Gullman-Strand, J.; Morgan, N. A numerical approach for determining equilibrium scour depth around a mono-pile due to steady currents. Appl. Ocean Res. 201657, 114–124. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  49. Higuera, P.; Lara, J.L.; Losada, I.J. Three-dimensional interaction of waves and porous coastal structures using Open-FOAM®. Part I: Formulation and validation. Coast. Eng. 201483, 243–258. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  50. Corvaro, S.; Crivellini, A.; Marini, F.; Cimarelli, A.; Capitanelli, L.; Mancinelli, A. Experimental and Numerical Analysis of the Hydrodynamics around a Vertical Cylinder in Waves. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 20197, 453. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef][Green Version]
  51. Flow3D User Manual, version 11.0.3; Flow Science, Inc.: Santa Fe, NM, USA, 2013.
  52. Khosronejad, A.; Kang, S.; Sotiropoulos, F. Experimental and computational investigation of local scour around bridge piers. Adv. Water Resour. 201237, 73–85. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  53. Stahlmann, A. Experimental and Numerical Modeling of Scour at Foundation Structures for Offshore Wind Turbines. Ph.D. Thesis, Franzius-Institute for Hydraulic, Estuarine and Coastal Engineering, Leibniz Universität Hannover, Hannover, Germany, 2013. [Google Scholar]
  54. Breusers, H.N.C.; Nicollet, G.; Shen, H. Local Scour Around Cylindrical Piers. J. Hydraul. Res. 197715, 211–252. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  55. Schendel, A.; Hildebrandt, A.; Goseberg, N.; Schlurmann, T. Processes and evolution of scour around a monopile induced by tidal currents. Coast. Eng. 2018139, 65–84. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Publisher’s Note: MDPI stays neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.

© 2021 by the authors. Licensee MDPI, Basel, Switzerland. This article is an open access article distributed under the terms and conditions of the Creative Commons Attribution (CC BY) license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/).

Share and Cite

      

MDPI and ACS Style

Hu, R.; Liu, H.; Leng, H.; Yu, P.; Wang, X. Scour Characteristics and Equilibrium Scour Depth Prediction around Umbrella Suction Anchor Foundation under Random Waves. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 20219, 886. https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse9080886

AMA Style

Hu R, Liu H, Leng H, Yu P, Wang X. Scour Characteristics and Equilibrium Scour Depth Prediction around Umbrella Suction Anchor Foundation under Random Waves. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering. 2021; 9(8):886. https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse9080886Chicago/Turabian Style

Hu, Ruigeng, Hongjun Liu, Hao Leng, Peng Yu, and Xiuhai Wang. 2021. “Scour Characteristics and Equilibrium Scour Depth Prediction around Umbrella Suction Anchor Foundation under Random Waves” Journal of Marine Science and Engineering 9, no. 8: 886. https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse9080886

Find Other Styles

Note that from the first issue of 2016, this journal uses article numbers instead of page numbers. See further details here.

For more information on the journal statistics, click here.

Multiple requests from the same IP address are counted as one view.

Influence of crest geometric on discharge coefficient efficiency of labyrinth weirs

Influence of crest geometric on discharge coefficient efficiency of labyrinth weirs

Erick Mattos-Villarroel a, Jorge Flores-Velázquez b, Waldo Ojeda-Bustamante c, Carlos Díaz-Delgado d, Humberto Salinas-Tapia dShow moreAdd to MendeleyShareCite

aMexican Institute of Water Technology, Mexico
bPostgraduate College, Hydrosciences, Carr. Mex-Tex Km 36.5, Texcoco, Mexico State, 56230, Mexico
cAgricultural Engineering Graduate Program, University of Chapingo, Mexicod
Inter-American Institute of Water Science and Technology, Mexico

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2021.102031Get rights and content

Highlights

  • •Optimizing the geometric design of weirs can improve hydraulic performance.
  • •Labyrinth type weirs allow the discharge capacity to be increased compared to linear weirs.
  • •Hydraulic heads with ratio HT/P > 0.5 generated sub-atmospheric pressures on the side walls of the weir.
  • •Numerical simulation it is a strong tool to analyze and get optimized the weir function.

Abstract

Labyrinth type weirs are structures that, due to their geometry, allow the discharge capacity to be increased compared to linear weirs. They are a favorable option for dam rehabilitation and upstream level control. There are various geometries of labyrinth type weirs such as trapezoidal, triangular or piano key as well as different types of crest profiles. Geometric changes are directly related to hydraulic efficiency. The objective of this work was to analyze the hydraulic performance of a labyrinth type weir, by simulating several geometries of the apex and of the crest using Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD). For model validation, experimental studies reported in the literature were used. Tests were carried out with trapezoidal and circular apexes and four types of crest profiles: sharp-crest, half-round, quarter-round and Waterways Experiment Station (WES). The results revealed a determination coefficient of R2 = 0.984 between experimental and simulated data with CFD, which provides statistical agreement. Simulations showed that circular-apex weirs are more efficient than those with trapezoidal apex, because they have a higher discharge coefficient (4.7% higher). Of the four types of crest profiles analyzed, the half-round and the WES crest profiles had similar discharge coefficients and were generally greater than those of the sharp-crest and the quarter-round (5.26% y 8.5% higher) profiles. Nevertheless, to facilitate a practical construction process, it is recommended to use a half-round profile. For hydraulic heads with HT/P > 0.5 ratio, all profiles generated sub-atmospheric pressures on the side walls of the weir. However, when HT/P ≈ 0.8 ratio the half-round crest generated a higher negative pressure (−1500 Pa), while the sharp-crest profile managed to increase the pressure by 76% (−350 Pa), but with a greater area of negative pressure. On the other hand, the WES profile reduced the negative-pressure area by 50%.

Keywords

Labyrinth weir

Computational fluids dynamics (CFD)

Discharge coefficient

Apex shape

Crest profile

Figures (12)

  1. Fig. 1. Geometric parameters of a labyrinth weir
  2. Fig. 2. Crest profiles: (A) sharp-crest, (B) half-round, (C) quarter-round, (D) WES
  3. Fig. 3. Apex shapes
  4. Fig. 4. Weir and boundary conditions
  5. Fig. 5. Hydraulic head approach an asymptotic zero-grid spacing value
  6. Fig. 6. Percentage relative error of the discharge coefficient as a function of HT/P
  7. Fig. 7. Comparison of the discharge coefficients obtained numerically against the…
  8. Fig. 8. Pressure distribution in the downstream side walls of the labyrinth weir
  9. Fig. 9. Comparison of the discharge coefficient in trapezoidal apex labyrinth weirs
  10. Fig. 10. Comparison of the discharge coefficient in circular apex labyrinth weirs
  11. Fig. 11. Local drowning at the upstream apex
  12. Fig. 12. Ratio of the discharge coefficient of the circular apex weir with the…
Figure 1. Photorealistic view of an inclined axis TAST (photo A. Stergiopoulou).

CFD Simulations of Tubular Archimedean Screw Turbines Harnessing the Small Hydropotential of Greek Watercourses

Alkistis Stergiopoulou1, Vassilios Stergiopoulos2
1Institut für Wasserwirtschaft, Hydrologie und Konstruktiven Wasserbau, B.O.K.U. University,
Muthgasse 18, 1190 Vienna, (actually Senior Process Engineer at the VTU Engineering in Vienna,
Zieglergasse 53/1/24, 1070 Vienna, Austria).
2 School of Pedagogical and Technological Education, Department of Civil Engineering Educators,
ASPETE Campus, Eirini Station, 15122 Amarousio, Athens, Greece.
Received 4 Jan. 2021; Received in revised form 8 Aug. 2021; Accepted 8 Aug. 2021; Available online 14 Aug. 2021

Abstract

This paper presents a short view of the first Archimedean Screw Turbines CFD modelling results, which
were carried out within the recent research entitled “Rebirth of Archimedes in Greece: contribution to the
study of hydraulic mechanics and hydrodynamic behavior of Archimedean cochlear waterwheels, for
recovering the hydraulic potential of Greek natural and technical watercourses”. This CFD analysis, based
to the Flow-3D code, concerns typical Tubular Archimedean Screw Turbines (TASTs) and shows some
promising performances for such small hydropower systems harnessing the important unexploited
hydraulic potential of natural and technical watercourses of Greece, of the order of several TWh / year and of a total installed capacity in the range of thousands MWs.

이 논문은 최초의 아르키메데스 나사 터빈 CFD 모델링 결과에 대한 간략한 견해를 제시하며, 이는 “그리스에서 아르키메데스의 부활: 수리 역학 및 아르키메데스 달팽이관 물레방아의 유체역학적 거동 연구에 대한 기여”라는 제목의 최근 연구에서 수행되었습니다. 그리스 자연 및 기술 수로의 수력 잠재력”. Flow-3D 코드를 기반으로 하는 이 CFD 분석은 일반적인 TAST(Tubular Archimedean Screw Turbines)에 관한 것이며 그리스의 자연 및 기술 수로의 중요한 미개발 수력 잠재력을 활용하는 이러한 TWh/년 및 수천 MW 범위의 총 설치 용량인 소규모 수력 발전 시스템에 대한 몇 가지 유망한 성능을 보여줍니다.
Copyright © 2021 International Energy and Environment Foundation – All rights reserved.

Keywords

CFD; Flow-3D; TAST; Small Hydro; Renewable Energy; Greek Watercourses.

Figure 1. Photorealistic view of an inclined axis TAST (photo A. Stergiopoulou).
Figure 1. Photorealistic view of an inclined axis TAST (photo A. Stergiopoulou).

References.

[1] A. Stergiopoulou, Computational and experimental investigation of the hydrodynamic behaviour of
screw hydro turbine, Ph.D. Thesis, NTUA, 2017.
[2] B. Pelikan, A. Lashofer, Verbesserung der Strömungseigenschaften sowie Planungs-und
Betriebsoptimierung von Wasserkraftschnecken, Research Project, BOKU University, Vienna,
2012.
[3] G. Müller, J. Senior, Simplified theory of Archimedean screws, Journal of Hydraulic Research 47
(5) (2009) 666-669.
[4] C. Rorres, The turn of the screw: Optimal design of an Archimedes screw, Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, 80 (2000) 72-80.
[5] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, Return of Archimedes: Harnessing with new Archimedean
spirals the hydraulic potential of the Greek watercourses, in: Proceedings of the Conference for
Climate Change, Thessaloniki, 2009.
[6] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, from the old Archimedean screw pumps to the new
Archimedean screw turbines for hydropower production in Greece, in: Proceedings of CEMEPE
Conference, Mykonos, June 21-26, 2009.
International Journal of Energy and Environment (IJEE), Volume 12, Issue 1, 2021, pp.19-30
[7] V. Stergiopoulos, A. Stergiopoulou, E. Kalkani, Quo Vadis Archimedes Nowadays in Greece?
Towards Modern Archimedean Turbines for Recovering Greek Small Hydropower Potential, in:
Proceedings of 3rd International Scientific “Energy and Climate Change” Conference, Athens, 2010.
[8] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, E. Κalkani, Greece beyond the horizon of the era of transition:
Archimedean screw hydropower development terra incognita, International Journal of Energy and
Development, v.6, Issue 6, pp. 627-536, 2015.
[9] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, E. Κalkani, Experimental and theoretical research of zero head
innovative horizontal axis Archimedean screw turbines, Journal of Energy and Development, v.6,
Issue 5, pp. 471-478, 2015.
[10] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, E. Κalkani, Back to the Future: Rediscovering the Archimedean
screws as modern turbines for harnessing Greek small hydropower potential, in: Proceedings of the
Third International Conference CEMEPE 2011 & SECOTOX, Skiathos, 2011.
[11] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, Educational Renewable Energy Screw Wheel Technologies for
Pico Hydropower Generation, Modern Environmental Science and Engineering, v.4, No.5, pp. 439-
445, May 2018.
[12] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, Educational Renewable Energy Screw Wheel Technologies for
Pico Hydropower Generation, Modern Environmental Science and Engineering, v.4, No.5, pp. 439-
445, May 2018.
[13] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, Towards an inventory of the archimedean small hydropower
potential of Greece, INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT
Volume 11, Issue 2, 2020 pp.137-144.
[14] Flow Science, FLOW-3D Manual, 2013.
[15] K. Versteeg and W. Malalasekera, An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, Pearson,
2007.
[16] C. Hirsch, Numerical Computation of internal and external flows: The fundamentals of
Computational Fluid dynamics, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
[17] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos and E. Kalkani, An eagle’s CFD view of Studying Innovative
Archimedean Screw Renewable Hydraulic Energy Systems, Proceedings of the 4th International
Conference on Environmental Management, Engineering, Planning and Economics (CEMEPE) and
SECOTOX Conference, Mykonos island, Greece, pp.454-460 June 24-28, 2013.
[18] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, A., E. Kalkani, Computational Fluid Dynamics Study on a 3D
Graphic Solid Model of Archimedean Screw Turbines, Fresenius Environmental Bulletin, vol.23-
No1, 2014.
[19] Α. Stergiopoulou, Kalkani E., “Towards a First C.F.D. Study of Innovative Archimedean Inclined
Axis Hydropower Turbines”, International Journal of Engineering Research & Technology (IJERT),
Vol. 2 Issue 9, September – 2013, pp. 193-199.
[20] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, A first CFD study of small hydro energy recovery from the
Attica water supply network, INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENERGY AND
ENVIRONMENT, Volume 11, Issue 3, 2020 pp.157-166.